Skip to main content

Full text of "The history of the origins of Christianity"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 

of 
VICTORIA  UNIVERSITY 

Toronto 


THE   HISTORY 


OF  THE 


ORIGINS  OF  CHRISTIANITY. 


BOOK   V. 


THE     GOSPELS. 


BY 


ERNEST    RENAN, 

Member  of  the  French  Academy. 


MATHIESON    &    COMPANY. 
NEW  INN  CHAMBERS,  41  WYCH  STREET,  W.C. 


9875 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION v 

CHAPTER    I. 

THE  JEWS  AFTER  THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  TEMPLE,  ...  1 

CHAPTER    II. 

BETHER — THE  BOOK  OF  JUDITH — THE  JEWISH  CANON,    .     .     .14 

CHAPTER    III. 

EBION  BEYOND  JORDAN, ,  .         20 

CHAPTER    IV. 

THE  RELATIONS  OF  JEWS  AND  CHRISTIANS, 32 

CHAPTER    V. 

SETTLEMENT  OF  THE  LEGEND  AND  OF  THE  TEACHINGS  OF  JESUS,    .    39 

CHAPTER    VI. 

THE  HEBREW  GOSPEL, .•  •  •  .49 

CHAPTER    VII. 

THE  GREEK  GOSPEL — MARK, 58 

CHAPTER    VIII. 

CHRISTIANITY  AND  THE  EMPIRE  UNDER  FLAVIUS,        ....         66 

CHAPTER    IX. 

PROPAGATION  OF  CHRISTIANITY — EGYPT — SIBYLLISM,          ...         81 

CHAPTER    X. 

THE  GREEK  GOSPEL  IS  CORRECTED  AND  COMPLETED  (MATTHEW),     .    91 


IV  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER    XI.  FAGS 

SECRET  OF  THE  BEAUTIES  OF  THE  GOSPEL, 103 

CHAPTER    XII. 

THE  CHRISTIANS  OF  THE  FLAVIA  FAMILY — FLAVIUS  JOSEPHDS,  .       115 

CHAPTER    XIII. 

THE  GOSPEL  OF  LUKE, 131 

CHAPTER    XIV. 

THE  DOMITIAN  PERSECUTION, 149 

CHAPTER    XV. 

CLEMENS  ROMANUS— PROGRESS  OF  THE  PRESBYTEHIATE,     .  .  .       161 

CHAPTER    XVI. 

END  OF  THE  FLAVII — NERVA — RECRUDESCENCE  OF  THE  APOCALYPSES,   175 

CHAPTER    XVII. 

TRAJAN — THE  GOOD  AND  GREAT  EMPERORS 194 

CHAPTER    XVIII. 

KPHESUS — THE  OLD  AGE  OF  JOHN — CERINTHUS,  DOCETISJI,          .  .      212 

CHAPTER    XIX. 

LUKE,  THE  FIRST  HISTORIAN  OF  CHRISTIANITY,  ....      224 

CHAPTER    XX. 

SYRIAN  SECTS — ELKASA1, 232 

CHAPTER    XXI. 

TRAJAN  AS  A  PERSECUTOR — LETTER  OF  PLINY,      .     .     ,     .   241 

CHAPTER    XXII. 

IGNATIUS  OF  ANTIOCH 249 

CHAPTER    XXIII. 

KND  OF  TRAJAN — REVOLT  OF  THE  JEWS,  ......      255 

CHAPTER    XXIV. 

DEFINITIVE  SEPARATION  OF  THE  CHUKOH  AND  THE  SYNAGOGUE,    .   263 

APPENDIX, 277 


INTRODUCTION. 


CRITICAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  ORIGINAL  DOCUMENTS 
OF  THIS  HISTORY. 

I  HAD  at  first  believed  that  I  should  be  able  to  finish  in  one  volume 
this  history  of  the  "  Origins  of  Christianity  ;  "  but  the  matter  has  grown 
in  proportion  as  I  have  advanced  in  my  work,  and  the  present  volume 
is  only  the  last  but  two.  The  reader  will  find  in  it  the  explanation,  so 
far  as  it  is  possible  to  give  one,  of  a  fact  almost  equal  in  importance  to 
the  personal  action  of  Jesus  himself — I  mean  to  say,  of  the  manner  in 
which  the  legend  of  Jesus  was  written.  The  compilation  of  the  Gospels 
is,  next  to  the  life  of  Jesus,  the  cardinal  chapter  of  the  history  of 
Christian  origins.  The  material  circumstances  of  this  compilation  are 
surrounded  with  mystery  ;  many  of  the  doubts,  however,  have,  in  those 
later  years,  been  dispelled,  and  it  can  now  be  said  that  the  problem  of 
the  compilation  of  the  Gospels  denominated  synoptic,  has  reached  a 
kind  of  maturity.  The  relations  of  Christianity  with  the  Roman 
Empire,  the  first  heresies,  the  disappearance  of  the  last  immediate 
disciples  of  Jesus,  the  gradual  separation  of  the  Church  and  the  Syna 
gogue,  the  progress  of  the  ecclesiastical  hierarchy,  the  substitution  of 
the  presbytery  for  the  primitive  community,  the  coming  in  with  Trajan 
of  a  sort  of  golden  age  for  civil  society,  these  are  the  great  facts 
which  we  shall  see  unfolded  to  our  view.  Our  sixth  volume  will  em 
brace  the  history  of  Christianity  under  the  reigns  of  Hadrian  and 
Antoninus  ;  we  shall  witness  the  commencement  of  Gnosticism,  the 
compilation  of  the  pseudo-Johannine  writings,  the  first  apologists,  the 
party  of  St  Paul  drifting  by  exaggeration  to  Marcion,  ancient  Chris 
tianity  running  into  a  coarser  Millenarisin  and  Montanism.  Opposed  to 
all  this,  the  episcopate  making  rapid  strides,  Christianity  becoming  each 
day  more  Greek  and  less  Hebrew,  a  "  Catholic  Church  "  beginning  to 
result  from  the  accord  of  all  the  individval  churches,  and  to  constitute  a 
centre  of  irrefragable  authority,  which  already  was  established  at  Rome. 
We  shall  see  finally  the  absolute  separation  of  Judaism  and  Christianity 
definitively  effected,  from  the  time  of  the  revolt  of  Bar-Coziba,  and 
hatred  the  most  deadly  kindled  between  mother  and  daughter.  From 
this  point  it  can  be  said  that  Christianity  is  constituted.  Its  principle 
of  authority  exists.  The  episcopate  has  entirely  replaced  the  primitive 
democracy,  and  the  bishops  of  the  different  churches  are  en  rapport 
with  one  another.  The  new  Bible  is  complete  ;  it  is  called  the  New 


Vi  INTRODUCTION. 

Testament.  The  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ  is  recognised  by  all  the  Churches 
outside  of  Syria.  The  Son  is  not  yet  the  equal  of  the  Father  ;  he  is  a 
second  god,  a  supreme  vizier  of  creation,  yet  he  is  in  very  truth  a  god. 
Finally,  two  or  three  attacks  of  maladies,  extremely  dangerous,  which 
break  out  in  the  nascent  religion — Gnosticism,  Montanism,  docetism,  the 
heretical  attempt  of  Marcion — are  vanquished  by  the  force  of  the  in 
ternal  principle  of  authority.  Christianity,  moreover,  has  extended 
itself  everywhere.  It  has  seated  itself  in  the  heart  of  Gaul,  it  has  pene 
trated  into  Africa.  It  is  a  public  affair  :  the  historians  speak  of  it ;  it 
has  its  advocates  who  defend  it  officially,  its  accusers  who  commence 
against  it  a  war  of  criticism.  Christianity,  in  a  word,  is  born,  com 
pletely  born  ;  it  is  an  infant,  and  will  grow  a  great  deal.  It  has  all  its 
organs,  it  lives  in  the  broad  light  of  day,  it  is  no  longer  an  embryo. 
The  umbilical  cord  which  attached  it  to  its  mother  is  definitely  cut ; 
it  will  receive  nothing  more  from  her  ;  it  will  live  its  own  life. 

It  is  at  this  moment,  about  the  year  160,  that  we  shall  determine 
this.  That  which  follows  belongs  to  history,  and  may  seem  relatively 
easy  to  recount.  What  we  have  wished  to  make  clear  belongs  to  the 
embry-organic  stage,  and  must  in  great  part  be  inferred,  sometimes  even 
divined.  Minds  which  only  love  material  certainty,  cannot  be  pleased 
with  such  researches.  Rarely  (for  these  periods  recur)  does  it  happen 
that  one  can  say  with  precision  how  things  have  taken  place  ;  but  one  may 
succeed  sometimes  in  picturing  to  oneself  the  diverse  manners  in  which 
they  may  have  taken  place,  and  that  is  sufficient.  If  there  be  a  science 
which  can  make  in  our  day  surprising  progress,  it  is  the  science  of  com 
parative  mythology.  Now  this,  science  has  consisted  much  less  in  teach 
ing  us  how  each  myth  has  been  formed,  than  in  demonstrating  to  us 
the  diverse  categories  of  formation.  Although  we  cannot  say,  "  Such  a 
demi-god,  such  a  goddess,  is  surely  storm,  lightning,  the  dawn,"  etc.  ;  but 
we  can  say,  "  The  atmospheric  phenomena,  particularly  those  which  are 
related  to  the  rising  and  the  setting  of  the  sun,  and  so  forth,  have  been 
the  fruitful  sources  of  gods  and  demi-gods."  Aristotle  has  truly  said, 
"  There  is  no  science  except  general  science."  History  herself,  history 
properly  speaking,  history  exposed  to  the  light  of  day  and  founded  upon 
documents,  does  she  escape  this  necessity  ?  Certainly  not  ;  we  do  not 
know  exactly  the  details  of  anything.  That  which  is  of  moment  are 
the  general  lines,  the  grand  resultant  facts  which  remain  true  even 
though  all  the  details  may  be  erroneous. 

Hence  I  have  said  the  most  important  object  of  this  volume  is  to  ex 
plain  in  a  plausible  manner  the  method  by  which  the  three  Gospels,  called 
synoptic,  were  formed,  which  constitute,  if  we  compare  them  with  the 
fourth  Gospel,  a  family  apart.  It  is  certainly  true  that  it  is  impossible 
to  determine  precisely  many  of  the  points  in  this  delicate  research.  It 
must  be  confessed,  however,  that  the  question  has  made  during  the  last 
twenty  years  veritable  progress.  As  the  origin  of  the  fourth  Gospel, 
which  is  attributed  to  John,  remains  enveloped  in  mystery,  so  the  hypo 
theses  in  regard  to  the  compilation  of  the  Gospels  called  synoptic  have 
attained  a  high  degree  of  probability.  There  are  in  reality  three  kinds 
of  Gospels  :  (1)  The  original  Gospels,  or  Gospels  at  first  hand,  composed 
solely  from  oral  tradition,  and  without  the  author  having  before  him 


INTRODUCTION.  vii 

any  anterior  text.  (In  my  opinion,  there  are  two  Gospels  of  this  kind, 
the  one  written  in  Hebrew,  or  rather  in  Syriac,  now  lost,  but  of  which 
many  of  the  fragments  have  been  preserved  to  us,  translated  into 
Greek  or  into  Latin,  by  Clement  of  Alexandria,  Origen,  Eusebius, 
Epiphanius,  St  Jerome,  etc.  ;  the  other  written  in  Greek,  which  is 
that  of  St  Mark.)  (2)  The  Gospels,  in  part  original,  in  part  at 
second  hand,  formed  by  combining  the  anterior  texts  with  the  oral 
traditions  (such  were  the  Gospel  falsely  attributed  to  the  Apostle  Mat 
thew  and  the  Gospel  composed  by  Luke).  (3)  The  Gospels  at  second 
or  third  hand,  composed  deliberately  from  written  documents,  without 
the  authors  having  dipped  through  any  living  principle  into  traditions. 
(Such  was  the  Gospel  of  Marcion ;  such  were  also  these  Gospels, 
called  apocryphal,  drawn  from  the  canonical  Gospels  by  processes  of 
amplification.)  The  variety  of  the  Gospels  arises  from  this,  that  the 
tradition  which  is  found  deposited  there  was  for  a  long  time  oral. 
That  variety  would  not  have  existed  if  from  the  very  first  the  life  of 
Jesus  had  been  written.  The  idea  of  modifying  arbitrarily  the  com 
pilation  of  the  texts  presents  itself  less  in  the  East  than  elsewhere, 
because  the  literal  reproduction  of  the  anterior  accounts,  or,  if  it  be 
preferred,  plagiarism  is  there  the  rule  of  the  historiographer.  The 
moment  when  an  epic,  or  a  legendary  tradition,  commences  to  be  put 
into  writing,  marks  the  hour  when  it  ceases  to  produce  divergent 
branches.  Par  from  subdividing  itself,  the  compilation  obeys  thence 
forward  a  sort  of  secret  tendency  which  restores  it  to  unity  through  the 
gradual  extinction  of  imperfectly-judged  compilations.  There  existed 
fewer  Gospels  at  the  end  of  the  second  century,  when  Irenaeus  found 
mystical  reasons  to  establish  that  there  were  four,  and  that  there  could 
not  be  more,  than  at  the  close  of  the  first,  when  Luke  wrote  at  the 
end  of  his  narrative,  'Eirepdrj  irep  iroXXoJ  eirixeip^crav  .  .  .  Even  in  the 
time  of  Luke  several  of  the  original  editions  had  probably  disappeared. 
The  oral  form  produces  a  multiplication  of  variants  ;  but  once  the 
written  style  has  been  entered  upon,  this  multiplicity  is  nothing  but 
an  inconvenience.  If  logic  like  that  of  Marcion's  had  prevailed,  we 
should  have  had  no  more  than  one  Gospel,  and  the  best  mark  of  the 
sincerity  of  the  Christian  conscience  is  that  the  necessities  of  the  apolo 
getic  have  not  suppressed  the  contradictions  in  the  texts  by  reducing 
them  to  one  only.  This  is  why,  to  speak  the  truth,  the  want  of  unity 
was  combated  by  a  contrary  desire — that  of  losing  nothing  of  a  tradition 
which  was  judged  as  being  equally  precious  in  all  its  parts.  A  design 
like  that  which  is  often  attributed  to  St  Mark,  the  idea  of  making  an 
abridgment  of  the  anteriority  received  texts,  is  more  contrary  to  the 
spirit  of  the  times  than  the  one  in  question.  People  aimed,  indeed, 
rather  at  completing  each  text  by  the  heterogeneous  additions,  as  in  the 
case  of  Matthew,  than  in  discarding  from  the  little  book  what  one 
possessed  of  the  details  which  were  regarded  by  all  as  being  penetrated 
by  the  Divine  Spirit. 

The  most  important  documents  for  the  epoch  treated  of  in  this 
volume  are,  besides  the  Gospels  and  the  other  writings  the  compilation 
of  which  are  therein  explained,  the  somewhat  numerous  epistles  which 
were  produced  during  the  last  apostolic  period — epistles  in  which 


viii  INTRODUCTION. 

almost  always  4he  imitation  of  those  of  St  Paul  is  discernible.  What 
we  shall  say  in  our  text  will  be  sufficient  to  make  known  our  opinion 
upon  each  of  these  writings.  A  fortuitous  accident  has  willed  that  the 
most  interesting  of  these  epistles,  that  of  Clemens  Romanus,  has  re 
ceived,  in  these  later  times,  considerable  elucidation.  We  should  not 
have  before  known  of  this  precious  document,  but  for  the  celebrated 
manuscript,  named  Alexand/inus,  which  was  sent,  in  1682,  by  Cyril 
Lucaris  to  Charles  I.  Now,  this  manuscript  contained  a  considerable 
omission,  not  to  speak  of  several  places  which  had  been  destroyed,  or 
become  illegible,  which  it  was  necessary  to  fill  up  with  conjecture.  A 
new  manuscript,  discovered  in  the  Fanar  at  Constantinople,  contains 
the  work  in  its  entirety.  A  Syriac  manuscript,  which  formed  a  portion 
of  the  library  of  the  late  M.  Mohl,  and  which  has  been  acquired  hy  the 
library  of  the  University  of  Cambridge,  was  found  also  to  include  the 
Syrian  translation  of  the  work  of  which  we  are  speaking.  M.  Bensley  is 
entrusted  with  the  publication  of  that  text.  The  collation  which  Mr 
Lightfoot  has  made  of  it,  has  produced  the  most  important  results  which 
arise  from  it  for  criticism. 

The  question  whether  the  epistle  attributed  to  Clemens  Romanus 
is  reaDy  by  that  holy  personage,  has  only  a  mediocre  importance,  since 
the  writing  in  question  is  represented  as  the  collective  work  of  the 
Roman  Church,  and  since  the  problem  confines  itself,  consequently,  as 
to  who  held  the  pen  on  this  particular  occasion.  It  is  not  the  same 
as  the  epistles  attributed  to  St  Ignatius.  The  fragments  which  com 
pose  this  collection  are  either  authentic  or  the  work  of  a  forger.  In  the 
second  hypothesis  they  were  at  least  sixty  years  posterior  to  the  death 
of  St  Ignatius,  and  such  is  the  importance  of  the  changes  which 
operated  in  those  sixty  years,  that  the  documentary  value  of  the  said 
fragments  is  absolutely  changed  by  them.  It  is  hence  impossible  to 
treat  the  history  of  the  origins  of  Christianity,  without  taking  up  a 
decided  position  in  this  regard. 

The  question  of  the  Epistles  of  St  Ignatius,  next  to  the  question 
of  the  Johnnnine  writings,  is  the  most  difficult  of  those  which  belong 
to  the  primitive  Christian  literature.  A  few  of  the  most  striking 
features  of  one  of  the  letters  which  form  a  portion  of  that  correspond 
ence,  were  known  and  cited  from  the  end  of  the  second  century.  We 
have,  moreover,  here  the  testimony  of  a  man  which  we  are  surprised 
to  see  pleaded  on  a  subject  of  ecclesiastical  history — that  of  Lucian  of 
Samosata.  The  spirit»elle  picture  of  morals  which  that  charming 
author  has  entitled  '•  The  Death  of  Pereyrinus,'"  contains  some  almost 
direct  allusions  to  the  triumphal  journey  of  the  prisoner  Ignatius,  and 
to  the  circular  epistles  which  he  addressed  to  the  Churches.  These 
constitute  some  strong  presumptions  in  favour  of  the  authenticity  of  the 
letters  of  which  we  have  been  speaking.  On  the  other  hand,  the  taste 
for  supposititious  writings  was  at  the  time  so  wide-spread  amongst 
Christian  society,  that  we  ought  always  to  be  on  our  guard  in  respect 
of  them,  since  it  is  proved  that  no  scruple  was  made  in  ascribing 
some  of  the  letters  and  other  writings  to  Peter,  Paul,  and  John. 
Thure  is  no  prejudicial  objection  to  be  raised  against  the  hypothesis 
which  attributes  writings  to  persons  of  high  authority,  such  as  Igna- 


INTRODUCTION. 


tins  and  Polycarpus.  It  is  only  the  examination  of  the  compositions 
themselves  which  will  warrant  one  in  expressing  an  opinion  in  that 
regard.  Now  it  is  incontestable  that  the  perusal  of  the  writings  of 
St  Ignatius  inspires  the  gravest  suspicions,  and  raises  objections 
which  no  one  has  as  yet  satisfactorily  answered. 

In  regard  to  a  personage  like  St  Paul,  some  of  whose  longer 
writings  of  indubitable  authenticity  it  is  universally  admitted  we  pos 
sess,  and  whose  biography  is  well  enough  known,  the  discussion  of 
the  contested  epistles  has  some  foundation.  We  start  with  the  texts 
to  which  no  exception  can  be  taken,  and  from  the  well-established  out 
lines  of  the  biography  ;  we  compare  the  doubtful  writings  with  them  ; 
we  see  whether  they  agree  with  the  data  admitted  by  everyone,  and, 
in  certain  cases,  as  in  those  of  the  Epistles  to  Titus  and  Timothy, 
we  reach  most  satisfactory  conclusions.  But  we  know  nothing  of  the 
private  life  of  St  Ignatius  ;  among  the  writings  attributed  to  him  there 
is  not  a  page  of  them  which  is  not  coutestable.  We  have  not  their 
solid  critcrium  to  warrant  us  in  saying,  "This  is  or  this  is  not  his." 
That  which  greatly  complicates  the  question  is,  that  the  text  of  the 
epistles  is  extremely  variable — the  Greek,  Latin,  Syriac,  and  Armenian 
manuscripts  of  the  same  epistle  differ  considerably  amongst  them 
selves.  These  letters,  during  several  centuries,  seem  to  have  particu 
larly  exercised  the  forgers  and  the  interpolators.  Obstacles  and  diffi 
culties  are  encountered  in  them  at  each  step. 

Without  taking  into  account  the  secondary  various  readings,  as  well 
as  some  works  notoriously  spurious,  we  possess  two  collections  of  un 
equal  length  of  the  epistles  attributed  to  St  Ignatius.  The  one 
contains  seven  letters  addressed  to  the  Ephesians,  the  Magnesians,  the 
Trallians,  the  Romans,  the  Philadelphians,  the  Smyrniotes,  to  Poly- 
carpus.  The  other  consists  of  thirteen  letters,  to  wit :  (1)  The  seven  just 
mentioned,  considerably  augmented  ;  (2)  Four  new  letters  of  Ignatius 
tc  the  Tarsians,  to  the  Philippines,  to  the  Antiochians,  to  Heros  ; 
(3)  and  finally,  a  letter  of  Maria  de  Castabala  to  Ignatius,  with  the 
answer  of  Ignatius.  Between  those  two  collections  there  can  be  but  little 
possible  hesitation.  The  critics,  beginning  with  Usserius,  are  nearly 
agreed  in  preferring  the  collection  of  seven  letters  to  that  of  the  thirteen. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  added  letters  in  the  latter  collection  are 
apocryphal.  As  for  the  seven  letters  which  are  common  to  the  two 
collections,  the  actual  text  must  certainly  be  sought  for  in  the  former 
collection.  Many  of  the  particulars  in  the  texts  of  the  second  collec 
tion  betray  unmistakably  the  hand  of  the  interpolator ;  but  this  does 
not  necessitate  that  this  second  collection  may  not  have  a  veritable 
critical  value  in  regard  to  the  construction  of  the  text,  for  it  would 
appear  that  the  interpolator  had  in  his  hands  an  excellent  manu 
script,  the  reading  of  which  ought  to  be  preferred  to  that  of  the  non- 
interpolated  manuscripts  actually  existing. 

In  any  case,  is  the  collection  of  seven  letters  beyond  suspicion  ? 
Far  from  it.  The  first  doubts  were  raised  by  the  great  school  of  French 
criticism  of  the  seventeenth  century.  Saumaise  and  Blondel  raised 
the  most  serious  objections  against  portions  of  the  collection  of  the 
seven  letters.  Daille',  in  1666,  published  a  remarkable  dissertation, 


X  INTRODUCTION. 

in  which  he  rejected  the,  collection  in  its  entirety.  In  spite  of  the 
trenchant  replies  of  Pearson,  Bishop  of  Chester,  and  the  resistance  of 
Cotolier,  the  majority  of  independent  minds — Larroque,  Basnuge, 
Casimir  Oudin — ranged  themselves  on  the  side  of  Daille'.  The  school 
which  in  our  day  in  Germany  has  so  learnedly  applied  criticism  to  the 
history  of  the  origins  of  Christianity,  has  only  followed  the  lines  of  that 
of  nearly  two  hundred  years  ago.  Neander  and  Gieseler  remained  in 
doubt ;  Christian  Baur  resolutely  denied  the  authenticity  of  the  whole  : 
none  of  the  epistles  found  grace  in  his  sight.  This  great  critic,  it  is 
true,  did  not  rest  content  with  denying,  he  explained.  In  his  view, 
the  seven  Ignatian  epistles  were  a  forgery  of  the  second  century,  fabri 
cated  at  Rome,  with  a  view  of  creating  a  basis  for  the  authority  of 
the  episcopate,  which  was  increasing  day  by  day.  M.  M.  Schwegler, 
Hilgenfeld,  Vauchner,  Volkmar,  and  more  recently  M.  M.  Scholten  and 
Pfliederer,  have  adopted  the  same  propositions,  with  slightly  different 
shades  of  meaning.  Many  enlightened  theologians,  nevertheless,  such 
as  Uhlhorn,  Hefele,  and  Dressel,  persisted  in  regarding  some  portions 
of  the  collection  of  the  seven  letters  as  authentic,  or  even  in  defending 
it  in  its  entirety.  An  important  discovery,  about  the  year  1840,  ought 
to  have  determined  the  question  in  an  ecclesiastical  sense,  and  furnished 
an  instrument  to  those  who  held  it  to  be  a  difficult  operation  to 
separate  in  the  texts,  generally  little  nccented,  the  sincere  parts  from 
those  interpolated. 

Amongst  the  treasures  which  the  British  Museum  secured  from  the 
convents  of  Nitria,  M.  Cureton  discovered  three  Syriac  maunscripts, 
each  of  which  contained  the  same  collection  of  the  Ignatian  epistles  ; 
but  they  are  much  more  abridged  than  the  two  Greek  collections.  The 
Syrian  collection  found  by  Cureton  contained  only  three  epistles — the 
epistle  to  the  Ephesians,  that  to  the  Romans,  that  to  Polycarpus — and 
these  three  epistles  were  found  to  be  much  shorter  than  in  the  Greek. 
It  was  natural  to  believe  that  people  would  in  fine  hold  Ignatius  to  be 
authentic,  the  text  being  anterior  to  all  interpolations.  The  phrases 
cited  as  those  of  Ignatius  by  Irenseus,  by  Origen,  were  found  in  that 
Syriac  version. 

People  believed  it  was  possible  to  show  that  the  suspected  passages 
were  not  to  he  found  in  them.  Bunsen,  Ritschl,  Weiss,  and  Lipsius 
displayed  an  extreme  ardour  in  maintaining  that  proposition.  M. 
Ewald  assumed  to  advocate  it  in  an  imperious  tone  ;  but  very  strong 
objections  were  raised  against  it.  Baur,  Wordsworth,  Hefele,  Uhlhorn, 
and  Merx  set  themselves  to  prove  that  the  small  Syriac  collection,  so 
far  from  being  the  original  text,  was  an  abridged  and  mutilated  text. 
They  have  not  clearly  shown,  it  is  true,  what  motives  had  guided  the 
abbreviator  in  this  work  of  making  extracts.  But  in  seeking  again  for 
the  evidences  of  the  knowledge  which  the  Syrians  had  of  the  epistles 
in  question,  we  arrive  at  the  conclusion  that  not  only  had  the  Syrians 
not  possessed  an  Ignatius  more  authentic  than  that  of  the  Greeks,  but 
that  even  the  collection  which  they  have  was  the  collection  of  thirteen 
letters  from  which  the  abbreviator  discovered  by  Cureton  had  drawn 
his  extracts.  Petermann  contributed  much  to  this  result  in  discussing 
*.he  Armenian  translation  of  the  epistles  in  question.  This  translation 


INTRODUCTION.  XI 


had  been  made  from  the  Syriac,  but  it  contains  the  thirteen  letters,  in 
cluding  the  most  feeble  portions  of  them.  People  are  to-day  so  nearly 
agreed  that  there  is  no  occasion  to  consult  the  Syriac  in  that  which 
concerns  the  writings  attributed  to  the  Bishop  of  Antioch,  except  as  to 
a  few  details  of  the  various  readings. 

We  see,  after  what  has  just  been  said,  that  three  opinions  divide  the 
critics  as  to  the  collection  of  the  seven  letters,  only  one  of  which,  however, 
merits  discussion.  Some  hold  that  the  whole  collection  is  apocryphal, 
while  others  maintain  that  the  whole,  or  nearly  so,  is  authentic.  A  few 
seek  to  distinguish  the  authentic  from  the  apocryphal  portion.  The 
second  opinion  appears  to  us  indefensible.  Without  affirming  that 
everything  in  the  correspondence  of  the  Bishop  of  Antioch  is  apocryphal, 
it  is  allowable  to  regard  as  a  desperate  attempt  the  pretension  of  de 
monstrating  that  the  whole  of  it  is  of  good  alloy. 

If  we  except,  in  fact,  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  which  is  full  of  a 
singular  energy,  of  a  kind  of  sacred  fire,  and  stamped  by  a  character 
peculiarly  original,  the  six  other  epistles,  excepting  two  or  three  passages, 
are  cold,  lifeless,  and  desperately  monotonous.  There  is  not  one  of  those 
striking  peculiarities  which  gave  so  distinctive  a  seal  to  the  Epistles  of  St 
Paul  and  even  to  the  Epistles  of  St  James  and  Clemens  Romanus  ;  they 
consist  of  vague  exhortations,  without  any  special  relations  to  those  to 
whom  they  are  addressed,  and  always  dominated  by  one  fixed  idea — the 
enhancement  of  the  episcopal  power,  the  constitution  of  the  Church  into 
a  hierarchy. 

Certainly  the  remarkable  evolution  which  substituted  for  the  col 
lective  authority  of  the  tKK\rjffla  or  vvvayuyri  the  direction  of  the 
irpfafivrepoi  or  eirlffKOTroi  (two  terms  at  first  synonymous),  and  which, 
among  the  wpea^vrepot,'  or  MffKoiroi,  in  selecting  one  out  from  the 
circle  (?)  to  be  par  excellence  the  tiriffKoiros  or  overseer  of  the  others,  began 
at  a  very  early  date.  But  it  is  not  credible  that,  about  the  year  1 1 0  or  1 1 5, 
this  movement  was  so  advanced  as  we  see  it  to  be  in  the  Ignatian  epistles. 
According  to  the  author  of  these  curious  writings,  the  bishop  is  the  whole 
Church  ;  it  is  imperative  to  follow  him  in  everything,  to  consult  him  in 
everything — he  sums  up  the  community  in  himself  alone.  He  is  Christ 
himself.  Where  the  bishop  is,  there  is  the  Church,  just  as  where  Jesus 
Christ  is,  there  is  the  Church  Catholic.  The  distinction  between  the 
different  ecclesiastical  orders  is  not  less  characteristic.  The  priests  and 
deacons  are  in  the  hands  of  the  bishop  like  the  strings  of  a  lyre  ;  their 
perfect  harmony  depends  upon  the  accuracy  of  the  sounds  which  the 
Church  emits.  Above  the  individual  Churches,  in  fact,  there  is  a  Church 
Universal,  r/  /ca0oXt/crj  ^KK\rjffLa.  All  this  is  true  enough  from  the  end  of 
the  second  century,  but  not  so  from  the  early  years  of  that  century. 
The  repugnance  which  our  old  French  critics  evinced  on  this  point  was 
well  founded,  and  sprung  from  the  very  correct  sentiment  which  they 
entertained  as  to  the  gradual  evolution  of  the  Christian  dogmas. 

The  heresies  combatted  by  the  author  of  the  Ignatian  epistles  with 
so  much  fury  are  likewise  of  an  age  posterior  to  that  of  Trajan.  They 
were  wholly  attached  to  a  Docetism  or  a  Gnosticism  analogous  to  that 
of  Valentinus.  We  insist  less  on  this  particular,  for  the  pastoral 
epistles  and  the  Johannine  writings  combat  errors  greatly  analogous, 


Xll  INTRODUCTION. 

yet  we  think  these  writings  belong  to  the  first  half  of  the  second  cen 
tury.  However,  the  idea  of  an  orthodoxy  outside  of  which  there  is 
only  error,  appeared  in  the  writings  in  question,  and  so  fully  developed 
that  it  seems  to  approach  more  nearly  the  times  of  St  Irenaeus  than 
those  of  the  primitive  Christian  age. 

The  great  feature  of  the  apocryphal  writings  is  the  affectation  of 
a  leaning  in  a  certain  direction :  the  aim  that  the  forger  proposed  to 
himself  in  their  composition  always  clearly  betrays  itself  in  them. 
This  character  is  observable  in  the  highest  degree  in  the  epistles  at 
tributed  to  St  Igna'tius,  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  always  excepted. 
The  author  wishes  to  strike  a  great  blow  in  favour  of  the  episcopal 
hierarchy  ;  he  wishes  to  crush  the  heretics  and  the  schismatics  of 
his  time  with  the  weight  of  an  indisputable  authority.  But  where 
can  we  find  a  higher  authority  than  that  of  this  venerated  bishop, 
whose  heroic  death  was  recognised  by  everyone  ?  What  more  solemn 
than  the  counsels  given  by  this  martyr  a  few  days  or  a  few  weeks 
before  his  appearance  in  the  amphitheatre  ?  St  Paul,  in  like  manner, 
in  the  epistles  supposed  to  be  addressed  to  Titus  and  to  Timothy,  is 
represented  as  oM,  nigh  unto  death.  The  last  will  of  a  martyr  came 
to  be  regarded  as  sacred,  and,  moreover,  the  admission  of  the  apocry 
phal  work  was  so  much  the  more  easy,  inasmuch  as  St  Ignatius 
was  believed,  in  fact,  to  have  written  different  letters  on  his  way 
to  his  execution.  Let  us  add  to  these  objections  a  few  material 
improbabilities.  The  salutations  to  the  Churches  and  the  relations 
which  these  salutations  presupposed  to  exist  between  the  author  of 
the  letters  and  the  Churches,  are  not  sufficiently  explained.  The 
circumstantial  features  contain  something  awkward  and  stupid  just 
as  was  also  to  be  remarked  in  the  false  epistles  of  Paul  to  Titus 
and  to  Timothy.  The  great  use  which  is  made  in  the  writings  of 
which  we  speak,  of  the  fourth  Gospel  and  of  the  Johannine  epistles, 
the  affected  way  in  which  the  author  speaks  of  the  doubtful  epistle  of 
St  Paul  to  the  Ephesians,  likewise  excites  suspicion.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  is  very  strange  that  the  author,  in  seeking  to  exalt  the  Church 
at  Ephesus,  ignores  the  relations  of  this  Church  with  St  Paul,  and 
says  nothing  of  the  sojourn  of  St  John  at  Ephesus,  he  who  was  sup 
posed  to  be  so  closely  connected  with  Polycarpus,  the  disciple  of  John. 
It  must  be  confessed,  in  short,  that  this  correspondence  is  not  often 
cited  by  the  fathers,  and  that  the  estimate  which  appears  to  have  been 
put  upon  it  by  the  Christian  authors  up  to  the  fourth  century,  is  not 
in  proportion  to  that  which  it  merited  had  it  been  authentic.  Let  us 
always  put  to  one  side  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  which,  in  our  view, 
does  not  form  a  part  of  the  apocryphal  collection.  The  six  other 
epistles  have  been  little  read — St  John,  Chrysostom,  and  the  ecclesi 
astical  writers  of  Antioch,  seem  to  have  been  ignorant  of  them.  It  is 
a  singular  thing  that  even  the  author  of  the  Acts,  of  the  Martyrdom 
of  Ignatius,  the  most  authorised  of  those  that  Ruinart  published  from 
a  manuscript  of  Colbert,  possesses  only  a  very  vague  knowledge  con 
cerning  them.  It  is  the  same  with  the  author  of  the  Acts  published  by 
Dressel. 

Ought  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  to  be  included  in  the  condemnation 


INTRODUCTION.  Xlll 

which  the  other  Ignatiau  epistles  merit  ?  One  may  read  the  translation 
^f  a  part  of  this  writing  in  our  text.  There  is  here  certainly  a  singular 
fragment,  which  cuts  into  the  common-places  of  the  other  epistles 
attributed  to  the  Bishop  of  Antioch.  Is  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans 
entirely  the  work  of  the  holy  martyrs  I  This  may  be  doubted,  but  it 
appears  to  cover  original  ground.  Here  and  there  only  we  acknow 
ledge  that  which  M.  Zahn  too  generously  accords  to  the  rest  of  the 
Ignatian  correspondence — the  imprint  of  a  powerful  character  and  of 
a  strong  individuality.  The  style  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  is 
bizarre  and  enigmatical,  whilst  that  of  the  rest  of  the  correspondence 
is  plain  and  insipid  enough.  The  Epistle  to  the  Romans  does  not 
include  any  of  those  common-places  of  ecclesiastical  discipline  by 
which  the  intention  of  the  forger  is  recognised.  The  strong  expres 
sions  which  we  encounter  there  upon  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ  and 
the  eucharist  ought  not  to  surprise  us  too  much.  Ignatius  belonged 
to  the  school  of  Paul,  in  which  the  formulas  of  transcendent  theology 
were  much  more  current  than  in  the  severe  Judeo-Christian  school. 
Still  less  must  we  be  astonished  at  the  numerous  citations  and  imita 
tions  of  Paul  which  are  found  in  the  Epistle  of  Ignatius  of  which  we 
speak.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  Ignatius  did  not  make  constant 
use  of  the  authentic  epistles  of  PauL  I  have  said  as  much  of  a  cita 
tion  from  St  Matthew  (sec.  6),  which,  moreover,  is  wanting  in  several 
of  the  old  translations,  as  well  as  a  vague  allusion  to  the  genealogies 
of  the  synoptics  (sec.  7).  Ignatius  doubtless  possessed  the  Aex^"™  ^ 
irpa-)(devTa.  of  Jesus,  such  as  were  read  in  his  times,  and,  upon  the 
essential  points  these  accounts  differed  little  from  those  which  have 
come  down  to  us.  More  serious,  undoubtedly,  is  the  objection  drawr 
from  the  expressions  which  the  author  of  our  epistle  appears  to  have 
borrowed  from  the  fourth  GospeL  It  is  not  certain  that  this  Gospel 
existed  before  the  year  115.  But  some  expressions  like  6  G.p%uv  aluvos 
TOIJTOV,  some  images  like  OSwp  {Civ,  may  have  been  mystical  expressions 
employed  in  certain  schools,  dating  from  the  first  quarter  of  the  second 
century,  and  before  the  fourth  Gospel  had  consecrated  them. 

These  intrinsic  arguments  are  not  the  only  ones  which  oblige  us  to 
place  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  in  a  distinct  category  in  the  Ignatian 
correspondence.  In  some  respects  this  epistle  contradicts  the  other  six. 
At  paragraph  4,  Ignatius  declares  to  the  Romans  that  he  represents 
them  to  the  Churches  as  being  willing  that  he  should  carry  off  the 
crown  of  martyrdom.  We  find  nothing  resembling  this  in  the  epistles 
to  these  Churches.  That  which  is  much  more  serious  is  that  the 
Epistle  to  the  Romans  does  not  seem  to  have  reached  us  through  the 
same  channel  as  the  other  six  letters.  In  the  manuscripts  which  have 
preserved  to  us  the  collection  of  the  suspected  letters,  the  Epistle  to  the 
Romans  is  not  to  be  found.  The  relatively  true  text  of  this  epistle  has 
only  been  transmitted  to  us  by  the  Acts,  called  Colbertine,  of  the  martyr 
dom  of  St  Ignatius.  It  has  been  extracted  thence,  and  intercalated 
in  the  collection  of  the  thirteen  letters.  But  everything  proves  that 
the  collection  of  the  letters  to  the  Ephesians,  the  Magnesians,  the 
Trallians,  the  Philadelphians,  the  Smyrniotes,  to  Polycarpus,  did  not 
comprise  at  first  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans, — that  these  six  letters  in 


KIV  INTRODUCTION. 

themselves  constituted  the  collection,  having  a  distinct  unity,  from 
being  the  work  of  a  single  author  ;  and  that  it  was  not  until  later  that 
the  two  series  of  Ignatian  correspondence  were  combined,  the  one  apo 
cryphal,  consisting  of  six  letters,  the  other,  probably  authentic,  consist 
ing  of  a  single  letter.  It  is  remarkable  that  in  the  collection  of  the 
thirteen  letters  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  comes  last,  although  its 
importance  and  celebrity  ought  to  have  secured  it  the  first  place.  In 
short,  in  the  whole  of  the  ecclesiastical  tradition,  the  Epistle  to  the 
Romans  has  a  particular  design.  While  the  other  six  letters  are  very 
rarely  cited,  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  beginning  with  Irenaeus,  is 
quoted  with  extraordinary  respect.  The  energetic  sentiments  which  it 
contains  to  express  the  love  of  Jesus  and  the  eagerness  for  martyrdom, 
constitute  in  some  sort  a  part  of  the  Christian  conscience,  and  are 
known  of  all.  Pearson,  and,  after  him,  M.  Zahn,  have  likewise  proved  a 
singular  fact,  which  is  the  imitation  that  is  to  be  found  in  paragraph  3 
of  the  authenic  account  of  the  martyrdom  of  Polycarpus,  written  by  a 
Smyrniote  in  the  year  155,  of  a  passage  of  the  Epistle  of  Ignatius  to 
the  Romans.  It  seems,  indeed,  that  the  Smyrniote,  the  author  of  these 
Acts,  had  in  hia  mind  some  of  the  most  striking  passages  of  the  Epistle 
to  the  [tomans,  above  all,  the  fifth  paragraph. 

Thus  everybody  assigns  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  in  the  Ignatian 
literature  a  distinct  place.  M.  Zahn  recognises  this  peculiar  circum 
stance  ;  he  shows  clearly  in  different  places  that  this  epistle  was  never 
completely  incorporated  with  the  other  six  ;  but  he  has  failed  to  point 
out  the  consequence  of  that  fact.  His  desire  to  discover  the  collection 
of  the  seven  authentic  letters  has  led  him  into  an  imprudent  discussion, 
to  wit,  that  the  collection  of  the  seven  letters  ought  either  to  be  accepted 
or  rejected  in  its  entirety.  This  is  to  repeat,  in  another  sense,  the  fault 
of  Baur,  of  Helgenfeld,  and  Volkmar  ;  it  is  to  compromise  seriously  one 
of  the  jewels  of  the  primitive  Christian  literature,  in  associating  it  with 
these  but  too  often  mediocre  writings,  and  which  have  almost  on  this 
point  been  put  out  of  court. 

That  which  then  seems  the  most  probable  is  that  the  Ignatian  litera 
ture  contains  nothing  authentic,  except  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans. 
Even  this  epistle  has  not  remained  exempt  from  alterations.  The 
length,  the  repetitions  which  are  remarked  in  it,  are  probably  injuries 
inflicted  by  an  interpolation  upon  that  beautiful  monument  of  Chris 
tian  antiquity.  When  we  compare  the  texts  preserved  by  the  Colbertin 
Acts,  with  the  texts  of  the  collection  of  the  thirteen  epistles,  with  the 
Latin  and  Syriac  translations,  with  the  citations  of  Eusebius,  we  find 
very  considerable  differences.  It  seems  that  the  author  of  the  Colbertin 
Acts,  in  encasing  in  his  account  this  precious  fragment,  has  not  scrupled 
to  retouch  it  in  many  points.  In  the  superscription,  for  example,  Ignatius 
gives  himself  the  surname  of  6eo06pos.  Now  neither  Irenaeus,  nor 
Origen,  nor  Eusebius,  nor  St  Jerome  knew  this  characteristic  sur 
name  ;  it  appeared  for  the  first  time  in  the  Acts  of  Martyrdom,  which 
makes  the  most  important  part  of  Trajan's  inquiring  turn  upon  the  said 
epithet.  The  idea  of  applying  it  to  Ignatius  was  suggested  by  passages 
in  the  supposititious  epistles,  such  as  Ad.  Eph.,  sec.  9.  The  author  of  the 
Acts,  finding  that  name  in  the  tradition,  has  availed  himself  of  it,  and 


INTRODUCTION.  XV 

added  it  to  the  title  of  the  epistle  which  he  inserted  in  his  narrative, 
'lyvanos  6  KO.I  9eo0opoj.  I  think  that  in  the  original  compilation  of 
these  six  apocryphal  epistles,  these  words,  6  KCU  0eo$opos  no  longer  con 
stitute  a  part  of  the  titles.  The  post-scriptum  to  the  Epistle  of  Poly- 
carpus  to  the  Philippians,  in  which  Ignatius  is  mentioned,  and  which  is 
by  the  same  band  as  the  six  epistles,  as  we  shall  see  further  on,  makes 
no  mention  of  this  epithet. 

Is  one  justified  in  denying  absolutely  that  in  the  six  suspected 
epistles  there  is  no  portion  of  them  borrowed  from  the  authentic  letters 
of  Ignatius  ?  No,  certainly  not ;  and  the  author  of  the  six  apocryphal 
epistles  not  having  known,  as  it  would  seem,  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans, 
there  is  no  great  likelihood  that  he  possessed  other  authentic  letters  of 
the  martyr.  A  single  passage  in  sec.  1 9  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Ephesians, 
appears  to  me  to  cut  into  the  dark  and  vague  ground  with  which 
the  suspected  epistles  are  encompassed,  that  which  concerns  the  rpia 
HVffrripia  Kpavyijs  has  much  of  that  mysterious,  singular,  and  obscure 
style,  recalling  the  fourth  Gospel,  which  we  have  remarked  in  the 
Epistle  to  the  Romans.  That  passage,  like  the  brilliant  sentiments  in 
the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  has  been  much  cited.  But  it  occupies  too 
isolated  a  position  there  to  be  insisted  on. 

A  question  which  is  closely  connected  with  that  of  the  epistles 
ascribed  to  St  Ignatius,  is  the  question  of  the  epistle  attributed  to 
Polycarpus.  At  two  different  places  (sec.  9  and  sec.  13),  Polycarpus,  or 
the  person  who  has  forged  the  letter,  makes  formal  mention  of  Ignatius. 
In  a  third  place  (sec.  1),  he  would  seem  again  to  make  allusion  to  it.  We 
read  in  one  of  those  passages  (sec.  13,  and  last) :  "  You  have  written  to 
me,  you  and  Ignatius,  in  order  that  if  there  be  anyone  here  who  is 
about  to  depart  for  Syria  he  would  bear  thence  your  letters.  I  shall 
acquit  myself  of  this  task,  when  I  can  find  a  suitable  opportunity, 
either  in  person,  or  by  a  messenger  whom  I  shall  send  for  both  of  us. 
As  for  the  epistles  that  Ignatius  has  addressed  to  you,  and  the  others 
of  his  which  we  possess,  we  send  them  to  you,  since  you  have  requested 
us  to  do  so  ;  they  are  sent  together  with  this  letter.  You  will  be  able  to 
extract  much  profit  from  them,  as  they  breathe  the  faith,  the  patience, 
the  edification  of  our  Lord."  The  old  Latin  version  adds,  "  Inform 
me  as  to  that  which  you  know  touching  Ignatius,  and  those  who  are 
with  him."  These  lines  notoriously  correspond  with  a  passage  in  the 
letter  of  Ignatius  to  Polycarpus  (sec.  8),  where  Ignatius  asks  the  latter 
to  send  messengers  in  different  directions.  All  this  is  suspicious.  As 
the  Epistle  of  Polycarpus  finishes  very  well  with  sec.  12,  one  is  led 
almost  necessarily,  if  one  admits  the  authenticity  of  this  epistle,  to 
suppose  that  a  post-scriptum  has  been  added  to  the  Epistles  of  Poly 
carpus  by  the  author  of  the  six  apocryphal  epistles  of  Ignatius  himself. 
There  is  no  Greek  manuscript  of  the  Epistle  of  Polycarpus  which  con 
tains  this  post-scriptum.  We  only  know  it  through  a  citation  of 
Eusebius,  and  through  the  Latin  version.  The  sanie  errors  are  com 
bated  in  the  Epistles  to  Polycarpus  as  in  the  six  Ignatian  epistles  : 
the  order  of  the  ideas  is  the  same.  Many  manuscripts  present  the 
Epistle  of  Polycarpus  joined  to  the  Ignatian  collection  in  the  form  of 
a  preface  or  of  an  epilogue.  It  would  seem,  then,  either  that  the 


XVI  INTRODUCTION. 

epistles  of  Polycarpus  and  those  of  Ignatius  are  by  the  same  forger,  or 
that  the  author  of  the  letters  of  Ignatius  had  the  idea  of  seeking  for 
a  point  d'appui  in  the  Epistle  of  Polycarpus,  and  in  adding  to  it  a 
post-scriptum, — of  creating  an  interest  in  his  work.  This  addition 
harmonises  well  with  the  mention  of  Ignatius  which  is  found  in  the 
body  of  the  letter  of  Polycarpus  (sec.  9).  It  would  fit  in  better  still,  in 
appearance,  at  least,  with  the  first  paragraph  of  this  letter  in  which 
Polycarpus  praises  the  Philippians  for  having  received  in  a  proper 
manner  some  confessors  bound  in  chains  who  passed  some  time  with 
them. 

Prom  the  Epistle  of  Polycarpus  so  falsified,  and  from  the  six  letters 
ascribed  to  Ignatius,  there  was  formed  a  little  pseud o-Ignatian  Corpus, 
pref ectly  homogeneous  in  style  and  in  colouring,  which  was  a  real  defence 
of  orthodoxy,  and  of  the  episcopate.  By  the  side  of  this  collection  there 
was  preserved  the  more  or  less  authentic  Epistle  of  Ignatius  to  the 
Romans.  This  circumstance  induces  the  belief  that  the  forger  was 
acquainted  with  this  writing,  nevertheless  it  appears  that  he  did  not 
judge  it  convenient  to  include  it  in  his  collection,  the  arrangement  of 
which  he  changed,  and  demonstrated  its  non-authenticity. 

Irenseus,  about  the  year  180,  only  knew  Ignatius  through  the 
energetic  sentiments  contained  in  his  Epistle  to  the  Romans.  "  I  am 
the  bread  of  Christ,"  etc.  He  had  undoubtedly  read  this  epistle, 
although  what  he  says  is  sufficiently  accounted  for  by  an  oral  tradition. 
Irenseus,  to  all  appearance,  did  not  possess  the  six  apocryphal  letters, 
and  in  all  probability  he  read  the  true  or  supposed  epistle  of  his 
master  Polycarpus  without  the  post-scriptum  ;  Eiriypaij/art  /J.QI  .  .  . 
Origen  admitted  as  authentic  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  and  the  six 
apocryphal  letters.  He  cited  the  former  in  the  prologue  of  his  com 
mentary  on  the  Canticle  of  Canticles,  and  the  pretended  Epistle  to 
the  Ephesians  in  his  sixth  homily  upon  St  Luke.  Eusebius  knew  the 
Ignatian  collection  as  we  have  it,  that  is  to  say,  consisting  of  seven 
letters  ;  he  did  not  use  the  Acts  of  Martyrdom  ;  he  makes  no  distinction 
between  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  and  the  six  others.  He  read  the 
Epistle  of  Polycarpus  with  the  post-scriptum.  A  peculiar  fate  seemed 
to  designate  the  name  of  Ignatius  to  the  fabricators  of  apocryphas. 
In  the  second  half  of  the  fourth  century,  about  375,  a  new  collection 
of  Ignatiau  epistles  was  produced  :  this  is  the  collection  of  the  thirteen 
letters,  to  which  the  collection  of  the  seven  letters  notoriously  served 
as  a  nucleus.  As  these  seven  letters  presented  many  obscurities,  the 
new  forger  also  set  about  interpolating  them.  A  multitude  of  ex 
planatory  glosses  are  introduced  into  the  text,  and  burden  it  to  no 
purpose.  Six  new  letters  were  fabricated  from  end  to  end,  and,  in 
spite  of  their  shocking  improbability,  they  came  to  be  universally 
adopted.  The  retouchings  to  which  they  were  afterwards  subjected, 
were  only  abridgments  of  the  two  preceding  collections.  The  Syrians, 
in  particular,  concocted  a  small  edition,  consisting  of  three  abridged 
letters,  in  the  preparation  of  which  they  were  guided  by  no  correct 
sentiment  as  to  the  distinction  between  the  authentic  and  the  apocryphal. 
A  few  works  appeared  still  later  to -enlarge  the  Ignatian  works.  We 
possess  these  only  in  Latin. 


INTRODUCTION.  xvii 


The  Acts  of  the  Martyrdom  of  St  Ignatius  presents  not  less 
diversities  than  the  text  itself  of  the  epistles  which  are  ascribed  to  them 
We  enumerate  as  many  as  eight  or  nine  compilations.  We  must  not 
attribute  much  importance  to  these  productions  ;  none  of  them  have 
any  original  value  ;  all  are  posterior  to  Eusebius,  and  compiled  from  the 
data  furnished  by  Eusebius,  data  which  of  themselves  have  no  other 
foundation  than  the  collection  of  the  epistles,  and,  in  particular,  the 
Epistle  to  the  Romans.  These  Acts,  in  their  most  ancient  form,  do  not 
go  back  further  than  the  end  of  the  fourth  century.  We  cannot  in  any 
way  compare  them  with  the  Acts  of  the  Martyrdom  of  Polycarpus  and  the 
martyrs  of  Lyons,  accounts  actually  authentic  and  contemporaneous  with 
the  facts  reported.  They  are  full  of  impossibilities,  of  historical  errors 
and  mistakes,  as  to  the  condition  of  the  Empire  at  the  epoch  of  Trajan. 

In  this  volume,  as  in  those  which  precede,  we  have  sought  to  steer 
a  middle  course  between  the  criticism  which  employs  all  its  resources 
to  defend  texts  which  have  for  long  been  stamped  with  discredit,  and 
the  exaggerated  scepticism  which  rejects  en  bloc  and  &  priori  every 
thing  which  Christianity  records  of  its  first  origins.  One  will  remark, 
in  particular,  the  employment  of  this  intermediary  method  in  that 
which  concerns  the  question  of  the  Clements  and  that  of  the  Christian 
Flavii.  It  is  apropos  of  the  Clements  that  the  conjectures  of  the 
school  called  Tubingen  have  been  the  worst  inspired.  The  defect  of 
this  school,  sometimes  so  fecund,  is  the  rejecting  of  the  traditional 
systems,  often,  it  is  true,  built  upon  fragile  materials,  and  their  substi 
tuting  systems  founded  upon  authorities  more  fragile  still.  As  regards 
Ignatius,  have  not  they  pretended  to  correct  the  traditions  of  the 
second  century  by  Jean  Malala  1  As  regards  Simon  Magus,  have  not 
some  theologians,  in  other  respects  sagacious,  resisted  to  the  latest 
the  necessity  of  admitting  the  real  existence  of  that  personage  ?  As 
regards  the  Clements,  we  would  be  looked  upon  by  certain  critics  as 
narrow-minded  indeed,  if  we  admitted  that  Clemens  Romanus  existed, 
and  if  we  did  not  explain  all  that  which  relates  to  him  by  the  certain 
misunderstandings  and  confusions  with  Flavius  Clemens.  Now  it  is,  on 
the  contrary,  the  data  in  regard  to  Flavius  Clemens  which  are  un 
certain  and  contradictory.  We  do  not  deny  the  gleams  of  Chris 
tianity  which  appear  to  issue  from  the  obscure  rubbish  of  the  Flavian 
family  ;  but  to  extract  from  thence  a  great  historic  fact  by  which  to 
rectify  uncertain  traditions,  is  a  strange  part  to  take,  or  rather,  this 
lack  of  just  proportion  in  induction,  which  in  Germany  is  so  often  de 
trimental  to  the  rarest  qualities  of  diligence  and  application.  They 
discard  solid  evidence,  and  substitute  for  it  feeble  hypothesis  ;  they 
challenge  satisfactory  texts,  and  accept,  almost  without  examination, 
the  combinations  hazarded  by  an  accommodating  archaeology.  Some 
thing  new  they  will  have  at  any  cost,  and  the  new  they  obtained  by  the 
exaggeration  of  ideas,  often  just  and  penetrating.  From  a  feeble  current 
proved  to  exist  in  some  obscure  gulf,  they  conclude  the  existence  of  a  great 
oceanic  current.  The  observation  was  proper  enough,  but  they  drew 
from  it  false  consequences.  It  is  far  from  my  thoughts  to  deny  or  to 
attenuate  the  services  which  German  science  has  rendered  to  our  diffi 
cult  studies,  but,  in  order  to  profit  by  those  services,  we  must  examine 

b 


XVlli  INTRODUCTION. 


them  very  closely,  and  apply  to  them  a  thorough  spirit  of  discernment. 
Above  all,  we  must  be  most  resolute  in  not  taking  into  account  the 
haughty  criticisms  of  men  of  system  who  treat  you  as  ignorant  and 
behind  the  age  because  you  do  not  admit  at  the  first  onset  the  latest 
novelty  hatched  by  the  brain  of  a  young  doctor,  and  which,  at  the  best, 
can  only  be  useful  in  encouraging  research  in  the  circles  of  the  lewrned. 


THE    GOSPELS 

AND 

THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION. 

CHAPTER   I. 

THE  JEWS  AFTER  THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  TEMPLE. 

NEVER  was  a  people  so  sadly  undeceived  as  was  the 
Jewish  race  on  the  morrow  of  the  day  when,  contrary 
to  the  most  formal  assurances  of  the  Divine  oracles, 
the  Temple  which  they  had  supposed  to  be  inde 
structible  collapsed  before  the  assault  of  the  soldiers 
of  Titus.  To  have  been  near  the  realisation  of  the 
grandest  of  visions  and  to  be  forced  to  renounce  them, 
at  the  very  moment  when  the  destroying  angel  had 
already  partially  withdrawn  the  cloud,  to  see  every 
thing  vanish  into  space ;  to  be  committed  through 
having  prophesied  the  Divine  apparition,  and  to  re 
ceive  from  the  harshness  of  facts  the  most  cruel  con 
tradiction — were  not  these  reasons  for  doubting  the 
Temple,  nay,  for  doubting  God  himself  ?  Thus  the 
first  years  which  followed  the  catastrophe  of  the  year 
70  were  characterised  by  an  intense  feverish  ness — 
perhaps  the  most  intense  which  the  Jewish  conscience 
had  ever  experienced.  Edom  (the  name  by  which 

A 


2  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  Jews  already  distinguished  the  Roman  Empire),  the 
impious  Edom,  the  eternal  enemy  of  God,  triumphed. 
Ideas  which  had  appeared  to  be  unimpeachable  were 
now  argued  against.  Jehovah  appeared  to  have  broken 
his  covenant  with  the  sons  of  Abraham.  It  was  even 
a  question  if  the  faith  of  Israel — assuredly  the  most 
ardent  that  ever  existed — would  succeed  in  executing 
a  complete  right-about-face  against  evidence,  and  by 
an  unheard-of  display  of  strength  continue  to  hope 
against  all  hope. 

The  hired  assassins,  the  enthusiasts,  had  almost  all 
been  killed :  those  who  had  survived  passed  the  rest  of 
their  lives  in  that  mournful  state  of  stupefaction  which 
amongst  madmen  follows  attacks  of  violent  mania. 
The  Sadducees  had  almost  disappeared  in  the  year 
66  with  the  priestly  aristocracy  who  lived  in  the 
Temple,  and  drew  from  it  all  their  prestige.  It  has 
been  supposed  that  some  survivors  of  the  great  families 
took  refuge  with  the  Herodians  in  the  north  of  Syria, 
in  Armenia,  at  Palmyra,  remained  long  allied  to  the 
little  dynasties  of  those  countries,  and  shed  a  final 
brilliancy  on  that  Zenobia  who  appears  to  us  in  effect, 
'  in  the  third  century,  as  a  Sadducean  Jewess,  fore 
shadowing  by  a  simple  monotheism  both  Arianism 
and  Islam.  The  theory  is  a  plausible  one  ;  but,  in  any 
case,  such  more  or  less  authentic  relics  of  the  Saddu 
cean  party  had  become  almost  strangers  to  the  rest  of 
the  Jewish  nation:  the  Pharisees  treated  them  as 
enemies. 

That  which  survived  the  Temple  and  remained  al 
most  intact  after  the  disaster  at  Jerusalem,  was  Phari 
saism:  the  moderate  party  in  Jewish  society,  the 
party  less  inclined  to  mingle  politics  with  religion 
than  other  sections  of  the  people,  narrowing  the  busi 
ness  of  life  to  the  scrupulous  accomplishment  of  the 
Law.  Strange  state  of  things !  the  Pharisees  had  passed 
through  the  ordeal  almost  safe  and  sound;  the  Revolu 
tion  had  passed  over  them  without  injuring  them. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  3 

Absorbed  in  their  sole  preoccupation — the  exact  ob 
servance  of  the  Law — almost  all  of  them  had  fled  from 
Jerusalem  before  the  last  convulsions,  and  had  found 
an  asylum  in  the  neutral  towns  of  Jabneh  and  Lydda. 
The  zealots  were  only  individual  enthusiasts ;  the 
Sadducees  were  but  a  class ;  the  Pharisees  were  the 
nation.  Essentially  pacific,  preferring  a  peaceful  and 
laborious  life,  contented  with  the  free  practice  of  their 
family  worship,  these  true  Israelites  resisted  all  tempta 
tions  ;  they  were  the  corner-stones  of  Judaism  which 
passed  through  the  Middle  Ages  and  came  down  to 
our  own  days. 

The  Law  was,  in  truth,  all  that  remained  to  the 
Jewish  people  after  the  shipwreck  of  their  religious 
institutions.  Public  worship,  after  the  destruction  of 
the  Temple,  had  been  impossible ;  prophecy,  after  the 
terrible  check  which  it  had  received,  was  dumb ;  holy 
hymns,  music,  ceremonies,  all  had  become  insipid  and 
objectless,  since  the  Temple,  which  served  as  the  navel 
of  the  entire  Hebrew  cosmos,  had  ceased  to  exist.  The 
Thora,  on  the  contrary,  in  the  non-ritualistic  part  of 
it,  was  always  possible.  The  Thora  was  not  only  a 
religious  law,  it  was  a  complete  system  of  legislation,  a 
civil  code,  a  personal  statute,  which  made  of  the  people 
who  submitted  to  it  a  sort  of  republic  apart  from 
the  rest  of  the  world.  Such  was  the  object  to  which 
the  Jewish  conscience  would  henceforward  attach  it 
self  with  a  kind  of  fanaticism.  The  ritual  had  to  be 
profoundly  modified,  but  the  Canon  Law  was  main 
tained  almost  in  its  entirety.  To  explain,  to  practise 
the  Law  with  minute  exactitude,  appeared  the  sole 
end  of  life.  One  science  only  was  held  in  esteem,  that 
of  the  Law.  Its  tradition  became  the  ideal  country 
of  the  Jew.  The  subtle  discussions  which  for  about 
a  hundred  years  had  filled  the  schools,  were  as  nothing 
compared  with  those  which  followed.  Religious  minu 
tiae  and  scrupulous  devotion  were  substituted  amongst 
the  Jews  for  all  the  rest  of  the  worship. 


4  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

One  not  less  grave  consequence  springing  out  of  the 
new  conditions  under  which  Israel  was  henceforward 
to  live  was  the  definitive  victory  of  the  teacher  (doctor) 
over  the  priest.  The  Temple  had  perished,  but  the 
school  of  the  Law  had  been  spared.  The  priest,  after 
the  destruction  of  the  Temple,  saw  his  functions  re 
duced  to  very  small  proportions.  The  doctor,  or,  more 
properly  speaking,  the  judge,  the  interpreter  of  the 
Thora,  became,  on  the  contrary,  an  important  person 
age.  The  tribunal  (Beth-din)  was  at  that  time  a  great 
Rabbinical  school.  The  Ab-beth-din  (president)  is  a 
chief  at  once  civil  and  religious.  Every  titled  rabbin 
had  the  right  of  entry  within  its  limits;  its  decisions  are 
determined  by  the  majority  of  votes.  The  disciples 
standing  behind  a  barrier  heard  and  learned  what  was 
necessary  to  make  them  judges  and  doctors  in  their  turn. 

"  A  tight  cistern  which  did  not  allow  the  escape  of 
a  drop  of  water"  became  henceforward  the  ideal  of 
Israel.  There  was  as  yet  no  written  manual  of  this 
traditional  law.  More  than  a  hundred  years  had  to  roll 
on  before  the  discussions  of  the  schools  became  crystal 
lised  into  a  body  which  should  be  called  Mishna,  par 
excellence,  but  the  root  of  this  book  really  dates  from 
the  period  of  which  we  speak.  Although  compiled  in 
Galilee,  it  was  in  reality  born  in  Jabneh.  Towards  the 
end  of  the  first  century  it  existed  only  in  the  form  of 
little  pamphlets  of  notes,  in  style  almost  algebraical, 
and  full  of  abbreviations,  which  gave  the  solutions  by 
the  most  celebrated  rabbins  of  embarrassing  cases. 
The  most  robust  memories  already  gave  way  under  the 
weight  of  tradition  and  of  judicial  precedents.  Such 
a  state  of  things  made  writing  necessary.  Thus  we 
see  at  this  period  mention  is  made  of  the  Mishna, 
that  is  to  say,  little  collections  of  decisions  or  halakoth, 
which  bear  the  names  of  their  authors.  Such  was 
that  of  the  Rabbi  Eliezer  ben  Jacob,  who  about  the 
end  of  the  first  century  was  described  as  "  short  but 
good."  The  Mishnic  treatise  Eduioth,  which  is  dis- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  5 

tinguished  from  all  others  in  that  it  has  uo  special 
subject  and  that  it  is  in  itself  an  abridged  Mishna,  has 
for  central  idea  the  Eduioth  or  "  testimonies  "  relative 
to  prior  decisions  which  were  collected  at  Jabneh  and 
submitted  to  revision  after  the  dismissal  of  Eabbi 
Gamaliel  the  younger.  About  the  same  time  Rabbi 
Eliezer  ben  Jacob  composed  from  memory  the  descrip 
tion  of  the  sanctuary  which  forms  the  basis  of  the 
treatise  Middoth.  Simon  of  Mispa,  at  a  still  earlier 
date,  appears  as  the  author  of  the  first  edition  of  the 
treatise  loma,  relating  to  the  Feast  of  the  Atonement, 
and  perhaps  of  the  treatise  Tamid. 

The  opposition  between  these  tendencies  and  those 
of  the  nascent  Christianity  was  that  of  fire  and  water. 
Christians  detached  themselves  ever  more  and  more 
from  the  Law :  the  Jews  fettered  themselves  with 
it  frantically.  A  lively  antipathy  appears  to  have 
existed  amongst  Christians  against  the  subtle  and  un 
charitable  spirit  which  every  day  tended  to  increase  in 
the  synagogues.  Jesus  fifty  years  before  already  had 
chosen  this  spirit  as  the  object  of  his  severest  rebukes. 
Since  then  the  casuists  had  only  plunged  more  and 
more  deeply  into  the  abysses  of  their  narrow  hair 
splittings.  The  misfortunes  of  the  nation  had  in  no 
way  changed  their  character.  Disputatious,  vain, 
jealous,  susceptible,  given  to  quarrelling  for  merely 
personal  motives,  they  passed  their  time  between 
Jabneh  and  Lydda  in  excommunicating  each  other 
for  the  most  puerile  reasons.  James  and  the  relations 
of  Jesus  generally  were  very  strict  Pharisees.  Paul 
himself  boasted  of  being  a  Pharisee  and  the  son  of  a 
Pharisee.  But  after  the  siege  the  war  was  open.  In 
collecting  the  traditional  words  of  Jesus  the  change 
of  situation  made  itself  felt.  The  word  "  Pharisee"  in 
the  Gospels  generally,  as  later  the  word  "  Jew  "  in  the 
Gospel  attributed  to  John,  is  employed  as  synonymous 
with  "  enemy  of  Jesus."  Derision  of  the  casuist  was 
one  of  the  essential  elements  of  the  evangelical  litera- 


6  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

ture,  and  one  of  the  causes  of  its  success.  The  really 
good  man  in  truth  holds  nothing  in  so  much  horror  as 
moral  pedantry.  To  clear  himself  in  his  own  eyes  from 
the  suspicion  of  dupery,  he  is  constrained  sometimes  to 
doubt  his  own  works,  his  own  merits.  He  who  pre 
tends  to  work  out  his  own  salvation  by  infallible  re 
ceipts,  appears  to  him  the  chief  enemy  of  God.  Phari 
saism  became  thus  something  worse  than  vice,  since  it 
made  virtue  ridiculous;  and  nothing  pleases  us  so  much 
as  to  see  Jesus,  the  most  purely  virtuous  of  men,  set  a 
hypocritical  bourgeoisie  at  defiance,  and  allowing  it  to 
be  understood  that  the  Law  of  which  he  was  so  proud 
was  perhaps  like  everything  else — vanity. 

One  consequence  of  the  new  situation  of  the  Jewish 
people  was  a  vast  increase  of  the  separatist  and  ex 
clusive  spirit.  Hated  and  despised  by  the  world,  Israel 
withdrew  more  and  more  into  itself.  The  perischouth 
insociability  became  a  law  of  public  salvation.  To  live 
apart  in  a  purely  Jewish  world,  to  add  new  require 
ments  to  the  Law,  to  render  it  difficult  to  fulfil,  such 
was  the  aim  of  the  doctors,  and  they  attained  it  very 
cleverly.  Excommunications  were  multiplied.  To 
observe  the  Law  was  so  complicated  an  art  that  the 
Jew  had  no  time  to  think  of  anything  else.  Such  was 
the  origin  of  the  "  eighteen  measures,"  a  complete  code 
of  sequestration  which  originally  dates  from  a  period 
anterior  to  the  destruction  of  the  Temple  but  which 
did  not  come  into  operation  until  after  70.  These 
eighteen  measures  were  all  intended  to  exaggerate  the 
isolation  of  Israel.  Forbidden  to  buy  the  most  neces 
sary  things  amongst  Pagans,  forbidden  to  speak  their 
language,  to  receive  their  testimony  and  their  offerings, 
forbidden  to  offer  sacrifices  for  the  Emperor.  Many 
of  these  prescriptions  were  at  once  regretted ;  some 
even  said  that  the  day  on  which  they  were  adopted 
was  as  sad  as  that  on  which  the  Golden  Calf  was  set 
up,  but  they  were  never  abrogated.  A  legendary 
dialogue  expresses  the  opposite  sentiments  of  the  two 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  7 

parties  which  divided  the  Jewish  schools  in  this  matter. 
"  To-day,"  says  Rabbi  Eliezer,  "  the  measure  is  filled 
up."  "To-day,"  says  Rabbi  Joshua,  "it  has  been  made 
to  overflow."  "A  vessel  full  of  nuts,"  says  Rabbi 
Eliezer, "  may  yet  contain  as  much  oil  or  sesame  as  you 
wish."  "  When  a  jar  is  full  of  oil,  if  you  add  water 
you  drive  out  the  oil."  Notwithstanding  all  protests, 
the  eighteen  measures  obtained  such  authority  that 
some  went  so  far  as  to  say  that  no  power  had  the  right 
to  abolish  them.  Perhaps  certain  of  these  measures 
were  inspired  by  a  sullen  opposition  to  Christianity, 
and,  above  all,  by  the  liberal  preachings  of  St  Paul. 
It  would  seem  that  the  more  the  Christians  laboured 
to  overthrow  the  legal  barriers,  the  more  the  Jews 
laboured  to  render  them  impregnable. 

It  was  mainly  in  what  concerned  proselytes  that 
the  contrast  was  marked.  Not  merely  did  the  Jews 
seek  no  longer  to  win  them,  but  they  displayed  towards 
these  new  brethren  a  scarcely  veiled  hostility.  It  had 
not  yet  been  said  that  "  proselytes  are  a  leprosy  for 
Israel ; "  but  far  from  encouraging  them,  they  were 
dissuaded  ;  they  were  told  of  the  numberless  dangers 
and  difficulties  to  which  they  exposed  themselves  by 
consorting  with  a  despised  race.  At  the  same  time, 
the  hatred  against  Rome  redoubled.  The  only  thoughts 
which  her  name  inspired  were  thoughts  of  murder  and 
of  bloodshed. 

But  now,  as  always  in  the  course  of  its  long  history 
there  was  an  admirable  minority  in  Israel  who  pro 
tested  against  the  errors  of  the  majority  of  the  nation. 
The  grand  duality  which  lies  at  the  base  of  the  life  of 
this  singular  people  continued.  The  calm,  the  gentle 
ness  of  the  good  Jew,  was  proof  against  all  trials. 
Shammai  and  Hillel,  though  long  dead,  were  as  the 
heads  of  two  opposed  families ;  one  representing  the  nar 
row,  malevolent,  subtle,  materialistic  spirit ;  the  other 
the  broad,  benevolent,  idealistic  side  of  the  religious 
genius  of  Israel.  The  contrast  was  striking.  Humble, 


8  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

polished,  affable,  putting  always  the  good  of  others 
before  their  own,  the  Hillelites,like  the  Christians,  had 
for  their  principle  that  God  "  resisteth  the  proud  but 
giveth  grace  to  the  lowly ; "  that  honours  elude  those 
who  seek  them,  and  follow  after  those  who  fly  from 
them ;  that  he  who  hurries  will  obtain  nothing,  whilst 
he  who  knows  how  to  wait  has  time  on  his  side. 

Amongst  really  pious  souls  singularly  bold  ideas 
sometimes  developed  themselves.  On  the  one  hand 
the  liberal  family  of  Gamaliel,  who  had  for  principle 
in  their  relations  with  Pagans  to  care  for  their  poor, 
to  treat  them  with  politeness  even  when  they  wor 
shipped  their  idols,  to  pay  the  last  respects  to  their 
dead,  sought  to  relax  the  situation.  In  business  this 
family  already  had  relations  with  the  Romans,  and 
had  no  scruple  in  asking  from  their  conquerors  the 
investiture  of  a  sort  of  presidency  of  the  Sanhedrim, 
and,  with  their  permission,  the  resumption  of  the 
title  of  Nasi.  On  the  other  hand,  an  extremely 
liberal  man,  Johanan  ben  Zakai,  was  the  soul  of  the 
transformation.  Long  before  the  destruction  of  Jeru 
salem  he  had  enjoyed  a  preponderating  influence  in 
the  Sanhedrim.  During  the  Revolution  he  was  one 
of  the  chiefs  of  the  moderate  party  which  kept  itself 
aloof  from  political  questions,  and  did  all  that  was 
possible  to  prevent  the  prolongation  of  a  resistance 
which  must  inevitably  bring  about  the  destruction  of 
the  Temple.  Escaped  from  Jerusalem,  he  predicted, 
it  is  asserted,  the  Empire  of  Vespasian;  one  of  the 
favours  which  he  asked  from  him  was  a  doctor  for 
the  old  Zadok,  who,  in  the  years  before  the  siege,  had 
ruined  his  health  by  fasting.  It  appears  certain  that 
he  got  into  the  good  graces  of  the  Romans,  and  that 
he  obtained  from  them  the  re-establishment  of  the 
Sanhedrim  at  Jabneh.  It  is  doubtful  whether  he 
was  ever  really  a  pupil  of  Hillel,  but  he  was  certainly 
the  inheritor  of  his  spirit.  To  cause  peace  to  reign 
amonofst  men  was  his  favourite  maxim.  It  was  told 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  9 

of  him  that  no  one  had  ever  been  able  to  salute 
him  first,  not  even  a  Pagan  in  the  market-place. 
Though  not  a  Christian,  he  was  a  true  disciple  of 
Jesus.  He  even  went  at  times,  it  is  said,  so  far  as 
to  follow  the  example  of  the  old  prophets,  denying 
the  efficacy  of  worship,  and  recognising  the  fact  that 
justice  accomplishes  for  Pagans  all  that  sacrifice  did 
for  the  Jews. 

A  little  consolation  came  to  the  frightfully  troubled 
soul  of  Israel.  Fanatics,  at  the  risk  of  their  lives,  stole 
into  the  silent  city  and  furtively  offered  sacrifice  on  the 
ruins  of  the  Holy  of  Holies.  Some  of  these  madmen 
spoke  on  their  return  of  a  mysterious  voice  which  had 
come  out  from  the  heaps  of  rubbish,  and  had  declared 
acceptance  of  their  sacrifices ;  but  this  excess  was 
generally  condemned.  Certain  amongst  them  forbade 
all  enjoyment,  lived  in  tears  and  fasting,  and  drank 
only  water.  Johanan  ben  Zaka'i  consoled  them : — "  Be 
not  sad,  my  son,"  said  he  to  one  of  these  despairing 
ones.  "If  we  cannot  offer  sacrifices,  there  is  still  a 
way  of  expiating  our  sins  which  is  quite  as  efficacious 
— good  works."  And  he  recalled  the  words  of  Isaiah, 
"  I  love  charity  better  than  sacrifice."  Rabbi  Joshua 
was  of  the  same  opinion.  "  My  friends,"  said  he  to 
those  who  imposed  exaggerated  privations  upon  them 
selves,  "  what  is  the  use  of  abstaining  from  meat  and 
from  wine  ? "  "  How,"  they  answered,  "  should  we 
eat  the  flesh  which  is  sacrificed  on  the  altar  which  is 
now  destroyed  ?  should  we  drink  the  wine  which  we 
ought  to  pour  out  as  a  libation  on  the  same  altar  ? " 
"  Well,"  replied  the  Rabbi  Joshua,  "  then  eat  no  bread, 
since  it  is  no  longer  possible  to  make  sacrifices  of  fine 
flour."  "  Then  we  must  feed  upon  fruit."  "  Nay. 
Fruits  cannot  be  allowed,  since  it  is  no  longer  possible 
to  offer  first-fruits  in  the  Temple."  The  force  of  cir 
cumstances  decided  the  matter.  The  eternity  of  the 
Law  was  maintained  in  theory ;  it  was  believed  that 
even  Elias  himself  could  not  change  a  single  article  of 


10  THE  GOSPELS  ANf) 

it;  but  the  destruction  of  the  Temple  suppressed  in 
fact  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  ancient  prescrip 
tions;  there  was  no  room  for  anything  more  than 
moral  casuistry  of  details  or  for  mysticism.  The 
developed  cabbala  is  surely  of  a  more  modern  age. 
But  at  that  time  many  gave  themselves  to  what  were 
called  "  the  visions  of  the  chariot,"  that  is  to  say,  to 
speculations  on  the  mysteries  concealed  in  the  visions 
of  Ezekiel.  The  Jewish  mind  was  wrapped  up  in 
visions,  and  created  an  asylum  for  itself  in  the  midst 
of  a  hated  world.  The  study  became  a  deliverance. 
Rabbi  Nehounia  gave  currency  to  the  principle  that 
he  who  takes  upon  him  the  yoke  of  the  Law  thereby 
frees  himself  from  the  yoke  of  the  world  and  of  politics. 
When  this  point  of  detachment  is  attained,  people  cease 
to  be  dangerous  revolutionaries.  Rabbi  Hanina  was 
accustomed  to  say,  "  Pray  for  the  established  govern 
ment  :  for  without  it  men  would  eat  each  other." 

The  misery  was  extreme.  A  heavy  taxation  weighed 
upon  all,  and  the  sources  of  revenue  were  dried  up. 
The  mountains  of  Judea  remained  uncultivated  and 
covered  with  ruins ;  property  itself  was  very  uncertain. 
When  it  was  cultivated,  the  cultivator  was  liable  to  be 
evicted  by  the  Romans.  As  for  Jerusalem,  it  was 
nothing  but  a  heap  of  broken  stones.  Pliny  even 
spoke  of  it  as  of  a  city  that  had  ceased  to  exist.  With 
out  doubt,  the  Jews  who  had  been  tempted  to  come 
in  considerable  numbers  to  encamp  upon  the  ruins, 
had  been  expelled  from  thence.  Yet  the  historians 
who  insist  most  strongly  on  the  total  destruction  of 
the  city,  admit  that  some  old  men  and  some  women 
were  left.  Josephus  depicts  for  us  the  first  sitting 
and  weeping  in  the  dust  of  the  sanctuary,  and  the 
second  reserved  by  the  conquerors  for  the  last  out 
rages.  The  10th  Fretensian  Legion  continued  to  act 
as  a  garrison  in  a  corner  of  the  deserted  city.  The 
bricks  which  have  been  found  with  the  stamp  of  that 
legion,  prove  that  the  men  of  it  built  it.  It  is  probable 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  11 

that  furtive  visits  to  the  still  visible  foundations  of 
the  Temple  were  tolerated  or  permitted  by  the  soldiers 
for  a  money  consideration.  Christians,  in  particular, 
preserved  the  memory  and  the  worship  of  certain 
places,  notably  of  the  tabernacle  of  Mount  Sion,  where 
it  was  believed  that  the  disciples  of  Jesus  met  after 
the  Ascension,  as  well  as  the  tomb  of  James,  the  brother 
of  the  Lord,  near  the  Temple.  Golgotha  probably  was 
not  forgotten.  As  nothing  was  rebuilt  in  the  town  or 
in  the  suburbs,  the  enormous  stones  of  the  great  edi 
fices  remained  untouched  in  their  places,  so  that  all 
the  monuments  were  still  perfectly  recognisable. 

Driven  thus  from  their  Holy  City  and  from  the 
region  which  they  loved,  the  Jews  spread  themselves 
over  the  towns  and  villages  of  the  plain  which  extends 
from  the  foot  of  the  Mountain  of  Judea  to  the  sea. 
The  Jewish  population  multiplied  there.  One  locality 
above  all  was  the  scene  of  that  quasi-resurrection  of 
Pharisaism,  and  became  the  theological  capital  of  the 
Jews  until  the  war  of  Bar  Coziba.  This  was  the  city 
— originally  Philistine — of  Jabneh  or  Jamnia,  four 
leagues  and  a  half  to  the  south  of  Jaffa.  It  was  a 
considerable  town,  inhabited  by  Pagans  and  Jews; 
but  the  Jews  predominated  there,  although  the  town, 
since  the  war  of  Pompey,  had  ceased  to  form  part  of 
Judea.  The  struggles  between  the  two  populations 
had  been  lively.  In  his  campaigns  of  67  and  68  Ves 
pasian  had  had  to  show  himself  there  to  establish  his 
authority.  Provisions  abounded  there.  In  the  earlier 
days  of  the  blockade  many  peaceable  wise  men,  such 
as  Johanan  ben  Zaka'i,  whom  the  chimera  of  natural 
independence  did  not  lead  away,  came  thither  for 
shelter.  There  it  was  that  they  learned  of  the  burning 
of  the  Temple.  They  wept,  rent  their  garments,  put 
on  mourning,  but  found  that  it  was  still  worth  while 
to  live,  that  they  might  see  if  God  had  not  reserved  a 
future  for  Israel.  It  was,  it  is  said,  at  the  entreaty 
of  Johanan  that  Vespasian  spared  Jabneh  and  its 


12  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

savants.  The  truth  is  that  before  the  war  a  Rab 
binical  school  flourished  in  Jabneh.  For  unknown 
reasons,  it  was  a  part  of  the  Roman  polity  to  allow 
it  to  continue,  and  after  the  arrival  of  Johanan  ben 
Zakai  it  assumed  a  greater  importance. 

Rabbi  Gamaliel  the  younger  put  the  top  stone  to 
the  celebrity  of  Jabneh  when  he  took  the  direction  of 
the  school  after  Rabbi  Johanan  retired  to  Berour-Hail. 
Jabneh,  from  this  moment,  became  the  first  Jewish 
academy  of  Palestine.  The  Jews  from  various  coun 
tries  assembled  there  for  the  feasts,  as  formerly  they 
had  gone  up  to  Jerusalem,  and  as  formerly  they  pro 
fited  by  the  journey  to  the  Holy  City  to  take  council 
with  the  Sanhedrim  and  the  schools  upon  doubtful 
cases,  so  at  Jabneh  they  submitted  difficult  questions 
to  the  Beth-din.  This  tribunal  was  only  rarely  and 
improperly  called  by  the  name  of  the  ancient  Sanhe 
drim  ;  but  it  exercised  an  undisputable  authority  ;  the 
doctors  of  all  Judea  sometimes  met  in  it,  and  so  gave 
to  the  Beth-din  the  character  of  a  Supreme  Court. 
The  memory  was  long  preserved  of  the  orchard  where 
the  sittings  of  this  tribunal  were  held,  and  of  the 
dovecote  under  whose  shade  the  president  sat. 

Jabneh  appeared  thus  as  a  sort  of  resuscitated  Jeru 
salem.  As  to  privileges  and  religious  obligations,  it 
was  completely  assimilated  to  Jerusalem  ;  its  syna 
gogue  was  considered  the  legitimate  heiress  of  that  of 
Jerusalem — as  the  centre  of  the  now  religious  authority. 
The  Romans  themselves  looked  at  it  in  this  light,  and 
accorded  to  the Nasi  or  Ab-beth-din  of  Jabneh  an  official 
authority.  This  was  the  commencement  of  the  Jewish 
patriarchate  which  developed  itself  later  and  became 
an  institution  analogous  to  the  Christian  patriarchates 
of  the  Ottoman  Empire  of  our  own  days.  These 
magistratures,  at  once  civil  and  religious,  conferred  by 
the  political  power,  have  always  been  in  the  East  the 
means  employed  by  great  Empires  to  disembarrass 
themselves  of  the  responsibilities  of  their  satraps. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  13 

The  existence  of  a  personal  statute  was  in  no  way 
disquieting  to  the  Romans,  above  all,  in  a  town  partly 
idolatrous  and  Roman,  where  the  Jews  were  restrained 
by  the  military  force  and  by  the  antipathy  of  the  rest 
of  the  population.  Religious  conversations  between 
Jews  and  non-Jews  appear  to  have  been  frequent  in 
Jabneh.  Tradition  shows  us  Johanan  ben  Zaka'i  main 
taining  frequent  controversies  with  infidels,  and  fur 
nishing  them  with  explanations  of  the  Bible,  on  the 
Jewish  festivals.  His  answers  are  often  evasive,  and 
sometimes  alone  with  his  disciples  he  allows  himself 
to  smile  at  the  unsatisfactory  solutions  he  has  given 
to  Pagan  difficulties. 

Lydda  had  its  schools  which  rivalled  those  of  Jabneh 
in  celebrity,  or  rather  which  were  a  sort  of  dependency 
of  them.  The  two  towns  were  about  four  leagues 
apart :  when  a  man  had  been  excommunicated  at  one 
he  betook  himself  to  the  other.  All  the  villages, 
Danite  or  Philistine,  of  the  surrounding  maritime  plain 
— Berour  Hail,  Bakiin,  Gibthon,  Gimso,  Bene  Barak, 
which  were  all  situated  to  the  south  of  Antipatris, 
and  were  until  then  hardly  considered  as  belonging  to 
the  Holy  Land  at  all — served  also  as  an  asylum  to 
celebrated  doctors.  Finally  the  Darom,  the  southern 
part  of  Judea,  situated  between  Eleutheropolis  and 
the  Dead  Sea,  received  many  fugitive  Jews.  It  was  a 
rich  country,  far  from  the  routes  frequented  by  the 
Romans,  and  almost  at  the  limit  of  their  domination. 

It  thus  appears  that  the  current  which  carried 
Rabbinism  towards  Galilee  had  not  yet  made  itself 
felt.  There  were  exceptions.  Rabbi  Eliezer  ben 
Jacob,  the  editor  of  one  of  the  first  Mishna,  appears 
to  have  been  a  Galilean.  Towards  the  year  100 
the  Mishnic  doctors  are  seen  approaching  Csesarea 
in  Galilee.  It  was,  however,  only  after  the  war  of 
Hadrian  that  Tiberias  and  upper  Galilee  became  par 
excellence  the  country  of  the  Talmud. 


14  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

CHAPTER  II. 

BETHER:  THE  BOOK  OF  JUDITH:  THE  JEWISH  CANON. 

DURING  the  first  years  which  followed  the  war,  it 
appears  that  a  centre  of  population  was  formed  near 
to  Jerusalem,  which  fifty  or  sixty  years  later  was 
destined  to  play  a  very  important  part.  Two  leagues 
and  a  quarter  west-south-west  of  Jerusalem  was  a 
village  until  then  obscure,  known  as  Bether.  Many 
years  before  the  siege  a  great  number  of  rich  and 
peaceable  citizens  of  Jerusalem,  perceiving  the  storm 
which  was  about  to  break  over  the  capital,  had  bought 
lands  to  which  to  retire.  Bether  was  in  effect  situated 
in  a  fertile  valley  outside  the  important  routes  which 
connect  Jerusalem  with  the  north  and  with  the  sea. 
An  acropolis  commanded  the  village,  built  near  a  beauti 
ful  spring,  and  forming  a  sort  of  natural  fortification ;  a 
lower  plateau  formed  a  sort  of  step  to  the  lower  town. 
After  the  catastrophe  of -the  year  70,  a  considerable 
body  of  fugitives  met  there.  Synagogues,  a  sanhedrim, 
and  schools  were  established.  Bether  became  a  Holy 
City,  a  sort  of  equivalent  to  Zion.  The  little  scarped 
hill  was  covered  with  houses,  which,  supporting  them 
selves  by  ancient  works  in  the  rock  and  by  the  natural 
form  of  the  hill,  formed  a  species  of  citadel  which  was 
completed  with  steps  of  great  stones.  The  isolated 
situation  of  Bether  induces  the  belief  that  the  Romans 
did  not  greatly  trouble  themselves  about  these  works ; 
perhaps  also  a  part  of  them  dated  from  before  the 
time  of  Titus.  Supported  by  the  great  Jewish  com 
munities  of  Lydda  and  of  Jabneh,  Bether  thus  became 
a  sufficiently  large  town,  and,  as  it  were,  the  entrenched 
camp  of  fanaticism  in  Judea.  We  shall  there  see 
Judaism  offer  to  the  Roman  power  a  last  and  impotent 
resistance. 

At  Bether,  a  singular  book  appears  to  have  been 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  15 

composed,  a  perfect  mirror  of  the  conscience  of  Israel 
at  that  date,  where  may  be  found  the  powerful  recol 
lection  of  past  defects  and  a  fiery  prediction  of  future 
revolts.  I  speak  of  the  book  of  Judith.  The  ardent 
patriot  who  composed  that  Agada  in  Hebrew,  copied — 
according  to  the  custom  of  the  Hebrew  Agadas — a  well- 
known  history,  that  of  Deborah  who  saved  Israel  from 
her  enemies  by  killing  their  chief.  Every  line  is  full 
of  transparent  allusions.  The  ancient  enemy  of  the 
people  of  God,  Nebuchadnezzar  (a  perfect  type  of  the 
Roman  Empire,  which,  according  to  the  Jews,  was  but 
the  work  of  an  idolatrous  propaganda),  desired  to 
subject  the  whole  world  to  himself,  and  to  cause  it  to 
adore  him,  to  the  exclusion  of  every  other  god.  He 
charges  his  general  Holophernes  with  this  duty.  All 
bow  before  him  save  only  the  Jewish  people.  Israel 
is  not  a  military  people  but  a  mountaineering  race 
difficult  to  force.  So  long  as  it  observes  the  Law  it  is 
invincible. 

A  sensible  Pagan  who  knows  Israel,  Achior  (brother 
of  the  light),  tries  to  stop  Holophernes.  The  one  thing 
necessary,  according  to  him,  is  to  know  if  Israel  fails  to 
keep  the  Law ;  in  this  case,  the  conquest  will  be  easy ; 
if  not,  it  will  be  necessary  to  beware  how  one  attacks 
her.  All  is  useless;  Holophernes  marches  on  Jerusalem. 
The  key  of  Jerusalem  is  a  place  on  the  north,  on  the 
side  of  Dothaim,  at  the  entrance  of  the  mountainous 
region  to  the  south  of  the  plain  of  Esdraelon.  This 
place  is  called  Beth-eloah  (the  House  of  God).  The 
author  describes  it  exactly  on  the  plan  of  Bether.  It 
is  placed  at  the  opening  of  a  Wadi  (Fiumara  or  bed 
of  a  watercourse),  on  a  mountain  at  the  foot  of  which 
runs  a  stream  indispensable  to  the  people,  the  cisterns 
of  the  upper  town  being  relatively  small.  Holophernes 
besieges  Beth-eloah,  which  is  soon  reduced  by  thirst  to 
the  direst  extremity.  But  it  is  an  attribute  of  Divine 
Providence  to  choose  the  weakest  agents  for  the 
greatest  works.  A  widow,  a  zealot,  Judith  (the  Jewess), 


16  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

arises  and  prays ;  she  goes  forth  and  presents  herself 
to  Holophernes  as  a  rigid  devotee  who  cannot  tolerate 
the  breaches  of  the  Law  of  which  she  has  been  witness 
in  the  town.  She  wishes  to  point  out  to  him  a  sure 
means  of  conquering  the  Jews.  They  are  dying  of 
hunger  and  thirst ;  which  induces  them  to  fail  with 
regard  to  the  precepts  concerning  food,  and  to  eat  the 
first  fruits  reserved  for  the  priests.  They  have  sent  to 
ask  for  the  authorisation  of  the  Sanhedrim  at  Jerusalem, 
but  at  Jerusalem  everything  is  relaxed,  everything  is 
allowed,  so  that  it  will  be  easy  to  conquer  them.  "  I 
will  pray  to  God,"  she  adds,  "  that  I  may  know  when 
they  shall  sin."  Then  at  the  moment  when  Holophernes 
thinks  himself  assured  of  all  her  complaisances  she 
cuts  off  his  head.  In  this  expedition  she  has  not  once 
failed  to  observe  the  Law.  She  prays  and  performs 
her  ablutions  at  the  appointed  hours ;  she  eats  only  of 
the  meats  which  she  has  brought  with  her.  Even  on 
the  evening  when  she  is  about  to  prostitute  herself  to 
Holophernes,  she  drinks  her  own  wine.  Judith  lives 
after  all  this  for  a  hundred  and  five  years,  refusing  the 
most  advantageous  marriages,  happy  and  honoured. 
During  her  life  and  for  a  long  time  after  her  death 
no  one  dares  to  disquiet  the  Jewish  people.  Achior 
is  also  well  rewarded  for  having  known  Israel  well. 
He  is  circumcised,  and  becomes  a  Son  of  Abraham 
for  ever. 

The  author,  from  his  singular  taste  for  imagining 
the  conversion  of  Pagans,  from  his  persuasion  that 
God  loves  the  weak  above  all,  that  he  is  par  excellence 
the  God  of  the  hopeless,  approaches  Christian  senti 
ments.  But  by  his  materialistic  attachment  to  the 
principles  of  the  Law,  he  shows  himself  a  pure 
Pharisee.  He  dreams  of  an  autonomy  for  the 
Israelites  under  the  autonomy  of  the  Sanhedrim  and 
their  Nasi.  His  ideal  is  absolutely  that  of  Jabneh. 
There  is  a  mechanism  of  human  life  which  God  loves ; 
the  Law  is  the  absolute  rule  of  it ;  Israel  is  created  to 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  17 

accomplish  it.  It  is  a  people  like  to  no  other ;  a 
people  whom  the  heathen  hate  because  they  know 
them  to  be  capable  of  leading  the  whole  world ;  an 
invincible  people,  because  they  do  not  sin.  To  the 
scruples  of  the  Pharisee  are  joined  the  fanaticism  of 
the  Zealot,  the  appeal  to  the  dagger  to  defend  the 
Law,  the  apology  for  the  most  sanguinary  examples 
of  religious  violence.  The  imitation  of  the  book  of 
Esther  penetrates  the  whole  work ;  the  author 
evidently  read  that  book  not  as  it  exists  in  the 
original  Hebrew  but  with  the  interpolations  which 
the  Greek  text  offers.  The  literary  execution  is 
weak ;  the  feeble  parts — common-places  of  the  Jewish 
agada,  canticles,  prayers,  etc. — recall  at  times  the  tone 
of  the  Gospel  according  to  St  Luke.  The  theory  of 
the  Messianic  claims  is,  however,  little  developed. 
Judith  is  still  rewarded  for  her  virtue  by  a  long  life. 
The  book  was  doubtless  read  with  passion  in  the 
circles  of  Bether  and  of  Jabneh  ;  but  it  may  readily  be 
believed  that  Josephus  knew  nothing  of  it  at  Rome. 
It  was  probably  suppressed  as  being  full  of  dangerous 
allusions.  The  success  in  any  case  was  not  lasting 
amongst  the  Jews  ;  the  original  Hebrew  was  soon  lost ; 
but  the  Greek  translation  made  itself  a  place  in  the 
Christian  Canon.  We  shall  see  this  translation  known 
at  Rome  towards  the  year  95.  In  general  it  was 
immediately  after  their  publication  that  the  apocryphal 
books  were  welcomed  and  quoted  :  those  novelties  had 
an  ephemeral  popularity,  then  fell  into  oblivion. 

The  need  of  a  rigorously  limited  canon  of  the  sacred 
books  made  itself  felt  more  and  more.  The  Thora, 
the  Prophets,  the  Psalms,  were  the  admitted  foun 
dation  of  all.  Ezekiel  alone  created  some  difficulties 
by  the  passages  wherein  he  is  not  in  accord  with 
the  Thora,  from  which  he  was  extricated  only  by 
subtleties.  There  was  some  hesitation  about  Job, 
whose  hardihood  was  not  in  accord  with  the  pietism 
of  the  times.  Proverbs,  Ecclesiastes  and  the  Song  of 

B 


18  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Songs  were  assailed  with  much  greater  violence.  The 
picture  so  freely  sketched  iii  the  seventh  chapter  of 
Proverbs,  the  altogether  profane  character  of  the 
Canticles,  the  scepticism  of  Ecclesiastes,  were  thought 
sufficient  to  deprive  those  writings  of  the  character 
of  sacred  books.  Happily,  admiration  carried  them. 
They  were  admitted,  so  to  speak,  subject  to  correction 
and  to  interpretation.  The  last  lines  of  Ecclesiastes 
appeared  to  extenuate  the  sceptical  crudities  of  the 
text.  In  the  Canticles  the  critics  began  to  seek  for 
mystical  profundities.  Pseudo-Daniel  had  conquered 
his  place  by  dint  of  audacity  and  assurance ;  he  failed, 
however,  to  force  the  already  impenetrable  line  of  the 
ancient  prophets,  and  he  remained  in  the  last  pages  of 
the  sacred  volume  side  by  side  with  Esther  and  the 
more  recent  historical  compilations.  The  son  of  Sirach 
was  stranded  simply  for  having  avowed  too  frankly 
his  modern  editing.  All  this  constituted  a  little  sacred 
library  of  twenty-four  works,  the  order  of  which  was 
thenceforward  irrevocably  fixed.  Many  variations 
still  existed ;  the  absence  of  vowel  points  left  many 
passages  in  a  state  of  deplorable  ambiguity  which 
different  parties  interpreted  in  a  sense  favourable  to 
their  own  ideas.  .  It  was  many  centuries  before  the 
Hebrew  Bible  formed  a  volume  almost  without 
variants,  and  the  readings  of  which  were  settled  down 
to  their  last  details. 

As  to  the  Books  excluded  from  the  Canon,  their 
reading  was  forbidden,  and  it  was  even  sought  to 
destroy  them.  This  it  is  which  explains  how  books 
essentially  Jewish,  and  having  quite  as  much  right  as 
Daniel  and  Esther  to  remain  in  the  Jewish  Bible,  are 
only  preserved  by  Greek  translations.  Thus  the 
Maccabean  histories,  the  book  of  Tobit,  the  books  of 
Enoch,  the  wisdom  of  the  son  of  Sirach,  the  book  of 
Baruch,  the  book  called  "  the  third  of  Esdras,"  various 
chapters  of  which  belong  to  the  book  of  Daniel  (the 
Three  Children  in  the  Furnace)  Snsa.nnah,  Bel  and  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  19 

Dragon,  the  Prayer  of  Manasseli,  the  letter  of  Jeremiah, 
the  Psalter  of  Solomon,  the  Assumption  of  Moses,  a 
whole  series  of  agadic  and  apocalyptic  writings 
neglected  by  the  Jews  of  the  Talmudic  tradition,  have 
been  guarded  only  by  Christian  hands.  The  literary 
community  which  existed  during  more  than  a  hundred 
years  between  the  Jews  and  the  Christians,  caused 
every  Jewish  book  impressed  with  a  pious  spirit  and 
imbued  with  Messianic  ideas  to  be  at  once  accepted  by 
the  Churches.  At  the  beginning  of  the  second  century 
the  Jewish  people,  devoted  as  they  were  exclusively 
to  the  study  of  the  Law,  and  having  no  taste  save  for 
casuistry,  neglected  these  writings.  Many  Christian 
Churches,  on  the  contrary,  persisted  in  placing  a  high 
value  upon  them,  and  admitted  them  more  or  less 
officially  into  their  Canon.  We  see,  for  example,  the 
Apocalypse  of  Esdras,  the  work  of  an  enthusiastic 
Jew  like  the  book  of  Judith,  saved  from  destruction 
only  through  the  favour  which  it  enjoyed  amongst 
the  disciples  of  Jesus. 

Judaism  and  Christianity  still  lived  together  like 
those  double  beings  which  are  joined  by  one  part  of 
their  organisation  though  distinct  as  regards  all  the 
rest.  Each  of  these  beings  transmitted  to  the  other 
its  sensations  and  its  desires.  A  book  which  was  the 
fruit  of  the  most  ardent  Jewish  passions,  a  book  zealous 
for  its  first  chief,  was  immediately  adopted  by  Christi 
anity,  was  preserved  by  Christianity,  introduced  itself, 
thanks  to  it,  into  the  Canon  of  the  Old  Testament.  A 
fraction  of  the  Christian  Church,  it  cannot  be  doubted, 
had  felt  the  emotions  of  the  siege,  had  shared  in  the 
grief  and  anger  of  the  Jews  over  the  destruction  of 
the  Temple,  had  sympathised  with  the  rebels ;  the 
author  of  the  Apocalypse,  who  probably  still  lived,  had 
surely  mourning  at  his  heart,  and  calculated  the  days 
of  the  great  vengeance  of  Israel.  But  already  the 
Christian  conscience  had  found  other  issues ;  it  was 
not  only  the  school  of  Paul,  it  was  the  family  of  the 


20  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Master  which  passed  through  the  most  extraordinary 
crises,  and  transformed,  according  to  the  necessities  of 
the  time,  the  very  memories  which  it  had  preserved 
of  Jesus. 


CHAPTER   III 

EBION   BEYOND   JORDAN. 

WE  have  seen  in  68  the  Christian  Church  of  Jerusalem 
carried  on  by  the  relatives  of  Jesus  fly  from  the  city 
delivered  over  to  terror,  and  take  refuge  at  Pella  on 
the  other  side  of  Jordan.  We  have  seen  the  author  of 
the  Apocalypse  some  months  afterwards  employ  the 
most  lively  and  touching  images  to  express  the  protec 
tion  which  God  extended  to  the  fugitive  Church,  and 
the  repose  which  it  enjoyed  in  the  desert.  It  is  pro 
bable  that  this  sojourn  was  prolonged  for  many  years 
after  the  siege.  A  return  to  Jerusalem  was  impossible, 
and  the  antipathy  between  Christianity  and  the 
Pharisees  was  already  too  strong  to  allow  of  the 
Christians  joining  the  bulk  of  the  nation  on  the  side 
of  Jabneh  and  Lydda.  The  saints  of  Jerusalem  dwelt 
therefore  beyond  the  Jordan.  The  expectation  of  the 
final  catastrophe  had  become  extremely  vivid.  The 
three  years  and  a  half  which  the  Apocalypse  fixed  for 
the  fulfilment  of  its  predictions,  expired  about  the 
month  of  July  72. 

The  destruction  of  the  Temple  had  certainly  been 
a  surprise  for  the  Christians.  They  had  no  more 
believed  in  it  than  had  the  Jews.  Sometimes  they 
had  imagined  Nero  the  Anti-Christ  returning  from 
amongst  the  Parthians,  marching  upon  Rome  with  his 
allies,  sacking  it,  and  then  putting  himself  at  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  21 

head  of  the  armies  of  Judea,  profaning  Jerusalem,  and 
massacring  the  people  of  the  just  on  the  hill  of  Zion ; 
but  no  one  had  supposed  that  the  Temple  itself  would 
disappear.  An  event  so  prodigious,  when  once  it 
occurred,  was  sufficient  to  put  them  beside  themselves. 
The  misfortunes  of  the  Jewish  nation  were  regarded 
as  a  punishment  for  the  murders  of  Jesus  and  of 
James.  In  reflecting  upon  it  they  endeavoured  to  find 
that  in  all  that  God  had  been  especially  good  to  his 
elect.  It  was  because  of  them  that  he  had  deigned  to 
shorten  the  days  which  if  they  had  lasted  would  have 
seen  the  extermination  of  all  flesh.  The  frightful 
sufferings  that  they  had  gone  through  dwelt  in  the 
memory  of  the  Christians  of  the  East,  and  was  for 
them  what  the  persecutions  of  Nero  were  for  the 
Christians  of  Rome,  "the  great  tribulation,"  the  cer 
tain  prelude  to  the  days  of  the  Messiah. 

One  calculation,  moreover,  appears  to  have  greatly  en 
gaged  the  Christians  at  this  time.  They  remembered 
this  passage  of  the  Psalm  (xcv.  8,  et  seq.),  "  To-day  if 
ye  will  hear  his  voice  harden  not  your  hearts  (as  at 
Meriba  as  in  the  day  of  Massa  *)  in  the  wilderness. 
.  .  .  Forty  years  long  was  I  grieved  with  this  genera 
tion  and  said,  It  is  a  people  that  do  err  in  their  hearts, 
for  they  have  not  known  my  ways ;  unto  whom  I  sware 
in  my  wrath  that  they  should  not  enter  into  my  rest." 
They  applied  to  the  stubborn  Jews  the  words  which 
referred  to  their  rebellion  in  the  desert,  and  as  nearly 
forty  years  had  gone  by  since  the  short  but  brilliant 
public  career  of  Jesus,  he  was  believed  to  address  to 
the  unbelieving  that  pressing  appeal,  "  Forty  years 
have  I  waited  for  you,  the  time  is  at  hand,  take  care  " 
(cf.  Heb.  iii.  7,  et  seq.)  All  these  coincidences,  which 
placed  the  Apocalyptic  year  about  the  year  73,  the 
recent  memories  of  the  revolution  and  of  the  siege, 
the  strange  outbreak  of  fever,  of  frenzy,  of  exaltation, 
of  madness,  through  which  they  had  passed,  and,  by 

*  These  words  are  not  in  either  of  tlie  English  versions. — TRANS. 


22  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

way  of  crowning  marvel,  the  fact  that  after  signs 
so  evident  men  had  still  the  sad  courage  to  resist  the 
voice  of  Jesus  which  called  them — all  appeared  un 
heard  of,  and  capable  of  explanation  only  by  a  miracle. 
It  was  clear  that  the  moment  was  approaching  when 
Jesus  should  appear  and  the  mystery  of  the  times 
should  be  accomplished. 

So  great  was  the  influence  of  that  fixed  idea  that 
the  town  of  Pella  came  to  be  regarded  as  a  temporary 
asylum  where  God  himself  fed  his  elect  and  preserved 
them  from  the  hatred  of  the  wicked  (Rev.  xii.  14) ; 
there  was  no  thought  of  abandoning  a  place  which 
they  believed  to  have  been  pointed  out  by  a  revela 
tion  from  heaven.  But  when  it  was  clear  that  they 
must  resign  themselves  to  a  longer  life,  there  was  a 
movement  in  the  community.  A  great  number  of  the 
brethren,  amongst  whom  were  members  of  the  family 
of  Jesus,  left  Pella  and  went  to  establish  themselves 
some  leagues  off  in  Batanea,  a  province  which  belonged 
to  Herod  Agrippa  II.,  but  which  was  falling  more  and 
more  under  the  direct  sovereignty  of  the  Romans. 
This  country  was  then  very  prosperous ;  it  was  covered 
with  towns  and  monuments ;  the  rule  of  the  Herods 
had  been  benevolent,  and  had  founded  there  that 
brilliant  civilisation  which  lasted  from  the  first  cen 
tury  of  our  era  until  Islam.  The  town  chosen  by 
preference  by  the  disciples  and  relations  of  Jesus  was 
Kokaba  near  Ashtaroth  Carnaim,  a  little  beyond 
Adria,  and  very  near  the  frontier  of  the  kingdom  of 
the  Nabathites.  Kokaba  was  only  some  thirteen  or 
fourteen  leagues  from  Pella,  and  the  Churches  of  these 
two  localities  might  long  remain  in  close  connection. 
Without  doubt  many  Christians,  from  the  times  of 
Vespasian  and  of  Titus,  returned  to  Galilee  and  Sa 
maria  ;  yet  it  was  only  after  the  time  of  Hadrian  that 
Galilee  became  the  rendezvous  of  the  Jewish  popula 
tion,  and  that  the  intellectual  activity  of  the  nation 
concentrated  itself  there. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  23 

The  name  which  these  pious  guardians  of  the  tradi 
tion  of  Jesus  gave  themselves  was  ("  Ebionim  "}  or 
"  poor."  Faithful  to  the  spirit  which  had  said 
"  Blessed  are  the  poor  "  ("  ebionim  ")  and  which  had 
characteristically  attributed  to  the  disinherited  of  this 
world  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  and  the  inheritance 
of  the  Gospel,  they  gloried  in  their  poverty,  an.d 
continued,  like  the  primitive  Church  of  Jerusalem, 
to  live  upon  alms.  We  have  seen  St  Paul  always 
preoccupied  with  his  poor  of  Jerusalem,  and  St  James 
taking  the  name  of  "  poor "  as  a  title  of  nobility, 
(James  ii.  5,  6).  A  crowd  of  passages  from  the  Old 
Testament,  where  the  word  Ebion  is  employsd  to  dis 
tinguish  the  pious  man,  and  by  extension  the  whole 
pietism  of  Israel,  the  reunion  of  the  saints  of  Israel, 
wretched,  gentle,  humble,  despised  of  the  world  but 
beloved  of  God,  were  associated  with  the  sect.  The 
word  "  poor  "  implied  a  shade  of  tenderness,  as  when 
one  says,  "  The  poor  dear  man  ! "  This  "  poor  of 
God"  whose  miseries  and  humiliations  the  prophets 
and  the  psalmists  had  told  of,  whose  glorious 
future  they  had  announced,  was  accepted  as  the 
symbolical  .title  of  the  little  Church  of  Pella  and  of 
Kokaba  across  the  Jordan,  the  continuator  of  that  of 
Jerusalem.  And  as  in  the  old  Hebrew  tongue  the 
word  Ebion  had  received  a  metaphorical  signification 
to  designate  the  pious  part  of  the  people  of  God,  in 
the  same  way  the  saintly  little  congregation  of 
JBatanea,  considering  itself  the  only  true  Israel,  the 
"  Israel  of  God,"  heir  of  the  heavenly  kingdom,  called 
itself  the  poor,  the  beloved  of  God.  Ebion  was  thus 
often  employed  in  a  collective  sense,  almost  as  was 
Israel,  or,  as  amongst  ourselves,  personifications  such 
as  "  Jacques  Bonhomme."  Li  the  remote  sections  of 
the  Church,  to  whom  the  good  poor  of  Batanea  were 
almost  strangers,  Ebion  became  a  personage,  the  ac 
cepted  founder  of  the  sect  of  the  Ebionites. 

The   name   by   which   the   sectaries    were  known 


24  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

amongst  the  other  populations  of  Batanea,  was  that 
of  Nazarenes  or  Nazoreans.  It  was  known  that 
Jesus,  his  relations  and  his  first  disciples,  belonged  to 
Nazareth  or  its  environs ;  they  were  described  there 
fore  by  their  place  of  birth.  It  is  supposed,  perhaps 
not  without  reason,  that  the  name  of  Nazarenes  was 
especially  applied  to  the  Christians  of  Galilee,  who 
had  taken  refuge  in  Batanea,  whilst  the  name  of 
Ebionim  continued  to  be  the  title  which  the  mendi 
cant  saints  of  Jerusalem  gave  themselves.  However 
this  may  be,  "  Nazarenes "  remained  always  in  the 
East  the  generic  word  by  which  Christians  were 
designated.  Mahomet  knew  them  by  no  other,  and 
the  Mussulmans  use  it  to  this  day.  By  a  singular 
contrast,  the  word  "  Nazarenes,"  after  a  certain  date, 
presented  like  "  Ebionites  "  an  offensive  sense  in  the 
opinion  of  Greek  and  Latin  Christians.  As  in  almost 
all  great  movements,  it  came  to  pass  that  the  founders 
of  the  new  religion  were  in  the  eyes  of  the  foreign 
crowd  which  was  affiliated  to  it,  simply  retrograde 
persons  and  heretics ;  those  who  had  been  the  corner 
stones  of  the  sect  found  themselves  isolated,  and,  as 
it  were,  ostracised.  The  name  of  Ebion  by  which 
they  described  themselves,  and  which  conveyed  to 
their  minds  the  loftiest  meaning,  became  an  insult, 
and  was,  out  of  Syria,  synonymous  with  "  dangerous 
sectary."  Jokes  were  made  about  it,  and  it  was 
ironically  interpreted  in  the  sense  of  "  poor-spirited." 
The  ancient  name  of  Nazarenes,  after  the  beginning 
of  the  fourth  century,  served  to  designate  for  the 
orthodox  Catholic  Church  heretics  who  were  scarcely 
Christians  at  all. 

This  singular  misunderstanding  explains  itself  when 
it  is  remembered  that  the  Ebionim  and  the  Nazarenes 
remained  faithful  to  the  primitive  spirit  of  the  Church 
of  Jerusalem,  and  of  the  brothers  of  Jesus,  according 
to  whom  Jesus  was  no  more  than  a  prophet  chosen 
of  God  to  save  Israel,  whilst  in  the  Churches  founded 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  25 

by  Paul,  Jesus  became  more  and  more  the  incarnation 
of  God.  According  to  the  Greek  Christians,  Chris 
tianity  took  the  place  of  the  religion  of  Moses,  as 
a  superior  worship  taking  the  place  of  an  inferior. 
In  the  eyes  of  the  Christians  of  Batanea,  this  was 
blasphemy.  Not  merely  did  they  refuse  to  consider 
the  Law  as  abolished,  but  they  observed  it  with  re 
doubled  fervour.  They  regarded  circumcision  as 
obligatory,  they  observed  the  Sabbath,  as  well  as  the 
first  day  of  the  week,  they  practised  ablutions  and  all 
the  Jewish  ceremonies.  They  studied  Hebrew  with 
care,  and  read  the  Bible  in  Hebrew.  Their  canon 
was  the  Jewish  canon ;  already,  perhaps,  they  began 
by  making  arbitrary  retrenchments. 

Their  admiration  for  Jesus  was  unbounded :  they 
described  him  as  being  in  a  peculiar  degree  the 
Prophet  of  Truth,  the  Messiah,  the  Son  of  God,  the 
elect  of  God :  they  believed  in  his  resurrection,  but 
they  never  got  beyond  that  Jewish  idea  according  to 
which  a  man- God  is  a  monstrosity.  Jesus,  in  their 
minds,  was  a  mere  man,  the  son  of  Joseph,  born  under 
the  ordinary  conditions  of  humanity,  without  miracle. 
It  was  very  slowly  that  they  learned  to  explain  his 
birth  by  the  operation  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  Some  ad 
mitted  that  on  the  day  on  which  he  was  adopted  by 
God,  the  Holy  Spirit  or  the  Christ  had  descended 
upon  him  in  the  visible  form  of  a  dove,  so  that  Jesus 
did  not  become  the  Son  of  God  and  anointed  by  the 
Holy  Ghost  until  after  his  baptism.  Others,  ap 
proaching  more  nearly  to  Buddhist  conceptions,  held 
that  he  attained  the  dignity  of  Messiah,  and  of  Son 
of  God,  by  his  perfection,  by  his  continual  progress, 
by  his  union  with  God,  and,  above  all,  by  his  extra 
ordinary  feat  of  observing  the  whole  Law.  To  hear 
them,  Jesus-  alone  had  solved  this  difficult  problem. 
When  they  were  pressed,  they  admitted  that  any  other 
man  who  could  do  the  same  thing  would  obtain  the 
same  honour.  They  were  consequently  compelled,  in 


26  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

their  accounts  of  the  life  of  Jesus,  to  show  him  accom 
plishing  the  fulfilment  of  the  whole  Law ;  wrongly  or 
rightly  applied,  they  constantly  cited  these  words, 
"  I  am  not  come  to  destroy,  but  to  fulfil."  Many,  in 
short,  carried  towards  gnostic  and  cabbalist  ideas,  saw 
in  him  a  great  archangel,  the  first  of  those  of  his 
order,  a  created  being  to  whom  God  had  given  power 
over  the  whole  visible  creation,  and  upon  whom  was 
laid  the  especial  task  of  abolishing  sacrifices. 

Their  churches  were  called  "  synagogues,"  their 
priests  "  archi-synagogues."  They  forbade  the  use  of 
flesh,  and  practised  all  the  austerities  of  the  hasidim, 
austerities  which,  as  is  well  known,  made  up  the 
greatest  part  of  the  sanctity  of  James,  the  Lord's 
brother.  Peter  also  obtained  all  their  respect.  It 
was  under  the  names  of  these  two  apostles  that  they 
put  forth  their  apocryphal  revelations.  On  the  other 
hand,  there  was  no  curse  which  they  did  not  utter 
against  Paul.  They  called  him  "the  man  of  Tarsus," 
"  the  Apostate ; "  they  told  only  the  most  ridiculous 
histories  of  him ;  they  refused  him  the  title  of  Jew, 
and  pretended  that  it  might  be  on  the  side  of  his 
father,  or  it  might  be  on  that  of  his  mother,  he  had 
had  only  Pagans  for  ancestors.  A  genuine  Jew 
speaking  of  the  abrogation  of  the  Law,  appeared  to 
them  an  absolute  impossibility. 

We  speedily  discern  a  literature  springing  out  of 
this  order  of  ideas  and  passions.  The  good  sectaries 
of  Kokaba  obstinately  turned  their  backs  upon  the 
West,  upon  the  future.  Their  eyes  were  for  ever 
turned  towards  Jerusalem,  whose  miraculous  restora 
tion  they  confidently  anticipated.  They  called  it  "  the 
House  of  God,"  and  as  they  turned  towards  it  in 
prayer,  it  is  to  be  believed  that  they  gave  to  it  a 
species  of  adoration.  A  keen  eye  might  have  dis 
covered  from  that  that  they  were  in  the  way  of  becom 
ing  heretics,  and  that  some  day  they  would  be  treated 
as  profane  in  the  house  which  they  had  founded. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  27 

An  absolute  difference  in  a  word  separated  the 
Christianity  of  the  Nazarene — of  the  Ebionim — of 
the  relatives  of  Jesus,  from  the  Christianity  which 
triumphed  later  on.  For  the  immediate  successors  of 
Jesus  it  was  a  question  not  of  replacing  Judaism  but 
of  crowning  it  by  the  advent  of  the  Messiah.  The 
Christian  Church  was  for  them  only  a  re-union  of 
Hasidim,  of  true  Israelites  admitting  a  fact  that  for  a 
Jew,  not  a  Sadducee,  might  appear  perfectly  possible ; 
it  was  that  Jesus  put  to  death  and  raised  again  was 
the  Messiah,  that  after  a  very  brief  delay  he  would 
come  to  take  possession  of  the  throne  of  David  and 
accomplish  the  prophecies.  If  they  had  been  told 
that  they  were  deserters  from  Judaism,  they  would 
certainly  have  cried  out,  and  would  have  protested 
that  they  were  true  Jews  and  the  heirs  of  the  pro 
mises.  To  renounce  the  Mosaic  Law  would  have  been, 
from  their  point  of  view,  an  apostacy ;  they  no  more 
dreamed  of  setting  themselves  free  from  it  than  of 
liberating  others.  What  they  hoped  to  inaugurate 
was  the  complete  triumph  of  Judaism,  and  not  a  new 
religion  abrogating  that  which  had  been  promulgated 
from  Sinai. 

Return  to  the  Holy  City  was  forbidden  them :  but 
as  they  hoped  that  the  prohibition  would  not  last 
long,  the  important  members  of  the  refugee  Church 
continued  to  associate  together,  and  called  themselves 
always  the  Church  of  Jerusalem.  From  the  time  of 
their  arrival  at  Pella,  they  gave  a  successor  to  James, 
the  Lord's  brother,  and  naturally  they  chose  that 
successor  from  the  family  of  the  Master.  Nothing  is 
more  obscure  than  the  things  which  concern  the 
brothers  and  cousins  of  Jesus  in  the  Judeo-Christian 
Church  of  Syria.  Certain  indications  lead  us  to  believe 
that  Jude,  brother  of  the  Lord,  and  brother  of  James, 
was,  for  some  time,  head  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem, 
but  it  is  not  easy  to  say  when  or  under  what  circum 
stances.  He  whom  all  tradition  designates  as  having 


28  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

been  the  immediate  successor  of  James  after  the  siege 
of  Jerusalem,  was  Simon,  son  of  Cleophas.  All  the 
brothers  of  Jesus,  about  the  year  75,  were  probably 
dead.  Jude  had  left  children  and  grand-children. 
From  motives  of  which  we  are  ignorant  it  was  not 
from  amongst  the  descendants  of  the  brothers  of  Jesus 
that  the  head  of  the  Church  was  taken.  The  Oriental 
principle  of  heredity  was  followed.  Simon,  son  of 
Cleophas,  was  probably  the  last  of  the  cousins-german 
of  Jesus  who  was  still  alive.  He  might  have  seen  and 
heard  Jesus  in  his  childhood.  Although  he  was  beyond 
Jordan,  Simon  considered  himself  as  chief  of  the 
Church  of  Jerusalem,  and  as  heir  of  the  singular 
powers  which  this  title  had  conferred  on  James,  the 
Lord's  brother. 

The  greatest  uncertainty  prevails  as  to  the  return  of 
fche  exiled  Church  (or  rather  of  a  part  of  that  Church) 
to  the  city  at  once  so  guilty  and  so  holy,  which  had 
crucified  Jesus  and  was  nevertheless  to  be  the  seat  of 
his  future  glory.  The  fact  of  the  return  is  incontest 
able,  but  the  date  of  the  event  is  unknown.  Strictly 
we  might  put  back  the  date  to  the  moment  when 
Hadrian  decided  on  the  rebuilding  of  the  city,  that 
is  to  say,  until  the  year  122.  It  is  more  probable,  how 
ever,  that  the  return  of  the  Christians  took  place  shortly 
after  the  complete  pacification  of  Judea.  The  Romans 
undoubtedly  relaxed  their  severity  towards  a  people 
so  peaceable  as  the  disciples  of  Jesus.  Some  hundreds 
of  saints  might  well  dwell  upon  Mount  Sion  in  the 
houses  which  the  destruction  had  respected,  without 
the  city  ceasing  to  be  considered  a  field  of  ruins  and 
desolation.  The  10th  Fretensian  Legion  alone  would 
form  around  it  a  certain  group  of  inhabitants.  Mount 
Sion,  as  we  have  already  said,  was  an  exception  to  the 
general  appearance  of  the  town.  The  meeting-place 
of  the  Apostles,  many  other  buildings,  and  particu 
larly  seven  synagogues,  one  of  which  was  preserved 
until  the  time  of  Constantine,  were  almost  intact 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  29 

amongst  the  surrounding  ruins,  and  recalled  that  verse 
of  Isaiah,  "  The  daughter  of  Zion  is  left  as  a  cottage 
in  a  vineyard,  as  a  lodge  in  a  garden  of  cucumbers, 
as  a  besieged  city."  It  was  there  we  may  believe  that 
the  little  colony  fixed  itself  which  established  the  con 
tinuity  of  the  Church  at  Jerusalem.  We  may  also 
believe  if  we  will  that  it  was  placed  in  one  of  those 
straggling  Jewish  villages  near  Jerusalem,  such  as 
Bether,  which  are  ideally  identified  with  the  Holy 
City.  In  any  case,  this  Church  of  Mount  Sion  was, 
until  the  time  of  Hadrian,  by  no  means  numerous. 
The  title  of  chief  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem  appears 
to  have  been  only  a  sort  of  honorary  Pontificate,  a 
presidency  of  honour,  not  carrying  with  it  a  real  cure 
of  souls.  The  relatives  of  Jesus  especially  appear  to 
have  remained  beyond  the  Jordan. 

The  honour  of  possessing  amongst  their  body  per 
sons  so  distinguished  inspired  an  extraordinary  pride 
amongst  the  Churches  of  Batanea.  It  seems  probable 
that  at  the  moment  of  the  departure  of  the  Church 
of  Jerusalem  for  Pella,  some  of  "  the  twelve,"  that  is 
to  say,  the  Apostles  chosen  by  Jesus — Matthew,  for  ex 
ample — were  still  alive,  and  were  amongst  the  number 
of  emigrants.  Certain  of  the  apostles  may  have  been 
younger  than  Jesus,  and  consequently  not  very  old  at 
the  date  of  which  we  speak.  The  data  we  have  to  go 
upon  concerning  the  apostles  who  remained  in  the 
Holy  Land  and  did  not  follow  the  example  of  Peter 
and  John,  are  so  incomplete  that  it  is  impossible  to  be 
certain  on  this  point.  The  "  Seven,"  that  is  to  say  the 
Deacons  chosen  by  the  first  Church  of  Jerusalem,  were 
also  without  doubt  dead  or  dispersed.  The  relatives 
of  Jesus  inherited  all  the  importance  which  the  chosen 
of  the  first  Coenaculum  had  had.  From  the  year  70 
to  about  the  year  110  they  really  governed  the  Churches 
beyond  the  Jordan,  and  formed  a  sort  of  Christian 
Senate.  The  family  of  Cleophas  especially  enjoyed 
in  devout  circles  a  universally  recognised  authority. 


30  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

The  relatives  of  Jesus  were  pious  people,  tranquil, 
gentle,  modest,  labouring  with  their  hands,  faithful  to 
the  rigid  principles  of  Jesus  with  regard  to  poverty, 
but  at  the  same  time  strict  Jews,  putting  the  title  of 
child  of  Israel  before  every  other  advantage.  They 
were  much  reverenced,  and  a  name  was  given  to 
them  (perhaps  maraniin  or  morano'ie)  of  which  the 
Greek  equivalent  was  desposynoi.  For  a  long  time 
past,  doubtless  even  during  the  life-time  of  Jesus,  it 
had  been  supposed  that  he  was  of  the  lineage  of 
David,  since  it  was  admitted  that  the  Messiah  should 
be  of  David's  race.  The  admission  of  such  an  ancestry 
for  Jesus  implied  it  also  for  his  family.  These  good 
people  thought  much  of  it,  and  were  not  a  little  proud 
of  it.  We  see  them  constantly  occupied  in  constructing 
genealogies,  which  rendered  probable  the  little  fraud 
of  which  the  Christian  legend  had  need.  When  they 
were  too  much  embarrassed  they  took  refuge  behind 
the  persecutions  of  Herod,  which  they  pretended  had 
destroyed  the  genealogical  books.  Nor  did  they  stop 
here.  Sometimes  they  maintained  that  the  work  had 
been  done  from  memory,  sometimes  that  they  had 
had  copies  of  ancient  chronicles  whereby  to  construct 
it.  It  was  admitted  that  they  had  done  "the  best 
that  they  could."  Two  of  these  genealogies  have 
come  down  to  us,  one  in  the  Gospel  attributed  to  St 
Matthew,  the  other  in  the  Gospel  of  St  Luke,  and  it 
appears  that  neither  of  them  satisfied  the  Ebionim, 
since  their  Gospel  did  not  contain  them,  and  the 
churches  of  Syria  always  protested  strongly  against 
them. 

This  movement,  inoffensive  though  it  was  as  a 
matter  of  policy,  excited  suspicion.  It  appears  that 
the  Roman  authorities  had  more  than  once  kept  a 
watch  upon  these  real  or  pretended  descendants  of 
David.  Vespasian  had  heard  of  the  hopes  which  the 
Jews  founded  upon  a  mysterious  representative  of 
their  ancient  royal  race.  Fearing  that  they  meant 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  31 

only  a  pretext  for  new  insurrections,  he  caused  all 
those  who  belonged  to  this  line,  or  who  boasted  of 
being  of  it,  to  be  sought  out.  This  gave  rise  to  much 
annoyance,  which,  perhaps,  reached  the  chief  of  the 
Church  oi  Jerusalem  at  Batanea.  We  shall  see  these 
inquiries  renewed  with  much  more  rigour  under 
Domitian. 

The  imminent  danger  which  these  speculations  about 

§3nealogy  and  royal  descent  implied  for  the  nascent 
hristianity,  needs  no  elaborate  demonstration.  A 
kind  of  Christian  aristocracy  was  being  created  In 
the  political  world  the  nobility  are  almost  necessary 
to  the  state,  politics  having  to  deal  with  vulgar 
struggles  which  make  of  them  a  matter — matter  is 
material  rather  than  ideal.  A  state  is  strong  only 
when  a  certain  number  of  families,  by  traditional 
privilege,  find  it  alike  their  duty  and  their  interest 
to  transact  its  business,  to  represent  it,  to  defend  it. 
But  in  the  ideal  order,  birth  is  nothing ;  everyone  is 
valued  in  proportion  to  what  he  discerns  of  the  truth, 
to  what  he  realises  of  the  good.  Institutions  which 
have  a  religious,  literary,  or  moral  aim  are  lost  when 
considerations  of  family,  of  caste,  of  heredity  come  to 
prevail  amongst  them.  The  nephews  and  the  cousins 
of  Jesus  would  have  been  the  destruction  of  Christi 
anity  if  the  Churches  of  Paul  had  not  been  of  sufficient 
strength  to  act  as  a  counterpoise  to  that  aristocracy, 
whose  tendency  had  been  to  proclaim  itself  alone 
respectable,  and  to  treat  all  converts  as  intruders. 
Pretensions  analogous  to  those  of  the  sons  of  Ali  in 
Islam  would  have  been  produced.  Islamism  would 
certainly  have  perished  under  the  embarrassments 
caused  by  the  family  of  the  Prophet,  if  the  result  of 
the  struggles  of  the  first  century  after  the  Hejira  had 
not  been  to  throw  into  an  inferior  rank  all  those  who 
were  too  nearly  related  to  the  person  of  the  Founder. 
The  true  heirs  of  a  great  man  are  those  who  continue 
his  work,  and  not  his  relatives  according  to  the  flesh. 


'3*2  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Considering  the  tradition  of  Jesus  as  its  property,  the 
little  coterie  of  Nazarenes  would  have  surely  stifled  it. 
Happily  the  narrow  circle  speedily  disappeared :  the 
relatives  of  Jesus  were  speedily  forgotten  in  the  depths 
of  The  Hauran.  They  lost  all  importance,  and  left 
Jesus  to  his  true  family,  the  only  one  which  he  would 
have  recognised — those  who  "  hear  the  word  of  God 
and  keep  it."  Many  passages  from  the  Gospels  where 
the  family  of  Jesus  is  seen  in  an  unfavourable  light, 
may  spring  out  of  the  antipathy  which  the  nobiliary 
pretensions  of  the  desposynoi  could  not  fail  to  pro 
voke  around  them. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE    RELATIONS   OF  JEWS   AND   CHRISTIANS. 

THE  relations  of  these  altogether  Hebrew  Churches  of 
Batanea  and  of  Galilee  with  the  Jews  must  have  been 
frequent.  It  is  to  the  Judeo- Christians  that  an  ex 
pression  frequent  in  Talmudic  traditions,  that  of 
minim,,  corresponding  to  "  heretics,"  belongs.  The 
minim  are  represented  as  a  species  of  wonder-workers 
and  spiritual  doctors,  curing  the  sick  by  the  power  of 
the  name  of  Jesus  and  by  the  application  of  holy  oil. 
It  will  be  remembered  that  this  was  one  of  the  pre 
cepts  of  St  James.  Cures  of  this  sort,  as  well  as  exor 
cisms,  were  the  great  means  of  conversion  employed 
by  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  especially  with  regard  to  the 
Jews.  .  The  Jews  appropriated  to  themselves  these 
marvellous  receipts,  and  until  the  third  century  we 
find  the  doctors  curing  in  the  name  of  Jesus.  No  one 
was  astonished.  The  belief  in  daily  miracles  was  such 
that  the  Talmud  ordains  the  prayer  that  every  one 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  33 

must  make  when  "  private  miracles  "  happen  to  him. 
The  best  proof  that  Jesus  believed  that  he  could  work 
miracles  is,  that  the  members  of  his  family  and  his 
most  authentic  disciples  had  in  some  sort  the  speciality 
of  performing  them.  It  is  true  that  by  the  same  argu 
ment  we  must  also  believe  that  Jesus  was  a  strict  Jew, 
which  is  repugnant  to  our  ideas. 

Judaism,  besides,  included  two  tendencies  which  put 
it  into  opposite  relations  with  regard  to  Christianity. 
The  Law  and  the  Prophets  continued  always  the  two 
poles  of  the  Jewish  people.  The  Law  gave  occasion 
to  that  bizarre  scholasticism  which  was  called  the 
halaka,  out  of  which  the  Talmud  sprang.  The  pro 
phets,  the  psalms,  the  poetic  books  inspired  an  ardent, 
popular  preaching,  brilliant  dreams,  unlimited  hopes ; 
what  was  called  the  agada,  a  word  which  embraces  at 
once  passionate  fables  like  that  of  Judith  and  the 
apocryphal  apocalypses  which  agitated  the  people. 
Just  as  the  casuists  of  Jabneh  showed  themselves  con 
temptuous  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  so  the  agadists 
sympathised  with  them.  The  agadists,  in  common 
with  the  Christians,  had  a  dislike  for  the  Pharisees, 
a  taste  for  Messianic  explanations  of  the  prophetic 
books,  an  arbitrary  exegesis  which  recalls  the  fashion 
in  which  the  preachers  of  the  Middle  Ages  played  with 
texts,  a  belief  in  the  approaching  reign  of  a  descendant 
of  David.  Like  the  Christians,  the  agadists  sought  to 
connect  the  genealogy  of  the  patriarchal  family  with 
that  of  the  old  dynasty.  Like  them,  they  sought  to 
diminish  the  burden  of  the  Law.  Their  system  of 
allegorical  interpretation  which  transformed  a  code  of 
laws  into  a  book  of  moral  precepts  was  the  avowed 
abandonment  of  doctrinal  rigorism.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  halakists  treated  the  agadists  (and  Chris 
tians  were  agadists  in  their  eyes)  as  frivolous  people, 
strangers  to  the  onry  serious  study,  which  was  that  of 
the  Thora.  Talmudism  and  Christianity  became  in 
this  way  the  two  antipodes  of  the  moral  world,  and 

c 


34  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  hatred  between  them  grew  from  day  to  day.  The 
disgust  which  the  subtle  researches  of  the  casuists 
of  Jabneh  inspired  in  the  minds  of  the  Christians,  is 
written  in  the  Gospels  in  letters  of  fire. 

The  inconvenience  of  the  Talmudic  studies  was  the 
confidence  which  they  gave  and  the  disdain  which 
they  inspired  for  the  profane.  "  I  thank  Thee,  O 
Eternal  God  ! "  said  the  student,  on  coming  out  of  the 
'house  of  study,  "  for  that  by  Thy  grace  I  have  fre 
quented  the  school  instead  of  doing  as  those  do  who 
visit  the  market  place.  I  rose  up  like  them,  but  it 
was  for  the  study  of  the  law,  and  not  from  frivolous 
motives.  I  labour  like  them,  but  I  shall  be  rewarded. 
We  both  run,  but  I  for  life  eternal,  whilst  they  can 
but  fall  into  the  pit  of  destruction."  This  it  was 
which  wounded  Jesus  and  the  authors  of  the  Gospels 
so  deeply ;  this  which  inspired  those  beautiful  sen 
tences,  "  Judge  not,  that  ye  be  not  judged,"  those 
parables  wherein  the  man  who  is  simple  but  pure  of 
heart  is  preferred  to  the  haughty  Pharisee.  Like  St 
Paul,  they  saw  in  the  casuists  only  people  who  sought 
to  damn  the  greater  part  of  the  world  by  exaggerating 
obligations  beyond  the  strength  of  man.  Judaism, 
having  at  its  basis  the  fact  which  was  taken  for 
granted  that  man  is  treated  here  below  according  to 
his  merits,  set  itself  to  judge  without  ceasing,  since  the 
justice  of  God's  ways  could  be  proved  only  under  that 
condition.  Pharisaism  has  its  profoundest  roots  in  the 
theories  of  the  friends  of  Job  and  of  certain  Psalmists. 
Jesus,  by  postponing  the  application  of  the  justice  of 
God  to  the  future,  rendered  those  criticisms  of  the  con 
duct  of  others  futile.  The  Kingdom  of  Heaven  would 
set  all  things  straight :  God  sleeps  until  then ;  but 
commit  yourselves  to  him.  Out  of  horror  of  hypo 
crisy  Christianity  arrived  at  even  the  paradox  of  pre 
ferring  a  world  openly  wicked  but  susceptible  of 
conversion  to  a  bourgeoisie  which  made  a  parade  of 
its  apparent  honesty.  Many  features  of  the  legend. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  35 

conceived  or  developed  under  the  influence  of  Jesus, 
arose  out  of  this  idea. 

Between  people  of  the  same  race,  partakers  of  the 
same  exile,  admitting  the  same  divine  revelations  and 
differing  only  upon  a  single  point  of  recent  history,  con 
troversy  was  inevitable.  Sufficiently  numerous  traces 
of  it  are  found  in  the  Talmud  and  in  the  writings 
connected  with  it.  The  most  celebrated  doctor  whose 
name  appears  mixed  up  in  these  disputes,  is  Rabbi 
Tarphon.  Before  the  siege  of  Jerusalem  he  had  filled 
various  sacerdotal  offices.  He  loved  to  recall  his 
memories  of  the  Temple,  particularly  how  he  had 
assisted  upon  the  platform  of  the  priests  at  the 
solemn  service  of  the  Day  of  Atonement.  The  Pontiff 
had  for  that  day  permission  to  pronounce  the  ineffable 
name  of  the  Most  High.  Tarphon  tells  how,  notwith 
standing  his  efforts,  he  was  unable  to  hear  it,  the  song 
of  the  other  officiants  having  drowned  the  priest's 
voice. 

After  the  destruction  of  the  Holy  City  he  was  one 
of  the  glories  of  the  schools  of  Jabneh  and  Lydda.  To 
subtlety  he  joined  what  was  better — charity.  In  a 
year  of  famine  it  is  said  that  he  married  three  hundred 
women  so  that  they  might,  thanks  to  their  title .  of 
future  spouses  of  a  priest,  have  the  right  to  share  in 
the  sacred  offerings.  Naturally,  the  famine  having 
passed  over,  nothing  more  was  heard  of  his  espousals. 
Many  sentences  of  Tarphon  recall  the  Gospel.  "  The 
day  is  short,  the  work  is  long ;  the  workmen  are  idle, 
the  reward  is  great,  the  master  urges  on."  "  In .  our 
time,"  he  adds,  "  when  one  says  to  another,  '  Take  the 
straw  out  of  thine  eye,'  the  answer  is, '  Take  the  beam 
out  of  thine  own.' "  The  Gospel  places  such  a  reply 
in  the  mouth  of  Jesus  reprimanding  the  Pharisees,  and 
one  is  tempted  to  believe  that  the  ill  temper  of  Rabbi 
Tarphon  came  from  a  response  of  the  same  kind  which 
had  been  made  to  him  by  some  min.  The  name  of 
Tarphon,  in  short,  was  celebrated  in  the  Church.  In 


36  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  second  century  Justin,  wishing  in  a  dialogue  to 
depict  a  dispute  between  a  Jew  and  a  Christian,  chose 
our  Doctor  as  the  defender  of  the  Jewish  thesis,  and 
brought  him  upon  the  stage  under  the  name  of 
Tryphon. 

The  choice  of  Justin  and  the  malevolent  tone  in 
which  he  makes  this  Tryphon  speak  of  the  Christian 
faith,  are  justified  by  what  we  read  in  the  Talmud  of 
the  sentiments  of  Tarphon.  This  Rabbi  knew  the 
Gospels  and  the  books  of  the  minim ;  but,  far  from 
admiring  them,  he  wished  them  to  be  burned.  It  was 
pointed  out  to  him  that  the  name  of  God  constantly 
appeared  in  them.  "  I  would  rather  lose  my  son," 
said  he,  "than  that  he  should  not  cast  these  books 
into  the  fire,  even  though  they  contain  the  name  of 
God.  A  man  pursued  by  a  murderer,  or  threatened 
with  the  bite  of  a  serpent,  had  better  seek  shelter  in 
an  idolatrous  Temple  than  in  one  of  the  houses  of  the 
minim,  for  these  know  the  truth  and  deny  it,  whilst 
idolaters  deny  God  because  they  do  not  know  him." 

If  a  man  relatively  moderate  like  Tarphon  could 
allow  himself  to  be  so  far  carried  away,  we  can  imagine 
how  ardent  and  passionate  must  have  been  this  hatred 
in  the  world  of  the  synagogues,  where  the  fanaticism 
of  the  Law  was  carried  to  its  extremest  limit.  Ortho 
dox  Judaism  could  not  curse  the  minim  with  sufficient 
bitterness.  The  use  of  a  triple  malediction  against 
the  partisans  of  Jesus  comprised  under  the  name  of 
Nazarenes  was  early  established,  it  being  said  in  the 
synagogue  at  morning,  at  mid-day  and  at  evening. 
This  malediction  was  introduced  into  the  principal 
prayer  of  Judaism,  the  amida  or  schemone-esre.  The 
amida  is  composed  first,  of  eighteen  benedictions,  or 
rather  of  eighteen  paragraphs.  About  the  time  of 
which  we  speak,  an  imprecation  in  these  terms  was 
intercalated  between  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  para 
graphs  : — 

"  For  the  treacherous,  no  hope  !     For  the  malevolent  destruc- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  37 

tion  1  Let  tlie  power  of  the  proud  be  weakened,  broken  down, 
crushed,  humiliated,  now  in  these  our  days.  Praised  be  Thou, 
O  Eternal  God  !  who  crushest  thine  enemies  and  bringest  the 
haughty  to  the  dust." 

It  is  supposed,  not  without  a  show  of  reason,  that 
the  enemies  of  Israel  pointed  at  in  this  prayer  were 
originally  the  Judeo-Christians,  and  that  this  was  a 
sort  of  shibboleth  to  turn  the  partisans  of  Jesus  out  of 
the  synagogues.  Conversions  of  Jews  to  Christianity 
were  not  rare  in  Syria.  The  fidelity  of  the  Christians 
of  this  country  to  Mosaic  observances  afforded  great 
facilities  for  this  kind  of  thing.  Whilst  the  uncircum- 
cised  disciples  of  St  Paul  could  have  no  relations  with 
a  Jew,  the  Judeo-Christian  might  enter  the  synagogues, 
approach  the  tkba  and  the  reading-desk  where  the 
officials  and  the  preachers  presided,  and  might  select 
the  texts  which  favoured  their  views.  In  this  way 
great  precautions  were  taken.  .  The  most  efficacious, 
was  to  compel  everyone  who  wished  to  pray  in  the 
synagogue  to  recite  a  prayer  which,  pronounced  by  a 
Christian,  would  have  been  a  curse  upon  himself. 

To  sum  up — notwithstanding  its  appearance  of 
narrowness,  this  Nazareo-Ebionite  Church  of  Batanea 
had  something  mystical  and  holy  about  it  which  is 
exceedingly  striking.  The  simplicity  of  the  Jewish 
conceptions  of  the  Divinity  preserved  it  from  myth 
ology  and  from  metaphysics,  into  which  Western 
Christendom  was  not  slow  to  plunge.  Its  persistence 
in  maintaining  the  sublime  paradox  of  Jesus,  the 
nobility  and  the  happiness  of  poverty  was  touching  in 
its  way.  There,  perhaps,  lay  the  great  truth  of  Chris 
tianity,  that  by  which  it  has  succeeded  and  by  which 
it  will  survive.  In  one  sense  all  of  us,  such  as  we 
are — students,  artists,  priests,  doers  of  disinterested 
deeds — have  the  right  to  call  ourselves  Ebionim.  The 
friend  of  the  true,  the  beautiful,  and  the  good,  never 
admits  that  he  calls  for  a  reward.  The  things  of  the 
soul  are  beyond  price ;  to  the  student  who  illuminate? 


38  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

them,  to  the  priest  who  moralises  on  them,  to  the  poet 
and  the  artist  who  shed  a  charm  over  them,  humanity 
will  never  give  more  than  alms — alms  wholly  out  of 
proportion  to  what  she  has  received.  He  who  sells 
the  ideal  and  believes  himself  paid  for  what  he  delivers, 
is  very  humble.  The  proud  Ebionite  who  thinks  that 
the  kingdom  of  Heaven  is  his,  sees  that  the  part 
which  falls  to  his  lot  here  below  is  not  a  salary  but 
the  obolus  which  is  dropped  into  the  hand  of  a 
beggar. 

The  Nazarenes  of  Batanea  had  thus  an  inestimable 
privilege.  They  held  the  veritable  tradition  of  the 
words  of  Jesus ;  the  Gospel  came  forth  from  their 
midst.  Thus  those  who  knew  directly  the  Church 
beyond  the  Jordan,  such  as  Hegisippus  and  Julius 
Africanus,  spoke  of  it  with  the  greatest  admiration. 
There,  principally,  it  appeared  to  them,  was  the  true 
ideal  of  Christianity,  to  be  found ;  in  that  Church 
hidden  in  the  desert,  in  a  profound  peace  under  the 
wing  of  God,  it  appeared  to  them  like  a  virgin  of  an 
absolute  purity.  The  bonds  of  these  scattered  com 
munities  with  Catholicism  were  broken  little  by  little. 
Justin  hesitates  on  their  account,  he  knows  little  of 
the  Judeo-Christian  Church ;  but  he  knows  that  it 
exists,  he  speaks  of  it  with  consideration  ;  at  all  events 
he  does  not  break  away  from  communion  with  it.  It 
is  Irenaeus  who  begins  the  series  of  these  declamations, 
repeated  after  him  by  all  the  Greek  and  Latin  Fathers, 
and  upon  which  St  Epiphanius  puts  the  topstone  by 
the  species  of  rage  which  the  very  names  of  Nazarenc 
and  Ebionite  excite  in  him.  It  is  a  law  of  this  world 
that  every  originator,  every  founder,  shall  speedily 
become  a  stranger,  then  one  excommunicated,  then  an 
enemy  in  his  own  school,  and  that  if  he  obstinately 
persists  in  living,  those  who  go  out  from  him  are 
obliged  to  take  measures  against  him  as  against  a 
dangerous  man. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  39 


CHAPTER   V. 

SETTLEMENT  OF   THE   LEGEND  AND   OF  THE 
TEACHINGS   OF  JESUS. 

WHEN  a  great  apparition  of  the  religious,  moral,  and 
literary  order  is  produced,  the  next  generation  usually 
feels  the  necessity  of  fixing  the  memory  of  the  re 
markable  things  which  happened  at  the  commence 
ment  of  the  new  movement.  Those  who  took  part  in 
the  first  hatching,  those  who  have  known  according 
to  the  flesh,  the  master  whom  so  many  others  have 
been  able  to  adore  in  the  spirit  only,  have  a  sort  of 
aversion  for  the  writings  which  diminish  their  privilege 
and  appear  to  deliver  to  all  the  world  a  holy  tradi 
tion  which  they  keep  secretly  guarded  in  their  hearts. 
It  is  when  the  last  witnesses  of  the  beginning  threaten 
to  disappear,  that  disquietude  as  to  the  future  sets  in, 
and  that  attempts  are  made  to  trace  the  image  of  the 
founder  in  durable  tints.  One  circumstance  in  the 
case  of  Jesus,  contributed  to  delay  the  period  when 
the  memoirs  of  disciples  are  usually  written  down, 
and  that  was  the  belief  in  the  approaching  end  of  the 
world,  the  assurance  that  the  Apostolic  generation 
would  not  pass  away  until  the  gentle  Nazarene  had 
returned  as  the  Eternal  Shepherd  of  his  friends. 

It  has  been  remarked  a  thousand  times,  that  the 
strength  of  man's  memory  is  in  inverse  proportion 
to  the  habit  of  writing.  We  can  scarcely  imagine 
what  oral  tradition  might  retain,  when  people  did  not 
resort  to  notes  which  had  been  taken  or  to  papers 
which  they  possessed.  The  memory  of  a  man  was 
then  as  a  book ;  he  knew  how  to  report  conversation, 
to  which  he  himself  had  not  listened.  "  The  Clamo- 
zenians  had  heard  tell  of  one  Antiphon,  who  was 
connected  with  a  certain  Pythadorus,  friend  of  Zeno, 
who  remembered  the  conversations  of  Socrates  with 


40  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Zeno  and  Parmenides,  in  order  to  repeat  them  to 
Pythadorus.  Antiphon  knew  them  by  heart,  and 
would  repeat  them  to  whomsoever  would  hear  them." 
Such  is  the  opening  of  the  Parmenides  of  Plato.  A 
host  of  people  who  had  never  seen  Jesus,  knew  him 
in  this  way,  without  the  help  of  any  book,  almost  as 
well  as  his  disciples  themselves.  The  life  of  Jesus, 
although  not  written,  was  the  food  of  the  Church ; 
his  maxims  were  incessantly  repeated  ;  the  essentially 
symbolical  parts  of  his  biography  were  reproduced  in 
the  little  recitals,  in  some  sort  stereotyped  and  known 
by  heart.  This  is  certain  as  regards  the  institution  of 
the  Supper.  It  was  probably  also  the  same  as  regards 
the  essential  lines  of  the  story  of  the  Passion ;  at  all 
events,  the  agreement  of  the  fourth  Gospel  with  the 
three  others  on  that  essential  part  of  the  Life  of  Jesus, 
would  lead  one  to  suppose  so. 

The  moral  sentences  which  formed  the  most  solid 
part  of  the  teaching  of  Jesus  were  still  more  easy  to 
retain.  They  were  assiduously  recited.  "Towards 
midnight  I  always  awake,"  Peter  is  made  to  say  in  an 
Ebionite  writing,  composed  about  the  year  135,  "  and 
then  sleep  returns  to  me  no  more.  It  is  the  effect  of 
the  habit  which  I  have  contracted  of  recalling  to 
memory  the  words  of  my  Lord  which  I  have  heard,  so 
that  I  may  retain  them  faithfully."  As,  however, 
those  who  had  directly  received  the  divine  words  were 
dying  day  by  day,  and  as  many  words  and  anecdotes 
seemed  likely  to  be  lost,  the  necessity  for  writing 
them  down  made  itself  felt.  On  various  sides  little 
collections  were  made.  These  collections  presented, 
with  much  in  common,  strange  variants ;  the  order 
and  arrangement  especially  differed ;  each  author 
sought  to  make  his  copy  complete  by  consulting  the 
papers  of  others,  and  naturally  every  vigorously 
accentuated  word  took  its  origin  in  the  community, 
provided  it  conformed  to  the  spirit  of  Jesus,  was 
greedily  seized  upon,  and  inserted  in  the  collec- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  41 

tions.  According  to  certain  appearances,  the  Apostle 
Matthew  composed  one  of  these  memoirs,  which  has 
generally  been  accepted.  Doubt  is  permissible  in  this 
matter,  however;  it  is  much  more  probable  that  all 
these  little  collections  of  the  words  of  Jesus  were 
anonymous,  in  the  condition  of  personal  notes,  and 
were  only  reproduced  by  copyists  as  works  possessing 
an  individuality. 

One  writing  which  may  assist  us  to  form  an  idea  of 
this  first  Embryo  of  the  Gospels  is  the  Pirke  Aboth,  a 
collection  of  the  sentences  of  celebrated  Rabbis,  from 
the  Asmonean  times  to  the  second  century  of  our  era. 
Such  a  book  could  be  formed  only  by  successive 
accretions.  The  progress  of  the  Buddhist  writings  on 
the  life  of  Saka-Mouni  followed  a  similar  course.  The 
Buddhist  Sutras  corresponded  to  the  collections  of  the 
words  of  Jesus  ;  they  are  not  biographies  ;  they  begin 
simply  by  indications  of  this  kind : — "  At  this  time 
Bhagavat  sojourned  at  Sravasti  in  the  Vihara  of 
Jetavana,"  etc.  The  narrative  part  is  very  limited; 
the  teaching,  the  parable,  is  the  principal  object. 
Entire  parts  of  Buddhism  only  possess  such  Sutras. 
The  Buddhism  of  the  North,  and  the  branches 
which  have  issued  from  it,  have  more  books  like  the 
Lalita  Vistara,  complete  biographies  of  Saka-Mouni, 
from  his  birth  to  the  moment  of  his  attaining  to  per 
fect  intelligence.  The  Buddhism  of  the  South  has  no 
such  biographies,  not  that  it  ignores  them,  but  because 
its  theological  teaching  has  been  able  to  pass  them  by, 
and  to  hold  to  the  Sutras. 

We  shall  see,  in  speaking  of  the  Gospel  according  to 
Matthew,  that  the  state  of  these  Christian  Sutras 
may  readily  be  imagined.  They  were  a  species  of 
pamphlets,  of  sentences  and  parables  without  much 
order,  which  the  editor  of  our  Matthew  inserted  into 
his  narrative.  The  Hebrew  genius  had  always  ex 
celled  in  moral  sentences ;  in  the  mouth  of  Jesus  that 
exquisite  style  attained  perfection.  Nothing  prevents 


42  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

our  believing  that  Jesus  himself  spoke  in  this  way- 
But  the  "  hedge "  which  according  to  the  expression 
of  the  Talmud,  protected  the  sacred  word,  was  very 
weak.  It  is  of  the  essence  of  such  collections  to  grow 
by  a  slow  accretion,  without  the  outline  of  the  first 
stone  being  ever  lost.  Thus  the  treatise  Eduwth,  a  little 
Mishna  complete,  which  is  the  kernel  of  the  great 
Mishna,  and  in  which  the  deposits  of  successive  crystal 
lisations  of  tradition  are  very  visible,  is  to  be  found 
complete  in  the  great  Mishna.  The  Sermon  on  the 
Mount  may  be  considered  as  the  Eduwth  of  the 
Gospel,  that  is  to  say,  as  a  first  artificial  grouping 
which  does  not  prevent  later  combinations  or  the 
maxims  thus  strung  together  by  a  slender  thread  from 
shelling  off  anew. 

In  what  language  were  those  little  collections  of  the 
sentences  of  Jesus  composed,  these  Pirke  leschou,  if 
such  an  expression  may  be  permitted  ?  In  the 
language  of  Jesus  himself,  in  the  vulgar  tongue  of 
Palestine — a  sort  of  mixture  of  Hebrew  and  Aramaic 
which  was  still  called  Hebrew,  and  to  which  modern 
savants  have  given  the  name  of  Syro  -  Chaldaic, 
Upon  this  point  the  Pirke  Aboth  is  perhaps  still  the 
book  which  gives  us  the  best  idea  of  the  primitive 
Gospels,  although  the  Rabbis  who  figure  in  this 
collection,  being  doctors  of  the  pure  Jewish  school, 
speak  there  a  language  which  is  perhaps  nearer  to 
Hebrew  than  was  that  of  Jesus.  Naturally  the 
catechists  who  spoke  Greek  translated  those  words  as 
best  they  could,  and  in  a  fashion  sufficiently  free.  It 
is  this  that  is  called  the  Logia  Kyriaca,  "  the  oracles 
of  the  Lord,"  or  simply  the  Logia.  The  Syro-Chaldaic 
collections  of  the  sentences  of  Jesus  having  never  had 
unity,  the  Greek  collections  have  even  less,  and  were 
only  written  down  individually  in  the  manner  of  notes 
for  the  personal  use  of  each  one.  It  was  impossible 
that  even  in  a. sketchy  fashion  Jesns  was  entirely  con 
tained  in  a  gnomic  writing ;  the  entire  Gospel  coulJ 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  43 

not  be  confined  within  the  narrow  limits  of  a  little 
treatise  of  morals.  A  choice  of  current  proverbs  or 
of  precepts  like  the  Pirke  Aboth  would  not  have 
changed  humanity,  even  supposing  it  to  have  been 
filled  with  maxims  of  the  most  exalted  character. 

That  which  characterises  Jesus  in  the  highest  degree 
is  that  with  him  teaching  was  inseparable  from  action. 
His  lessons  were  acts,  living  symbols,  bound  indis- 
solubly  to  his  parables,  and  certainly  in  the  most 
ancient  pages  which  were  written  to  fix  his  teachings, 
there  are  already  anecdotes  and  short  narratives. 
Very  soon,  however,  the  first  framework  became 
totally  insufficient.  The  sentences  of  Jesus  were 
nothing  without  his  biography.  That  biography  is 
the  mystery  par  excellence,  the  realisation  of  the 
Messianic  ideal ;  the  texts  of  the  prophets  there  find 
their  justification.  To  relate  the  life  of  Jesus  is  to 
prove  his  Messiahship,  is  to  make,  in  the  eyes  of 
the  Jews,  the  most  complete  apology  for  the  new 
movement. 

Thus  very  early  arose  a  framework  which  was  in 
some  sort  the  skeleton  of  all  the  Gospels,  and  in  which 
word  and  action  were  mingled.  In  the  beginning 
John  the  Baptist,  forerunner  of  the  Kingdom  of  God, 
announcing,  welcoming,  recommending  Jesus ;  then 
Jesus  preparing  himself  for  his  Divine  mission  by 
retirement  and  the  fulfilling  of  the  Law  ;  then  the 
brilliant  period  of  his  public  life,  the  full  sunshine  of 
the  Kingdom  of  God — Jesus  in  the  midst  of  his 
disciples  beaming  with  the  gentle  and  tempered 
radiance  of  a  prophet-son  of  God.  As  the  disciples 
had  scarcely  any  save  Galilean  reminiscences,  Galilee 
was  the  almost  exclusive  stage  of  this  exquisite  theo- 
phany.  The  part  of  Jerusalem  was  almost  suppressed. 
Jesus  went  there  only  eight  days  before  his  death. 
His  two  last  days  were  told  almost  hour  by  hour.  On 
the  eve  of  his  death  he  kept  the  Passover  with  his 
disciples  and  instituted  the  Divine  rite  of  common 


44  THE  GOSPELS  ANt) 

communion.  One  of  his  disciples  betrayed  him  ;  the 
official  authorities  of  Judaism  obtained  his  death  from 
the  Roman  authority ;  he  died  upon  Golgotha,  he  was 
buried.  On  the  next  day  but  one  his  tomb  was  found 
empty  ;  it  was  because  he  had  been  resuscitated  and 
had  ascended  to  the  right  hand  of  the  Father.  Many 
disciples  were  then  favoured  with  appearances  of  his 
shade  wandering  between  heaven  and  earth. 

The  beginning  and  the  end  of  the  history  were,  as 
we  see,  sufficiently  well  defined.  The  interval,  on  the 
contrary,  was  in  a  state  of  anecdotic  chaos  without 
any  chronology.  For  the  whole  of  this  part  relative 
to  the  public  life  no  order  was  consecrated ;  each 
distributed  his  matter  in  his  own  way.  Altogether 
the  compilation  became  what  was  called  "  the  good 
news,"  in  Hebrew  Besora,  in  Greek  Evangelion,  in 
allusion  to  the  passage  of  the  second  Isaiah :  "  The 
spirit  of  Jehovah  is  upon  me,  because  Jehovah  hath 
anointed  me  to  preach  good  tidings  unto  the  meek; 
he  hath  sent  me  to  bind  up  the  broken-hearted,  to 
proclaim  liberty  to  the  captives,  and  the  opening  of 
the  prison  to  them  that  are  bound ;  to  proclaim  the 
acceptable  year  of  the  Lord  and  the  day  of  vengeance 
of  our  God;  to  comfort  all  that  mourn."  The  Mebasser 
or  "  Evangelist "  had  as  his  especial  duty  to  expound 
this  excellent  history  which  has  been  for  eighteen 
hundred  years  the  great  instrument  for  the  con 
version  of  the  world,  which  yet  remains  the  great 
argument  for  Christianity  in  the  struggle  of  the  last 
days. 

The  matter  was  traditional :  now  tradition  is  in  its 
essence  a  ductile  and  extensible  matter.  Every  year 
sayings  more  or  less  apocryphal  were  mixed  with  the 
authentic  words  of  Jesus.  Did  a  new  fact,  a  new 
tendency,  make  its  appearance  in  the  community,  the 
question  was  asked  what  Jesus  would  have  thought 
of  it ;  and  there  was  no  difficulty  in  attributing  it  to 
the  Master.  The  collection,  in  this  way,  grew  from 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  45 

day  to  day,  and  was  also  purified.  Words  which  were 
too  strongly  opposed  to  the  opinions  of  the  moment, 
or  which  had  been  found  dangerous,  were  eliminated. 
But  the  basis  remained;  the  foundation  was  really 
solid.  The  evangelical  tradition  is  the  tradition  of  the 
Church  at  Jerusalem  transported  into  Perea.  The 
Gospel  was  born  amongst  the  family  of  Jesus,  and, 
up  to  a  certain  point,  is  the  work  of  his  immediate 
disciples. 

This  fact  it  is  which  gives  us  the  right  to  believe 
that  the  image  of  Jesus,  as  portrayed  in  the  Gospels, 
resembles  the  original  in  all  essential  particulars. 
These  narratives  are  at  once  historical  and  figurative. 
Whatever  of  fable  may  have  mixed  itself  with  them, 
it  would  be  erring,  out  of  fear  of  erring,  to  conclude 
that  nothing  in  the  Gospels  is  true.  If  we  had  known 
St  Francis  of  Assisi  only  by  the  book  of  the  "  Con 
formities,"  we  should  have  to  say  that  it  was  a  bio 
graphy  like  that  of  Buddha  or  of  Jesus,  a  biography 
written  a  priori  to  exhibit  the  realisation  of  a  pre 
conceived  type.  Still,  Francis  of  Assisi  certainly 
existed.  Ali  has  become  an  altogether  mythical  per 
sonage  amongst  the  Shieks.  His  sons,  Hassan  and 
Hosein,  have  been  substituted  for  the  fabulous  part 
of  Thammuz.  Yet,  Ali  Hassan  and  Hosein  are  real 
personages.  The  myth  is  frequently  grafted  upon  a 
historical  biography.  The  ideal  is  sometimes  the  true. 
Athens  offers  the  absolutely  beautiful  in  the  arts,  and 
Athens  exists.  Even  the  personages  who  may  some 
times  be  taken  for  symbolical  statues,  have  really  at 
certain  times  lived  in  flesh  and  bone.  These  histories 
follow,  in  fact,  certain  orderly  patterns  so  closely  that 
there  is  a  certain  resemblance  amongst  all  of  them. 
Babism,  which  is  a  fact  of  our  days,  offers,  in  its 
nascent  legend,  parts  that  seem  drawn  from  the  Life 
of  Jesus ;  the  type  of  the  disciple  who  denies ;  the 
details  of  the  sufferings  and  the  death  of  Bab,  appear 
to  be  imitated  from  the  Gospel,  which  does  not  imply 


46  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

that  these  facts  did  not  happen  as  they  are  "described 
to  have  done. 

We  may  add  that  by  the  side  of  these  ideal  traits, 
which  make  up  the  figure  of  the  hero  of  the  Gospels, 
there  are  also  characteristics  of  the  time,  of  the  race, 
and  of  individual  character.  This  young  Jew,  at  once 
gentle  and  terrible,  subtle  and  imperious,  childlike 
and  sublime,  filled  with  a  disinterested  zeal,  with  a 
pure  morality,  and  with  the  ardour  of  an  exalted  per 
sonality,  most  certainly  existed.  He  should  have  his 
place  in  one  of  Bida's  pictures,  the  face  encircled  with 
long  locks  of  hair.  He  was  a  Jew,  and  he  was  himself. 
The  loss  of  his  supernatural  aureole  has  deprived  him 
in  no  way  of  his  charm.  Our  race  restored  to  itself 
and  disengaged  from  all  that  Jewish  influences  have 
introduced  into  its  manner  of  thought,  will  continue 
to  love  him. 

Assuredly  in  writing  concerning  such  lives,  one  is 
perpetually  compelled  to  say,  with  Quintus  Curtius. 
Equidem  plura  transcribo  quam  credo.  On  the 
other  hand,  by  an  excess  cf  scepticism,  one  is  deprived 
of  many  great  truths.  For  our  clear  and  scholastic 
minds,  the  distinction  between  a  real  and  a  fictitious 
history  is  absolute.  The  epic  poem,  the  heroic 
narrative,  or  the  Homerides,  the  troubadours,  the 
antari,  the  cantistorie,  exhibit  themselves  with  so 
much  ease,  are  reduced  in  the  poetic  of  a  Lucan  or  of 
a  Voltaire  to  the  cold  puppets  of  stage  machines  which 
deceive  nobody.  For  the  success  of  such  narratives, 
the  auditor  must  accept  them  ;  but  it  is  necessary 
that  the  author  should  believe  them  possible.  The 
legendary,  the  Agadist,  are  no  more  impostors  than 
the  authors  of  the  Homeric  poems,  or  than  were  the 
Christians  of  Troyes.  One  of  the  essential  disposi 
tions  of  those  who  create  the  really  fertile  fables,  is 
their  complete  carelessness  with  regard  to  material 
truth.  The  Agadist  would  smile  if  we  put  a  question 
with  all  sincerity,  "Is  what  you  tell  us  true?"  In 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  47 

such  a  state  of  mind  no  one  is  uneasy  save  about 
the  doctrine  to  be  inculcated,  the  sentiment  to 
be  expressed.  The  spirit  is  everything ;  the  letter 
is  of  no  importance.  Objective  curiosity  which 
proposes  to  itself  no  other  end  than  to  know  as 
exactly  as  possible  the  reality  of  the  facts,  is  a 
thing  of  which  there  is  almost  no  example  in  the 
East.  • 

Just  as  the  life  of  a  Buddha  in  India  was  in  some 
sense  written  in  advance,  so  the  life  of  a  Jewish 
Messiah  was  traced  d,  priori ;  it  was  easy  to  say  what 
it  would  be  and  what  it  ought  to  be.  His  type  was 
as  it  were  sculptured  by  the  prophets,  thanks  to  the 
exegesis  which  applied  to  the  Messiah  all  that  belonged 
to  an  obscure  ideal.  Most  frequently,  however,  it  was 
the  inverse  process  which  prevailed  amongst  the 
Christians.  In  reading  the  prophets,  especially  the 
prophets  of  the  end  of  the  captivity,  the  second  Isaiah, 
Jeremiah  and  Zechariah,  they  found  Jesus  in  every 
line.  "  Rejoice  greatly,  0  daughter  of  Sion ;  shout,  O 
daughter  of  Jerusalem  ;  behold  thy  King  cometh  unto 
thee,  he  is  just  and  having  salvation,  lowly  and  riding 
upon  an  ass  and  a  colt  the  foal  of  an  ass  "  (Zech.  ix.  9). 
The  King  of  the  poor  was  Jesus,  and  the  circumstance 
which  they  recalled  was  regarded  as  the  fulfilment 
of  that  prophecy.  "  The  stone  which  the  builders 
rejected  has  become  the  head  of  the  corner,"  they  read 
in  a  psalm.  "  He  shall  be  a  stone  of  stumbling  and  a 
rock  of  offence,"  they  read  in  Isaiah,  "  to  both  the 
houses  of  Israel,  a  gin  and  a  snare  to  the  inhabitants 
of  Jerusalem.  And  many  among  them  shall  stumble 
and  fall"  (Isaiah  viii.  14,  15).  "There  indeed  it  is!" 
they  said.  Above  all  things,  they  went  ardently  over 
the  circumstances  of  the  Passion  to  find  figures.  All 
that  passed  hour  by  hour  in  that  terrible  drama  hap 
pened  in  order  to  fulfil  some  prediction,  to  signify  some 
mystery.  It  was  remembered  that  he  had  refused  to 
drink  the  posca,  that  his  bones  had  not  been  broken, 


48  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

that  the  soldiers  had  drawn  lots  for  his  garments. 
The  prophets  had  predicted  all.  Judas  and  his  pieces 
of  silver  (true  or  supposed)  suggested  analogous  com 
parisons.  All  the  old  history  of  the  people  of  God 
became  as  it  were  a  model  which  they  copied.  Moses 
and  Elias,  with  their  luminous  apparitions,  gave  rise  to 
imaginary  ascents  to  glory.  All  the  ancient  Theo- 
phanies  took  place  on  high  ground.  Jesus  revealed 
himself  principally  on  the  mountains ;  he  was  trans 
figured  on  Tabor.  They  were  not  dismayed  by  apparent 
contradictions.  "Out  of  Egypt  have  I  called  My 
Son,"  said  Jehovah  in  Hosea.  The  words,  of  course, 
applied  to  Israel,  but  the  Christian  imagination  applied 
them  to  Jesus,  and  made  his  parents  carry  him  when 
a  child  into  Egypt.  By  a  yet  more  strained  exegesis 
they  discovered  that  his  birth  in  Nazareth  was  the 
fulfilment  of  a  prophecy. 

The  whole  tissue  of  the  life  of  Jesus  was  thus  an 
express  fact,  a  sort  of  superhuman  arrangement  in 
tended  to  realise  a  series  of  ancient  texts  reputed  to 
relate  to  him.  It  is  a  kind  of  exegesis  which  the 
Jews  call  Midrasch,  into  which  all  equivoques,  all 
plays  upon  words,  letters,  sense,  are  admitted.  The 
old  biblical  texts  were  for  the  Jews  of  this  time  not 
as  for  us  an  historical  and  literary  whole  but  a  book 
of  gramarye  whence  were  drawn  fates,  images,  induc 
tions  of  every  description.  The  sense  proper  for  such 
an  exegesis  did  not  exist ;  the  chimeras  of  the  cabbalist 
were  already  approached ;  the  sacred  text  was  treated 
simply  as  an  agglomeration  of  letters.  It  is  unneces 
sary  to  say  that  all  this  work  was  done  in  an  impersonal 
and  in  some  sense  an  anonymous  fashion.  Legends, 
myths,  popular  songs,  proverbs,  historical  words,  calum 
nies  characteristic  of  a  party — all  this  is  the  work  of 
that  great  impostor  who  is  called  the  crowd.  Assuredly 
every  legend,  every  proverb,  every  spiritual  word,  has 
its  father,  but  an  unknown  father.  Someone  says  the 
word ;  thousands  repeat  it,  perfect  it,  refine  it,  acumi- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  49 

nate  it ;  even  he  who  first  spoke  it  has  been  in  saying 
it  only  the  interpreter  of  all. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE     HEBREW     GOSPEL. 

THIS  exposition  of  the  Messianic  life  of  Jesus,  mixed 
up  with  texts  of  the  old  prophets,  always  the  same, 
and  capable  of  being  recited  in  a  single  sitting,  was 
early  settled  in  almost  invariable  terms,  at  least  so  far 
as  the  sense  is  concerned.  Not  merely  did  the  narra 
tive  unfold  itself  according  to  a  predetermined  plan, 
but  the  characteristic  words  were  settled  so  that  the 
word  often  guided  the  thought  and  survived  the 
modifications  of  the  text.  The  framework  of  the 
Gospel  thus  existed  even  before  the  Gospel  itself, 
almost  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  Persian  dramas  of 
the  death  of  the  sons  of  Ali  the  order  of  the  action  is 
settled,  whilst  the  dialogue  is  left  to  be  improvised  by 
the  actors.  Designed  for  preaching,  for  apology,  for 
the  conversion  of  the  Jews,  the  Gospel  story  found  all 
its  individuality  before  it  was  written.  Had  the  Gali 
lean  disciples,  the  brothers  of  the  Lord,  been  consulted 
as  to  the  necessity  for  having  the  sheets  containing 
this  narrative  worked  into  a  consecrated  form,  they 
would  have  laughed.  What  necessity  is  there  for  a 
paper  to  contain  our  fundamental  thoughts,  those 
which  we  repeat  and  apply  every  day  ?  The  young 
catechists  might  avail  themselves,  for  some  time,  of 
such  aids  to  memory ;  the  old  masters  felt  only  con 
tempt  for  those  who  used  them. 

Thus  it  was  that  until  the  middle  of  the  second 
century  the  words  of  Jesus  continued  to  be  cited  from 

D 


50  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

memory  often  with  considerable  variations.  The  texts 
of  the  evangelists  which  we  possess,  existed;  but 
other  texts  of  the  same  kind  existed  by  the  side  of 
them ;  and,  besides,  to  quote  the  words  or  the  symboli 
cal  features  of  the  life  of  Jesus  no  one  felt  obliged  to 
have  recourse  to  the  written  text.  The  living  tradi 
tion  was  the  great  well  from  which  all  alike  drew. 
Hence  the  explanation  of  the  fact  which  is  in  appear 
ance  surprising,  that  the  texts  which  have  become  the 
most  important  part  of  Christianity  were  produced 
obscurely,  confusedly,  and  at  first  were  not  received 
with  any  consideration. 

The  same  phenomenon  makes  its  appearance  further 
more  in  almost  all  sacred  literatures.  The  Vedas  have 
been  handed  down  for  centuries  without  having  been 
written ;  a  man  who  respected  himself  ought  to  know 
them  by  heart.  He  who  had  need  of  a  manuscript  to 
recite  these  ancient  hymns  confessed  his  ignorance; 
so  that  the  copies  have  never  been  held  in  much 
esteem.  To  quote  from  memory  from  the  Bible,  the 
Koran,  is,  even  in  our  days,  a  point  of  honour  amongst 
Orientals.  A  part  of  the  Jewish  Thora  must  have 
been  oral  before  it  was  written  down.  It  was  the 
same  with  the  Psalms.  The  Talmud,  finally,  existed 
for  two  hundred  years  before  it  was  written  down. 
Even  after  it  was  written,  scholars  long  preferred  the 
traditional  discourses  to  the  MSS.  which  contained 
the  opinions  of  the  doctors.  The  glory  of  the  scholar 
was  to  be  able  to  cite  from  memory  the  greatest  pos 
sible  number  of  the  solutions  of  the  casuists.  In 
presence  of  these  facts,  far  from  being  astonished  at 
the  contempt  of  Papias  for  the  Gospel  texts  existing 
in  his  time,  amongst  which  were  certainly  two  of  the 
books  which  Christianity  has  since  so  deeply  revered, 
we  find  his  contempt  in  perfect  harmony  with  what 
might  be  expected  from  a  "  man  of  tradition,"  an 
'  elder,"  as  those  who  had  spoken  of  him  have  called 
him. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  51 

It  may  be  doubted  whether  before  the  death  of 
the  Apostles,  and  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  all 
that  collection  of  narratives,  sentences,  parables,  and 
prophetic  citations  had  been  reduced  to  writing.  The 
features  of  the  divine  figure  before  which  eighteen 
centuries  of  Christians  have  prostrated  themselves, 
were  first  sketched  about  the  year  75.  Batanea, 
where  the  brothers  of  Jesus  lived,  and  where  the 
remnant  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem  had  taken  refuge, 
appears  to  have  been  the  country  where  this  import 
ant  work  was  executed.  The  tongue  employed  was 
that  in  which  the  very  words  of  Jesus  had  been 
uttered,  that  is  to  say,  Syro-Chaldaic,  which  was 
abusively  called  Hebrew.  The  brothers  of  Jesus,  the 
fugitive  Christians  of  Jerusalem,  spoke  that  language, 
little  different  besides  from  that  of  the  Bataneans,  who 
had  not  adopted  the  Greek  tongue.  It  was  in  an 
obscure  dialect,  and  without  literary  culture,  that  the 
first  draft  of  the  book  which  has  charmed  so  many 
souls  was  traced.  It  was  in  Greek  that  the  Gospel 
was  to  attain  its  perfection,  the  last  form  which  has 
made  the  tour  of  the  world.  It  must  not,  however, 
be  forgotten  that  the  Gospel  was  first  a  Syrian  book, 
written  in  a  Semitic  language.  The  style  of  the 
Gospel — that  charming  turn  of  childlike  narrative 
which  recalls  the  most  limpid  pages  of  the  old  Hebrew 
books — penetrated  with  a  species  of  idealistic  ether 
that  the  ancient  people  did  not  know,  and  which  has 
nothing  of  Greek  in  it.  Hebrew  is  its  basis.  A  just 
proportion  of  materialism  and  spirituality,  or  rather 
an  indiscernible  confusion  of  soul  and  sense,  makes 
that  adorable  language  the  very  synonym  of  poetry, 
the  pure  vestment  of  the  moral  idea,  something  analo 
gous  to  Greek  sculpture,  where  the  ideal  allows  itself 
to  be  touched  and  loved. 

Thus  was  sketched  out  by  an  unconscious  genius 
that  masterpiece  of  spontaneous  art,  the  Gospel,  not 
such  and  such  a  gospel,  but  this  species  of  unfixed 


52  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

poem,  this  unrevised  masterpiece  where  every  defect 
is  a  beauty,  and  the  indefiniteness  of  which  has  been 
the  chief  cause  of  its  success.  A  portrait  of  Jesus, 
finished,  revised,  classic,  would  not  have  had  so  great 
a  charm.  The  Agada,  the  parable,  do  not  require  hard 
outlines.  They  require  the  floating  chronology,  the 
light  transition,  careless  of  reality.  It  is  by  the 
Gospel  that  the  Jewish  agada  has  been  universally 
accepted.  The  air  of  candour  is  fascinating.  He 
who  knows  how  to  tell  a  tale  can  catch  the  crowd. 
Now,  to  know  how  to  tell  stories  is  a  rare  privilege  ;  a 
naivete,  an  absence  of  pedantry  of  which  a  solemn 
doctor  is  hardly  capable,  are  absolutely  necessary. 
The  Buddhists  and  the  Jewish  Agadists  (the  evangelists 
are  true  Agadists)  have  alone  possessed  this  art  in  the 
degree  of  perfection  which  makes  the  entire  universe 
accept  a  story.  All  the  stories,  all  the  parables  which 
are  repeated  from  one  end  of  the  world  to  the  other, 
have  but  two  origins,  one  Buddhist  and  the  other 
Christian,  because  Buddhists  and  the  founders  of 
Christianity  alone  had  the  care  of  the  popular  preach 
ing.  The  situation  of  the  Buddhists  with  regard  to 
the  Brahmans  was  in  a  sense  analogous  to  that  of  the 
Agadists  with  regard  to  the  Talmudists.  The  latter 
have  nothing  which  resembles  the  Gospel  parable,  any 
more  than  the  Brahmans  would  have  arrived  by 
themselves  at  a  turn  so  light,  so  agile,  and  so  flowing 
as  the  Buddhist  narrative.  Two  great  lives  well  told, 
that  of  Buddha  and  that  of  Jesus — there  lies  the 
secret  of  the  two  vastest  religious  propaganda  that 
humanity  has  ever  seen. 

The  Halaka  has  converted  no  one ;  the  Epistles  of 
St  Paul  alone  would  not  have  won  a  hundred  disciples 
to  Jesus.  That  which  has  conquered  the  hearts  of  man 
is  the  Gospel,  that  delicious  mixture  of  poetry  and  the 
moral  sense,  that  narrative  floating  between  dreams 
and  reality  in  a  Paradise  where  no  note  is  taken  of 
time.  In  all  that  there  is  assuredly  a  little  literary 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  53 

surprise.  The  success  of  the  Gospel  was  due  on  the 
one  hand  to  the  astonishment  caused  amongst  our 
heavy  races  by  the  delicious  strangeness  of  the  Semitic 
narrative,  by  the  skilful  arrangement  of  these  sentences 
and  discourses,  by  these  cadences,  so  happy,  so  serene, 
so  balanced.  Strangers  to  the  artifices  of  the  agada, 
our  good  ancestors  were  so  charmed  with  them  that 
even  in  the  present  day  we  can  scarcely  persuade  our 
selves  that  this  species  of  narrative  may  be  devoid  of 
objective  truth.  But  to  explain  how  it  has  happened 
that  the  Gospel  may  have  become  amongst  all  nations 
what  it  is,  the  old  family  book  whose  worn  pages  have 
been  moistened  with  tears,  and  on  which  the  finger  of 
generations  has  been  impressed,  more  is  required.  The 
literary  success  of  the  Gospel  is  due  to  Jesus  himself. 
Jesus  was,  if  we  may  so  express  ourselves,  the  author 
of  his  own  biography.  One  experience  proves  the 
fact.  There  have  been  many  Lives  of  Jesus  in  the 
past.  Now  the  life  of  Jesus  will  always  obtain  a  great 
success  when  the  writer  has  the  necessary  degree  of 
ability,  of  boldness,  and  of  naivete  to  translate  the 
Gospel  into  the  style  of  his  time.  A  thousand  reasons 
for  this  success  may  be  looked  for,  but  there  is  never 
more  than  one,  and  that  is  the  incomparable  intrinsic 
beauty  of  the  Gospel  itself.  When  the  same  writer 
later  on  attempts  a  translation  of  St  Paul,  the  public 
will  not  be  attracted.  So  true  it  is  that  the  eminent 
person  of  Jesus  trenching  vigorously  on  the  mediocrity 
of  his  disciples  was  pre-eminently  the  soul  of  the  new 
apparition,  and  gave  to  it  all  its  originality. 

The  Hebrew  Protavangel  was  preserved  in  the 
original  amongst  the  Nazarenes  of  Syria  until  the 
fifth  century.  There  are  besides  Greek  translations  of 
it.  A  specimen  was  found  in  the  library  of  the 
priest  Pamphilus  of  Csesarea ;  St  Jerome  is  said  to  have 
copied  the  Hebrew  text  at  Aleppo,  and  even  to  have 
translated  it.  All  the  Fathers  of  the  Church  have 
found  that  this  Hebrew  Gospel  is  much  like  the  Greek 


54  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Gospel  which  bears  the  name  of  St  Matthew.  They 
usually  assume  that  the  Greek  Gospel  attributed  to 
St  Matthew  was  translated  from  the  Hebrew,  but  the 
deduction  is  erroneous.  The  generation  of  our  Gospel 
of  St  Matthew  was  a  much  more  complicated  matter. 
The  resemblance  of  the  Gospel  with  the  Gospel  of  the 
Hebrews  does  not  go  so  far  as  identity.  Our  St 
Matthew  is  anything  but  a  translation.  We  will  ex 
plain  later  on  why  of  all  the  Gospel  texts  the  latter 
approaches  most  nearly  to  the  Hebrew  prototype. 

The  obstruction  of  the  Judeo- Christians  of  Syria 
brought  about  the  disappearance  of  the  Hebrew  text. 
The  Greek  and  Latin  translations,  which  created  a 
disagreeable  discord  by  the  side  of  the  canonical 
Gospels,  also  perished.  The  numerous  quotations 
made  from  it  by  the  Fathers,  allow  us  to  imagine  the 
original  up  to  a  certain  point.  The  Fathers  had 
reason  to  connect  it  with  the  first  of  our  Gospels. 
This  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  of  the  Nazarenes,  re 
sembled  in  truth  much  of  that  which  bears  the  name 
of  Matthew,  both  in  plan  and  in  arrangement.  As  to 
length,  it  holds  the  middle  place  between  Mark  and 
Matthew.  It  is  impossible  sufficiently  to  regret  the 
loss  of  such  a  text,  though  it  is  certain  that  even 
supposing  we  still  possessed  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews 
seen  by  St  Jerome,  our  Matthew  would  be  preferred  to 
it.  Our  Matthew,  in  a  word,  has  been  preserved  intact 
since  its  final  revision  in  the  last  years  of  the  first 
century,  whilst  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  through 
the  absonce  of  an  orthodoxy  (the  jealous  guardian  of 
the  text)  amongst  the  Judaising  Churches  of  Syria, 
has  been  revised  from  century  to  century,  so  that  at 
the  last  it  was  no  better  than  one  of  the  apocryphal 
Gospels. 

In  its  origin  it  appears  to  have  possessed  the  char 
acteristics  which  one  expects  to  find  in  a  primitive 
work.  The  plan  of  the  narrative  was  like  that  of 
Mark,  simpler  than  that  of  Matthew  and  Luke.  The 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  55 

virginal  birth  of  Jesus  does  not  figure  in  it  at  all.  The 
struggle  about  the  genealogies  was  lively,  and  the 
great  battle  of  Ebionism  took  place  on  this  point. 
Some  admitted  the  genealogical  tables  into  their 
copies,  while  others  rejected  them.  Compared  with 
the  Gospel  which  bears  the  name  of  Matthew,  the 
Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  so  far  as  we  can  judge  by  the 
fragments  which  remain  to  us,  was  less  refined  in  its 
symbolism,  more  logical,  less  subject  to  certain  objec 
tions  of  exegesis,  but  of  a  stranger,  coarser  super- 
naturalism,  more  like  that  of  Mark.  Thus  the  fable 
that  the  Jordan  took  fire  at  the  Baptism  of  Jesus — 
a  fable  dear  to  popular  tradition  in  the  earlier  ages  of 
the  Church — is  to  be  found  there.  The  form  under 
which  it  was  supposed  that  the  Holy  Spirit  entered 
into  Jesus  at  that  moment,  as  a  force  wholly  distinct 
from  himself,  appears  also  to  have  been  the  oldest 
Nazarene  conception.  For  the  transfiguration,  the 
Spirit,  which  was  the  Mother  of  Jesus,  takes  her  Son 
by  a  hair,  according  to  an  imagination  of  Ezekiel 
(Ezek.  viii.  3),  and  in  the  additions  to  the  book  of 
Daniel,  and  transports  him  to  Mount  Tabor.  Some 
material  details  are  shocking,  but  are  altogether  in 
the  style  of  Mark.  Finally  some  features  which  had 
remained  sporadic  in  the  Greek  tradition,  such  as  the 
anecdote  of  the  woman  taken  in  adultery,  which  is 
thrust  rightly  or  wrongly  into  the  fourth  Gospel,  had 
their  place  in  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews. 

The  stories  of  the  appearances  of  Jesus  after  his 
resurrection,  presented  evidently  in  that  Gospel  a 
character  apart.  Whilst  the  Galilean  tradition  repre 
sented  by  Matthew  will  have  it  that  Jesus  appointed 
a  meeting  with  his  disciples  in  Galilee,  the  Gospel  of 
the  Hebrews — without  doubt  because  it  represented  the 
tradition  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem — supposed  that 
all  the  appearances  took  place  in  that  city,  and  attri 
buted  the  first  vision  to  James.  The  endings  of  the 
Gospels  of  St  Mark  and  St  Luke  place,  in  the  same 


56  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

way,  all  the  apparitions  at  Jerusalem.     St  Paul  fol 
lowed  an  analogous  tradition. 

One  very  remarkable  fact  is  that  James,  the  man  of 
Jerusalem,  played  in  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews  a 
more  important  part  than  in  the  evangelical  tradi 
tion  which  has  survived.  It  appears  that  there  was 
amongst  the  Greek  evangelists  a  sort  of  agreement  to 
efface  the  brother  of  Jesus,  or  even  to  allow  it  to  be 
supposed  that  he  played  an  odious  part.  In  the 
Nazarene  Gospel,  on  the  contrary,  James  is  honoured 
with  an  appearance  of  Jesus  after  his  resurrection; 
that  apparition  is  the  first  of  all ;  it  is  for  him  alone ; 
it  is  the  reward  of  the  vow,  full  of  lively  faith,  that 
James  had  made,  that  he  would  neither  eat  nor  drink 
until  he  had  seen  his  brother  raised  from  the  dead. 
We  might  be  tempted  to  regard  this  narrative  as  a 
sufficiently  modern  resetting  of  the  legend,  without  a 
single  important  circumstance.  St  Paul  in  the  year  57 
also  tells  us  that,  according  to  the  tradition  which  he 
had  received,  James  had  had  his  vision.  Here,  then, 
is  an  important  fact  which  the  Greek  evangelists  sup 
pressed,  and  which  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews  related. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  appears  that  the  first  Hebrew 
edition  embodies  more  than  one  hostile  allusion  to 
Paul.  People  have  prophesied,  and  cast  out  devils  in 
the  name  of  Jesus :  Jesus  openly  repulses  them  be 
cause  they  have  "practised  illegality."  The  parable 
of  the  tares  is  still  more  characteristic.  A  man  has 
sown  in  his  field  only  good  seed  ;  but  whilst  he  slept 
an  enemy  came,  sowed  tares  in  the  field,  and  departed. 
"  Master,"  said  the  servants,  "  didst  thou  not  sow  good 
seed  in  thy  field  ?  from  whence  then  hath  it  tares  ? " 
And  he  said  unto  them,  "  An  enemy  hath  done  this." 
The  servants  said  unto  him,  "Wilt  thou  that  we  go 
and  gather  them  up  ? "  But  he  said  unto  them, "  Nay, 
lest  while  ye  gather  up  the  tares  ye  root  up  also  the 
wheat  with  them.  Let  both  grow  together  until  the 
harvest,  and  in  the  time  of  harvest  1  will  say  to  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  57 

reapers,  gather  ye  together  first  the  tares,  and  bind 
them  in  bundles  to  burn  them,  but  gather  the  wheat 
into  my  barn."  It  must  be  remembered  that  the 
expression  "  the  enemy "  was  the  name  habitually 
given  by  the  Ebionites  to  Paul. 

Was  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews  considered  by  the 
Christians  of  Syria,  who  made  use  of  it,  as  the  work 
of  the  Apostle  Matthew  ?  There  is  no  valid  reason 
for  such  a  belief.  The  witness  of  the  fathers  of  the 
Church  proves  nothing  about  the  matter.  Consider 
ing  the  extreme  inexactitude  of  the  ecclesiastical 
writers,  when  Hebrew  affairs  are  in  question,  this 
perfectly  accurate  proposition,  "The  Gospel  of  the 
Hebrews  of  the  Syrian  Christians  resembles  the 
Greek  Gospel  known  by  the  name  of  St  Matthew," 
transforms  itself  into  this,  with  which  it  is  by  no 
means  synonymous : — "  The  Christians  of  Syria  pos 
sessed  the  Gospel  of  St  Matthew  in  Hebrew,"  or 
rather,  "  St  Matthew  wrote  his  Gospel  in  Hebrew." 
We  believe  that  the  name  of  St  Matthew  was  not 
applied  to  one  of  the  versions  of  the  Gospel  until  the 
Greek  version  which  now  bears  .his  name  was  com 
posed,  which  will  be  much  later.  If  the  Hebrew 
Gospel  never  bore  an  author's  name,  or  rather  a 
title  of  traditional  guarantee,  it  was  the  title  of 
"  the  Gospel  of  the  Twelve  Apostles,"  sometimes  also 
that  of  "the  Gospel  of  Peter."  Still,  we  believe 
that  these  names  were  given  .  later,  when  Gospels 
bearing  the  names  of  the  Apostles  came  into  use. 
A  decisive  method  of  preserving  to  the  original 
Gospel  its  high  authority,  was  to  cover  it  with  the 
authority  of  the  entire  Apostolic  College. 

As  we  have  already  said,  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews 
was  ill  preserved.  Every  Judaising  sect  of  Syria 
added  to  it,  and  suppressed  parts  of  it,  so  that  the 
orthodox  sometimes  presented  it  as  swollen  by  in 
terpolation  to  a  greater  size  than  St  Matthew,  and 
sometimes  as  mutilated.  It  was  especially  in  the 


58  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

hands  of  the  Ebionites  of  the  second  century  that  the 
Gospel  of  the  Hebrews  arrived  at  the  lowest  point  of 
corruption.  These  heretics  issued  a  Greek  version 
the  style  of  which  appears  to  have  been  awkward, 
heavy,  overloaded,  and  in  which,  moreover,  the  writer 
did  not  fail  to  imitate  Luke  and  the  other  Greek 
evangelists.  The  so-called  Gospels  of  Peter  and  of 
the  Egyptians  came  from  the  same  source,  and  pre 
sented  equally  an  apocryphal  character  and  a  medi 
ocre  standard. 


CHAPTER    VII. 

THE   GREEK  GOSPEL — MARK. 

THE  Christianity  of  the  Greek  countries  had  still 
greater  need  than  those  of  Syria  for  a  written  version 
of  the  life  and  teaching  of  Jesus.  It  appears  at  the 
first  glance  that  it  would  have  been  very  simple,  for 
the  satisfaction  of  that  demand,  to  translate  the 
Hebrew  Gospel,  which  shortly  after  the  fall  of  Jeru 
salem  had  taken  a  definite  form.  But  translation 
pure  and  simple  was  not  the  fashion  of  those  times : 
no  text  had  sufficient  authority  to  cause  it  to  be 
preferred  over  others ;  it  is,  moreover,  doubtful  if 
the  little  Hebrew  pamphlets  of  the  Nazarenes  could 
have  passed  the  sea  and  gone  out  of  Syria.  The 
Apostolic  men  who  were  in  communication  with  the 
Western  Churches  trusted  to  their  memories,  and 
without  doubt  did  not  carry  with  them  works  which 
would  have  been  unintelligible  to  the  faithful.  When 
the  necessity  for  a  Gospel  in  Greek  made  itself  felt, 
it  was  composed  of  fragments.  But,  as  we  have 
already  said,  the  plan,  the  skeleton,  the  book  almost 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  59 

in  its  entirety,  were  sketched  out  in  advance.  There 
was  at  bottom  but  one  way  of  telling  the  life  of  Jesus, 
and  two  disciples,  working  separately,  one  at  Rome, 
the  other  at  Kokaba,  the  one  in  Greek,  the  other  in 
Syro-Chaldaic,  could  not  but  produce  two  works 
very  much  like  each  other. 

The  general  lines,  the  order  of  the  narrative,  had 
already  been  settled.  What  had  to  be  created  were 
the  Greek  style  and  the  choice  of  the  necessary  words. 
The  man  who  accomplished  this  important  work  was 
John  -  Mark,  the  disciple  and  interpreter  of  Peter. 
Mark,  it  appears,  had  seen  when  a  child  something  of 
the  facts  of  the  Gospel ;  it  may  even  be  believed  that 
he  was  at  Gethsemane.  He  had  personally  known 
those  who  had  played  a  part  in  the  drama  of  the  last 
days  of  Jesus.  Having  accompanied  Peter  to  Rome, 
he  probably  remained  there  after  the  death  of  the 
Apostle,  and  passed  through  the  terrible  crisis  which 
followed  the  event  in  that  town.  It  was  there  that, 
according  to  all  appearances,  he  put  together  the  little 
book  of  forty  or  fifty  pages  which  was  the  corner 
stone  of  the  Greek  Gospels. 

The  document,  although  composed  after  the  death 
of  Peter,  was  in  a  sense  his  work  ;  it  was  the  way  in 
which  he  had  been  accustomed  to  relate  the  life  of 
Jesus.  Peter  knew  scarcely  any  Greek  ;  Mark  served 
him  as  dragoman ;  hundreds  of  times  he  had  been  the 
channel  through  which  this  marvellous  history  had 
passed.  Peter  did  not  follow  a  very  rigid  order  in  his 
preaching ;  he  cited  facts  and  parables  as  the  exigencies 
of  his  teaching  required.  This  licence  of  composition  is 
also  found  in  the  book  of  Mark.  The  distribution  of 
the  subject  is  often  logically  at  fault ;  in  some  respects 
the  work  is  very  incomplete,  since  entire  parts  of  the 
Life  of  Jesus  are  wanting,  of  which  complaint  was  made 
even  in  the  second  century.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
clearness,  the  precision  of  detail,  the  originality,  the 
picturesqueness,  the  life  of  this  first  narrative  were 


60  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

not  afterwards  equalled.  A  sort  of  realism  renders 
the  form  heavy  and  hard  ;  the  ideality  of  the  character 
of  Jesus  suffers  from  it ;  there  are  incoherencies,  in 
explicable  whimsicalities.  The  first  and  the  third 
Gospels  greatly  surpass  that  of  Mark  in  the  beauty  of 
the  discourses,  the  happy  application  of  the  anecdotes ; 
a  crowd  of  touching  details  have  disappeared,  but  as 
an  historical  document  the  Gospel  of  Mark  is  greatly 
superior.  The  strong  impression  left  by  Jesus  is 
there  found  almost  entire.  We  see  him  really  living 
and  acting. 

The  part  which  Mark  took  in  so  singularly  abridg 
ing  the  great  discourses  of  Jesus  is  astonishing.  These 
discourses  could  not  have  been  unknown  to  him :  if 
he  has  omitted  them,  he  must  have  had  some  motive 
for  doing  so.  The  somewhat  narrow  and  dry  spirit 
of  Peter  is  perhaps  the  cause  of  this  suppression. 
This  spirit  is  certainly  also  the  explanation  of  the 
puerile  importance  which  Mark  attaches  to  the 
miracles.  The  working  of  wonders  in  his  Gospel  has 
a  singular  character  of  heavy  materialism,  which  for 
the  moment  recalls  the  reveries  of  the  magnetizers. 
The  miracles  are  painfully  accomplished  by  successive 
steps.  Jesus  works  them  by  means  of  Aramaic 
formulae,  which  have  a  Cabbalistic  air.  There  is  a 
struggle  between  the  natural  and  supernatural  forces : 
the  evil  yields  only  step  by  step,  and  under  reiterated 
injunctions.  Add  to  this  a  sort  of  secret  character, 
Jesus  always  forbidding  those  who  are  the  recipients 
of  his  favours  to  speak  of  them,  It  is  not  to  be 
denied  that  Jesus  comes  out  of  this  Gospel  not  as  the 
delightful  moralist  whom  we  love,  but  as  a  terrible 
magician.  The  sentiment  with  which  he  inspires  the 
majority  of  those  about  him  is  fear ;  the  people,  terri 
fied  by  his  miracles,  pray  him  to  depart  out  of  their 
coasts. 

It  is  not  to  be  concluded  from  this  that  the  Gospel 
of  Mark  is  less  historic  than  the  others;  quite  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  6l 

contrary.  Tilings  which  offend  us  in  the  highest 
degree  were  of  the  first  importance  to  Jesus  and  his 
immediate  disciples.  The  Roman  world  was  even 
more  than  the  Jewish  world  the  dupe  of  these 
illusions.  The  miracles  of  Vespasian  are  conceived  on 
exactly  the  same  lines  as  those  of  Jesus  in  the  Gospel 
of  Mark.  A  blind  man,  a  lame  man,  stop  him  on  the 
public  road,  and  beg  him  to  cure  them.  He  cures 
the  first  by  spitting  on  his  eyes ;  the  second  by  tread 
ing  upon  his  leg.  Peter  appears  to  have  been  princi 
pally  struck  by  these  prodigies,  and  we  may  readily 
believe  that  he  insisted  much  upon  them  in  his  preach 
ing.  Hence  the  work  which  he  inspired  has  a 
physiognomy  peculiar  to  itself.  The  Gospel  of  Mark  is 
less  a  legend  than  a  memoir  written  by  a  credulous  per 
son.  The  characters  of  the  legend,  the  vagueness  of 
the  details,  the  softness  of  the  outlines,  strike  one  in 
Matthew  and  Luke.  Here,  on  the  contrary,  everything 
is  taken  from  life  ;  we  feel  that  we  are  in  the  presence 
of  memories. 

The  spirit  which  rules  in  this  little  book  is  certainly 
that  of  Peter.  In  the  first  place,  Cephas  plays  there 
an  eminent  part,  and  appears  always  at  the  head  of 
the  apostles.  The  author  is  in  no  way  of  the  school  of 
Paul,  yet  in  various  ways  he  approaches  him  much 
more  nearly  than  in  the  direction  of  James  by  his 
indifference  with  regard  to  Judaism,  his  hatred  for 
Pharisaism,  his  lively  opposition  to  the  principles  of 
the  Jewish  theocracy.  The  story  of  the  Syro- 
Phcenician  woman  (Mark  vii.  24,  et  seq.\  which 
evidently  signifies  that  the  Pagan  may  obtain  grace, 
provided  he  have  faith,  is  humble  and  recognises  the 
precedence  of  the  son  of  the  house,  is  in  perfect  har 
mony  with  the  part  which  is  played  by  Peter  in  the 
history  of  the  centurion  Cornelius.  Peter,  it  is  true, 
appears  much  later  to  Paul  as  a  timid  man,  but  he 
was  none  the  less,  in  his  day,  the  first  to  recognise  the 
calling  of  the  Gentiles. 


62  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

We  shall  see  later  what  kind  of  modifications  it  was 
thought  necessary  to  introduce  into  the  first  Greek 
version,  in  order  to  make  it  acceptable  to  the  faith 
ful,  and  how,  from  that  revision,  emerged  the  Gospels 
attributed  to  Matthew  and  Luke.  One  cardinal  fact 
of  primitive  Christian  literature  is  that  these  con 
nected,  and  in  a  sense  more  complete  texts,  did  not 
cause  the  primitive  text  to  disappear,  The  little  work 
of  Mark  was  preserved,  and  soon,  thanks  to  the  con 
venient  but  altogether  erroneous  hypothesis  which 
makes  of  him  "a  divine  abbreviator,"  he  took  his 
place  amongst  the  mysterious  four  evangelists.  Is  it 
certain  that  the  text  of  Mark  can  have  remained  pure 
from  all  interpolations, — that  the  text  which  we  read 
to-day  is  purely  and  simply  the  first  Greek  Gospel  ? 
It  would  be  a  bold  thing  to  affirm  that  it  is.  At  the 
very  time  that  it  was  found  necessary  to  compose, 
other  Gospels  bearing  other  names,  taking  Mark  for 
the  foundation,  it  is  very  possible  that  Mark  himself 
may  have  been  retouched,  whilst  his  name  was  still 
left  at  the  head  of  the  book.  Many  particulars  ap 
pear  to  suppose  a  sort  of  retroactive  influence  upon 
the  text  of  Mark,  exercised  by  the  Gospels  composed 
after  Mark.  But  these  are  complicated  hypotheses 
of  which  there  is  no  absolute  proof.  The  Gospel 
of  Mark  presents  a  perfect  unity  and,  except  for 
certain  matters  of  detail  where  the  manuscripts 
differ,  apart  from  those  little  retouchings,  from 
which  the  Christian  writings  have,  almost  with 
out  exception,  suffered,  it  does  not  appear  to  have 
received  any  considerable  addition  since  it  was 
composed. 

The  characteristic  feature  of  the  Gospel  of  Mark 
was,  from  the  first,  the  absence  of  the  genealogies  and 
of  the  legends  relating  to  the  infancy  of  Jesus.  If 
there  was  a  gap  which  ought  to  be  filled  up  for  the 
benefit  of  Catholic  readers,  it  was  to  be  found  there. 
And  yet  no  attempt  was  made  to  fill  it.  Many  other 


fHE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  63 

particulars,  inconvenient  from  the  apologist's  point 
of  view,  were  not  erased.  The  story  of  the  Resurrec 
tion  alone  presents  itself  in  Mark  with  evident  traces 
of  violence.  The  best  manuscripts  stop  after  the 
words  ephobountogar  (xvi.  8).  It  is  scarcely  prob 
able  that  the  primitive  text  should  have  finished  so 
abruptly.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  very  likely  that 
something  followed  which  was  shocking  to  received 
ideas,  and  it  was  cut  out,  but  the  conclusion  ephoboun- 
togar  being  very  unsatisfactory,  various  little  clauses 
were  invented,  not  one  of  which  possessed  sufficient 
authority  to  exclude  the  others  from  the  manuscripts. 

When  Matthew,  and,  above  all,  Luke,  omit  certain 
passages  which  are  actually  in  Mark,  are  we  forced  to 
conclude  that  these  passages  were  not  in  the  proto- 
Mark  ?  We  are  not.  The  authors  of  the  second 
version  selected  and  omitted,  guided  by  the  sentiment 
of  an  instinctive  art  and  by  the  unity  of  their  work. 
It  has  been  said,  for  example,  that  the  Passion  was 
wanting  in  the  primitive  Mark,  because  Luke,  who 
has  followed  him  up  to  that  point,  does  not  follow 
him  in  the  narrative  of  the  last  hours  of  Jesus.  The 
truth  is  that  Luke  has  taken  for  the  Passion  another 
guide  more  symbolical,  more  touching  than  Mark,  and 
Luke  was  too  great  an  artist  to  muddle  his  colours. 
The  Passion  of  Mark,  on  the  contrary,  is  the  truest, 
the  most  ancient,  the  most  historical.  The  second 
version  in  any  case  is  always  blunter,  more  governed 
by  d  priori  reasons  than  those  which  have  preceded 
it.  Precise  details  are  matters  of  indifference  to  gen 
erations  which  have  not  known  the  primitive  actors. 
What  is  pre-eminently  required  is  an  account  with 
clear  outlines  and  significant  in  all  its  parts. 

There  is  everything  to  lead  us  to  believe  that  Mark 
did  not  write  down  his  Gospel  until  after  the  death  of 
Peter.  Papias  assumes  this  when  he  tells  us  that 
Mark  wrote  "  from  memory  "  what  he  had  from  Peter. 
Finally  the  fact  that  the  Gospel  of  Mark  contains 


64  tHE  GOSPELS  AND 

evident  allusion  to  the  catastrophe  of  the  year  70  is 
decisive  when  we  admit  the  unity  and  integrity  of  the 
work.  The  author  puts  into  the  mouth  of  Jesus  in 
Chapter  xiii.  a  species  of  apocalypse  wherein  are 
intermingled  predictions  relative  to  the  capture  of 
Jerusalem  and  the  approaching  end  of  time.  We 
believe  that  this  littte  apocalypse,  in  part  designed  to 
induce  the  faithful  to  retire  to  Pella,  was  spread 
amongst  the  community  of  Jerusalem  about  the  year 
68.  It  certainly  did  not  then  contain  the  prediction 
of  the  destruction  of  the  Temple.  The  author  of  the 
Johanine  apocalypse,  however  well  he  may  have 
understood  the  Christian  conscience,  did  not  yet 
believe,  in  the  later  days  of  68  or  the  early  days  of  69, 
that  the  Temple  would  be  destroyed.  Naturally  all 
the  collections  of  the  life  and  words  of  Jesus  which 
adopted  this  fragment  as  prophetic  would  modify  it 
in  the  light  of  accomplished  facts,  and  would  see  in  it 
a  clear  prediction  of  the  ruin  of  the  Temple.  It  is 
probable  that  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews  in  its  first 
form  contained  the  apocalyptic  discourse  in  question. 
The  Hebrew  Gospel,  indeed,  certainly  contained  the 
passage  relating  to  the  murder  of  Zecharias,  son  of 
Barachias,  a  feature  which  took  its  rise  about  the  time 
of  the  apocalyptic  discourse  in  question.  Mark  would 
scarcely  venture  to  neglect  a  matter  so  striking.  He 
supposes  that  Jesus  in  the  last  days  of  his  life  clearly 
foresaw  the  ruin  of  the  Jewish  nation,  and  took  that 
ruin  as  the  measure  of  the  time  which  must  elapse 
before  his  second  appearing.  "In  those  days  after 
that  tribulation  .  .  .  they  shall  see  the  Son  of  Man 
coming  in  the  clouds  with  great  power  and  glory." 
Such  a  formula  notoriously  assumes  that  at  the 
moment  when  the  author  wrote  the  ruin  of  Jerusalem 
was  accomplished,  but  accomplished  very  lately. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Gospel  of  St  Mark  was  com 
posed  before  all  the  eye-witnesses  of  the  life  of  Jesus 
were  dead.  Hence  we  may  see  within  what  narrow 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  65 

limits  the  possible  date  of  the  compilation  of  the  book 
is  restricted.  In  all  ways  we  are  brought  to  the  first 
years  of  calm  which  followed  the  war  of  Judea.  Mark 
could  not  have  been  more  than  fifty-five  years  old. 

According  to  all  appearances,  it  was  at  Rome  that 
Mark  composed  this  first  attempt  at  a  Greek  gospel, 
which,  imperfect  though  it  is,  contains  the  essential 
outlines  of  the  subject.  Such  is  the  old  tradition,  and 
there  is  nothing  improbable  in  it.  Rome  was,  after 
Syria,  the  headquarters  of  Christianity.  Latinisms  are 
more  frequent  in  the  little  work  of  Mark  than  in  any 
other  of  the  New  Testament  writings.  The  biblical 
texts  to  which  reference  is  made  recall  the  Septuagint. 
Many  details  lead  to  the  belief  that  the  writer  had  in 
view  readers  who  knew  little  of  Palestine  and  Jewish 
customs.  The  express  citations  from  the  Old  Testa 
ment  made  by  the  author  himself  may  be  reduced  to 
one;  the  exegetical  reasonings  which  characterise 
Matthew  and  even  Luke  are  wanting  in  Mark ;  the 
name  of  the  Law  never  drops  from  his  pen.  Nothing, 
in  fact,  obliges  us  to  believe  that  this  may  be  a  work 
sensibly  different  from  that  of  which  the  Presbyter 
Joannes  in  the  first  years  of  the  second  century  said 
to  Papias : — "  The  Presbyters  still  say  this  :  Mark, 
become  the  interpreter  of  Peter,  wrote  exactly  but 
without  order  all  that  he  remembered  of  the  words 
and  actions  of  Christ.  For  he  did  not  hear  or  follow 
the  Lord ;  but  later,  as  I  have  said,  he  followed  Peter, 
who  made  his  didascalies  according  to  the  necessities 
of  the  moment,  and  not  as  if  he  wished  to  prepare  a 
methodical  statement  of  the  discourses  of  the  Lord ; 
hence  Mark  is  in  no  way  to  be  blame'd  if  he  has  thus 
written  down  but  a  small  number  of  details,  such  as 
he  remembered  them.  He  had  but  one  concern,  to 
omit  nothing  that  he  had  heard,  and  to  let  nothing 
pass  that  was  false." 


66  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

CHRISTIANITY  AND  THE  EMPIRE   UNDER  FLAV1US. 

FAR  from  diminishing  the  importance  of  the  Jews  at 
Eome,  the  war  of  Judea  had  in  a  sense  contributed 
to  increase  it.  Rome  was  by  far  the  greatest  Jewish 
city  in  the  world :  she  had  inherited  all  the  import 
ance  of  Jerusalem.  The  war  of  Judea  had  cast  into 
Italy  thousands  of  Jewish  slaves.  From  65  to  72  all 
prisoners  made  during  the  war  had  been  sold  whole 
sale.  The  places  of  prostitution  were  filled  with  Jews 
and  Jewesses  of  the  most  distinguished  families. 
Legend  has  pleased  itself  by  building  a  most  romantic 
structure  on  this  foundation. 

Except  for  the  heavy  poll  tax  which  oppressed  the 
Jews,  and  which  was  for  Christians  more  than  an  ex 
action,  the  reign  of  Vespasian  was  not  remarkable  for 
any  special  severities  towards  the  two  branches  of  the 
House  of  Israel.  We  have  seen  that  the  new  dynasty, 
far  from  drawing  down  upon  itself  the  contempt  of 
Judaism  in  the  beginning,  had  been  compelled  by 
the  fact  of  the  war  of  Judea,  inseparable  from  its  ap 
proach,  to  contract  obligations  towards  a  great  number 
of  Jews.  It  must  be  remembered  that  Vespasian  and 
Titus,  before  attaining  to  power,  had  remained  about 
four  years  in  Syria,  and  had  there  formed  many  con 
nections.  Tiberius  Alexander  was  the  man  to  whom  the 
Flavii  owed  the  most.  He  continued  to  occupy  one  of 
the  chief  positions  in  the  state ;  his  statue  was  one  of 
those  which  adorned  the  Forum.  Nee  meiere  fas  est ! 
said  the  old  Romans  in  their  wrath,  irritated  by  that 
intrusion  of  the  Orientals.  Herod  Agrippa  II.,  whilst 
continuing  to  reign  and  to  coin  money  at  Tiberias  and 
Paneas,  lived  at  Rome  surrounded  by  his  co-religionists, 
keeping  up  a  great  state,  astonishing  the  Romans  by 
the  pomp  and  ostentation  with  which  he  celebrated 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  67 

the  Jewish  feasts.  He  displayed  in  his  relations  a 
certain  largeness,  since  he  had  for  his  secretary  the 
radical  Justus  of  Tiberias,  who  had  no  scruple  in 
eating  the  bread  of  a  man  whom  he  had  certainly 
more  than  once  accused  of  treason.  Agrippa  was 
decorated  with  the  ornaments  of  the  priesthood,  and 
received  from  the  Emperor  an  augmentation  of  fiefs 
on  the  side  of  Hermon. 

His  sisters  Drusilla  and  Berenice  also  lived  at 
Rome.  Berenice,  notwithstanding  her  already  ripe 
age,  exercised  over  the  heart  of  Titus  such  an  empire, 
that  she  had  the  design  of  marrying  him,  and  Titus 
it  was  said  had  promised  her,  and  was  only  deterred 
by  political  considerations.  Berenice  inhabited  the 
palace,  and,  pious  as  she  was,  lived  openly  with  the 
destroyer  of  her  country.  The  jealousy  of  Titus  was 
active,  and  it  appears  to  have  contributed,  not  less 
than  policy,  to  the  murder  of  Caecina.  The  Jewish 
favourite  enjoyed  to  the  full  her  royal  rights.  Legal 
cases  were  taken  under  her  jurisdiction,  and  Quintilian 
relates  that  he  pleaded  before  her  in  a  case  in  which 
she  was  both  judge  and  party.  Her  luxury  astonished 
the  Romans;  she  ruled  the  fashions;  a  ring  which 
she  had  worn  on  her  finger  sold  for  an  insane  price ; 
but  the  serious  world  despised  her,  and  openly  de 
scribed  her  relations  with  her  brother  Agrippa  as 
incestuous.  Other  Herodians  still  lived  in  Italy, 
perhaps  at  Naples,  in  particular  that  Agrippa,  son  of 
Agrippa  and  Felix,  who  perished  in  the  eruption  of 
Vesuvius.  In  a  word,  all  these  dynasties  of  Syria 
and  Armenia  which  had  embraced  Judaism,  remained 
with  the  new  Imperial  family  in  daily  relations  of 
intimacy. 

Around  this  aristocratic  world  the  subtle  and 
prudent  Josephus  hovered,  like  a  complaisant  servant. 
Since  his  entry  into  the  household  of  Vespasian  and 
of  Titus,  he  had  taken  the  name  of  Flavius,  and  in 
the  usual  manner  of  a  common-place  soul,  he  reconciled 


68  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

contradictory  characters — he  was  obsequious  to  tne 
executioners  of  his  country,  he  was  a  boaster  concern 
ing  his  national  memories.  His  domestic  life,  until 
then  by  no  means  correct,  now  began  to  become  orderly. 
After  his  defection,  he  had  been  weak  enough  to 
accept  from  Vespasian  a  young  prisoner  from  Cesarea, 
who  left  him  as  soon  as  she  could.  At  Alexandria  he 
took  another  wife,  by  whom  he  had  three  children. 
Two  of  them  died  young,  and  he  repudiated  his  wife, 
he  says,  on  the  ground  of  incompatability  of  temper, 
about  the  year  74.  He  then  married  a  Jewess  of 
Crete,  in  whom  he  found  all  perfections,  and  who  bore 
him  two  children.  His  Judaism  had  always  been  lax, 
and  became  more  and  more  so ;  it  was  very  easy  to 
believe  that  even  at  the  period  of  the  greatest  Galilean 
fanaticism  he  was  a  liberal,  preventing  the  forcible 
circumcision  of  people,  and  protesting  that  everyone 
ought  to  worship  God  in  his  own  way.  This  idea 
that  everyone  should  choose  his  own  form  of  worship 
gained  the  day,  and  lent  powerful  help  to  the  pro 
pagation  of  a  religion  founded  on  a  rational  idea  of 
the  divinity. 

Josephus  had  undoubtedly  a  superficial  Greek 
education,  of  which,  like  a  clever  man,  he  knew  how  to 
make  the  most.  He  read  the  Greek  historians  ;  that 
reading  provoked  him  to  emulation ;  he  saw  the 
possibility  of  writing  in  the  same  way  the  history  of 
the  last  misfortunes  of  his  country.  Too  little  of  an 
artist  to  understand  the  temerity  of  his  undertaking, 
he  plunged  into  it,  as  happens  sometimes  with  Jews 
who  begin  in  literature  in  a  foreign  tongue,  like  one 
who  fears  nothing.  He  was  not  yet  accustomed  to 
write  in  Greek,  and  it  was  in  Syro-Chaldaic  that  he 
made  the  first  version  of  his  work ;  later  he  put  for 
ward  the  Greek  version  which  has  come  down  to 
our  own  times.  Notwithstanding  his  protestations, 
Josephus  is  not  a  truthful  man.  He  has  the  Jewish 
defect — the  defect  most  opposed  to  a  healthy  manner 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  69 

of  writing  history  —  an  extreme  personality.  A 
thousand  preoccupations  govern  him ;  first  the  neces 
sity  for  pleasing  his  new  masters,  Titus  and  Herod 
Agrippa ;  then  the  desire  of  proving  his  own  import 
ance,  and  of  showing  to  those  of  his  compatriots  who 
looked  askance  at  him,  that  he  had  acted  only  from 
the  purest  inspirations  of  patriotism ;  then  an  honest 
sentiment  in  many  respects  which  induces  him  to 
present  the  character  of  his  nation  in  the  light  which 
would  compromise  them  least  in  the  eyes  of  the 
Romans.  The  rebellion,  he  pretends,  was  the  work  of 
a  handful  of  madmen ;  Judaism  is  a  pure  doctrine 
elevated  in  philosophy,  inoffensive  in  policy ;  the  Jews 
moderate,  and,  far  from  making  common  cause  with 
sectaries,  have  usually  been  their  first  victims.  How 
could  they  be  the  enemies  of  the  Romans  ?  they  who 
had  asked  from  the  Romans  aid  and  protection  against 
the  revolutionaries  ?  These  systematic  views  contra 
dict  on  every  page  the  pretended  impartiality  of  the 
historian. 

The  work  was  submitted  (at  least  Josephus  wishes 
us  to  believe  so)  to  the  criticism  of  Agrippa  and  of 
Titus,  who  appear  to  have  approved  it.  Titus  would 
have  gone  further;  he  would  have  signed  with  his 
own  hand  the  copy  which  was  intended  to  serve  as  a 
type,  to  show  that  it  was  according  to  this  volume 
that  he  desired  that  the  history  of  the  siege  of 
Jerusalem  should  be  told.  The  exaggeration  here  is 
palpable.  What  is  clearly  evident  is  the  existence 
around  Titus  of  a  Jewish  coterie  which  flattered  him, 
which  desired  to  persuade  him  that,  far  from  having 
been  the  cruel  destroyer  of  Judaism,  he  had  wished  to 
save  the  Temple ;  that  Judaism  had  killed  itself,  and 
that,  in  any  case,  a  superior  decree  of  the  Divine  will, 
of  which  Titus  had  been  but  the  instrument,  hovered 
over  all.  Titus  was  evidently  pleased  to  hear  this 
theory  maintained.  He  willingly  forgot  his  cruelties, 
and  the  decree  that  he  had  to  all  appearance  pro- 


f  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

nounced  against  the  Temple,  when  the  vanquished 
themselves  came  to  offer  such  apologies.  Titus  had  a 
great  fund  of  humanity;  he  affected  an  extreme 
moderation ;  he  was  without  doubt  very  well  pleased 
that  this  version  should  be  circulated  throughout  the 
Jewish  world ;  but  he  was  also  well  pleased  when  in 
the  Roman  world  the  story  was  told  in  quite  a  differ 
ent  way,  and  represented  him  upon  the  walls  of  Jeru 
salem  as  the  haughty  conqueror  breathing  only  fire 
and  death. 

The  sentiment  of  sympathy  for  the  Jews,  which  is 
thus  implied  on  the  part  of  Titus,  might  be  expected 
to  extend  itself  to  the  Christians.  Judaism,  as  Jose- 
phus  understood  it,  approached  Christianity  on  many 
sides,  especially  the  Christianity  of  St  Paul.  Like 
Josephus,  the  majority  of  the  Christians  had  con 
demned  the  insurrection,  and  cursed  the  zealots.  They 
loudly  professed  submission  to  the  Romans.  Like 
Josephus  they  held  the  ritual  part  of  the  Law  as 
secondary,  and  understood  the  sonship  of  Abraham  in 
a  moral  sense.  Josephus  himself  appears  to  have  been 
favourable  to  the  Christians,  and  to  have  spoken  of  the 
chiefs  of  the  sect  with  sympathy.  Berenice,  on  her 
side,  and  her  brother  Agrippa,  had  had  for  St  Paul 
a  sentiment  of  benevolent  curiosity.  The  private 
friends  of  Titus  were  rather  favourable  than  unfavour 
able  to  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  by  which  circumstance 
may  be  explained  the  fact,  which  appears  incontest 
able,  that  there  were  Christians  in  the  very  household 
of  Flavius.  Let  it  be  remembered  that  this  family 
did  not  belong  to  the  great  Roman  aristocracy ;  that 
it  formed  part  of  what  may  be  called  the  provincial 
middle  class  ;  that  it  had  not,  consequently,  against 
the  Jews  and  Orientals  in  general,  the  prejudices  of 
the  Roman  nobility,  prejudices  which  we  shall  soon 
see  regain  all  their  power  under  Nerva,  and  bring 
about  a  century  of  almost  continuous  persecution  of 
the  Christians.  That  dynasty  fully  admitted  popular 


t&E  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  *T1 

charlatanism.  Vespasian  had  no  scruple  about  his 
miracles  of  Alexandria,  and  when  he  remembered  that 
juggleries  had  had  much  to  do  with  his  fortune,  he  no 
doubt  felt  merely  an  increase  of  that  sceptical  gaiety 
which  was  habitual  to  him. 

The  conversions  which  brought  the  faith  in  Jesus 
so  near  to  the  throne,  were  probably  not  effected 
until  the  reign  of  Domitian.  The  Church  of  Rome 
was  reformed  but  slowly.  The  inclination  which 
Christians  had  felt  about  the  year  68  to  flee  from 
a  town  upon  which  they  expected  every  moment  the 
wrath  of  God  to  descend,  had  grown  weak.  The 
generation  mown  down  by  the  massacres  of  64  was 
replaced  by  the  continual  immigration  which  Rome 
received  from  other  parts  of  the  Empire.  The  sur 
vivors  of  the  massacres  of  Nero  breathed  at  last,  they 
considered  themselves  as  in  a  little  provisional  Para 
dise,  and  compared  themselves  with  the  Israelites  after 
they  had  passed  the  Red  Sea.  The  persecution  of  64 
presented  itself  to  them  as  a  sea  of  blood,  where  all 
had  only  not  been  drowned.  God  had  inverted  the 
parts,  and  as  to  Pharaoh,  he  had  given  to  their  exe 
cutioners  blood  to  drink :  it  was  the  blood  of  the  civil 
wars,  which  from  68  to  70  had  poured  out  in  torrents. 

The  exact  list  of  the  ancient  presbyteri  or  episcopi 
of  the  Roman  Church  is  unknown.  Peter,  if  he  went 
to  Rome,  as  we  believe,  occupied  there  an  exceptional 
place,  and  would  certainly  have  had  no  successor 
properly  so-called.  It  was  not  until  a  hundred  years 
afterwards,  when  the  episcopate  was  regularly  con 
stituted,  that  any  attempt  was  made  to  present  a  con 
secutive  list  of  the  successors  of  Peter  as  bishops  of 
Rome.  There  are  no  accurate  memorials  until  after 
the  time  of  Xystus,  who  died  about  125.  The  interval 
between  Xystus  and  St  Peter  is  filled  with  the  names 
of  Roman  presbyters  who  had  left  some  reputation. 
After  Peter  we  come  upon  a  certain  Linus,  of  whom 
nothing  certain  is  known ;  then  Anenclet,  whose  name 


72  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

was  disfigured  afterwards,  and  of  whom  two  person 
ages  were  compounded,  Clet  and  Anaclet. 

One  phenomenon  which  is  manifested  more  and 
more  is  that  the  Church  of  Rome  became  the  heiress 
of  that  of  Jerusalem,  and  was  in  some  sort  substituted 
for  it.  There  was  the  same  spirit,  the  same  traditional 
and  hierarchical  authority,  the  same  taste  for  com 
mand.  Judeo-Ohristianity  reigned  at  Rome  as  at 
Jerusalem.  Alexandria  was  not  yet  a  great  Christian 
centre.  Ephesus,  even  Antioch,  could  not  struggle 
against  the  preponderance  which  the  capital  of  the 
Empire,  by  the  very  nature  of  things,  tended  more 
and  more  to  arrogate  to  itself. 

Vespasian  arrived  at  an  advanced  old  age,  esteemed 
by  the  serious  part  of  the  Empire,  repairing,  in  the 
bosom  of  a  profound  peace,  with  the  aid  of  an  active 
and  intelligent  son,  the  evils  which  Nero  and  the  civil 
war  had  created.  The  high  aristocracy,  without 
having  much  sympathy  for  a  family  of  parvenus — men 
of  capacity  but  without  distinction,  and  of  manners 
sufficiently  common — sustained  and  seconded  it.  They 
were  at  last  delivered  from  the  detestable  school  of 
Nero, — a  school  of  wicked,  immoral,  and  frivolous 
men,  wretched  soldiers  and  administrators.  The 
honest  party  which,  after  the  cruel  trial  of  the  reign 
of  Domitian  was  to  arrive  definitely  at  power  with 
Nerva,  breathed  at  last,  and  already  was  almost 
triumphant.  Only  the  madmen  and  the  debauchees 
of  Rome  who  had  loved  Nero  laughed  at  the  parsi 
mony  of  the  old  General,  without  dreaming  that  that 
economy  was  perfectly  simple  and  altogether  praise 
worthy.  The  treasury  of  the  Emperor  was  not  clearly 
distinguished  from  his  private  fortune ;  but  the 
treasury  of  Nero  had  been  sadly  dilapidated.  The 
situation  of  a  family  without  fortune,  like  that  of 
Flavius,  borne  to  power  under  such  circumstances, 
became  very  embarrassing.  Galba,  who  was  of  the 
great  nobility,  but  of  serious  habits,  was  lost  because 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  73 

one  day  at  the  theatre  he  offered  to  a  player  on  the 
flute  who  had  been  much  applauded,  five  denarii, 
which  he  drew  from  his  purse.  The  crowd  received 
it  with  a  song  : 

"  Onesimus  comes  from  the  village," 

the  burden  of  which  the  spectators  repeated  in  chorus. 
There  was  no  way  of  pleasing  these  impertinents  save 
by  magnificence  and  cavalier  manners.  Vespasian 
would  have  found  it  much  more  easy  to  obtain  pardon 
for  crimes  than  for  his  rather  vulgar  good  sense,  and 
that  species  of  awkwardness  which  the  poor  officer 
usually  retains  who  has  risen  from  the  ranks  by  his 
merits.  The  human  race  is  so  little  disposed  to 
encourage  goodness  and  devotion  in  its  sovereigns, 
that  it  is  sometimes  surprising  that  the  offices  of  king 
and  of  emperor  still  find  conscientious  men  to  dis 
charge  them. 

A  more  importunate  opposition  than  that  of  the 
idlers  of  the  amphitheatre  and  the  worshippers  of  the 
memory  of  Nero,  was  that  of  the  philosophers,  or,  to 
be  more  correct,  of  the  republican  party.  This  party, 
which  had  reigned  for  thirty-six  hours  after  the  death 
of  Caligula,  gained,  on  the  death  of  Nero,  and  during 
the  civil  war  which  followed  that  event,  an  unexpected 
importance.  Men  highly  considered,  like  Helvidius 
Priscus,  with  his  wife  Fannia  (daughter  of  Thrasea), 
were  seen  to  refuse  the  most  simple  fictions  of  imperial 
etiquette,  to  affect  with  regard  to  Vespasian  an  air  at 
once  cavilling  and  full  of  effrontery.  We  must  do 
Vespasian  the  justice  to  remember  that  it  was  with 
great  regret  that  he  treated  the  grossest  provocations 
with  rigour,  provocations  which  were  the  simple  result 
of  the  goodness  and  simplicity  of  this  excellent  sove 
reign.  The  philosophers  imagined,  with  the  best  faith 
in  the  world,  that  they  defended  the  dignity  of  man 
with  their  little  literary  allusions ;  they  did  not  see 
that  in  reality  they  defended  only  the  privileges  of  an 


74  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

aristocracy,  and  that  they  were  preparing  for  the 
ferocious  reign  of  Domitian.  They  hoped  for  the  im 
possible, — a  municipal  republic  governing  the  world, 
— public  spirit  in  an  immense  Empire  composed  of  the 
most  diverse  and  unequal  races.  Their  madness  was 
almost  as  great  as  that  of  the  lunatics  whom  we  have 
seen  in  our  own  days  dreaming  that  the  Commune  of 
Paris  could  be  the  monarchy  of  France.  Thus  the 
good  spirits  of  the  time,  Tacitus,  the  two  Plinies, 
Quintilian,  saw  clearly  the  vanity  of  this  political 
school.  Whilst  full  of  respect  for  Helvidius  Priscus, 
the  Rusticus,  the  Senecion,  they  abandoned  the  re 
publican  chimera.  Seeking  no  more  than  to  ameliorate 
the  princely  power,  they  drew  from  it  the  finest  fruits 
for  about  a  century. 

Alas  !  that  power  had  the  cardinal  defect  of  floating 
between  the  elective  dictatorship  and  the  hereditary 
monarchy.  Every  monarchy  aspires  to  be  hereditary, 
not  merely  because  of  what  the  democracies  call  the 
egotism  of  the  family,  but  because  monarchy  is  advan 
tageous  for  the  people  only  when  it  is  hereditary. 
Heredity,  on  the  other  hand,  is  impossible  without  the 
Germanic  principle  of  fidelity.  All  the  Roman  Em 
perors  aimed  at  heredity ;  but  heredity  could  never 
extend  beyond  the  second  generation,  and  it  scarcely 
ever  produced  any  but  fatal  consequences.  The  world 
only  breathes  when  through  particular  circumstances 
adoption  (the  system  best  adapted  to  Caesarism)  pre 
vails  ;  there  was  in  it  only  a  happy  chance ;  Marcus 
Aurelius  had  a  son,  and  lost  everything. 

Vespasian  was  exclusively  preoccupied  with  this 
cardinal  question.  Titus,  his  eldest  son,  at  the  age 
of  thirty -nine,  had  no  male  issue,  nor  had  Domitian  at 
twenty-seven  a  son.  The  ambition  of  Domitian  ought 
to  have  been  satisfied  with  such  hopes.  Titus  openly 
announced  him  as  his  successor,  and  contented  himself 
with  desiring  that  he  should  marry  his  daughter  Julia 
Sabina.  But  in  spite  of  so  many  favourable  condi- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  ?5 

tions,  Nature  gave  herself  up  in  that  family  to  an 
atrocious  complication.  Domitian  was  a  scoundrel 
before  whom  Caligula  and  Nero  might  pass  for  harm 
less  jesters.  He  did  not  hide  his  intention  of  dis 
possessing  his  father  and  his  brother.  Vespasian  and 
Mucianus  had  a  thousand  difficulties  in  preventing 
him  from  spoiling  all. 

As  happens  with  good-hearted  men,  Vespasian  im 
proved  every  day  as  he  grew  older.  Even  his  pleas 
antry,  which  was  often,  from  want  of  education,  of  a 
coarse  description,  became  just  and  fine.  He  was 
told  that  a  comet  had  shown  itself  in  the  sky.  "  It  is 
the  King  of  the  Parthians  whom  that  concerns,"  said 
he,  "he  wears  long  hair."  Then  his  health  growing 
worse, — "  I  think  I  am  about  to  become  a  god,"  said 
he,  smiling.  He  occupied  himself  with  business  to  the 
last,  and  feeling  himself  dying,  "  an  Emperor  should 
die  standing,"  said  he.  He  expired,  in  fact,  in  the 
arms  of  those  who  supported  him,  a  grand  example 
of  manly  attitude  and  firm  bearing  in  the  midst  of 
troubled  times,  which  seemed  almost  desperate.  The 
Jews  alone  preserved  his  memory  as  that  of  a  monster 
who  had  made  the  entire  earth  groan  under  the 
weight  of  his  tyranny.  There  was  without  doubt 
some  Rabbinical  legend  concerning  his  death ;  he  died 
in  his  bed  they  admitted,  but  he  could  not  escape  the 
torments  which  he  merited. 

Titus  succeeded  him  without  difficulty.  His  virtue 
was  not  a  profound  virtue  like  that  of  Antoninus  or 
of  Marcus  Aurelius.  He  forced  himself  to  be  virtuous, 
and  sometimes  nature  got  the  upper  hand.  Neverthe 
less,  a  good  reign  was  hoped  for.  As  rarely  happens, 
Titus  improved  after  his  accession  to  power.  He  had 
great  powers  of  self-control,  and  he  began  by  making 
the  most  difficult  of  all  sacrifices  to  public  opinion. 
Berenice  was  less  than  ever  disposed  to  renounce  her 
hope  of  being  married.  She  behaved  in  all  respects  as 
if  she  were.  Her  quality  of  Jewess,  of  foreigner,  of 


76  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

"  Queen  " — a  title  which,  like  that  of  King,  sounded  ill 
in  the  ears  of  a  true  Roman,  and  recalled  the  East — 
created  an  insurmountable  obstacle  to  that  fortune. 
Nothing  else  was  spoken  of  in  Rome,  and  more  than 
one  impertinence  was  daringly  uttered  aloud.  One 
day  in  the  full  theatre  a  cynic  named  Diogenes,  who 
had  introduced  himself  into  Rome,  notwithstanding 
the  decrees  of  expulsion  issued  against  the  philo 
sophers,  rose,  and  in  the  presence  of  all  the  people 
poured  forth  a  torrent  of  insults.  He  was  beaten. 
Heras,  another  cynic,  who  thought  to  enjoy  the  same 
liberty  at  the  same  price,  had  his  head  cut  off.  Titus 
yielded,  not  without  pain,  to  the  murmurs  of  the 
people.  The  separation  was  all  the  more  cruel,  since 
Berenice  resisted.  It  was  necessary  to  send  her  away. 
The  relations  of  the  Emperor  with  Josephus,  and  pro 
bably  with  Herod  Agrippa,  remained  what  they  had 
been  before  the  rupture.  Berenice  herself  returned  to 
Rome,  but  Titus  had  no  further  communication  with 
her. 

Honest  folks  felt  their  hopes  revive.  With  the 
spectacles,  and  a  little  charlatanism,  it  was  easy  to 
content  the  people,  and  they  remained  quiet.  Latin 
literature,  which,  since  the  death  of  Augustus,  had 
undergone  so  great  an  eclipse,  was  in  the  way  of 
recovery.  Vespasian  seriously  encouraged  science, 
literature,  and  the  arts.  He  established  the  first  pro 
fessors  paid  by  the  state,  and  was  thus  the  creator  of 
the  teaching  body,  at  the  head  of  which  illustrious 
fraternity  shines  the  name  of  Quintilian.  The  sickly 
poetry  of  the  epopoeias  and  the  artificial  tragedies 
continued  piteously.  Bohemians  of  talent,  like  Mar 
tial  and  Statius,  both  excellent  in  little  verses,  did 
not  come  out  from  a  low  and  barren  literature.  But 
Juvenal  attained,  in  the  truly  Latin  species  of  satire, 
an  uncontested  mastery  for  force  and  originality.  A 
haughty  Roman  spirit,  narrow,  if  you  will,  closed, 
exclusive,  but  full  of  tradition,  patriotic,  opposed  to 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  77 

foreign  corruptions,  breathes  through  his  verses.  The 
courageous  Sulpicia  dared  to  defend  the  philoso 
phers  against  Domitian.  Great  prose  writers,  above 
all,  sprang  up,  rejected  all  that  was  excessive  in  the 
declamation  of  the  time  of  Nero,  preserving  that  part 
of  it  which  did  not  shock  the  taste,  animated  the 
whole  with  an  exalted  moral  sentiment,  prepared, 
in  a  word,  that  noble  generation  which  discovered 
and  surrounded  Nerva,  which  brought  about  the  phi 
losophical  reigns  of  Trajan,  of  Antoninus,  and  of 
Marcus  Aurelius.  Pliny  the  younger,  who  so  greatly 
resembles  the  cultivated  wits  of  our  eighteenth 
century ;  Quintilian,  the  illustrious  pedagogue,  who 
traced  the  code  of  public  instruction,  the  master  of 
our  great  masters  in  the  art  of  education  ;  Tacitus, 
the  incomparable  historian ;  others,  like  the  author  of 
the  Dialogue  of  the  Orators,  who  equalled  them,  but 
whose  names  are  ignored  or  whose  writings  are  lost, 
increased  the  labours  which  had  already  begun  to  bear 
fruit.  A  gravity  full  of  elevation,  respect  for  the 
moral  laws  and  for  the  laws  of  humanity,  replaced 
the  gross  debauchery  of  Petronius  and  the  excessive 
philosophy  of  Seneca.  The  language  is  less  pure 
than  that  of  the  writers  of  the  time  of  Caesar  and  of 
Augustus,  but  it  has  character,  audacity,  something 
which  ought  to  cause  it  to  be  appreciated  and  imitated 
in  modern  times,  which  have  conceived  the  middle 
tone  of  their  prose  in  a  more  declamatory  key  than 
that  of  the  Greeks. 

Under  this  wise  and  moderate  rule  Christians  lived 
in  peace.  The  memory  which  Titus  left  in  the  Church 
was  not  that  of  a  persecutor.  One  event  of  his  reign 
made  a  lively  impression.  This  was  the  eruption  of 
Vesuvius.  The  year  79  witnessed  this,  perhaps  the 
most  striking  phenomenon  in  the  volcanic  history  of 
the  earth.  The  entire  world  was  moved.  Since 
humanity  had  a  conscience,  nothing  so  remarkable 
had  ever  been  seen.  An  old  crater,  extinct  from  time 


78  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

immemorial,  broke  into  activity  with  an  unequalled  vio 
lence,  just  as  if  in  our  days  the  volcanoes  of  Auvergne 
should  recommence  their  most  furious  manifestations. 
We  have  seen  since  the  year  68  the  preoccupation  of 
the  volcanic  phenomena  fill  the  Christian  imagination 
and  leave  its  traces  in  the  Apocalypse.  The  event  of 
the  year  79  was  equally  celebrated  by  the  Judeo- 
Christian  seers,  and  provoked  a  species  of  recru 
descence  of  the  Apocalyptic  spirit.  The  Judaising 
sects  especially  considered  the  catastrophe  of  the 
Italian  towns  thus  swallowed  up  as  the  punishment 
for  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem.  The  blows  which 
continued  to  rain  upon  the  world  were,  to  a  certain 
point,  the  justification  for  such  imaginings.  The 
terror  produced  by  these  phenomena  was  extra 
ordinary.  Half  of  the  pages  of  Dion  Cassius  which 
remain  to  us  are  consecrated  to  prophecies.  The  year 
80  witnessed  the  greatest  fire  Rome  had  ever  seen,  save 
that  of  the  year  64.  It  lasted  for  three  days  and 
three  nights:  the  whole  district  of  the  Capitol  and 
the  Pantheon  was  destroyed.  A  frightful  pestilence 
ravaged  the  world  about  the  same  time;  it  was 
believed  to  be  the  most  terrible  epidemic  ever  known. 
The  tremblings  of  the  earth  spread  terror  everywhere ; 
famine  oppressed  the  nations. 

Would  Titus  keep  to  the  end  his  promise  of  good 
ness  ?  That  was  the  question.  Many  pretended  that 
the  part  of  "  delight  of  the  human  race  "  is  difficult  to 
maintain,  and  that  the  new  Caesar  would  follow  in 
the  footsteps  of  Tiberius,  of  Caligula,  and  of  the  Neros, 
who  after  having  begun  well  finished  most  badly. 
Souls  absolutely  given  over  to  the  stoic  philosophy, 
like  those  of  Antoninus  and  Marcus  Aurelius,  were 
required  by  those  who  would  not  succumb  to  the 
temptations  of  a  boundless  power.  The  character  of 
Titus  was  of  a  rare  quality  ;  his  attempt  to  reign  by 
goodness,  his  noble  illusions  as  to  the  humanity  of 
his  times,  were  something  liberal  and  touching ;  his 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  79 

morality  was  not,  however,  of  a  perfect  solidity;  it 
was  forced.  He  repressed  his  vanity  and  forced  him 
self  to  propose  purely  objective  aims  in  life.  But  a 
philosophical  and  virtuous  temperament  is  of  more 
value  than  a  ready-made  morality.  The  tempera 
ment  does  not  change ;  morality  of  that  kind  may  do 
so.  It  might  be  that  the  goodness  of  Titus  was  only 
the  effect  of  an  arrested  development ;  it  was  asked  if 
in  the  course  of  years  he  was  not  likely  to  become 
such  another  as  Domitian. 

These,  however,  were  only  retrospective  apprehen 
sions.  Death  came  to  withdraw  Titus  from  a  trial 
which  might  have  been  fatal  had  it  been  too  prolonged. 
His  health  failed  visibly.  At  every  instant  he  wept 
as  if,  after  having  attained  the  highest  rank  in  the 
world,  he  saw  the  frivolity  of  all  things  in  spite  of 
appearances.  Once  especially,  at  the  end  of  the  cere 
mony  of  the  inauguration  of  the  Coliseum,  he  burst 
into  tears  before  the  people.  In  his  last  journey  to 
Rhsetum  he  was  overwhelmed  with  sadness.  At  one 
moment  he  was  seen  to  draw  back  the  curtains  of 
his  litter,  to  look  at  the  sky,  and  to  swear  that  he 
had  not  deserved  death.  Perhaps  it  was  the  wasting, 
the  enervation  produced  by  the  part  which  he  chose 
to  play,  the  life  of  debauchery  which  he  had  lived  at 
various  times  before  attaining  to  the  Empire,  that  was 
the  cause  of  this.  Perhaps  also  it  was  the  protest 
which  a  noble  soul  had  in  such  a  time  the  right  to 
raise  against  destiny.  His  nature  was  sentimental 
and  amiable.  The  frightful  wickedness  of  his  brother 
killed  him.  He  saw  clearly  that  if  he  did  not  take 
the  initiative,  Domitian  would.  To  have  dreamed  of 
the  empire  of  the  world,  to  make  himself  adored  by 
it,  to  see  his  dream  accomplished,  and  then  to  see  its 
vanity,  and  to  recognise  that  in  politics  good  nature 
is  a  mistake ;  to  see  evil  rise  before  him  in  the  form 
of  a  monster,  saying,  "  Kill  me  or  I  will  kill  you ! ' 
What  a  trial' for  a  good  heart!  Titus  had  not  the 


80  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

hardness  of  a  Tiberius,  or  the  resignation  of  a  Marcus 
Aurelius.  Let  it  be  remembered  also  that  his 
hygenic  regime  was  the  worst  conceivable  At  all 
times,  and  especially  in  his  house  near  Rhsetum,  where 
the  waters  were  very  cold,  Titus  took  baths  sufficient 
to  kill  the  most  robust  of  men.  All  this  assuredly 
renders  it  unnecessary  to  suppose  that  his  premature 
death  was  the  effect  of  poison.  Domitian  was  not  a 
fratricide  in  the  material  sense;  he  became  one 
through  his  hatred,  his  jealousy,  his  undisguised 
desires.  His  attitude  after  the  death  of  his  father 
was  a  perpetual  conspiracy.  Titus  had  scarcely  given 
up  the  ghost  when  Domitian  obliged  all  those  about 
him  to  abandon  him  as  dead,  and,  mounting  his  horse, 
hurried  to  the  camp  of  the  Praetorian  Guard. 

The  world  mourned  but  Israel  triumphed.  That 
unexplained  death  from  exhaustion  and  philosophical 
melancholy,  was  it  not  a  manifest  judgment  from 
heaven  upon  the  destroyer  of  the  Temple  —  the 
guiltiest  man  the  world  had  yet  seen  ?  The  rabbinical 
legend  on  this  subject  took  as  usual  a  puerile  turn 
which,  however,  was  not  wholly  without  justice. 
"  Titus  the  wicked,"  said  the  Agadists,  "  died  through 
the  bite  of  a  fly  which  introduced  itself  into  his  brain 
and  killed  him  amidst  atrocious  tortures."  Always 
the  dupes  of  popular  reports,  the  Jews  and  the  Chris 
tians  of  the  time  generally  believed  in  the  fratricide. 
According  to  them,  the  cruel  Domitian,  the  murderer 
of  Clemens,  the  persecutor  of  the  saints,  was  more 
than  the  assassin  of  his  brother,  and  that  foundation, 
like  the  parricide  of  Nero,  became  one  of  the  bases 
of  a  new  apocalyptic  symbolism,  as  we  shall  see 
somewhat  later  on. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION. 

CHAPTER   IX. 

PROPAGATION  OF  CHRISTIANITY — EGYPT — SIBYLLISM. 

THE  tolerance  which  Christianity  enjoyed  under  the 
reign  of  the  Flavii  was  eminently  favourable  to  its 
development.  Antioch,  Ephesus,  Corinth,  Rome,  especi 
ally,  were  the  active  centres  where  the  name  of  Jesus 
became  every  day  more  and  more  important,  and  from 
which  the  new  faith  shone  out.  If  we  except  the 
exclusive  Ebionites  of  Batanea,  the  relations  between 
the  Judeo-Christians  and  the  converted  Pagans  be 
came  every  day  more  easy ;  prejudices  were  set  aside  ; 
a  fusion  was  wrought.  In  many  important  towns 
there  were  two  Presbyteries  and  two  Episcopi,  one  for 
Christians  of  Jewish  extraction,  the  other  for  the 
faithful  of  Pagan  origin.  It  is  supposed  that  the 
Episcopos  of  the  converted  Pagans  had  been  instituted 
by  St  Paul,  and  the  other  by  some  apostle  of  Jeru 
salem.  It  is  true  that  in  the  third  and  fourth  cen 
turies  this  hypothesis  was  abused,  in  order  that  the 
Churches  might  escape  from  the  difficulty  in  which 
they  found  themselves  when  they  sought  to  found  a 
regular  succession  of  bishops  with  antagonistic  ele 
ments  of  tradition.  Nevertheless,  the  double  character 
of  the  two  Churches  appears  to  have  been  a  real  fact. 
Such  was  the  diversity  of  education  of  the  two  sections 
of  the  Christian  community,  that  the  same  pastor 
could  scarcely  give  to  both  the  teaching  of  which  they 
stood  in  need. 

Matters  fell  out  thus  especially  when,  as  at  Antioch, 
the  difference  of  origin  was  joined  with  difference  of 
language,  where  one  of  the  groups  spoke  Syriac  and 
the  other  Greek.  Antioch  appears  to  have  had  two 
successions  of  Presbyteri,  one  belonging  in  theory  to 
St  Peter,  the  other  to  St  Paul.  The  constitution  of 
the  two  lists  was  managed  in  the  same  way  as  the 


82  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

lists  of  the  Bishops  of  Rome.  They  took  the  oldest 
names  of  the  Presbyteri  whom  they  remembered,  that 
of  a  certain  Evhode  much  respected — that  of  Igna 
tius  who  was  greatly  celebrated — and  put  them  at 
the  heads  of  the  files  of  the  two  series.  Ignatius 
died  only  under  the  reign  of  Trajan ;  St  Paul  saw 
Antioch  for  the  last  time  in  54.  The  same  thing  then 
happened  for  Ignatius  as  for  Clement,  for  Papias  and 
for  a  great  number  of  personages  of  the  second  and 
third  Christian  generations — the  dates  were  garbled, 
so  that  they  might  be  supposed  to  have  received  from 
the  Apostles  their  institution  or  their  teaching. 

Egypt,  which  for  a  long  time  was  much  behind-hand 
in  the  matter  of  Christianity,  probably  received  the 
germ  of  the  new  faith  under  the  Flavii.    The  tradition 
of  the  preaching  of  St  Mark  at  Alexandria  is  one  of 
those  tardy  inventions  by  which  the  great  Churches 
sought  to  give  themselves  an  Apostolic  antiquity.    The 
general  outline  of  the  life  of  St  Mark  is  well  known ; 
it  is  in  Rome  and  not  in  Alexandria  that  it  must  be 
sought.     When  all  the  great  Churches  pretended  to 
an  Apostolic  foundation,  the  Church  of  Alexandria, 
already  very  considerable,  wished  to  supply  titles  of 
nobility  which  it  did  not  possess.    Mark  was  almost  the 
only  one  amongst  the  personages  of  Apostolic  history 
who  had  not  yet  been  appropriated.     In  reality  the 
cause  of  the  absence  of  the  name  of  Egypt  from  the 
narrative  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  and  from  the 
Epistles  of  St  Paul  is  that  Egypt  had  a  sort  of  pre- 
Christianity  which  long  held  it  closed  against  Chris 
tianity  properly  so  called.     She  had  Philo,  she  had 
the  Therapeutes,  that  is  to  say,  doctrines  so  like  those 
which  grew  up  in  Judea  and  Galilee  that  it  was  un 
necessary  for  her  to  lend  an  attentive  ear -to  the  latter. 
Later,  it  was  maintained  that  the  Therapeutes  were 
nothing  else  than  the  Christians  of  St  Mark,  whose 
kind  of  life  Philo  had  described.     It  was  a  strange 
hallucination.    In  a  certain  sense,  however,  this  bizarre. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  83 

confusion  was  not  altogether  so  devoid  of  truth  as 
might  be  imagined  at  the  first  glance. 

Christianity  appears  indeed  to  have  had  a  very  un 
decided  character  in  Egypt  for  a  long  time.  The 
members  of  the  old  Therapeutic  communities  of  Lake 
Narcotis,  if  their  existence  must  be  admitted,  ought 
to  appear  like  saints  to  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  the  Exe- 
getas  of  the  school  of  Philo,  like  Apollos,  marched  side 
by  side  with  Christianity,  entered  into  it  even  without 
staying  there  ;  the  other  Alexandrine  Jewish  authors 
of  the  apocryphal  books  shared  largely,  it  is  said,  in 
the  ideas  which  prevailed  in  the  Council  of  Jerusalem. 
When  the  Jews,  animated,  it  is  said,  by  like  senti 
ments,  heard  Jesus  spoken  of,  it  was  unnecessary  that 
they  should  be  converted  in  order  to  sympathise  with 
his  disciples.  The  confraternity  established  itself. 
A  curious  monument  of  the  spirit,  peculiar  to  Egypt, 
has  been  preserved  in  one  of  the  Sibylline  poems — a 
poem  dated  with  great  precision  from  the  reign  of 
Titus  or  one  of  the  first  years  of  Domitian,  which  the 
critics  have  been  able,  with  almost  equal  reason,  to 
accept  as  Christian  on  the  one  hand  and  Essenian  or 
Therapeutic  on  the  other.  The  truth  is  that  the 
author  was  a  Jewish  sectary,  floating  between  Christi 
anity,  Baptism,  Essenism,  and  inspired, before  all  things, 
by  the  dominant  idea  of  the  Sibyllists,  who  were  the 
first  preachers  of  monotheism  to  the  Pagans,  and  of 
morality,  under  cover  of  a  simplified  Judaism. 

Sibyllism  was  born  in  Alexandria  about  the  time 
when  apocalypticism  came  into  existence  in  Palestine. 
The  two  parallel  theories  owed  their  existence  to 
analogous  spiritual  conditions.  One  of  the  laws  of 
every  apocalypse  is  the  attribution  of  the  work  to 
some  celebrity  of  past  times.  The  opinion  of  the 
present  day  is  that  the  list  of  great  prophets  is  closed, 
and  that  no  modern  can  pretend  to  equal  the  ancient 
inspired  ones.  What  then  was  a  man  to  do  who  was 
possessed  with  the  idea  of  producing  his  thought  and 


84  THE  GOSPELS 

giving  to  it  the  authority  which  would  be  lacking  if 
he  published  it  as  his  own  ?  He  takes  the  mantle  of 
an  ancient  man  of  God  and  boldly  puts  forth  his  book 
under  the  shelter  of  a  venerated  name.  The  forger 
who,  to  expound  an  idea  which  he  thinks  just,  abne 
gates  his  own  personality  in  this  way,  has  not  a 
shadow  of  scruple.  Far  from  believing  that  he  in 
jures  the  antique  sage  whose  name  he  takes,  he  thinks 
he  does  him  honour  by  attributing  to  him  good  and 
beautiful  thoughts.  And  as  to  the  public  to  whom 
these  writings  were  addressed,  the  complete  absence 
of  criticism  prevented  anyone  from  raising  a  shadow 
of  objection.  In  Palestine  the  authorities  chosen  to 
serve  as  name-lenders  to  these  new  revelations  were 
real  or  fictitious  personages  whose  holiness  was  known 
to  and  admitted  by  all — Daniel,  Enoch,  Moses,  Solomon, 
Baruch,  Esdras.  At  Alexandria,  where  the  Jews  were 
initiated  into  the  Greek  literature,  and  where  they 
aspired  to  exercise  an  intellectual  and  moral  influence 
over  the  Pagans,  the  forgers  chose  renowned  Greek 
philosophers  or  moralists.  It  is  thus  that  we  see 
Aristobalus  alleging  false  quotations  from  Homer, 
Hesiod,  and  Linus,  and  that  there  was  soon  a  pseudo- 
Orpheus,  a  pseudo-Pythagoras,  an  aprocryphal  corre 
spondence  of  Heraclites,  a  moral  poem  attributed  to 
Phocylides.  The  object  of  all  these  works  was  the 
same ;  they  preached  deism  to  idolators  and  the 
precepts  known  as  Noachian,  that  is  to  say,  Judaism 
mitigated  for  their  use  or  reduced  almost  to  the  pro 
portions  of  the  natural  law.  Two  or  three  observ 
ances  only  were  retained  which  in  the  eyes  of  the 
most  liberal  Jews  passed  almost  as  forming  part  of 
the  natural  law. 

The  Sibyls  present  themselves  to  the  mind  as  forgers 
in  search  of  incontestable  authorities  under  cover  of 
whom  they  may  present  themselves  to  the  Greeks  the 
ideas  which  were  dear  to  them.  They  already  circu 
lated  little  poems,  pretended  Cumseans,  Erythaeans, 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  85 

full  of  threats,  prophesying  calamities  to  different 
countries.  These  dicta,  which  had  a  great  effect  on 
the  popular  imagination,  especially  when  fortuitous 
coincidences  appeared  to  justify  them,  were  conceived 
in  the  old  epic  hexameter,  in  a  language  which  affected 
a  resemblance  to  that  of  Homer.  The  Jewish  forgers 
adopted  the  same  rhythm,  and,  the  better  to  deceive 
credulous  people,  they  served  in  their  text  some  of 
those  threats  which  they  thought  in  harmony  with 
the  character  of  the  ancient  prophetic  virgins. 

Sibyllism  was  thus  the  form  of  the  Alexandrine 
Apocalypse.  When  a  Jew — a  friend  of  the  good  and 
of  the  true  in  that  tolerant  and  sympathetic  school — 
wished  to  address  warnings  or  counsels  to  the  Pagans, 
he  made  one  of  the  prophetesses  of  the  Pagan  world 
to  speak,  to  give  to  his  utterances  a  force  which  they 
would  not  otherwise  have  had.  He  took  the  tone  of 
the  Erythsean  oracles,  forced  himself  to  imitate  the 
traditional  style  of  the  prophetic  poetry  of  the  Greeks, 
provided  himself  with  some  of  these  versified  threats 
which  made  a  great  impression  on  the  people,  and 
framed  the  whole  in  pious  utterances.  Let  us  repeat 
it — such  frauds  with  a  good  object  were  in  no  way 
repugnant  to  anybody.  By  the  side  of  the  Jewish 
manufactory  of  false  classics,  the  art  of  which  con 
sisted  in  putting  into  the  mouths  of  Greek  philo 
sophers  and  moralists  the  maxims  which  they  were 
desirous  of  inculcating,  there  was  established  in  the 
second  century  before  Christ  a  pseudo-Sibyllism  in 
the  interest  of  the  same  ideas.  In  the  time  of  the 
Flavii,  an  Alexandrine  looked  up  the  long  interrupted 
tradition  and  added  some  new  pages  to  the  former 
oracles.  These  pages  are  of  a  remarkable  beauty. 

Happy  is  he  who  wui  ships  the  Great  God,  him  whom  human 
hands  have  not  made,  who  hath  no  temple,  whom  mortal  eye 
cannot  see  nor  hand  measure.  Happy  are  those  who  pray  before 
they  eat,  and  before  they  drink ;  who,  at  sight  of  the  temples 
make  a  sign  of  protestation,  and  who  turn  away  with  horror 


86  THE  GOSPELS  AND  • 

from  the  altars  bedabbled  with  blood.  Murder,  shameful  gain, 
adultery,  the  crimes  against  nature,  do  they  hold  in  horror. 
Other  men  given  over  to  their  perverse  desires  run  after  these 
holy  men  with  laughter  and  with  insult ;  in  their  madness  they 
charge  them  with  the  crimes  of  which  they  themselves  have 
been  guilty ;  but  the  judgment  of  God  shall  be  accomplished. 
The  impious  shall  be  cast  into  darkness,  but  the  godly  shall 
dwell  in  a  fertile  land,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  shall  give  to  them 
light  and  grace. 

After  this  exordium  came  the  essential  parts  of 
every  apocalypse ;  first  a  theory  concerning  the  suc 
cession  of  empires — a  species  of  philosophy  of  history 
imitated  from  Daniel ;  then  signs  in  heaven,  trem 
blings  of  the  earth,  islands  emerging  from  the  depths  of 
the  sea,  wars,  famines,  and  all  the  preparations  which 
announce  the  coming  of  God's  judgment.  The  author 
particularly  mentions  the  earthquake  at  Laodicsea  in 
60 ;  that  of  Myra ;  the  invasions  of  the  sea  at  Lycia, 
which  took  place  in  68.  The  sufferings  of  Jerusalem 
then  appeared  to  him.  A  powerful  king,  the  mur 
derer  of  his  mother,  flees  from  Italy,  ignored,  unknown, 
under  the  disguise  of  a  slave,  and  takes  refuge  beyond 
the  Euphrates.  There  he  waits  in  hiding  whilst  the 
candidates  for  the  Empire  make  bloody  war.  A 
Roman  chief  will  deliver  the  Temple  to  the  flames  and 
will  destroy  the  Jewish  nation.  The  bowels  of  Italy 
will  be  torn ;  a  flame  will  come  out  of  her  and  will 
mount  to  heaven,  destroying  the  cities,  consuming 
thousands  of  men ;  a  black  dust  will  fill  the  air ; 
lapilli  like  vermillion  red  will  fall  from  heaven. 
Then  it  may  be  hoped  men  will  recognise  the  wrath 
of  God  Most  High,  the  wrath  which  has  fallen  on 
them  because  they  have  destroyed  the  innocent  tribe 
of  pious  men.  As  the  topstone  of  misfortune,  the 
fugitive  king,  hidden  behind  the  Euphrates,  will 
draw  his  great  sword  and  will  recross  the  Euphrates 
with  myriads  of  men. 

It  will  be  remarked  how  immediately  this  work 
follows  the  Apocalypse  of  St  John.  Taking  up  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  87 

ideas  of  the  seer  of  68  or  69,  the  Sibyllist  of  81  or  82, 
confirmed  in  his  dark  previsions  by  the  eruption  of 
Vesuvius,  revives  the  popular  belief  of  Nero  living 
beyond  the  Euphrates,  and  announces  his  immediate 
return.  Some  indications  exist  that  there  was  a  false 
Nero  under  Titus.  A  more  serious  attempt  was  made 
in  88,  and  nearly  brought  about  a  war  with  the 
Parthians.  The  prophecy  of  our  Sibyllist  is  without 
doubt  prior  to  that  date.  He  announces  in  effect  a 
terrible  war ;  now  the  affair  of  the  false  Nero  under 
Titus,  if  it  ever  occurred,  was  not  serious,  and  as  to  the 
false  Nero  of  88,  he  created  nothing  more  than  a  false 
alarm. 

When  piety,  faith,  and  justice  shall  have  entirely 
disappeared,  when  no  one  will  care  for  pious  men, 
when  all  will  seek  to  kill  them,  taking  pleasure  in 
insulting  them,  plunging  their  hands  in  their  blood, 
then  will  be  seen  an  end  to  the  Divine  patience ; 
trembling  with  wrath,  God  will  annihilate  the  human 
race  with  fire. 

Ah  !  wretched  mortals  !  change  your  conduct ;  do  not  force 
the  great  God  to  the  last  outbreak  of  his  wrath  ;  leaving  your 
swords,  your  quarrels,  your  murders,  your  violence,  wash  your 
whole  bodies  in  running  water,  and,  lifting  up  your  hands  to 
Heaven,  ask  pardon  for  your  sins  that  are  past,  and  with  your 
prayers  heal  yourselves  of  your  dreadful  impieties.  Then  will 
God  repent  him  of  his  threat,  and  will  not  destroy  you.  His 
wrath  shall  be  appeased  if  you  cultivate  this  precious  piety  in 
your  hearts.  But  if  you  persist  in  your  evil  mind ;  if  you  do 
not  obey  me,  and  if,  nursing  your  madness,  you  receive  these 
warnings  ill,  fire  shall  spread  itself  upon  the  earth,  and  these 
shall  be  the  signs  of  it.  At  the  rising  of  the  sun  there  shall  be 
sounds  in  the  heavens  and  the  noise  of  trumpets  ;  the  whole 
earth  shall  hear  bellowings  and  a  terrible  uproar.  Fire  shall 
burn  the  earth  ;  the  whole  race  of  man  shall  perish,  and  the 
world  shall  be  reduced  to  small  dust. 

When  all  shall  be  in  ashes,  and  God  shall  have  put  out  the 
great  fire  which  he  had  kindled,  then  shall  the  Almighty  re 
store  form  to  the  dust  and  bones  of  men,  and  restore  man  as  he 
was  l<efore.  Then  shall  come  the  Judgment,  when  God  himself 
ahall  judge  the  world.  Those  who  remain  hardened  in  their 


88  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

wickedness,  the  earth  spread  upon  their  heads  shall  recover 
them  ;  they  shall  be  cast  into  the  abysses  of  Tartarus  and  of 
Jehannum,  sister  of  Styx.  But  those  who  have  lived  a  pious 
and  godly  life  shall  live  again  in  the  world  of  the  Great  and 
Eternal  God,  in  the  bosom  of  imperishable  happiness,  and  God 
shall  give  them,  to  reward  their  piety,  spirit,  life,  and  grace. 
Then  all  shall  see  themselves,  and  their  eyes  shall  behold  the 
nndying  light  of  a  sun  that  shall  never  go  down.  Blessed  is  the 
man  who  shall  see  those  days  ! 

Was  the  author  of  this  poem  a  Christian  ?  He  cer 
tainly  was  one  at  heart,  but  he  was  one  also  by  his 
style.  The  critics  who  see  in  this  fragment  the  work 
of  a  disciple  of  Jesus,  support  their  view  principally 
upon  the  invitation  to  the  Gentiles  to  be  converted 
and  to  wash  their  whole  bodies  in  the  rivers.  But 
baptism  was  not  an  exclusively  Christian  rite.  There 
were  by  the  side  of  Christianity  sects  of  Baptists,  of 
Hemero-Baptists,  with  whom  the  Sibylline  verse  would 
agree  better,  since  Christian  baptism  can  be  adminis 
tered  but  once,  whilst  the  baptism  mentioned  in  the 
poem  would  seem  to  have  been  like  the  prayer  which 
accompanied  it,  a  pious  practice  for  the  washing  away 
of  sin,  a  sacrament  which  might  be  renewed,  and  which 
the  penitent  administered  to  himself.  What  would 
be  altogether  inconceivable  is  that  in  a  Christian 
apocalypse  of  nearly  two  hundred  verses  written  at 
the  beginning  of  the  age  of  Domitian  there  was  not 
a  single  word  about  the  resurrection  of  Jesus  or  of 
the  coming  of  the  Son  of  Man  in  the  clouds  to  judge 
the  quick  and  the  dead.  If  we  add  to  that  the  em 
ployment  of  mythological  expressions,  of  which  there 
is  no  example  in  the  first  century,  an  artificial  style 
which  is  a  pasticcio  of  the  old  Homeric  style  which 
takes  for  granted  a  study  of  the  profane  poets  and 
a  long  stay  in  the  schools  of  the  grammarians  of  Alex 
andria,  our  case  is  complete. 

The  Sibylline  literature  appears  then  to  have  origin 
ated  amongst  the  Essenian  or  Therapeutic  communities; 
now  the  Therapeutists,  the  Essenians,  the  Baptists,  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  89 

Sibyllists,  lived  in  an  order  of  ideas  very  like  that  of 
the  Christians,  and  differing  from  them  only  on  the 
point  of  the  worship  of  the  person  of  Jesus.  Later 
on,  without  doubt,  all  these  sects  were  merged  in  the 
Church.  More  and  more  but  two  classes  of  Jews 
came  to  be  left ;  on  the  one  hand,  the  Jew  who  was 
a  strict  observer  of  the  Law — Talmudist,  Casuist, 
Pharisee,  in  a  word ;  on  the  other,  the  liberal  Jew  who 
reduced  Judaism  to  a  sort  of  natural  religion  open 
to  virtuous  Pagans.  About  the  year  80  there  were, 
especially  in  Egypt,  sects  which  took  up  this  position 
without,  however,  adhering  to  Jesus.  Soon  there  will 
be  more,  and  the  Christian  Church  will  include  all 
those  who  wish  to  withdraw  themselves  from  the 
excessive  demands  of  the  Law,  without  ceasing  to 
belong  to  the  spiritual  family  of  Abraham. 

The  book  numbered  fourth  in  the  Sibylline  collec 
tion  is  not  the  only  one  of  its  class  which  the  period 
of  Domitian  may  have  produced.  The  fragment 
which  serves  as  the  preface  to  the  entire  collection, 
and  which  has  been  preserved  for  us  by  Theophilus, 
Bishop  of  Antioch  (end  of  second  century),  greatly  re 
sembles  the  fourth  book,  and  ends  in  the  same  way : 
"  A  torrent  of  fire  will  fall  upon  you ;  burning  torches 
will  scorch  you  through  all  eternity ;  but  those  who 
have  worshipped  the  true  and  infinite  God,  shall 
inherit  life  for  ever,  dwelling  in  the  free  and  laughing 
garden  of  Paradise,  and  eating  the  sweet  bread  which 
shall  fall  from  the  starry  skies."  This  fragment 
appears  at  first  sight  to  present  in  some  expressions 
indications  of  Christianity,  but  expressions  altogether 
analogous  may  be  found  in  Philo.  The  nascent 
Christianity  had  outside  the  divine  aspect  lent  to  it 
by  the  person  of  Jesus  so  few  features  specially 
proper  to  it,  that  the  rigid  distinction  between  what 
is  Christian  and  what  is  not,  becomes  at  times 
extremely  delicate. 

A  characteristic  detail  of  the  Sibylline  Apocalypses 


90  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

is  that,  according  to  them,  the  world  will  finish  by  a 
conflagration.  Many  passages  in  the  Bible  lead  to 
this  idea.  Nevertheless,  it  is  not  found  in  the  great 
Christian  Apocalypse  attributed  to  John.  The  first 
trace  of  it,  found  amongst  the  Christians,  is  in  the 
Second  Epistle  of  Peter,  written,  it  is  supposed,  at  a 
very  late  date.  The  belief  thus  appears  to  have 
sprung  up  in  Alexandrian  centres,  and  we  are  justified 
in  believing  that  it  came  in  part  from  the  Greek 
philosophy;  many  schools,  particularly  the  Stoics, 
held  it  as  a  principle  that  the  world  would  be  con 
sumed  by  fire.  The  Essenes  had  adopted  the  same 
opinion ;  it  became,  in  some  sort,  the  basis  of  all  the 
writings  attributed  to  the  Sibyl,  so  long  as  that 
literary  fiction  continued  to  serve  as  a  skeleton  for 
the  dreams  of  unquiet  minds  as  to  the  future.  It  is 
there  and  in  the  writings  of  the  psuedo  Hytasper 
that  the  Christian  doctors  found  it.  Such  was  the 
authority  of  these  supposed  oracles,  that  they  were 
accepted  as  inspired,  with  the  utmost  simplicity.  The 
imagination  of  the  Pagan  crowd  was  haunted  by 
terrors  of  the  same  kind,  utilised  by  more  than  one 
impostor. 

Ananias,  Avilius,  Cerdon,  Primus,  who  are  described 
as  the  successors  of  St  Mark,  were  without  doubt  old 
presbyters  whose  names  had  been  preserved  and  of 
whom  bishops  were  made  when  the  divine  origin  of 
the  episcopate  was  recognised,  and  when  every  see 
was  expected  to  show  an  unbroken  succession  of  pre 
sidents  up  to  the  apostolic  personage  who  was  ac 
credited  with  its  foundation.  Whatever  it  may  have 
been,  the  Church  of  Alexandria  appears  to  have  been 
from  the  first  of  a  very  isolated  character.  It  was 
exceedingly  anti-Jewish ;  it  is  from  its  bosom  that  we 
shall  see  emerge,  in  the  course  of  the  next  fourteen 
or  fifteen  years,  the  most  energetic  manifesto  of  sepa 
ration  between  Judaism  and  Christianity,  the  treatise 
known  by  the  name  of  "  the  Epistle  of  Barnabas."  It 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  91 

will  be  a  different  matter  in  fifty  years,  when  gnos 
ticism  shall  be  born  there  proclaiming  that  Judaism 
was  the  work  of  an  evil  God,  and  that  the  essential 
mission  of  Jesus  was  to  dethrone  Jehovah.  The  im 
portance  of  Alexandria,  or,  if  you  choose,  of  Egypt, 
in  the  development  of  Christian  theology,  will  then 
clearly  describe  itself.  A  new  Christ  will  appear 
resembling  the  Christ  whom  we  know,  just  as  the 
parables  of  Galilee  resemble  the  myths  of  Osiris  or 
the  symbolism  of  the  mother  of  Apis. 


CHAPTER   X. 

THE  GREEK  GOSPEL  IS  CORRECTED  AND  COMPLETED 
(MATTHEW). 

THE  defects  and  omissions  in  the  Gospel  of  Mark 
became  every  day  more  obnoxious.  Those  who  knew 
the  beautiful  addresses  of  Jesus  as  they  appeared  in  the 
Syro-Chaldaic  Scriptures,  regretted  the  dryness  of  the 
narrative  based  on  the  tradition  of  Peter.  Not  only 
did  the  most  beautiful  of  his  preachings  appear  in  a 
truncated  form,  but  parts  of  the  life  of  Jesus,  which 
had  come  to  be  recognised  as  essential,  were  altogether 
omitted.  Peter,  faithful  to  the  old  ideas  of  the  first 
Christian  century,  attached  little  importance  to  the 
story  of  the  childhood  and  to  the  genealogies.  Now 
it  was  especially  with  respect  to  those  things  that  the 
Christian  imagination  laboured.  A  crowd  of  new 
narratives  sprang  up ;  a  complete  Gospel  was  demanded, 
which  to  all  that  Mark  embodied  should  be  added  all 
that  the  best  traditionists  of  the  East  knew,  or  believed 
they  knew. 

Such   was   the   origin  of   our   text  "according  to 
Matthew."     The  author  has  taken  as  the  foundation 


92  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  his  work  the  Gospel  of  Mark.  He  follows  him  in 
his  order,  in  his  general  plan,  in  his  characteristic 
forms  of  expression,  in  a  way  which  does  not  leave  it 
open  to  doubt  that  he  had  beneath  his  eyes,  or  in  his 
memory,  the  work  of  his  predecessor.  The  coinci 
dences  in  the  smallest  details  throughout  entire  pages 
are  so  literal,  that  one  is  tempted  at  times  to  declare 
that  the  author  possessed  a  manuscript  of  Mark.  On 
the  other  hand,  certain  changes  of  words,  numerous 
transpositions,  certain  omissions,  the  reason  for  which 
it  is  not  easy  to  explain,  lead  rather  to  the  belief  that 
the  work  was  done  from  memory.  The  matter  is  of 
small  consequence.  What  is  important  is  that  the 
text  said  to  be  of  Matthew  supposes  that  of  Mark  as 
pre-existing,  and  requiring  only  to  be  completed.  He 
completes  it  in  two  ways,  first  by  inserting  in  it  the 
long  discourses  which  make  the  Hebrew  Gospels 
precious,  then  by  adding  to  it  traditions  of  more 
modern  origin,  fruits  of  the  successive  development  of 
the  legend,  and  to  which  the  Christian  conscience 
already  attached  an  infinite  value.  The  last  version 
has,  besides,  much  unity  of  style ;  a  single  hand  has 
presided  over  the  very  various  fragments  which  have 
entered  into  its  composition.  This  unity  leads  to  the 
belief  that  for  the  parts  engrafted  upon  Mark  the  editor 
worked  from  the  Hebrew;  if  he  had  made  a  translation, 
we  should  feel  the  differences  of  style  between  the 
foundation  and  the  intercalated  parts.  Besides,  the 
taste  of  the  times  was  rather  towards  new  versions 
than  to  translations  properly  so  called.  The  biblical 
citations  of  the  pseudo-Matthew  suppose  at  once  the 
use  of  a  Hebrew  text,  or  of  an  Aramaic  Targum,  and 
of  the  version  of  the  Seventy  (the  Septuagint) :  a  part 
of  his  exegesis  has  no  meaning  save  in  Hebrew. 

The  fashion  in  which  the  author  managed  the  inter 
calation  of  the  great  discourses  of  Jesus  is  singular. 
Whether  he  takes  them  from  the  collections  of  sentences 
which  may  have  existed  at  a  certain  period  of  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  93 

evangelic  tradition,  or  whether  he  takes  them  ready 
made  from  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  these  dis 
courses  are  inserted  by  him  like  great  parentheses  in 
the  narrative  of  Mark,  into  which  he  cuts  as  it  were 
grooves.  The  chief  of  these  discourses,  the  Sermon 
on  the  Mount,  is  evidently  composed  of  parts  which 
have  no  natural  connection,  and  which  have  been 
only  artificially  brought  together.  The  twenty-third 
chapter  contains  all  that  tradition  has  preserved  of 
the  reproaches  which  Jesus  on  various  occasions 
addressed  to  the  Pharisees.  The  seven  parables  of  the 
thirteenth  chapter  were  certainly  never  uttered  by 
Jesus  on  the  same  day,  and  one  after  another.  Let  us 
take  a  familiar  illustration,  which  alone  renders  our 
meaning.  There  were,  before  the  issue  of  the  first 
Gospel,  bundles  of  discourses  and  parables  where  the 
words  of  Jesus  were  classified  for  purely  external 
reasons.  The  author  of  the  first  Gospel  found  those 
bundles  ready  made  up,  and  inserted  them  into  the 
text  of  Mark,  which  served  him  as  a  canvas  all  tied 
up  together  without  breaking  the  thread  which  bound 
them.  Sometimes  the  text  of  Mark,  brief  though  the 
discourses  have  been  made,  contains  some  parts  of  the 
sermons  which  the  new  editor  took  bodily  from  the 
collection  of  the  Logia,  hence  some  repetitions. 
Generally  the  new  editor  cares  little  about  those 
repetitions ;  sometimes  he  avoids  them  by  retrench 
ments,  transpositions,  and  certain  little  niceties  of 
style. 

The  insertion  of  traditions  unknown  to  the  old  Mark 
is  done  by  the  pseudo-Matthew  by  yet  more  violent 
processes.  In  possession  of  some  accounts  of  miracles 
or  of  healings  of  which  he  does  not  perceive  the  iden 
tity  with  those  which  are  already  told  by  Mark,  the 
author  prefers  telling  the  story  twice  over,  to  omitting 
any  particular.  He  desires,  before  all  things,  to  be 
complete,  and  he  does  not  disquiet  himself  lest  he 
should  stumble  in  thus  arranging  portions  of  various 


94  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

productions  with  contradictions  and  the  difficulties  of 
narration.  Hence  these  circumstances,  obscure  at  the 
moment  when  they  are  introduced,  which  are  only 
explained  by  the  course  of  the  work  ;  these  allusions 
to  events  of  which  nothing  is  said  in  the  historical 
part.  Hence  the  singular  doublets  which  characterise 
the  first  Gospel :  two  cures  of  two  blind  men  ;  two 
cures  of  a  dumb  demoniac;  two  multiplications  of 
bread  ;  two  demands  for  a  sign  from  heaven  ;  two  in- 
vectives  against  scandals ;  two  sentences  on  divorce. 
Hence,  also,  perhaps,  that  method  of  proceeding  by 
couples  which  produces  the  effect  of  a  sort  of  dupli 
cate  narrative  ;  two  blind  men  of  Jericho  and  two 
other  blind  men  ;  two  demoniacs  of  the  Gergesenes ; 
two  disciples  of  John ;  two  disciples  of  Jesus ;  two 
brothers.  The  harmonistic  exegesis  produces  hence 
its  usual  results  of  redundance  and  heaviness.  At 
other  times  the  cut  is  seen  to  be  quite  fresh,  the  opera 
tion  of  the  grafting  by  which  the  addition  is  made. 
Thus  the  miracle  of  Peter — a  story  which  Mark  does 
not  give — is  intercalated  between  Mark  vi.  50  and  51 
in  such  a  way  that  the  edges  of  the  wound  are  still 
raw.  It  is  the  same  with  the  miracle  of  the  tribute 
money ;  with  Judas  pointing  himself  out  and  ques 
tioned  by  Jesus ;  with  Jesus  rebuking  the  stroke  of 
Peter's  sword  ;  with  the  suicide  of  Judas  ;  with  the 
dream  of  Pilate's  wife,  etc.  If  we  cut  out  all  these 
details,  the  fruits  of  a  later  development  of  the  legend 
of  Jesus,  the  very  text  of  Mark  remains. 

In  this  way  a  crowd  of  legends  were  introduced  into 
the  Gospel  text  which  are  wanting  in  Mark — the  gene 
alogy  ;  the  supernatural  birth  ;  the  visit  of  the  Magi ; 
the  flight  into  Egypt ;  the  massacre  of  Bethlehem ; 
Peter  walking  upon  the  water ;  the  prerogatives  of 
Peter ;  the  miracle  of  the  money  found  in  the  fish's 
mouth ;  the  eunuchs  of  the  kingdom  of  God ;  the 
emotion  of  Jerusalem  at  the  entrance  of  Jesus  ;  the 
Jerusalem  miracles  and  the  triumph  of  the  children  • 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  95 

various  legendary  details  about  Judas,  particularly  his 
suicide ;  the  order  to  put  the  sword  back  into  its 
sheath;  the  intervention  of  Pilate's  wife;  Pilate  wash 
ing  his  hands  and  the  Jewish  people  taking  all  the 
responsibility  for  the  death  of  Jesus  ;  the  tearing  of 
the  curtain  of  the  Temple ;  the  earthquake  and  the 
rising  of  the  saints  at  the  moment  of  the  death  of 
Jesus ;  the  guard  set  over  the  tomb,  and  the  corrup 
tion  of  the  soldiers.  In  all  these  places  the  quotations 
are  from  the  Septuagint.  The  Editor  for  his  personal 
use  avails  himself  of  the  Greek  version,  but  when 
he  translates  the  Hebrew  Gospel  he  conforms  to  the 
exegesis  of  that  original  which  often  had  no  basis  in 
the  Septuagint. 

A  sort  of  competition  in  the  use  of  the  marvellous  ; 
the  taste  for  more  and  more  startling  miracles ;  a 
tendency  to  present  the  Church  as  already  organised 
and  disciplined  from  the  days  of  Jesus ;  an  ever-in 
creasing  repulsion  for  the  Jews,  dictated  the  majority 
of  these  additions  to  the  primitive  narrative.  As  has 
already  been  said,  there  are  moments  in  the  growth 
of  a  dogma  when  days  are  worth  centuries.  A  week 
after  his  death,  Jesus  was  the  hero  of  a  vast  legend 
of  his  life,  the  majority  of  the  details  to  which  we  have 
just  referred  were  already  written  in  advance. 

One  of  the  great  factors  in  the  creation  of  the 
Jewish  Agada  are  the  analogies  drawn  from  Biblical 
texts.  These  things  serve  to  fill  up  a  host  of  gaps  in 
the  souvenirs.  The  most  contradictory  reports  were 
current,  for  example,  about  the  death  of  Judas.  One 
version  soon  prevailed :  Achitophel,  the  betrayer  of 
David,  served  as  his  prototype.  It  was  admitted  that 
Judas  hanged  himself  as  he  did.  A  passage  of  Zechar- 
iah  furnished  the  thirty  pieces  of  silver,  the  fact  of 
his  having  cast  them  down  in  the  Temple,  as  well  as 
the  potter's  field — nothing  is  wanting  to  the  story. 

The  apologetic  intention  was  another  fertile  source 
of  anecdotes  and  intercalations.  Already  objections 


96  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

to  the  Messiahship  of  Jesus  had  been  raised,  and  re 
quired  answering.  John  the  Baptist,  said  the  mis 
believers,  had  not  believed  in  him  or  had  ceased  to 
believe  in  him ;  the  towns  where  his  miracles  were 
said  to  have  been  performed  were  not  converted ;  the 
wise  men  and  the  sages  of  the  nation  despised  him ;  if 
he  had  driven  out  devils,  it  was  through  Beelzebub ; 
he  had  promised  signs  in  the  heavens  which  he  had 
not  given.  There  was  an  answer  to  all  this  which 
flattered  the  democratic  instincts  of  the  crowd.  It 
was  not  the  nation  which  had  repulsed  Jesus,  said  the 
Christians,  it  was  the  superior  classes,  always  egotists, 
who  would  none  of  him.  Simple  people  would  have 
been  for  him,  and  the  priests  took  him  with  subtlety, 
for  they  feared  the  people.  "  It  was  the  fault  of  the 
Government" — here  is  an  explanation  which  in  all 
ages  has  been  readily  accepted. 

The  birth  of  Jesus  and  his  resurrection  were  the 
cause  of  endless  objections  from  low  minds  and  ill- 
prepared  hearts.  The  resurrection  no  one  had  seen ; 
the  Jews  declared  that  the  friends  of  Jesus  had  carried 
his  corpse  away  into  Galilee.  It  was  answered  by  the 
fable  of  the  guardians  to  whom  the  Jews  had  given 
money  to  say  that  the  disciples  had  carried  away  the 
body.  As  to  the  birth,  two  contradictory  currents  of 
opinion  may  be  traced  ;  but  as  both  responded  to  the 
needs  of  the  Christian  conscience,  they  were  reconciled 
as  well  as  they  might  be.  On  the  one  hand,  it  was 
necessary  that  Jesus  should  be  the  descendant  of 
David ;  on  the  other,  he  might  not  be  conceived  under 
the  ordinary  conditions  of  humanity.  It  was  not 
natural  that  he  who  had  never  lived  as  other  men 
lived  should  be  born  as  other  men  were  born.  The 
descent  from  David  was  established  by  a  genealogy 
which  showed  Joseph  as  of  the  stock  of  David.  That 
was  scarcely  satisfactory,  in  view  of  the  hypothesis 
of  the  supernatural  conception,  according  to  which 
Joseph  and  his  supposed  ancestors  had  nothing  to  do 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  97 

with  the  birth  of  Jesus.  It  was  Mary  whom  it  was 
necessary  to  attach  to  the  royal  family.  Now  no 
attempt  was  made  in  the  first  century  to  do  this, 
doubtless  because  the  genealogies  had  been  fixed 
before  it  was  seriously  pretended  that  Jesus  was  born 
otherwise  than  as  the  result  of  the  lawful  union  of 
the  two  sexes,  and  no  one  denied  to  Joseph  his  rights 
to  a  real  paternity.  The  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews — at 
least  at  the  period  at  which  we  now  are — always 
described  Jesus  as  the  son  of  Joseph  and  Mary ; 
the  Holy  Spirit  in  the  conception  of  this  Gospel  was 
for  Jesus  the  Messiah  (a  distinct  personage  from  the 
man  Jesus)  a  mother,  not  a  father.  The  Gospel  of 
Matthew,  on  the  contrary,  propounds  an  altogether 
contradictory  combination.  Jesus,  with  him,  is  the 
son  of  David  through  Joseph,  who  is  not  his  father. 
The  author  evades  this  difficulty  with  an  extreme 
naivete.  An  angel  comes  to  relieve  the  mind  of 
Joseph  from  suspicions  which  in  a  case  so  peculiar 
he  had  a  right  to  entertain. 

The  genealogy  which  we  read  in  the  Gospel  ascribed 
to  Matthew  is  certainly  not  the  work  of  the  author  of 
that  Gospel.  He  has  taken  it  from  some  previous 
document.  Was  it  in  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews 
itself?  It  is  doubtful.  A  large  proportion  of  the 
Hebrews  of  Syria  kept  always  a  text  in  which  such 
genealogies  did  not  figure ;  but  also  certain  Nazarene 
manuscripts  of  very  ancient  date  presented  by  way  of 
preface  a  sepher  toledoth.  The  turn  of  the  genealogy 
of  Matthew  is  Hebrew ;  the  transcriptions  of  the 
proper  names  are  not  those  of  the  Septuagint.  We 
have  seen,  besides,  that  the  genealogies  were  probably 
the  work  of  the  kinsmen  of  Jesus,  retired  to  Batanea 
and  speaking  Hebrew.  What  is  certain  is  that  the 
work  of  the  genealogies  was  not  executed  with  much 
unity  or  much  authority,  for  two  altogether  discordant 
systems  of  connecting  Joseph  with  the  last  known 
persons  of  the  line  of  David  have  come  down  to  us. 


98  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

It  is  not  impossible  that  the  names  of  the  father  and 
grandfather  of  Joseph  were  known.  After  that,  from 
Zerubbabel  to  Joseph,  all  has  been  fabricated.  As 
after  the  captivity  the  Biblical  writings  give  no  more 
genealogies,  the  author  imagines  the  period  to  have 
been  shorter  than  it  really  was,  and  puts  in  too  few 
generations.  From  Zerubbabel  to  David,  Parali- 
pomenes  are  made  use  of,  not  without  sundry  inac 
curacies  and  failures  of  memory.  Genesis,  the  Book  of 
Ruth,  the  Paralipomenes,  have  furnished  the  body  as 
far  as  David.  A  singular  preoccupation  of  the  author 
of  the  genealogy  contained  in  Matthew  has  been  to 
mention,  by  exceptional  privilege,  or  even  to  introduce 
by  force,  in  the  ascending  line  of  Jesus,  four  women 
who  were  sinners,  faithless  to  a  point  which  a  Pharisee 
might  well  criticise — Tamar,  Rahab,  Ruth,  and  Bath- 
sheba.  It  was  an  invitation  to  sinners  never  to  despair 
of  entering  into  the  family  of  the  elect.  The  genealogy 
of  Matthew  gives  also  to  Jesus  as  ancestors  the  kings 
of  Judah,  descendants  of  David,  beginning  with  Solo 
mon,  but  soon,  not  wishing  that  that  genealogy  should 
borrow  too  much  from  profane  glory,  Jesus  is  con 
nected  with  David  by  a  little  known  son,  Nathan,  and 
by  a  line  parallel  to  that  of  the  kings  of  Judah. 

For  the  rest,  the  supernatural  connexion  gained 
every  day  so  much  in  importance,  that  the  question 
of  the  father  and  of  the  ancestors  of  Jesus  after  the 
flesh,  became  in  some  sort  a  secondary  matter.  It 
was  believed  to  have  been  prophesied  by  Isaiah  in  a 
passage  which  is  ill-rendered  in  the  Septuagint,  that 
Christ  should  be  born  of  a  Virgin.  The  Holy  Spirit, 
the  Spirit  of  God,  had  done  all.  Joseph  in  reality 
appears  to  have  been  an  old  man  when  Jesus  was 
born.  Mary,  who  appears  to  have  been  his  second 
wife,  might  be  very  young.  This  contrast  rendered 
the  idea  of  the  miracle  easy.  Certainly  the  legend 
would  not  have  come  into  existence  without  that ; 
as,  moreover,  the  myth  was  elaborated  in  the  midst 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  99 

of  a  people  who  had  known  the  family  of  Jesus, 
such  a  circumstance  as  an  old  man  taking  a  young 
wife  was  not  indifferent.  A  common  feature  of  the 
Hebrew  histories,  is  the  magnifying  of  the  Divine 
power  by  the  very  weakness  of  the  instruments 
which  he  employed.  Thus  came  the  habit  of  describ 
ing  great  men  as  the  offspring  of  parents  old  or  long 
childless.  The  legend  of  Samuel  begot  that  of  John 
the  Baptist,  that  of  Jesus  and  that  of  Mary  herself. 
On  the  other  hand,  this  provoked  the  objections  of 
ill-wishers.  The  coarse  fable  invented  by  the  oppon 
ents  of  Christianity,  which  made  Jesus  the  fruit  of 
a  scandalous  adventure  with  the  soldier  Pantheris, 
arose  out  of  the  Christian  narrative  without  much 
difficulty — that  narrative  presenting  to  the  imagina 
tion  the  shocking  picture  of  a  birth  where  the  father 
had  only  a  false  part  to  play.  The  fable  shows  itself 
clearly  only  in  the  second  century  ;  in  the  first,  how 
ever,  the  Jews  appear  to  have  malignantly  represented 
the  birth  of  Jesus  as  illegitimate.  Perhaps  they  so 
argued  from  the  species  of  ostentation  with  which  at 
the  head  of  the  book  of  the  toledoth  of  Jesus  the  names 
of  Tamar,  of  Rahab,  and  of  Bathsheba  were  placed, 
whilst  omitting  those  of  Sarah,  Rebecca,  and  Leah. 

The  stories  of  the  childhood,  ignored  by  Mark,  are 
confined  by  Matthew  to  the  episode  of  the  magi, 
linked  with  the  persecution  by  Herod,  and  the 
Massacre  of  the  Innocents.  All  this  development 
appears  to  be  of  Syrian  origin ;  the  odious  part  which 
Herod  plays,  was,  without  doubt,  the  invention  of 
the  family  of  Jesus,  refugees  in  Batanea.  The  little 
group  appears,  in  a  word,  to  have  been  a  source  of 
hateful  calumnies  against  Herod.  The  fable  about 
the  infamous  origin  of  his  father,  contradicted  by 
Josephus  and  Nicholas  of  Damascus,  appears  to  have 
come  from  thence.  Herod  became  the  scapegoat  of 
all  Christian  grievances.  As  for  the  dangers  with 
which  the  childhood  of  Jesus  is  supposed  to  have  been 


100  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

surrounded,  they  are  simply  an  imitation  of  the  child 
hood  of  Moses,  whom  a  king  also  desired  to  slay,  and 
who  was  obliged  to  escape  to  foreign  parts.  It  hap 
pened  to  Jesus  as  to  all  great  men.  We  know  nothing 
of  their  childhood,  for  the  simple  reason  that  no  one 
can  predict  the  future  of  a  child ;  we  supplement  our 
imperfect  knowledge  by  anecdotes  invented  after  the 
event.  Imagination,  besides,  likes  to  figure  to  itself 
that  the  men  of  Providence  have  grown  in  spite  of 
perils,  as  the  effect  of  a  special  protection  of  Heaven. 
A  popular  story  relative  to  the  birth  of  Augustus, 
and  various  features  of  Herod's  cruelty,  might  give 
rise  to  the  legend  of  the  massacre  of  the  children  of 
Bethlehem. 

Mark,  in  his  singularly  naive  narrative,  has  eccentri 
cities,  rudenesses,  passages  not  very  easy  of  explana 
tion  and  open  to  much  objection.  Matthew  proceeds 
by  retouchings  and  extenuations  of  detail.  Compare, 
for  example,  Mark  iii.  31-35  with  Matthew  xii.  46-50. 
The  second  editor  gets  rid  of  the  idea  that  the  relations 
of  Jesus  thought  him  mad,  and  wished  to  put  him 
under  restraint.  The  astonishing  simplicity  of  Mark 
vi.  5,  "  He  could  do  there  no  mighty  work,  save  that 
he  laid  his  hands  upon  a  few  sick  folk,  and  healed 
them,"  is  softened  in  Matthew  xiii.  58,  "  And  he  did 
not  many  mighty  works  there,  because  of  their  un 
belief."  The  strange  paradox  of  Mark,  "  Verily  I  say 
unto  you,  There  is  no  man  that  hath  left  house,  or 
brethren,  or  sisters,  or  father,  or  mother,  or  wife,  or 
children  or  lands,  for  my  sake,  and  the  gospel's,  but 
he  shall  receive  an  hundredfold  now  in  this  time, 
houses,  and  brethren,  and  sisters,  and  mothers,  and 
children,  and  lands,  with  persecutions;  and  in  the 
world  to  come  eternal  life,"  becomes  in  Matthew, 
"  And  everyone  that  hath  forsaken  houses,  or  brethren, 
or  sisters,  or  father,  or  mother,  or  wife,  or  children,  or 
lands,  for  my  name's  sake,  shall  receive  an  hundredfold, 
and  shall  inherit  everlasting  life."  The  motive  assigned 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  101 

for  the  visit  of  the  women  to  the  sepulchre,  implying 
clearly  that  they  did  not  expect  the  resurrection,  is 
replaced  in  Matthew  by  an  insignificant  expression. 
The  scribe  who  interrogates  Jesus  on  the  great  com 
mandment  does  so  in  Mark  with  a  good  intention.  In 
the  two  other  Evangelists  he  does  it  to  tempt  Jesus. 
The  times  have  advanced :  it  is  no  longer  to  be  ad 
mitted  that  a  scribe  could  possibly  act  without  malice. 
The  episode  when  the  young  rich  man  calls  Jesus 
"Good  Master,"  and  where  Jesus  reproves  him  with 
the  words,  "there  is  none  good  but  God,"  appeared 
scandalous  a  little  later.  Matthew  settles  it  in  a  less 
shocking  manner.  The  fashion  in  which  the  disciples 
are  sacrificed  in  Mark  is  equally  extenuated  in 
Matthew.  Finally,  this  last  is  guilty  of  some  inac 
curacies,  in  order  to  obtain  pathetic  effects :  thus  the 
wine  of  the  condemned,  the  institution  of  which  was 
really  humane,  becomes  with  him  a  refinement  of 
cruelty  to  bring  about  the  fulfilment  of  a  prophecy. 

The  two  lively  sallies  of  Mark  are  thus  effaced ;  the 
lines  of  the  new  Gospel  are  larger,  more  correct,  more 
ideal.  The  marvellous  features  are  multiplied,  but  we 
should  say  that  there  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  mar 
vellous  more  credible.  Miracles  are  less  clumsily  told ; 
certain  prolixities  are  omitted.  Thaumaturgic  mate 
rialism,  the  use  of  natural  means  to  produce  miracles 
— characteristic  features  of  Mark's  narrative — have 
almost  wholly  disappeared  in  Matthew.  Compared 
with  the  Gospel  of  Mark,  that  attributed  to  Matthew 
presents  corrections  of  taste  and  tact.  Various  inac 
curacies  are  rectified ;  details  aesthetically  weak  or 
inexplicable  are  suppressed  or  cleared  up.  Mark  has 
often  been  considered  as  the  abbreviator  of  Matthew. 
The  very  reverse  is  the  truth ;  only  the  addition  of 
the  discourses  has  the  effect  of  extending  the  abridg 
ment  considerably  beyond  the  limits  of  the  original. 
When  we  compare  the  accounts  of  the  demoniac  of  the 
Gergesenes,  the  paralytic  of  Capernaum,  the  daughter 


102  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  Jairus,  the  woman  with  the  issue  of  blood,  the 
epileptic  boy,  the  correctness  of  our  view  is  apparent. 
Often,  also,  Matthew  gathers  together,  into  a  single 
group,  circumstances  which  in  Mark  constitute  two 
episodes.  Some  stories,  which  appear  at  first  sight 
to  be  his  especial  property,  are  really  stripped  and 
impoverished  copies  of  the  longer  accounts  of  Mark. 

It  is  especially  with  regard  to  poverty  that  we 
discover  in  the  text  of  Matthew  precautions  and  un 
easiness.  Jesus  had  boldly  placed  poverty  at  the  head 
of  the  heavenly  beatitudes.  "  Blessed  are  ye  poor," 
was  probably  the  first  word  which  came  out  of  the 
Divine  mouth,  when  he  began  to  speak  with  authority. 
The  majority  of  the  sentences  of  Jesus  (as  happens 
always  when  we  wish  to  give  a  living  form  to 
thought)  lent  themselves  to  misunderstanding ;  the 
pure  Ebionites  drew  from  them  subversive  con 
sequences.  The  editor  of  our  Gospel  adds  a  word  to 
prevent  certain  excesses.  The  poor  in  the  ordi 
nary  sense  become  the  "poor  in  spirit" — that  is  to 
say,  pious  Israelites  who  play  a  humble  part  in  the 
world,  which  contrasts  with  the  haughty  air  of  the 
great  men  of  the  day.  In  another  beatitude,  those 
who  are  hungry  become  those  who  "  hunger  and 
thirst  after  righteousness." 

The  progress  of  thought  is  then  very  visible  in 
Matthew ;  we  catch  glimpses  in  him  of  a  crowd  of 
after  thoughts,  the  intention  of  parrying  certain 
objections ;  an  exaggeration  of  the  symbolical  pre 
tensions.  The  story  of  the  Temptation  in  the 
Wilderness  has  developed  itself  and  has  changed 
its  character ;  the  passion  is  enriched  with  some 
beautiful  details ;  Jesus  speaks  of  his  "  Church "  as 
of  a  body  already  constituted  and  founded  under  the 
primacy  of  Peter.  The  formula  of  baptism  is  en 
larged,  and  comprehends,  under  a  form  sufficiently 
syncretic,  the  three  sacramental  words  of  the  theology 
of  the  time,  the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  103 

The  germ  of  the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity  is  thus 
deposited  in  a  corner  of  the  sacred  page,  and  will 
become  fertile.  The  Apocalyptic  discourse  attributed 
to  Jesus,  with  reference  to  the  war  in  Judea,  is  rather 
strengthened  and  particularised  than  weakened.  We 
shall  soon  see  Luke  employing  all  his  art  to  extenu 
ate  whatever  was  embarrassing  in  these  daring  pre 
dictions  of  an  end  that  had  not  come. 


CHAPTER    XI. 

SECRET  OF  THE  BEAUTIES  OF  THE  GOSPEL. 

WHAT  is  chiefly  remarkable  in  the  new  Gospel  is  an 
immense  literary  progress.  The  general  effect  is  that 
of  a  fairy  palace  constructed  wholly  of  luminous  stones. 
An  exquisite  vagueness  in  the  transitions  and  the 
chronological  relations  gives  to  this  divine  composition 
the  light  attractiveness  of  a  child's  story.  "  At  that 
hour,"  "  at  that  time,"  "  that  day,"  "  it  happened  that," 
and  a  crowd  of  other  formulae  which  look  precise,  but 
which  are  nothing  of  the  kind,  hold  the  narrative 
as  it  were  in  suspense  between  earth  and  heaven. 
Thanks  to  the  uncertainty  of  the  time,  the  Gospel 
story  only  touches  the  reality.  An  airy  genius  whom 
one  touches,  one  embraces,  but  who  never  strikes 
against  the  pebbles  in  the  road,  speaks  to  us  and  en 
chants  us.  We  do  not  stop  to  ask  if  he  is  certain  of 
what  he  tells  us.  He  doubts  nothing,  and  he  knows 
nothing.  There  is  an  analogous  charm  in  the  affirma 
tion  of  a  woman  who  subjugates  us  while  she  makes 
us  smile.  It  is  in  literature  what  a  picture  of  a  child 
by  Correggio  or  a  Virgin  of  sixteen  by  Raphael  is  in 
art. 


104  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

The  language  is  of  the  same  character  and  perfectly 
appropriate  to  the  subject.  By  a  veritable  tour  de 
force  the  clear  and  childlike  method  of  the  Hebrew 
narrative,  the  fine  and  exquisite  stamp  of  the  Hebrew 
proverbs,  have  been  translated  into  a  Hellenic  dialect, 
correct  enough  as  far  as  grammatical  forms  are  con 
cerned,  but  in  which  the  old  learned  syntax  is  com 
pletely  cast  aside.  It  has  been  remarked  that  the 
Gospels  were  the  first  books  written  in  the  Greek  of 
everyday  life.  The  Greek  of  antiquity  is  there,  in 
effect,  modified  in  the  analytical  sense  of  modern 
languages.  The  Hellenist  cannot  but  admit  that  the 
language  is  commonplace  and  weak ;  he  is  certain 
that  from  the  classical  point  of  view  the  Gospel  has 
neither  style,  nor  plan,  nor  beauty ;  but  it  is  the 
masterpiece  of  popular  literature,  and  in  one  sense  the 
most  ancient  popular  book  that  has  been  written. 
That  half-articulate  language  has  the  additional  advan 
tage  of  preserving  its  character  in  different  versions, 
so  that  for  such  writings  the  translation  is  as  valuable 
as  the  original. 

This  simplicity  of  form  ought  to  give  rise  to  no 
illusion.  The  word  "  truth  "  has  not  the  same  signifi 
cance  for  the  Oriental  as  for  ourselves.  The  Oriental 
tells  with  a  bewitching  candour  and  with  the  accent 
of  a  witness,  a  crowd  of  things  which  he  has  not  seen 
and  about  which  he  is  by  no  means  certain.  The 
fantastic  tales  of  the  Exodus  from  Egypt,  which  are 
told  in  Jewish  families  during  the  Feast  of  the  Pass 
over,  deceive  nobody,  yet  none  the  less  they  enchant 
those  who  listen  to  them.  Every  year  the  scenic  re 
presentations  by  which  they  commemorate  the  martyr 
dom  of  the  sons  of  Ali  in  Persia,  are  enriched  with 
some  new  invention  designed  to  render  the  victims 
more  interesting  and  their  murderers  more  hateful. 
There  is  more  passion  in  these  episodes  than  anyone 
might  think  possible.  It  is  the  especial  quality  of  the 
Oriental  agada  to  touch  most  profoundly  those  who 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  105 

best  know  how  fictitious  it  is.  It  is  its  triumph  to 
have  created  such  a  masterpiece  that  all  the  world  is 
deceived  by  it,  and  for  want  of  knowing  laws  of  this 
kind  the  credulous  West  has  accepted  as  infallible 
truth  the  recital  of  facts  which  no  human  eye  has 
ever  seen. 

The  especial  quality  of  a  literature  of  logia,  of 
hadith,  is  to  go  on  increasing.  After  the  death  of 
Mohammed  the  number  of  words  which  "  the  people  of 
the  Bench  "  attributed  to  him  was  not  to  be  counted. 
It  was  the  same  with  Jesus.  To  the  charming 
apologues  which  he  had  really  pronounced,  others 
were  added  conceived  in  the  same  style,  which  it  is 
very  difficult  to  distinguish  from  the  genuine.  The 
ideas  of  the  time  ^expressed  themselves  especially  in 
those  seven  admirable  parables  of  the  kingdom  of 
God,  where  all  the  innocent  rivalries  of  the  golden  age 
of  Christianity  have  left  their  traces.  Some  persons 
were  aggrieved  by  the  low  rank  of  those  who  entered 
the  Church ;  the  doors  of  the  churches  of  St  Paul 
opening  with  both  leaves,  appeared  to  them  a  scandal ; 
they  wanted  a  selection,  a  preliminary  examination,  a 
censorship.  The  Shamaites  in  like  manner  desired 
that  no  man  should  be  admitted  to  Jewish  teaching 
unless  he  were  intelligent,  modest,  of  good  family,  and 
rich.  To  these  exigent  persons  an  answer  was  given 
in  the  shape  of  a  parable  of  a  man  who  prepared  a 
dinner,  and  who,  in  the  absence  of  the  regularly 
invited  guests,  invited  the  lame,  the  vagabonds,  and 
the  beggars ;  or  of  a  fisherman  whose  net  gathered  of 
every  kind,  both  bad  and  good,  the  choice  being  made 
afterwards.  The  eminent  place  which  Paul,  once  one 
of  the  enemies  of  Jesus,  one  of  the  last  comers  to  the 
Gospel  work,  occupied  amongst  the  faithful  of  these 
early  days,  excited  murmurs.  This  was  the  occasion 
of  the  workers  who  were  engaged  at  the  eleventh 
hour,  and  were  rewarded  equally  with  those  who  had 
borne  the  burden  and  heat  of  the  dav.  A  statement  of 


106  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Jesus,  "the  last  shall  be  first  and  the  first  shall  be 
last,"  had  furnished  the  text.  The  owner  of  a  vine 
yard  goes  out  at  various  hours  of  the  day  to  hire 
labourers.  He  takes  all  that  he  can  find,  and  in  the 
evening  the  last  comers  who  had  worked  but  a  single 
hour,  are  paid  exactly  as  those  who  had  toiled  the 
whole  day  through.  The  struggle  of  two  generations 
of  Christians  is  seen  here  very  clearly.  When  the  con 
verted  appeared  to  say  with  sadness  that  the  places 
were  taken,  and  that  they  had  to  fill  a  secondary 
part,  this  beautiful  parable  was  quoted  to  them,  from 
which  it  was  evident  that  they  had  no  reason  to 
envy  the  ancients. 

The  parable  of  the  tares  also  signifies  in  its  way  the 
mixed  composition  of  the  kingdom,  wherein  Satan 
himself  has  sometimes  power  to  cast  in  a  few  grains. 
The  mustard  seed  expresses  its  future  greatness ;  the 
leaven  its  fermentative  force ;  the  hidden  treasure  and 
the  pearl  of  great  price  ;  the  thread,  its  success,  mixed 
with  perils  in  the  future.  "  The  first  shall  be  last," 
"many  are  called  but  few  chosen,"  such  were  the 
maxims  which  they  especially  loved  to  repeat.  The 
expectation  of  Jesus  above  all  inspired  living  and 
strong  comparisons.  The  image  of  the  thief  in  the 
night,  the  lightning  which  shines  from  the  east  to  the 
west,  of  the  fig  tree  whose  young  shoots  announce  the 
approach  of  summer,  filled  all  minds.  They  repeated 
the  charming  fable  of  the  wise  and  the  foolish  virgins, 
masterpieces  of  simplicity,  of  art,  of  wit,  of  subtlety. 
Both  awaited  the  bridegroom,  but  as  he  was  long  in 
coming,  they  all  slumbered.  Then  in  the  middle  of 
the  night  was  heard  the  cry,  "  Behold  him !  Behold 
him  : "  The  wise  virgins,  who  had  carried  oil  in  their 
flasks,  soon  lighted  their  lamps,  but  the  foolish  were 
confounded.  There  was  no  place  for  them  at  the 
banquet. 

We  do  not  say  that  these  exquisite  fragments  are  not 
the  work  of  Jesus.  The  great  difficulty  of  a  history 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  107 

of  the  origins  of  Christianity  is  to  distinguish  in  the 
Gospels  between  the  part  that  comes  directly  from 
Jesus,  and  the  part  which  is  inspired  by  his  spirit. 
Jesus  having  written  nothing,  and  the  editors  of  the 
Gospels  having  handed  down  to  us  pell-mell  his  own 
authentic  words  and  those  which  have  been  attributed 
to  him,  there  is  no  critic  sufficiently  subtle  to  work  in 
such  a  case  with  absolute  certainty.  The  life  of  Jesus, 
and  the  history  of  the  compilation  of  the  Gospels,  are 
two  subjects  which  are  so  interwoven  that  the  boundary 
between  them  must  be  left  undefined,  at  the  risk  of 
appearing  to  contradict  oneself.  In  reality,  this  contra 
diction  is  of  small  consequence.  Jesus  is  the  veritable 
creator  of  the  Gospel ;  Jesus  did  all,  even  what  has 
been  only  attributed  to  him ;  his  legend  and  himself 
are  inseparable ;  he  was  so  identified  with  his  idea 
that  his  idea  became  himself,  absorbed  him,  made  his 
biography  what  it  ought  to  be.  There  was  in  him 
what  theologians  call  "  communication  of  the  idioms." 
The  same  communication  exists  between  the  first  and 
last  book  but  one  of  this  history.  If  that  is  a  defect,  it 
is  a  defect  springing  out  of  the  nature  of  the  subject, 
and  we  have  thought  it  would  be  a  mark  of  truth  not 
to  seek  to  avoid  it.  What  is  striking  in  any  case  is 
the  original  physiognomy  of  these  narratives.  What 
ever  may  be  the  date  of  their  compilation,  they  are 
truly  Galilean  flowers  blossoming  beneath  the  sacred 
feet  of  the  divine  dreamer. 

The  Apostolic  instructions,  such  as  our  Gospel  pre 
sents  them,  appear  in  some  respects  to  proceed  from 
the  ideal  of  the  Apostle  formed  upon  the  model  of 
Paul.  The  impression  left  by  the  life  of  the  great 
missionary  had  been  profound.  Many  apostles  had 
already  suffered  martyrdom  for  having  carried  to  the 
people  the  appeals  of  Jesus.  The  Christian  preacher 
was  imagined  as  appearing  before  kings,  before  the 
highest  tribunals,  and  proclaiming  Christ.  The  first 
principle  of  this  apostolic  eloquence  was  not  to  prepare 


108  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  discourses.  The  Holy  Ghost  would  at  the  moment 
put  into  the  mind  of  the  preacher  what  he  ought  to 
say.  In  travelling,  no  provision,  no  money,  not  even 
a  scrip,  not  even  a  change  of  garments,  not  even  a  staff. 
The  workman  deserved  his  daily  bread.  When  the 
apostolic  missionary  entered  into  a  house  he  might 
remain  there  without  scruple,  eating  and  drinking 
what  was  given  to  him,  without  feeling  himself  obliged 
to  give  in  return  anything  but  the  word  and  wishes 
for  health.  This  was  the  principle  of  Paul,  but  he  did 
not  put  it  in  practice  except  amongst  people  of 
whom  he  was  altogether  sure,  as  for  example  with  the 
woman  of  Philippi.  Like  Paul,  the  apostolic  traveller 
was  guarded  in  the  dangers  of  the  way  by  a  Divine 
protection ;  he  played  with  serpents,  poisons  did  not. 
affect  him.  His  lot  will  be  the  hatred  of  the  world, 
persecution.  .  .  .  Tradition  always  exaggerates  the 
primitive  feature.  It  is  in  some  sort  a  necessity  of 
the  memory,  the  mind  retaining  better  strongly 
accented  and  hyperbolical  words  than  measured  sen 
tences.  Jesus  had  too  profound  a  knowledge  of  the 
souls  of  men  not  to  know  that  rigour  and  exigence  are 
the  best  means  of  gaining  them  and  keeping  them 
under  the  yoke.  We  do  not,  however,  believe  that  he 
ever  went  to  the  excess  which  has  been  attributed  to 
him,  and  the  sombre  fire  which  animates  the  apostolic 
instructions,  appears  to  us,  in  part,  a  reflection  of  the 
feverish  ardour  of  Paul. 

The  author  of  the  Gospel  according  to  Matthew 
takes  no  decisive  side  in  the  great  questions  which 
divided  the  Church.  He  is  neither  an  exclusive  Jew 
after  the  manner  of  James,  nor  a  lax  Jew  after  the 
fashion  of  Paul.  He  feels  the  necessity  for  attaching 
the  Church  to  Peter,  and  insists  upon  the  prerogative 
of  this  last.  On  the  other  hand,  he  allows  certain 
shades  of  ill  will  to  appear  against  the  family  of  Jesus 
and  against  the  first  Christian  generation.  He  sup 
presses,  in  particular,  in  the  list  of  the  appearances  of 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  109 

Jesus  after  the  Resurrection,  the  part  played  by  James, 
whom  the  disciples  of  Paul  held  as  an  avowed  enemy. 
Opposite  theories  may  find  equally  valuable  support 
from  him  from  time  to  time.  At  times  he  speaks  of 
faith  almost  in  the  tone  of  St  Paul's  Epistles.  The 
author  accepts  from  tradition  sayings,  parables, 
miracles,  decisions  in  the  most  contrary  senses,  pro 
vided  they  are  edifying,  without  any  effort  to 
reconcile  them.  Here  there  is  a  question  of  evan 
gelising  Israel ;  there  the  world.  The  Canaanitish 
woman,  received  at  first  with  hard  words,  is  then 
saved,  and  a  history  is  begun  to  prove  that  Jesus  has 
only  been  sent  to  the  house  of  Israel,  which  finishes 
up  with  an  exaltation  of  the  faith  of  a  Pagan  woman. 
The  centurion  of  Capernaum  finds  from  the  first  both 
grace  and  favour.  The  legal  chiefs  of  the  nation  have 
been  more  opposed  to  the  Messiah  than  Pagans  such 
as  the  magi,  Pilate  and  Pilate's  wife.  The  Jewish 
people  pronounce  their  own  curse  upon  themselves. 
They  have  not  chosen  to  enter  the  feast  of  the  King 
dom  of  God  prepared  for  them ;  the  people  of  the  high 
way — the  Gentiles — will  take  their  place.  The  for 
mula,  "  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  by  them  of  old 
time  .  .  .  but  I  tell  you,"  is  placed  repeatedly  in  the 
mouth  of  Jesus.  The  society  to  which  the  author 
addresses  himself  is  a  society  of  converted  Jews.  The 
polemic  against  the  unconverted  Jews  occupies  him 
much.  His  quotations  of  the  prophetic  texts,  as  well 
as  of  a  certain  number  of  circumstances  related  by 
him,  refer  to  the  assaults  which  the  faithful  had  to 
submit  to  on  the  part  of  the  orthodox  majority,  and 
especially  to  the  great  objection  of  these  official  repre 
sentatives  of  the  nation  to  believe  in  the  Messianic 
character  of  Jesus. 

The  Gospel  of  St  Matthew,  like  almost  all  fine  com 
positions,  was  the  work  of  a  conscience  in  some  sort 
double.  The  author  is  at  once  Jew  and  Christian; 
the  new  faith  has  not  killed  the  old,  nor  has  it  taken 


110  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

any  of  its  poetry  from  it.  He  loves  two  things  at  the 
same  moment.  The  spectator  enjoys  the  struggle  with 
out  discomfort.  Charming  state  to  be  in,  without  as 
yet  anything  being  determined.  Exquisite  transition, 
excellent  for  art,  where  a  conscience  is  a  peaceable  field 
of  battle  upon  which  opposing  parties  contend  without 
either  being  overthrown !  Although  the  pretended 
Matthew  speaks  of  the  Jews  in  the  third  person  and 
as  though  they  were  strangers,  his  spirit,  his  apology, 
his  Messianism,  his  exegesis,  his  piety,  are  essentially 
those  of  a  Jew.  Jerusalem  is  for  him  essentially  "  the 
holy  city,"  "the  holy  place."  Missions  are  in  his  eyes 
the  appanage  of  the  Twelve ;  he  does  not  associate  St 
Paul  with  them,  and  he  certainly  does  not  accord  to 
this  last  a  special  vocation,  although  the  apostolic  in 
structions  such  as  he  gives  them  contain  more  than 
one  feature  drawn  from  the  life  of  the  great  preacher 
of  the  Gentiles.  His  aversion  to  the  Pharisees  does 
not  prevent  him  from  admitting  the  authority  of 
Judaism.  Christianity  is  with  him  like  a  newly- 
blown  flower,  which  still  bears  the  envelope  of  the 
bud  from  which  it  has  escaped. 

In  this  lay  one  of  his  strong  points.  The  supreme 
ability  in  the  work  of  conciliation  is  to  deny  and  affirm 
at  the  same  moment,  to  practise  the  Ama  tanquam 
oswrus  of  the  sage  of  antiquity.  Paul  suppresses  all 
Judaism,  and  even  all  religion,  to  replace  everything 
by  Jesus.  The  Gospels  hesitate,  and  remain  in  a  much 
more  delicate  half-light  ?  Does  the  Law  still  exist  ? 
Yes,  and  no.  Jesus  fulfilled  it  and  destroyed  it.  The 
Sabbath  ?  He  suppressed  and  maintained  it.  The 
Jewish  ceremonies  ?  He  observes  them,  and  will  not 
allow  of  their  being  held  to.  Every  religious  reformer 
has  to  observe  this  rule  ;  men  are  not  discharged  from 
a  burden  impossible  to  be  borne,  except  he  takes  it  for 
himself  without  reserve  or  softening.  The  contraction 
was  everywhere.  When  the  Talmud  has  quoted  on 
the  same  line  opinions  which  exclude  each  other 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  Ill 

absolutely,  it  finishes  by  this  formula : — "  And  all  these 
opinions  are  the  word  of  life."  The  anecdote  of  the 
Canaanitish  woman  is  the  true  image  at  this  moment 
of  Christianity.  She  prays.  "  I  am  not  sent  but  to 
the  lost  sheep  of  the  house  of  Israel,"  Jesus  answers  to 
her.  She  approaches,  and  worships  him.  "  It  is  not 
meet  to  take  the  children's  bread  and  to  cast  it  to  the 
dogs."  "  Truth,  Lord,  but  the  dogs  eat  of  the  crumbs 
which  fall  from  the  Master's  table."  "  Oh,  woman, 
great  is  thy  faith ;  be  it  unto  thee  even  as  thou  wilt." 
The  converted  Pagan  finished  by  carrying  off,  by  force 
of  humility,  and  on  condition  of  submitting  first  to  the 
ill  reception  of  an  aristocracy  which  wished  to  be 
flattered  and  solicited,  all  that  she  desired. 

Such  a  state  of  mind,  to  say  the  truth,  agreed  only 
with  a  single  kind  of  hatred — the  hatred  of  the 
Pharisee,  the  official  Jew.  The  Pharisee,  or,  more  pro 
perly,  the  hypocrite  (for  the  word  was  now  used  in  an 
abusive  sense,  just  as  with  us  the  name  of  Jesuit  is 
applied  to  a  host  of  people  who  form  no  part  of  the 
society  founded  by  Loyola),  had  to  appear  especially 
guilty,  opposed  in  everything  to  Jesus.  Our  Gospel 
groups  into  a  single  invective,  full  of  virulence,  all  the 
discourses  which  Jesus  pronounced  at  various  times 
against  the  Pharisees.  The  author  undoubtedly  took 
this  fragment  from  some  previous  collection  which  had 
not  the  ordinary  form.  Jesus  is  there  accredited  with 
having  made  numerous  journeys  to  Jerusalem;  the 
punishment  of  the  Pharisees  is  predicted  in  a  vague 
Fashion,  which  carries  us  back  to  the  date  before  the 
revolution  in  Judea. 

From  all  this  results  a  Gospel  infinitely  superior  in 
beauty  to  that  of  Mark,  but  of  a  much  smaller 
historical  value.  Mark  remains,  as  far  as  facts  are 
concerned,  the  «only  authentic  record  of  the  life  of 
Jesus.  The  narratives  which  the  pseudo-Matthew 
adds  to  those  of  Mark  are  only  legends ;  the  modifica 
tions  which  he  applies  to  the  tales  of  Mark  are  only 


112  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

methods  of  hiding  certain  difficulties.  The  assimila 
tion  of  the  elements  which  the  author  takes  from 
Mark  is  effected  in  the  roughest  way ;  the  digestion — 
if  such  an  expression  may  be  permitted — is  not  com 
pleted  ;  the  morsels  are  left  whole,  so  that  they  may 
still  be  recognised.  In  this  connection  Luke  will 
introduce  great  improvements.  But  what  gives  value 
to  the  work  attributed  to  Matthew,  are  the  discourses 
attributed  to  Jesus,  preserved  with  an  extreme  fidelity, 
and  probably  in  the  relative  order  in  which  they  were 
first  written. 

This  was  more  important  than  biographical  exacti 
tude,  and  the  Gospel  of  Matthew,  all  things  considered, 
is  the  most  important  book  of  Christianity — the  most 
important  book  that  has  ever  been  written.  It  was 
not  without  reason  that  in  the  classification  of  the 
writings  of  the  new  Bible  it  received  the  first  place. 
The  biography  of  a  great  man  is  a  part  of  his  work. 
St  Louis  would  not  be  what  he  is  in  the  conscience  of 
humanity,  without  Joinville.  The  life  of  Spinoza,  by 
Colerus,  is  the  finest  of  Spinoza's  works.  Epictetus 
owes  almost  as  much  to  Arrian,  Socrates  to  Plato  and 
to  Xenophon.  Jesus  in  the  same  way  is  in  part  made 
by  the  Gospel.  In  this  sense,  the  compilation  of  the 
Gospels  is,  next  to  the  personal  action  of  Jesus,  the 
leading  fact  of  the  history  of  the  origins  of  Chris 
tianity  ;  I  will  even  add  of  the  history  of  humanity. 
The  habitual  reading  of  the  world  is  a  book  where 
the  priest  is  always  in  fault,  where  respectable  people 
are  always  hypocrites,  where  the  lay  authorities  are 
always  scoundrels,  and  where  all  the  rich  are  damned. 
This  book — the  most  revolutionary  and  dangerous  ever 
written — the  Roman  Church  has  prudently  put  aside ; 
but  it  has  not  been  able  to  prevent  it  from  bearing 
fruit.  Malevolent  towards  the  priesthood,  contemptu 
ous  of  austerity,  indulgent  towards  the  loose  liver  of 
good  heart,  the  Gospels  have  been  the  perpetual  night 
mare  of  the  hypocrite.  The  man  of  the  Gospel  has 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENE  RATION.  113 

been  an  opponent  of  pedantic  theology,  of  hierarchical 
haughtiness,  of  the  ecclesiastical  spirit  such  as  the 
centuries  have  made  it.  The  Middle  Ages  burned  it. 
In  our  days,  the  great  invective  of  the  twenty-third 
chapter  of  St  Matthew  against  the  Pharisees  is  still  a 
sanguinary  satire  on  those  who  cover  themselves  with 
the  name  of  Jesus,  and  whom  Jesus,  if  he  were  to 
return  to  this  world,  would  drive  out  with  scourges. 

Where  was  the  Gospel  of  St  Matthew  written  ? 
Everything  appears  to  indicate  that  it  was  in  Syria, 
for  a  Jewish  circle  which  knew  scarcely  anything 
but  Greek,  but  which  had  some  idea  of  Hebrew.  The 
author  makes  use  of  the  original  Gospels  written  in 
Hebrew;  yet  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  original 
Hebrew  of  the  Gospel  texts  ever  went  out  of  Syria.  In 
five  or  six  cases,  Mark  had  preserved  little  Aramaic 
phrases  uttered  by  Jesus ;  the  pseudo-Matthew  effaces 
all  of  them  with  but  one  exception.  The  character 
of  the  traditions  proper  to  our  evangelist  is  exclu 
sively  Galilean.  According  to  him,  all  the  appearances 
of  Jesus  after  the  Resurrection  took  place  in  Galilee. 
His  first  readers  appear  to  have  been  Syrians.  He 
gives  none  of  those  explanations  of  customs  and  those 
topographical  notes  which  are  to  be  found  in  Mark. 
On  the  contrary,  there  are  details  which,  meaningless 
at  Rome,  were  interesting  in  the  East.  A  Greek 
Gospel  appeared  a  precious  thing;  but  the  gaps  in 
that  of  Mark  were  striking,  and  they  were  filled  up. 
The  Gospel  which  resulted  from  these  additions  came 
in  time  to  Rome.  Hence  the  explanation  of  Luke's 
ignorance  of  it  in  that  city  about  95. 

Hence,  also,  the  explanation  of  the  reasons  why  to 
exalt  the  new  work  and  to  oppose  to  the  name  of  Mark 
that  of  a  superior  authority,  the  text  was  attributed  to 
the  Apostle  Matthew.  Matthew  was  a  Judeo-Chris- 
tian  apostle,  living  an  ascetic  life  like  that  of  James, 
abstaining  from  flesh,  and  living  only  upon  vegetables 
and  the  shoots  of  trees.  Perhaps  his  former  occupa- 


114  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

tion  of  publican  gave  rise  to  the  idea  that,  accustomed 
to  writing,  he  more  than  anyone  else  was  likely  to 
record  the  facts  of  which  he  was  credited  with  hav 
ing  been  a  witness.  Certainly  Matthew  was  not  the 
editor  of  the  work  which  bears  his  name.  The  Apostle 
had  long  been  dead  when  the  Gospel  was  composed, 
and  the  book,  besides,  absolutely  could  not  have  been 
the  work  of  such  an  author.  Never  was  book  so  little 
that  of  an  eye-witness.  How,  if  our  Gospel  were  the 
work  of  an  apostle,  could  it  possibly  have  been  so 
defective  in  all  that  concerns  the  public  life  of  Jesus  ? 
Perhaps  the  Hebrew  Gospel  with  whicli  the  author 
completed  that  of  Mark,  bore  the  name  of  Matthew. 
Perhaps  the  collection  of  Logia  bore  that  name.  The 
addition  of  the  Logia  being  what  gave  character  to 
the  new  Gospel,  the  name  of  the  apostle  guaranteeing 
these  Logia  may  have  been  preserved  to  designate  the 
author  of  the  work  which  drew  its  chief  value  from 
these  additions.  All  that  is  doubtful.  Papias  believes 
the  work  to  be  really  that  of  Matthew,  but  after  fifty 
or  sixty  years  the  means  of  solving  so  complicated  a 
question  must  have  been  wanting. 

What  is  certain,  in  any  case,  is  that  the  work  attri 
buted  to  Matthew  had  not  the  authority  which  its 
title  would  lead  one  to  suppose,  and  was  not  accepted 
as  final.  There  have  been  many  similar  attempts 
which  are  no  longer  in  existence.  The  mere  name  of 
an  apostle  was  not  enough  to  recommend  a  work  of 
this  kind.  Luke,  who  was  not  an  apostle,  and  whom 
we  shall  soon  see  resuming  the  attempt  at  a  Gospel 
embodying  and  superseding  the  others,  was,  in  all 
probability,  ignorant  of  the  existence  of  that  said  to 
be  according  to  Matthew. 


•THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.         115 


CHAPTER  XII. 

THE  CHRISTIANS  OF  THE  FLAVlA  FAMILY — FLAVIUS 
JOSEPHUS. 

THE  fatal  law  of  Csesarism  fulfilled  itself.  The  legiti 
mate  king  improves  as  his  reign  grows  older :  the 
Ca3sar  begins  well,  and  finishes  ill.  Every  year  was 
marked  in  Domitian  by  the  progress  of  evil  passions. 
The  man  had  always  been  perverse.  His  ingratitude 
towards  his  father  and  his  eldest  brother  was  some 
thing  abominable,  but  his  first  government  was  not 
that  of  a  bad  sovereign.  It  was  only  by  degrees  that 
the  sombre  jealousy  of  all  merit,  the  refined  perfidy, 
the  black  malice  which  were  ingrained  in  his  nature, 
disclosed  themselves.  Tiberius  had  been  very  cruel, 
but  this  was  through  a  sort  of  philosophic  rage  against 
humanity  which  was  not  without  its  grandeur,  and 
which  did  not  prevent  him  from  being  in  some  respects 
the  most  intelligent  man  of  his  time.  Caligula  was  a 
melancholy  buffoon,  at  once  grotesque  and  terrible, 
but  amusing,  and  not  very  dangerous  to  those  who 
did  not  approach  him.  Under  the  reign  of  that  in 
carnation  of  satanic  irony  who  called  himself  Nero, 
a  sort  of  stupor  held  the  world  in  suspense;  people 
had  the  consciousness  of  assisting  at  an  unprecedented 
crisis,  at  the  definitive  struggle  between  good  and 
evil.  After  his  death  there  was  a  breathing  space ; 
evil  appeared  to  be  chained  up ;  the  perversity  of  the 
century  seemed  to  be  softened.  It  is  easy  to  imagine 
the  horror  which  seized  on  all  honest  minds  when  they 
saw  "  the  Beast "  revived ;  when  they  recognised  that 
the  abnegation  of  all  the  honourable  men  in  the 
Empire  had  served  only  to  hand  over  the  world  to  a 
sovereign  much  more  worthy  of  execration  than  the 
monsters  whom  they  believed  relegated  to  the  souvenirs 
of  the  past. 


116  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Domitian  was  probably  the  wickedest  man  who 
ever  lived.  Commodus  is  more  odious,  for  he  was  the 
son  of  an  admirable  father ;  but  Commodus  is  a  sort 
of  brute ;  Domitian  is  a  man  of  strong  sense,  and  of  a 
calculating  wickedness.  He  had  not  the  excuse  of 
madness  ;  his  head  was  perfectly  sound,  cold,  and  clear. 
He  was  a  serious  and  logical  politician.  He  had  no 
imagination,  and  if  at  a  certain  period  of  his  life  he 
dabbled  somewhat  in  literature,  and  made  fairly  good 
verses,  it  was  out  of  affectation,  and  in  order  to  appear 
a  stranger  to  business;  soon  he  renounced  it  and 
thought  no  more  of  it.  He  did  not  love  the  arts; 
music  found  him  and  left  him  indifferent ;  his  melan 
choly  temperament  rejoiced  only  in  solitude.  He  was 
seen  walking  alone  for  hours ;  his  followers  were  then 
sure  to  see  the  breaking  out  of  some  perverse  scheme. 
Cruel  without  disguise,  he  smiled  almost  in  the  act  of 
murder.  His  base  extraction  constantly  reappeared. 
The  Caesars  of  the  House  of  Augustus,  prodigal  and 
greedy  of  glory,  are  bad,  often  absurd,  rarely  vulgar. 
Domitian  is  the  tradesman  of  crime:  he  makes  a 
profit  of  it.  Not  rich,  he  makes  money  everywhere, 
and  pushes  taxation  to  its  last  limits.  His  sinister 
face  never  knew  the  mad  laugh  of  Caligula.  Nero,  a 
very  literary  tyrant,  always  engaged  in  making  the 
world  love  and  admire  him,  heard  raillery  and  pro 
voked  it.  Domitian  had  nothing  burlesque  about  him. 
He  did  not  lend  himself  to  ridicule ;  he  was  too  tragic. 
His  manners  were  no  better  than  those  of  the  son  of 
Agrippina,  but  to  infamy  he  joined  a  sly  egotism,  a 
hypocritical  affectation  of  severity,  the  air  of  a  rigid 
censor  (sanctissimus  censor) — all  which  things  were 
only  pretexts  for  destroying  the  innocent.  The  tone 
of  austere  virtue  which  his  flatterers  assume  is 
nauseous  in  the  extreme.  Martial,  Statius,  Quintilian, 
when  they  wished  to  give  him  the  title  which  he 
coveted  the  most,  bestowed  on  him  that  of  Saviour  of 
the  gods,  and  Restorer  of  morals. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  117 

Nero's  vanity  was  not  less  than  that  which  impelled 
him  to  so  many  pitiable  freaks,  and  it  was  much  less 
innocent.  His  false  triumphs,  his  pretended  victories, 
his  monuments  full  of  lying  adulation,  his  accumu 
lated  consulates,  were  something  sickening,  much 
more  irritating  than  the  eighteen  hundred  crowns  of 
Nero. 

The  other  tyrannies  which  had  afflicted  Rome  were 
much  less  wise.  His  was  administrative,  meticulous, 
organised.  The  tyrant  himself  played  the  part  of 
chief  of  the  police  and  prosecuting  counsel.  It  was 
a  juridical  reign  of  terror.  The  proceedings  were 
conducted  with  the  burlesque  legality  of  the  Revo 
lutionary  Tribunal.  Flavius  Sabinus,  cousin  of  the 
Emperor,  was  put  to  death  because  of  a  mistake  of 
the  crier  who  had  proclaimed  him  Emperor  instead  of 
Consul;  a  Greek  historian,  for  certain  images  which 
appeared  obscure :  all  the  copyists  were  crucified.  A 
distinguished  Roman  was  killed  because  he  loved  to 
recite  the  harangues  of  Livy,  possessed  certain  maps, 
and  had  given  to  two  slaves  the  names  of  Mago  and 
of  Hannibal ;  a  highly-esteemed  soldier,  Sallustius 
Lucullus,  perished  for  having  suffered  his  name  to  be 
given  to  some  lances  of  a  new  model  which  he  had 
invented.  Never  had  the  trade  of  informer  thriven 
so  greatly ;  tempters  and  spies  abounded  everywhere. 
The  mad  faith  of  the  Emperor  in  astrologers  doubled 
the  danger.  The  instruments  of  Caligula  and  Nero 
had  been  vile  Orientals,  strangers  to  Roman  society, 
and  satisfied  when  they  were  rich.  The  informers  of 
Domitian — men  like  Tonquier  Tinville,  sinister  and 
ghostly — struck  a  sure  blow.  The  Emperor  concerted 
with  the  accusers  and  the  false  witnesses  what  they 
were  to  say;  he  then  was  himself  present  at  the 
tortures,  diverting  himself  with  the  pallor  painted  in 
all  faces,  and  appearing  to  count  the  groans  extorted 
by  suffering.  Nero  spared  himself  the  sight  of  the 
crimes  he  commanded ;  Domitian  insisted  on  seeing 


118  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

everything.  He  had  nameless  refinements  of  cruelty. 
His  mind  was  so  perverse  that  he  was  offended  equally 
by  flattery  and  by  its  absence ;  his  suspicion  and 
lealousy  were  unbounded.  Every  worthy  man,  every 
benevolent  man,  had  him  for  a  rival.  Nero  at  least 
found  them  only  amongst  the  singers,  and  did  not 
regard  every  statesman,  every  military  superior,  as  an 
enemy. 

The  silence  during  this  time  was  frightful.  The 
Senate  passed  some  years  in  a  mournful  stupor. 
What  was  most  terrible  was  that  there  seemed  to  be 
no  way  out.  The  Emperor  was  thirty-six.  The 
feverish  outburst  of  evil  which  had  been  observed  up 
to  that  time  had  been  short ;  it  was  felt  that  they 
were  crises  and  that  they  could  not  last.  This  time 
there  was  no  reason  for  their  coming  to  an  end.  The 
army  was  content;  the  people  were  indifferent. 
Domitian,  it  is  true,  never  attained  the  popularity  of 
Nero  ;  and  in  the  year  88  an  impostor  thought  he  saw 
a  chance  of  dethroning  him,  by  presenting  himself  as 
the  adored  master  who  had  given  the  people  such  days 
of  enjoyment.  Nevertheless,  too  much  had  not  been 
lost.  The  spectacles  were  as  monstrous  as  they  had 
ever  been.  The  Flavian  amphitheatre  (the  Coliseum) 
inaugurated  under  Titus,  had  even  made  progress  in 
the  ignoble  art  of  amusing  the  people.  No  danger 
then  on  that  side.  He,  however,  read  only  the 
Memoirs  of  Tiberius.  He  despised  the  familiarity 
which  his  father  Vespasian  had  encouraged ;  he 
treated  as  childishness  the  good  nature  of  his  brother 
Titus,  and  the  delusion  of  governing  humanity  by 
making  himself  beloved,  under  which  he  laboured. 
He  pretended  to  know  better  than  anybody  the 
requirements  of  a  power  without  constitution,  obliged 
to  defend  itself,  to  refound  itself  every  clay. 

It  was  felt,  in  short,  that  there  was  a  political  reason 
for  these  horrors,  which  was  not  the  mere  caprice  of  a 
lunatic.  The  hideous  image  of  the  new  sovereignty 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  119 

such  as  the  necessities  of  the  times  had  made  it,  sus 
picious,  fearing  everything  from  everybody,  head  of 
Medusa  which  froze  with  terror,  appeared  in  this 
odious  mask  all  splashed  with  blood,  with  which  the 
cunning  terrorist  seemed  to  have  shielded  his  face 
against  all  modesty. 

It  was  principally  upon  his  own  house  that  his  fury 
was  spent.  Almost  all  his  cousins  or  nephews  perished. 
Everything  that  recalled  Titus  to  him  exasperated 
him.  That  singular  family  which  had  none  of  the 
prejudice,  aristocratic  coolness,  profound  scepticism  of 
the  high  Roman  aristocracy,  offered  strange  contrasts. 
Frightful  tragedies  were  played  in  it.  What  a  fate, 
for  example,  was  that  of  Julia  Sabina,  the  daughter  of 
Titus,  sinking  from  crime  to  crime,  until  she  finished, 
like  the  heroine  of  a  vulgar  romance,  in  the  anguish 
of  an  abortion.  So  much  perversity  provoked  strange 
reactions.  The  tender  and  sentimental  parts  of  the 
nature  of  Titus  reappeared  amongst  some  members  of 
the  family,  especially  in  the  branch  of  Flavius  Sabinus, 
the  brother  of  Vespasian,  Flavius  Sabinus,  who  was 
long  Prefect  of  Rome,  and  particularly  in  64,  might 
already  know  the  Christians ;  he  was  a  gentle,  humane 
man,  and  one  who  was  already  reproached  with  "  poor 
spiritedness."  For  Roman  ferocity  such  a  word  was 
equivalent  to  humanity.  The  numerous  Jews  who 
were  familiar  with  the  Flavian  family,  found,  especi 
ally  on  this  side,  an  audience  already  prepared  and 
attentive. 

It  is,  in  short,  not  to  be  denied  that  Christian  or 
Judeo-Christian  ideas  penetrated  the  Imperial  family, 
especially  in  its  collateral  branch.  Flavius  Clemens, 
son  of  Flavius  Sabinus,  and  consequently  eousin-gernian 
to  Domitian,  had  married  Flavia  Domitilla,  his  second 
cousin,  daughter  of  another  Flavia  Domitilla,  herself 
the  daughter  of  Vespasian,  who  had  died  before  the 
accession  of  her  father  to  the  Empire.  By  means 
which  are  unknown  to  us,  but  probably  arising  out  of 


120  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  relations  of  the  Flavian  family  with  the  Jews, 
Clemens  and  Domitilla  adopted  Jewish  customs,  that 
is  to  say,  of  course,  that  mitigated  form  of  Judaism 
which  differed  from  Christianity  only  by  the  import 
ance  attached  to  the  part  of  Jesus.  The  Judaism  of 
the  proselytes,  confined  to  the  Noachian  precepts,  was 
precisely  tha.t  preached  by  Josephus,  the  client  of  the 
Flavian  family.  That  it  was  which  was  represented 
as  having  been  settled  by  the  agreement  of  all  the 
apostles  at  Jerusalem.  Clemens  allowed  himself  to  be 
seduced  by  it.  Perhaps  Domitilla  went  further,  and 
merited  the  name  of  Christian.  Nothing,  however, 
ought  to  be  exaggerated.  Flavius  Clemens  and  Flavia 
Domitilla  do  not  appear  to  have  been  veritable  members 
of  the  Church  of  Rome.  Like  so  many  other  distin 
guished  Romans,  they  felt  the  emptiness  of  the  official 
worship,  the  insufficiency  of  the  moral  law  which 
sprang  out  of  Paganism,  the  repulsive  hideousness  of 
the  manners  and  the  society  of  the  times.  The  charm 
of  the  Judeo-Christian  ideas  wrought  upon  them. 
They  recognised  from  that  side  life  and  the  future ; 
but,  without  doubt,  they  were  not  ostensibly  Christians. 
We  shall  see  later  Flavia  Domitilla  acting  rather  as  a 
Roman  matron  than  as  a  Christian  woman,  and  not 
hesitating  at  the  assassination  of  a  tyrant.  The  single 
fact  of  accepting  the  consulate  was  for  Clemens  to 
accept  the  obligation  of  essentially  idolatrous  sacrifices 
and  ceremonies.  Clemens  was  the  second  person  in 
the  State.  He  had  two  sons  whom  Domitian  had 
named  as  his  successors,  and  to  whom  he  had  already 
given  the  names  of  Vespasian  and  Domitian.  The 
education  of  these  boys  was  entrusted  to  one  of  the 
most  upright  men  of  the  time,  Quintilian  the  rhetori 
cian,  to  whom  Clemens  accorded  the  honorary  insig 
nia  of  the  consulate.  Now  Quintilian  regarded  with 
equal  horror  the  ideas  of  the  Jews  and  those  of  the 
Republicans.  Side  by  side  with  the  Gracchi  he  placed 
"  the  author  of  the  Jewish  superstition  "  amongst  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  121 

most  fatal  revolutionaries.  Was  Quintilian  thinking 
of  Moses  or  of  Jesus  ?  Perhaps  he  scarcely  knew 
himself.  "  Jewish  superstition  "  was  still  the  generic 
title  which  comprehended  both  Jews  and  Christians. 
Christians  were  not  furthermore  the  only  people  who 
lived  the  Jewish  life  without  submitting  to  circum 
cision.  Many  of  those  who  were  attracted  by  Mosaism 
confined  themselves  to  the  observance  of  the  Sabbath. 
A  similar  purity  of  life,  a  similar  horror  of  polythe 
ism,  united  all  these  groups  of  pious  men  upon  whom 
the  verdict  of  superficial  Pagans  was,  "  they  live  the 
Jewish  life." 

If  the  family  of  Clemens  were  Christians,  it  must  be 
owned  that  they  were  Christians  of  a  very  undecided 
kind.  What  the  public  saw  of  the  conversion  of  these 
two  illustrious  personages  was  a  very  small  matter. 
The  distracted  world  which  surrounded  them  could 
not  well  say  whether  they  were  Jews  or  Christians. 
Changes  of  this  kind  are  recognised  only  by  two 
symptoms,  first,  an  ill-concealed  aversion  from  the 
national  religion,  an  estrangement  from  all  apparent 
rites,  on  the  part  of  those  who  are  supposed  to  hold  to 
the  secret  worship  of  an  intangible,  unnameable  God ; 
in  the  second  place,  an  apparent  indolence,  a  total 
abandonment  of  the  duties  and  honours  of  civic  life 
inseparable  from  idolatry.  A  taste  for  solitude,  a 
search  after  a  peaceable  and  retired  life,  an  aversion  for 
the  theatres,  for  the  shows  and  for  the  cruel  scenes 
which  Roman  life  offered  at  every  step,  fraternal  rela 
tions  with  persons  of  humble  station,  by  no  means 
inclined  to  the  military  life  (for  which  the  Romans 
despised  them),  indifference  to  public  business,  as 
frivolous  matters  to  those  who  looked  for  the  speedy 
coming  of  Christ,  meditative  habits,  a  spirit  of  detach 
ment — all  this  the  Romans  described  by  the  single 
word  ignavia.  According  to  the  ideas  of  the  time, 
everyone  ought  to  have  as  much  ambition  as  com 
ported  with  his  birth  and  fortune.  The  man  of  high 


122  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

rank  who  ceased  to  take  an  interest  in  the  struggle  of 
life,  who  feared  bloodshed,  who  assumed  a  gentle  and 
humane  air,  was  an  idle  and  degraded  man  incapable 
of  any  enterprise.  Impious  and  cowardly — such  were 
the  adjectives  applied  to  him,  which  in  a  still  vigorous 
state  of  society  must  infallibly  result  in  destroying 
him. 

Clemens  and  Domitilla  were  not,  moreover,  the  only 
ones  whom  the  blast  of  the  reign  of  Domitian  inclined 
towards  Christianity.  The  terror  and  the  sadness  of 
the  times  crushed  souls.  Many  persons  of  the  Roman 
aristocracy  lent  an  ear  to  teaching,  and  which,  in  the 
midst  of  the  night  through  which  they  were  passing, 
showed  the  pure  heaven  of  an  ideal  kingdom.  The 
world  was  so  dark,  so  wicked!  Never,  besides,  had 
the  Jewish  propaganda  been  so  active.  Perhaps  we 
must  refer  to  the  time  of  the  conversion  of  a  Roman 
lady,  Veturia  Paulla,  who,  being  converted  at  the  age 
of  70,  took  the  name  of  Sara,  and  was  mother  of  the 
synagogues  of  the  Campus  Martius  and  of  Volumnus, 
for  sixteen  years  longer.  A  great  part  of  the  move 
ment  in  these  immense  suburbs  of  Rome,  where  seethed 
an  immense  population,  far  greater  in  number  than 
the  aristocratic  society  enclosed  in  the  circuit  of 
Servius  Tullius,  came  from  the  sons  of  Israel.  Con 
fined  to  a  spot  near  the  Capenian  Gate  by  the  side 
of  the  unwholesome  stream  of  the  fountain  of  Egeria, 
they  lived  there,  begging,  carrying  on  disreputable 
trades,  the  art  of  the  gipsies,  telling  fortunes,  levying 
contributions  on  visitors  to  the  wood  of  Egeria,  which 
they  rented.  The  impression  produced  upon  the  public 
mind  by  that  strange  race  was  more  lively  than  ever. 
"  He  to  whom  fate  has  given  for  father  an  observer  of 
the  Sabbath,  not  contented  with  adoring  the  God  of 
heaven,  and  with  putting  on  the  same  level  the  flesh 
of  pigs  and  the  flesh  of  human  beings,  soon  hurries  to 
get  rid  of  his  foreskin.  Accustomed  to  despise  the 
Roman  law,  he  studies  and  observes,  with  trembling, 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  123 

the  Jewish  law  which  Moses  has  deposited  in  a  myste 
rious  volume.  There  he  learns  not  to  show  the  way 
save  to  him  who  practises  the  same  religion  with  him 
self,  and  when  one  asks  him,  where  is  the  fountain  ? 
to  point  out  the  road  to  the  circumcised  only.  The 
fault  is  in  the  father  who  adopted  the  seventh  day  of 
rest,  and  forbade  on  that  day  all  the  acts  of  life." 
(Juv.  xiv.) 

Saturday,  in  fact,  notwithstanding  all  the  bad 
temper  of  the  true  Romans,  was  not  in  Rome  in  the 
least  like  other  days.  The  world  of  little  tradesmen 
who  on  other  days  filled  the  public  places,  seemed  to 
have  sunk  into  the  earth.  That  irregularity,  yet  more 
than  their  easily  recognisable  type,  drew  attention,  and 
made  those  eccentric  foreigners  the  object  of  the 
gossip  of  the  idle. 

The  Jews  suffered  like  the  rest  of  the  world  from 
the  hardness  of  the  times.  The  greed  of  Domitian 
made  all  taxation  excessive,  especially  the  poll  tax, 
called  the  fiscus  Judawus,  to  which  the  Jews  were 
subject.  Until  this  time  the  tribute  was  exacted  only 
from  those  who  avowed  themselves  to  be  Jews.  Many 
disguised  their  origin  and  did  not  pay.  To  prevent 
that  tolerance,  the  truth  was  sought  in  the  most  odious 
way.  Suetonius  remembers  having  seen  in  his  youth 
an  old  man  of  ninety  stripped  before  a  numerous 
audience  to  see  if  he  were  not  circumcised.  These 
rigours  brought  about,  as  a  consequence,  the  practice, 
in  a  great  number  of  instances,  of  the  operation  of 
blistering ;  the  number  of  recutiti  at  this  date  is  very 
considerable.  Such  inquiries,  on  the  other  hand, 
brought  the  Roman  authorities  to  a  discovery  which 
astonished  them :  it  was  that  there  were  people  who 
were  living  the  Jewish  life  in  all  ways  who  were  not 
circumcised.  The  treasury  decided  that  that  class  of 
persons,  the  improfessi,  as  they  were  called,  should  pay 
the  poll-tax  like  the  circumcised.  "  The  Jewish  life," 
and  not  the  circumcision,  was  thus  taxed,  and  the 


124  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Christians  saw  themselves  subjected  to  the  impost. 
The  complaints  which  this  abuse  called  forth  moved 
even  those  statesman  who  had  least  sympathy  with 
Jews  and  Christians  ;  the  liberal  were  shocked  by  these 
corporeal  visitations,  these  distinctions  made  by  the 
state  as  to  the  meaning  of  certain  religious  denomina 
tions,  and  saw  in  the  suppression  of  this  abuse  their 
programme  for  the  future. 

The  vexations  introduced  by  Domitian  contributed 
greatly  to  deprive  Christianity  of  its  previously  un 
decided  character.  By  the  side  of  the  severe  ortho 
doxy  of  the  Jewish  doctors,  and  afterwards  of  those 
of  Jabneh,  there  had  been  until  that  time  in  Judaism 
schools  analogous  to  Christianity,  without  being  iden 
tical  with  it.  Apollos,  in  the  bosom  of  the  Church,  was 
an  example  of  those  inquiring  Jews  who  tried  many 
sects  without  adhering  resolutely  to  any  one.  Josephus 
when  he  wrote  for  the  Romans,  reduced  his  Judaism  to 
a,  kind  of  Deism,  owning  that  circumcision  and  the 
Jewish  practices  were  good  for  Jews  by  race,  whilst 
the  true  worship  is  that  which  each  adopts  in  full 
liberty.  Was  Flavius  Clemens  a  Christian  in  the 
strict  sense  of  the  word  ?  It  may  be  doubted  if  he 
were.  He  loved  the  Jewish  life,  he  practised  Jewish 
customs,  and  it  was  that  fact  which  struck  his  corn- 
temporaries.  He  went  no  further,  and  perhaps  he 
himself  would  have  been  puzzled  to  say  to  what  class 
of  Jews  he  belonged.  The  matter  was  not  cleared  up 
when  the  treasury  took  it  in  hand.  The  circumcision 
received  on  that  day  a  fatal  blow.  The  greed  of 
Domitian  extended  the  tax  on  the  Jews,  the  fiscus 
Juda/icus,  who  without  being  Jews  by  race,  and  with 
out  being  circumcised,  practised  Jewish  customs. 
Then  the  categories  were  marked  out :  there  was  the 
pure  Jew,  whose  quality  was  established  by  physical 
inquiry,  and  the  quasi- Jew,  the  improfessus,  who  took 
nothing  from  Judaism  besides  its  honest  morality  and 
its  purified  worship. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  125 

The  penalties  ordained  by  a  special  law  against  the 
circumcision  of  non-Jews  contributed  to  the  same 
result.  The  precise  date  of  that  law  is  unknown,  but 
it  certainly  appears  to  be  of  the  period  of  Flavius. 
Every  Roman  citizen  who  allowed  himself  to  be  cir 
cumcised  was  punished  with  perpetual  exile,  and  the 
loss  of  all  his  goods.  A  master  rendered  himself  liable 
to  the  same  penalty  if  he  permitted  his  slaves  to  sub 
mit  to  the  operation;  the  doctor  who  performed  it 
was  punished  with  death.  The  Jews  who  circumcised 
their  slaves  were  equally  liable  to  death.  That  was 
thoroughly  conformable  to  the  Roman  policy, — tolerant 
towards  foreign  religions  when  they  kept  themselves 
within  the  limits  of  their  own  nationalities ;  severe 
when  those  religions  entered  upon  the  work  of  the 
propaganda.  But  it  is  easy  to  understand  how  decisive 
such  measures  were  in  the  struggle  between  the  cir 
cumcised  Jews  and  the  uncircumcised  or  improfessi. 
These  last  alone  could  carry  on  a  serious  proselytism. 
By  the  law  of  the  Empire,  the  circumcision  was  con 
demned  to  go  no  further  than  the  narrow  limits  of 
the  house  of  Israel. 

Agrippa  II.,  and  probably  Berenice,  died  about  this 
time.  Their  death  was  an  immense  loss  to  the  Jewish 
colony,  which  these  exalted  personages  covered  by 
their  credit  with  Flavius.  Josephus,  in  the  midst  of 
this  ardent  struggle,  doubled  his  activity.  He  had  the 
superficial  facility  characteristic  of  the  Jew  transported 
into  a  civilisation  which  is  foreign  to  him,  of  placing 
himself  with  marvellous  quickness  abreast  of  the  ideas 
in  the  midst  of  which  he  finds  himself  thrown,  and  of 
seeing  in  what  way  he  can  profit  by  them.  Domitian 
protected  him,  but  was  probably  indifferent  to  his 
writings.  The  Empress  Domitia  heaped  favours  on 
him.  He  was,  besides,  the  client  of  a  certain  Epaphro- 
ditus,  a  considerable  personage,  supposed  to  be  identical 
with  the  Epaphroditus  of  Nero,  whom  Domitian  had 
taken  into  his  service.  This  Epaphroditus  was  a  man 


126  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  a  singularly  liberal  mind,  who  encouraged  historical 
studies,  and  who  interested  himself  in  Judaism.  Not 
knowing  Hebrew,  and  probably  not  understanding  the 
Greek  version  of  the  Bible  very  well,  he  engaged 
Josephus  to  compose  a  history  of  the  Jewish  people. 
Josephus  received  the  commission  with  eagerness.  It 
fully  accorded  with  the  suggestions  of  his  literary 
vanity  and  of  his  liberal  Judaism.  The  objection 
which  the  Jews  made  to  learned  persons  imbued  with 
the  beauties  of  Greek  and  Roman  history,  was  that 
the  Jewish  people  had  no  history,  that  the  Greeks  had 
not  cared  to  know  it,  that  good  authors  never  men 
tioned  its  name,  that  it  had  never  had  any  connection 
with  the  noble  races,  and  that  in  its  past  there  were  to 
be  found  no  such  heroic  histories  as  those  of  Cynegirus 
and  of  the  Scaevola.  To  prove  that  the  Jewish  people 
were  also  of  a  high  antiquity,  that  they  possessed  the 
memory  of  heroes  comparable  to  those  of  Greece,  that 
they  had  had  in  the  course  of  ages  the  finest  relations 
of  people  to  people,  that  many  learned  Greeks  had 
spoken  of  them,  such  was  the  aim  that  the  protege 
of  Epaphroditus  sought  to  realise  in  a  vast  composi 
tion  divided  into  twenty  books  and  entitled  "Anti 
quities  of  the  Jews."  The  Bible  naturally  formed  the 
basis :  Josephus  made  additions  to  it,  without  value  as 
to  the  ancient  times,  since  there  were  no  Hebrew  docu 
ments  relating  to  those  times  other  than  those  which 
we  ourselves  possess,  but  which  for  more  modern  times 
are  of  the  highest  interest,  since  they  fill  up  a  gap  in 
sacred  history. 

Josephus  added  to  this  curious  work,  in  the  form  of 
an  appendix,  an  autobiography,  or  rather  an  apology 
for  his  own  conduct.  His  ancient  enemies  of  Galilee 
who,  rightly  or  wrongly,  called  him  a  traitor,  were 
still  alive  and  left  him  no  repose.  Justus  of  Tiberius, 
writing,  from  his  point  of  view,  the  history  of  the 
catastrophe  of  his  country,  accused  him  of  falsehood, 
and  presented  his  conduct  in  Galilee  in  the  most  odious 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  127 

light.  We  must  do  Josephus  the  justice  of  saying  that 
he  did  nothing  to  injure  this  dangerous  rival,  as  would 
have  been  easy  to  him,  in  view  of  the  favour  which  he 
enjoyed  in  high  places.  Josephus,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  weak  enough,  when  he  defends  himself  against  the 
accusations  of  Justus,  by  invoking  the  official  approba 
tion  of  Titus  and  Agrippa.  It  is  impossible  to  regret 
too  much  that  a  writing  which  would  have  given  us 
the  history  of  the  war  in  Judea,  from  the  revolu 
tionary  point  of  view,  should  be  totally  lost  to  us. 

The  fecundity  of  Josephus  was  inexhaustible.  As 
many  persons  raised  doubts  as  to  what  he  said  in  his 
"  Antiquities,"  and  objected  that  if  the  Jewish  nation 
had  been  as  ancient  as  he  represented,  the  Greek 
historians  would  have  spoken  of  it,  he  undertook  on 
this  subject  a  justificatory  memoir,  which  may  be 
regarded  as  the  first  monument  of  the  Jewish  and 
Christian  apology.  Already  towards  the  middle  of 
the  second  century  B.C.  Aristobalus,  the  Jewish  peripa- 
tician,  had  maintained  that  the  Greek  poets  and 
philosophers  had  known  the  Hebrew  writings,  and 
had  borrowed  from  them  all  those  parts  of  their 
writings  which  have  a  monotheistic  appearance.  To 
prove  his  theory,  he  forged  without  scruple  passages 
from  profane  authors — Homer,  Hesiod,  Linus — which 
he  pretended  were  borrowed  from  the  Bible.  Josephus 
took  up  the  task  with  more  honesty,  but  as  little 
critical  ability.  It  was  necessary  to  refute  the  learned 
men  who,  like  Lysimachus  of  Alexandria,  Apollonius 
Molon  (about  a  hundred  years  B.C.),  expressed  them 
selves  unfavourably  with  regard  to  the  Jews.  It  was 
especially  necessary  to  destroy  the  authority  of  the 
Egyptian  scholar  Apion,  who  fifty  years  before  had,  it 
may  be  in  his  history  of  Egypt,  or  else  in  a  distinct 
work,  exhibited  an  immense  amount  of  learning  in 
disputing  the  antiquity  of  the  Jewish  religion.  In 
the  eyes  of  an  Egyptian,  or  of  a  Greek,  that  was 
quite  sufficient  to  deprive  it  of  all  nobility.  Apion 


128  THE  GOSPELS  ANl) 

had  relations  with  the  imperial  world  of  Rome, 
Tiberius  called  him  "  the  cymbal  of  the  world  " ;  Pliny 
thought  he  had  better  have  been  called  the  tom-tom. 
His  book  might  still  be  read  in  Rome  under  the 
Flavii. 

The  science  of  Apion  was  that  of  a  vain  and 
frivolous  pedant ;  but  that  which  Josephus  opposed 
to  it  was  scarcely  better.  Greek  erudition  was  for 
him  an  improvised  speciality,  since  his  early  educa 
tion  had  been  Jewish,  and  altogether  confined  to  the 
law.  His  book  is  not,  and  could  not  be,  anything  but 
a  pleading  without  criticism ;  one  feels  in  every  page 
the  presence  of  the  advocate  who  cuts  his  arrow  in 
any  wood.  Josephus  does  not  manufacture  his  texts, 
but  he  takes  anything  that  comes  ;  the  false  historians, 
the  garbled  classics  of  the  Alexandrian  school ;  the 
valueless  documents  accumulated  in  the  book  "  on  the 
Jews  "  which  circulated  under  the  name  of  Alexander 
Polyhiston,  all  are  greedily  accepted  by  him  ;  through 
him  that  suspected  literature  of  the  Eupolemes,  the 
Cleodemes,  the  so-called  Hecatea  of  Abvera,  Demetrius 
of  Phalera,  etc.,  makes  its  entrance  into  science,  and 
troubles  it  seriously.  The  apologists,  and  the  Christian 
historians — Justin,  Clement  of  Alexandria,  Eusebius, 
Moses  of  Khorone — followed  him  in  this  bad  path. 
The  public  to  whom  Josephus  addressed  himself  was 
superficial  in  point  of  erudition;  it  was  easily  con 
tented  ;  the  rational  culture  of  the  time  of  the  Caesars 
had  disappeared ;  the  human  mind  was  rapidly  lower 
ing  its  standard,  and  offered  to  all  charlatanisms  an 
easy  prey. 

Such  was  the  literature  of  the  cultivated  and  liberal 
Jews  grouped  around  the  principal  representatives  of 
a  dynasty  liberal  in  itself  and  in  its  origin,  but  for 
the  moment  devoured  by  a  madman.  Josephus  formed 
endless  projects  of  work.  He  was  fifty-six.  With 
his  style,  artificial  and  chequered  with  a  patchwork 
heterogeneous  of  rags,  he  seriously  thought  himself  a 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  129 

great  writer ;  he  thought  he  knew  Greek,  with  which 
he  had  only  a  second-hand  acquaintance.  He  wished 
to  take  the  "  Wars  of  the  Jews "  in  hand  again ;  to 
abridge  it,  to  make  it  the  continuation  of  his 
"  Antiquities,"  and  to  tell  all  that  had  happened  to  the 
Jews  from  the  end  of  the  war  to  the  moment  of  his 
writing.  He  meditated,  above  all,  a  philosophical  work 
in  four  books  upon  God  and  his  essence,  according  to 
Jewish  ideas,  and  upon  the  Mosaic  laws,  with  the  object 
of  rendering  account  of  the  prohibitions  which  they 
contain,  and  which  greatly  astonished  the  Pagans. 
Death  doubtless  prevented  him  from  carrying  out 
these  new  designs.  It  is  probable  that  if  he  had 
composed  these  writings  they  would  have  come  down 
to  us  as  the  others  have  done.  Josephus  in  effect 
had  a  very  strange  literary  destiny.  He  remained 
unknown  to  the  Jewish  Talmudic  tradition ;  but  he 
was  adopted  by  Christians  as  one  of  themselves,  and 
almost  as  a  sacred  writer.  His  writings  complete  the 
holy  history  which,  reduced  to  the  Biblical  documents, 
offers  only  a  blank  page  for  many  centuries.  They 
form  a  sort  of  commentary  on  the  Gospels,  of  which 
the  historical  sequence  would  have  been  unintelligible 
without  the  information  which  the  Jewish  historian 
furnishes  as  to  the  history  of  the  Herods.  They 
flattered  especially  one  of  the  favourite  theories  of 
the  Christians,  and  furnished  one  of  the  bases  of  the 
Christian  apology,  by  the  account  of  the  siege  of 
Jerusalem. 

One  of  these  ideas,  to  which  Christians  held  most 
strongly,  was  that  Jesus  had  predicted  the  ruin  of  the 
rebellious  city.  What  could  more  strongly  prove  the 
literal  accomplishment  of  that  prophecy  than  the  his 
tory,  told  by  a  Jew,  of  the  unheard-of  atrocities  which 
accompanied  the  destruction  of  the  Temple?  Josephus 
became  thus  a  fundamental  witness  and  a  supplement 
to  the  Bible.  He  was  read  and  copied  assiduously  by 
Christians.  He  made  of  it,  if  I  may  so  say,  a  Christian 

I 


130  THE  GOSPELS  AN  I) 

edition,  wherein  certain  corrections  may  be  permitted 
in  passages  which  offended  the  copyists.  These  pas 
sages,  above  all,  present  in  this  connection  doubts 
which  criticism  has  not  even  yet  allayed.  These  are 
the  passages  relative  to  John  the  Baptist,  to  Jesus, 
and  to  James.  Certainly  it  is  possible  that  these  pas 
sages,  at  least  that  relating  to  Jesus,  may  be  inter 
polations  made  by  the  Christians  in  a  book  which 
they  had  in  some  sort  appropriated.  We  prefer,  how 
ever,  to  believe  that  in  the  three  places  in  question  he 
spoke  in  effect  of  John  the  Baptist,  of  Jesus,  and  of 
James,  and  that  the  labour  of  the  Christian  editor,  if 
he  may  be  so  called,  was  confined  to  pruning  away 
from  the  passage  upon  Jesus  certain  clauses,  and 
modifying  some  expressions  offensive  to  an  orthodox 
reader. 

The  reduced  circle  of  aristocratic  proselytes  of  a 
mediocre  literary  taste,  for  whom  Josephus  composed 
his  book,  were  doubtless  entirely  satisfied  with  it. 
The  difficulties  of  the  old  texts  were  ably  disguised. 
Jewish  history  became  as  attractive  as  Greek,  sown 
with  harangues  conducted  according  to  the  rules  of 
profane  rhetoric.  Thanks  to  a  charlatanesque  display 
of  erudition,  and  to  a  choice  of  doubtful  or  slightly 
falsified  situations,  there  was  an  answer  to  all  objec 
tors.  A  discreet  rationalism  threw  a  veil  over  the  too 
naive  wonders  of  the  ancient  Hebrew  books  ;  after 
having  read  the  accounts  of  the  greatest  miracles,  you 
might  believe  them  or  not  at  will.  For  non-Jews 
never  an  insulting  word ;  provided  one  is  willing  to 
recognise  the  historic  nobility  of  the  race,  Josephus  is 
satisfied.  On  every  page  a  gentle  philosophy,  sym 
pathetic  with  all  virtue,  treating  the  ritual  precepts 
of  the  Law  as  binding  upon  Jews  only,  and  proclaim 
ing  aloud  that  every  just  man  has  the  essential  quali 
ties  necessary  for  becoming  a  son  of  Abraham.  A 
simple  metaphysical  and  rationalistic  Deism,  a  purely 
natural  morality,  replaces  the  sombre  theology  of 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  131 

Jehovah.  The  Bible  thus  rendered  altogether  human, 
appeared  to  the  deserter  of  Jotapata  to  become  more 
acceptable.  He  deceived  himself.  His  book,  precious 
as  it  is  to  the  student,  rises  no  higher  in  point  of  value 
in  the  eyes  of  the  man  of  taste  than  one  of  those  in 
sipid  Bibles  of  the  seventeenth  century  where  the 
most  awful  of  the  old  texts  are  translated  into 
academic  language  and  decorated  with  vignettes  in 
rococo  style. 


CHAPTER    XIII. 

THE    GOSPEL    OF    LUKE. 

As  we  have  already  several  times  had  occasion  to 
remark,  the  Gospel  writings  at  the  period  at  which  we 
have  arrived,  were  numerous.  The  majority  of  those 
writings  did  not  bear  the  names  of  Apostles ;  they 
were  second-hand  attempts  founded  upon  oral  tradi 
tion,  which  they  did  not  pretend  to  exhaust.  The 
Gospel  of  Matthew  alone  presented  itself  as  having 
the  privilege  of  an  apostolic  origin ;  but  that  Gospel 
was  not  widely  diffused ;  written  for  the  Jews  of  Syria, 
it  had  not  yet,  to  all  appearance,  penetrated  to  Rome. 
It  was  under  these  conditions  that  one  of  the  most 
conspicuous  members  of  the  Church  at  Rome  under 
took — "  himself  also  "  (Luke  i.  3) — to  compile  a  Gospel 
from  former  texts,  and  not  forbidding  himself,  any 
more  than  his  predecessors  had  done,  to  intercalate 
what  tradition  and  his  own  beliefs  furnished  him 
with.  This  man  was  no  other  than  Lucanus  or  Luke, 
the  disciple  whom  we  have  seen  attach  himself  to 
Paul  in  Macedonia,  follow  him  in  his  travels  and  in 
his  captivity,  and  play  an  important  part  in  his  cor 
respondence.  We  may  readily  believe  that  after  the 


132  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

death  of  Paul  he  remained  in  Rome,  and  as  he  musb 
have  been  young  when  Paul  knew  him  (about  the 
year  52),  he  would  now  be  scarcely  more  than  sixty 
years  of  age.  It  is  impossible,  in  such  cases,  to  speak 
with  certainty ;  there  is,  however,  no  very  strong 
reason  for  supposing  that  Luke  was  not  the  author  of 
the  Gospel  which  bears  his  name.  Luke  was  not  yet 
sufficiently  famous  for  anyone  to  make  use  of  his 
name  to  give  authority  to  a  book,  as  had  been  done 
in  the  case  of  the  Apostles  Matthew  and  John,  later, 
for  James  and  Peter. 

Nor  does  the  date  appear  involved  in  much  uncer 
tainty.  All  the  world  admits  that  the  book  is  of 
later  date  than  the  year  70  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it 
cannot  be  very  much  later.  If  it  were,  the  predictions 
of  the  immediate  appearance  of  Christ  in  the  clouds, 
which  the  author  copies  without  flinching  from  the 
oldest  documents,  would  be  sheer  nonsense.  "The 
author  throws  back  the  year  of  the  return  of  Jesus 
to  an  indeterminate  future ;  "  the  end  "  is  postponed 
as  far  as  possible,  but  the  connection  between  the 
catastrophe  of  Judea  and  the  destruction  of  the 
world  is  maintained.  The  author  preserves  also  the 
assertion  of  Jesus,  according  to  which  the  generation 
which  listened  to  him  should  not  pass  away  until  his 
predictions  as  to  the  end  of  the  world  were  accom 
plished.  Notwithstanding  the  extreme  latitude  which 
the  apostolic  exegesis  claims  in  the  interpretation  of 
the  discourses  of  our  Lord,  it  cannot  be  allowed  that 
an  editor  so  intelligent  as  that  of  the  third  Gospel, 
an  editor  who  knows  so  well  how  to  make  the  words 
of  Jesus  pass  through  the  changes  required  by  the 
necessities  of  the  time,  should  have  copied  a  phrase 
which  embodies  a  peremptory  objection  to  the  gift  of 
prophecy  attributed  to  the  Master. 

It  is  certainly  only  by  conjecture  that  we  connect 
Luke  and  his  Gospel  with  the  Christian  society  in 
Rome  in  the  time  of  the  Flavii.  Yet  it  is  certain  that 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  133 

the  general  character  of  the  work  of  Luke  answers 
well  to  what  such  an  hypothesis  requires.  Luke,  we 
have  already  remai  ked,  has  a  sort  of  Roman  spirit ; 
he  loves  order — the  hierarchy;  he  has  a  profound 
respect  for  the  centurions,  and  for  the  Roman 
functionaries,  and  likes  to  show  them  as  favourable 
to  Christianity.  By  an  able  turn,  he  succeeds  in  not 
saying  that  Jesus  was  crucified  and  insulted  by  the 
Romans.  Between  Luke  and  Clemens  Romanus  there 
are  considerable  analogies.  Clemens  often  cites  the 
words  of  Jesus  from  Luke,  or  a  tradition  analogous  to 
that  of  Luke.  The  style  of  Luke,  on  the  other  hand, 
by  its  Latinisms,  its  general  form,  and  its  Hebraisms, 
recalls  the  Shepherd  of  Hennas.  The  very  name  of 
Luke  is  Roman,  and  may  belong,  by  a  bond  of  patron 
and  client,  or  of  emancipation,  to  some  M.  Annseus 
Lucanus,  of  the  family  of  the  celebrated  poet,  which 
would  make  a  connection  the  more  with  that  family 
of  Annaea  which  is  to  be  found  everywhere  under 
the  dust  of  Christian  Rome.  Chapters  xxv.  and  xxvi. 
of  the  Acts  lead  to  the  belief  that  the  author,  like 
Josephus,  had  relations  with  Agrippa  II.,  Berenice, 
and  the  little  Jewish  coterie  at  Rome.  Even  down 
to  Herod  Antipas,  whose  misdeeds  he  almost  attempts 
to  extenuate,  he  represents  its  intervention  in  the 
Gospel  history  as  benevolent  in  some  aspects.  May 
we  not  also  find  a  Roman  custom  in  that  dedication 
to  Theophilus,  which  recalls  that  of  Josephus  to 
Epaphroditus,  and  appears  altogether  foreign  to  the 
customs  of  Syria  and  Palestine  in  the  first  century  of 
our  era  ?  We  can  see,  besides,  how  such  a  situation 
recalls  that  of  Josephus,  writing  almost  at  the  same 
time,  the  one  telling  of  the  rise  of  Christianity,  the 
other  the  Jewish  revolution,  with  a  very  similar  senti 
ment — moderation,  antipathy  to  extreme  parties, — an 
official  tone  implying  more  care  for  defending  posi 
tions  than  for  truth, — respect,  mingled  with  fear,  for 
the  Roman  authority,  whose  very  severities  he  strives 


134  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

to  present  as  excusable  necessities,  and  by  whom  he 
affects  to  have  been  sometimes  protected.  It  is  this 
which  makes  us  believe  that  the  world  in  which  Luke 
lived  and  that  of  Josephus  were  very  near  to  each 
other,  and  must  have  had  more  than  one  point  of 
contact. 

This  Theophilus  is  otherwise  unknown ;  his  name 
may  be  only  a  fiction  or  a  pseudonym  to  distinguish 
some  one  of  the  powerful  adepts  of  the  Church  of 
Rome — one  of  the  Clemens,  for  instance.  A  little 
preface  clearly  explains  the  intention  and  the  situa 
tion  of  the  author : — 

Forasmuch  as  many  have  takeu  in  hand  to  set  forth  in  order 
a  declaration  of  those  things  which  are  most  surely  believed 
among  us,  even  as  they  delivered  them  unto  us  which  from  the 
beginning  were  eye-witnesses  of  the  word,  it  seemed  good  to  me, 
also  having  had  perfect  understanding  of  all  things  from  the 
very  first,  to  write  unto  thee,  in  order,  most  excellent  Theophilus, 
that  thou  mightest  know  the  certainty  of  those  things  wherein 
thou  hast  been  instructed. 

It  does  not  necessarily  follow  from  this  preface 
that  Luke  must  have  had  under  his  eyes,  in  working, 
these  numerous  writings  to  whose  existence  he  bears 
witness ;  but  the  reading  of  the  book  leaves  no  doubt 
on  that  point.  The  verbal  coincidences  of  the  text  of 
Luke  with  that  of  Mark,  and,  by  consequence,  with 
Matthew,  are  very  frequent.  No  doubt  Luke  may 
have  had  under  his  eyes  a  text  of  Mark  which  differed 
very  little  from  our  own.  We  might  say  that  he  has 
assimilated  it  bodily,  except  the  part  of  Mark  vi.  45 
to  viii.  26,  and  the  story  of  the  Passion,  for  which  he 
has  preferred  an  ancient  tradition.  In  the  rest,  the 
coincidence  is  literal,  and  when  there  are  variants,  it  is 
easy  to  see  the  motive  which  has  induced  Luke  to 
correct,  in  view  of  those  whom  he  addressed,  the 
original  which  he  had  under  his  hands.  In  the 
parallel  passages  of  the  three  texts,  the  details  which 
Matthew  adds  to  Mark,  Luke  has  not;  what  Luke 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  135 

appears  to  add,  Matthew  always  has.  In  the  passages 
which  are  wanting  in  Mark,  Luke  always  has  another 
recension  than  Matthew.  In  other  words,  in  the  parts 
common  to  the  three  Evangelists,  Luke  offers  a 
sensible  agreement  in  terms  with  Matthew  only 
when  the  last  presents  a  similar  agreement  with 
Mark.  Luke  has  not  certain  passages  of  Matthew 
without  any  visible  reason  why  he  should  have 
neglected  them.  The  discourses  of  Jesus  are  frag 
mentary  in  Luke  as  in  Mark  ;  it  would  be  incompre 
hensible  that  Luke,  if  he  had  known  Matthew,  should 
have  broken  up  the  grand  discourses  which  the  last 
gives.  Luke,  it  is  true,  recalls  a  host  of  Logia  which 
are  not  to  be  read  in  Mark,  but  these  Logia  did  not 
come  to  his  knowledge  in  the  arrangement  which  we 
find  in  Matthew.  Let  us  add  that  the  legends  of 
childhood  and  the  genealogies  have  in  the  two 
evangelists  in  question  nothing  in  common.  Why 
should  Luke  cheerfully  expose  himself  to  evident 
objections  ?  We  can  only  conclude  that  Luke  did  not 
know  one  Matthew  ;  and  in  effect,  the  essays  of  which 
he  speaks  in  his  prologue  might  bear  the  names  of 
disciples  or  of  apostles,  but  none  of  them  could  have 
borne  a  name  like  that  of  Matthew,  since  Luke  dis 
tinguishes  clearly  between  apostles,  witnesses,  and 
actors  in  the  Gospel  history,  and  traditionary  authors 
and  editors  who  have  only  reduced  to  writing  the 
traditions  without  any  special  title  to  do  so. 

By  the  side  of  the  book  of  Mark,  Luke  had  surely 
on  his  table  other  narratives  of  the  same  kind,  from 
which  also  he  borrowed  largely.  The  long  passage 
from  ix.  51  to  xviii.  14,  for  example,  has  been  copied 
from  an  earlier  source,  for  it  is  all  in  confusion :  Luke 
composed  better  than  that  when  he  followed  oral 
tradition  only.  It  has  been  calculated  that  a  third  of 
the  text  of  Luke  is  to  be  found  in  neither  Mark  nor 
Matthew.  Some  of  the  Evangelists  lost  to  us  from 
whom  Luke  thus  borrowed,  contained  very  precise 


136  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

details ;  "  those  upon  whom  the  tower  of  Siloam  fell," 
those  "  whose  blood  Pilate  had  mingled  with  their  sacri 
fice."  Many  of  these  documents  were  simply  resettings 
of  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  strongly  impressed  with 
Ebionism,  and  thus  approached  Matthew.  Hence  may 
be  explained  in  Luke  certain  passages  analogous  to 
Matthew  which  do  not  appear  in  Mark.  The  majority 
of  the  primitive  Logia  are  to  be  found  in  Luke,  not 
disposed  in  the  form  of  great  discourses  as  in  our 
Matthew,  but  backed  about  and  applied  to  particu 
lar  circumstances.  Not  only  has  Luke  not  had  St 
Matthew's  Gospel  under  his  hands,  but  it  does  not 
seem  that  he  can  have  made  use  of  any  collection  of 
the  discourses  of  Jesus  where  already  the  great  series 
of  maxims  of  which  we  have  verified  the  insertion  in 
our  Matthew  were  gathered.  If  he  possessed  such 
collections,  he  neglected  them.  On  the  other  hand, 
Luke  sometimes  connects  himself  with  the  Gospel 
of  the  Hebrews,  above  all,  where  it  is  better  than 
Matthew.  It  is  possible  that  he  had  a  Greek  transla 
tion  of  the  Hebrew  Gospel. 

From  this  it  appears  that  Luke  held  with  regard  to 
Mark  a  position  analogous  to  that  which  Matthew 
held  to  the  same  Evangelist.  By  both  Mark  has  been 
enlarged  by  additions  borrowed  from  documents  drawn 
more  or  less  from  the  Hebrew  Gospel.  To  explain  the 
numerous  additions  which  Luke  made  to  the  common 
basis  of  Mark,  and  which  are  not  in  Matthew,  a  large 
part  must  be  attributed  to  oral  tradition.  Luke 
plunged  deeply  into  that  tradition ;  he  drew  from  it ; 
he  looked  upon  it  as  on  the  same  footing  as  the 
numerous  authors  of  essays  on  Gospel  History  who 
had  existed  before  him.  Did  he  scruple  to  insert  in 
his  text  stories  of  his  own  invention,  in  order  to  stamp 
upon  the  work  of  Jesus  the  impression  which  he 
believed  to  be  the  true  one  ?  Certainly  not.  Tradition 
itself  did  no  otherwise.  Tradition  is  a  collective  work, 
since  it  expresses  the  mind  of  all ;  but  at  the  same 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  137 

time  there  has  always  been  someone  who  uttered  for 
the  first  time  the  bright  saying  or  the  significant 
anecdote.  Luke  has  often  been  that  someone.  The 
spring  of  the  Logia  had  been  dried  up  ;  and,  to  say  the 
truth,  we  believe  that  it  never  produced  anything  more. 
On  the  contrary,  the  liberty  of  the  Agada  shows  itself 
entirely  in  the  right  which  Luke  assumes  of  handling 
his  documents  according  to  his  convenience,  of  culling, 
intercalating,  transposing,  and  combining  at  his  will, 
to  obtain  the  arrangement  which  suited  him  the  best. 
Not  once  did  he  say,  If  this  history  is  true  like  this  it 
cannot  be  true  like  that.  The  true  material  is  nothing 
to  him ;  the  idea,  the  dogmatic  and  moral  aim,  are 
everything.  I  will  even  add  the  literary  effect.  Thus 
it  is  possible  that  what  has  caused  him  not  to  admit  in 
to  his  bundle  of  Logia  collected  before  him  or  even  to 
divide  them  violently,  it  may  be  a  scruple  of  his  deli 
cate  taste  which  has  made  him  find  these  artificial  group 
ings  a  little  heavy.  Nothing  equals  the  ability  with 
which  he  cuts  down  previous  collections  created  upon 
the  framework  of  Logia  thus  dispersed.  He  encases 
them,  serves  them  like  little  gems  in  the  delightful 
narratives  which  provoke  them  and  lead  up  to  them. 
The  art  of  arranging  has  never  been  carried  so  far. 
Naturally,  however,  that  method  of  composing  brings 
about  with  Luke,  as  with  Matthew,  and  generally  with 
all  the  Gospels  of  the  "  second  hand  "  artificially  edited 
from  earlier  documents,  repetitions,  contradictions, 
and  incoherencies,  coming  from  the  diverse  documents 
which  the  last  editor  sought  to  blend  together.  Mark 
alone,  by  his  primitive  character,  is  exempt  from  this 
defect,  and  it  is  the  best  proof  of  his  originality. 

We  have  insisted  elsewhere  upon  the  errors  which 
the  distance  of  the  Evangelist  from  Palestine  has  made 
him  commit.  His  exegesis  rests  only  the  Septuagint, 
which  he  follows  in  its  greatest  blunders.  The  author 
was  not  a  Jew  by  birth ;  he  certainly  writes  for  those 
who  are  not  Jews ;  he  has  only  a  superficial  acquaint- 


138  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

ance  with  the  geography  of  Palestine,  and  the  man 
ners  of  the  Jews.  He  omits  everything  that  would 
be  uninteresting  to  non-Israelites,  and  he  adds  notes 
which  would  be  uninteresting  to  a  native  of  Pales 
tine.  The  genealogy  which  he  attributes  to  Jesus 
leads  to  the  belief  that  he  was  addressing  people  who 
could  not  easily  verify  a  Biblical  text.  He  extenu 
ates  all  that  shows  the  Jewish  origin  of  Christianity, 
and  although  he  may  have  a  sort  of  tender  compas 
sion  for  Jerusalem,  the  Law  has  ceased  to  exist  for 
him,  save  as  a  memory. 

The  spirit  which  inspired  Luke  is  thus  much  more 
easy  to  determine  than  that  which  inspired  Mark 
and  the  author  of  the  Gospel  according  to  Matthew. 
These  two  last  Evangelists  are  neutral,  taking  no  part 
in  the  quarrels  which  were  rending  the  Church.  The 
partisans  of  Paul,  and  those  of  James,  might  equally 
adopt  them.  Luke,  on  the  contrary,  is  a  disciple  of 
Paul,  moderate  certainly,  tolerant,  full  of  respect  for 
Peter,  even  for  James,  but  a  decided  supporter  of  the 
adoption  into  the  Church  of  Pagans,  Samaritans, 
publicans,  sinners,  and  heretics  of  all  sorts.  It  is  in 
him  that  we  find  the  pitiful  parable  of  the  Good 
Samaritan,  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  of  the  Lost  Sheep,  of 
the  Lost  Drachma,  where  the  position  of  the  penitent 
sinner  is  placed  almost  above  that  of  the  just  man 
who  has  not  failed.  Certainly  Luke  was  in  that 
matter  in  agreement  with  the  very  spirit  of  Jesus, 
but  there  is  on  his  part  preoccupation,  prejudice,  fixed 
ideas.  His  boldest  stroke  was  the  conversion  of  one 
of  the  two  thieves  of  Calvary.  According  to  Mark 
and  Matthew,  the  two  malefactors  insulted  Jesus. 
Luke  puts  a  fine  sentiment  into  the  mouth  of  one  of 
them.  "We  receive  the  due  rewards  of  our  deeds, 
but  this  man  hath  done  nothing  amiss."  In  return, 
Jesus  promises  that  that  very  day  he  shall  be  with 
him  in  Paradise.  Jesus  goes  further.  He  prays  for 
his  executioners.  "  They  know  not  what  they  do," 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  139 

In  Matthew,  Jesus  appears  ill-disposed  towards 
Samaria,  and  recommends  his  disciples  to  avoid  the 
cities  of  the  Samaritans  as  in  the  way  of  Pagans. 
According  to  Luke,  on  the  contrary,  he  is  in  frequent 
communication  with  the  Samaritans,  and  speaks  of 
them  in  terms  of  praise.  It  is  to  the  journey  to 
Samaria  that  Luke  attaches  a  great  amount  of  teach 
ing  and  of  narrative.  Far  from  imprisoning  Jesus  in 
Galilee,  like  Mark  and  Matthew,  Luke  obeyed  an 
anti-Galilean  and  anti-Judaic  tendency — a  tendency 
which  will  be  much  more  visible  in  the  fourth  Gospel. 
In  many  other  respects  the  Gospel  of  Luke  forms  a 
sort  of  intermediary  between  the  two  first  Gospels 
and  the  fourth,  which  appears  at  first  to  offer  no  trace 
of  union  with  them. 

There  is  scarcely  an  anecdote  or  a  parable  proper  to 
Luke  which  does  not  breathe  that  spirit  of  mercy,  and 
of  appeal  to  sinners.  The  only  saying  of  Jesus  which 
ever  appears  a  little  harsh  becomes  in  his  hands  an 
apologue,  full  of  indulgence  and  of  long-suffering. 
The  unfruitful  tree  ought  not  to  be  cut  down  too 
quickly ;  a  good  gardener  opposes  the  anger  of  the 
proprietor,  and  asks  leave  to  dig  about  the  roots  of 
the  unhappy  tree,  and  to  dung  it  before  condemning 
it  altogether.  The  Gospel  of  Luke  is  especially  the 
Gospel  of  pardon,  and  of  pardon  obtained  by  faith. 
"There  is  more  joy  in  heaven  over  a  sinner  that 
repenteth  than  over  ninety  and  nine  just  persons 
which  need  no  repentance."  "The  Son  of  Man  is 
come  not  to  destroy  men,  but  to  save  them."  Any 
quantity  of  straining  is  lawful  to  him,  if  only  he  can 
make  each  incident  of  the  Gospel  history  a  history  of 
pardoned  sinners.  Samaritans,  publicans,  centurions, 
guilty  women,  benevolent  Pagans,  all  those  whom 
Pharisaism  despises,  are  his  clients.  The  idea  that 
Christianity  has  pardons  for  all  the  world  is  his  alone. 
The  door  is  open ;  conversion  is  possible  to  all.  It  is 
no  longer  a  question  of  the  Law ;  a  new  devotion,  the 


140  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

worship  of  Jesus,  has  replaced  it.  Here  it  is  the 
Samaritan  who  does  the  good  deed,  whilst  the  priest 
and  the  Levite  pass  indifferent  by.  There  a  publican 
comes  out  of  the  Temple  justified  by  his  humility, 
whilst  the  irreproachable  but  haughty  Pharisee  goes 
out  more  guilty  than  before.  Elsewhere  the  sinful 
woman  is  raised  by  her  love  for  Jesus,  and  is  per 
mitted  to  bestow  on  him  particular  marks  of  tender 
ness.  Elsewhere,  again,  the  publican  Zacchaeus  be 
comes  at  the  first  onset  a  son  of  Abraham,  by  the 
simple  fact  of  his  having  shown  eagerness  to  see 
Jesus.  The  offer  of  an  easy  pardon  has  always  been 
the  principal  means  of  success  in  all  religions.  "  Even 
the  most  guilty  of  men,"  says  Bhagavat,  "  if  he  comes 
to  adore  me,  and  to  turn  himself  to  me  in  his  worship, 
must  be  accepted  as  good."  Luke  adds  the  taste  for 
humility.  "  That  which  is  highly  esteemed  amongst 
men  is  abomination  in  the  sight  of  God."  The  power 
ful  shall  be  cast  down  from  his  throne,  the  humble 
shall  be  exalted;  there,  in  brief,  is  the  revolution 
wrought  by  Jesus.  Now,  the  haughty  is  the  Jew, 
proud  of  his  descent  from  Abraham ;  the  humble  is 
the  gentle  man  who  draws  no  glory  from  his  ancestors, 
and  owes  everything  that  he  is  to  his  faith  in  Jesus. 

The  perfect  conformity  of  these  views  with  those  of 
Paul  may  readily  be  seen.  Paul  had  no  Gospel  in  the 
sense  in  which  we  understand  the  word.  Paul  had 
never  heard  Jesus,  and  intentionally  speaks  with  much 
reserve  of  his  relations  with  his  immediate  disciples. 
He  had  seen  very  little  of  them,  and  had  passed  only 
a  few  days  in  the  centre  of  their  traditions,  at  Jeru 
salem.  He  had  scarcely  heard  tell  of  the  Logia;  of 
the  tradition  of  the  Gospel  he  knew  only  fragments. 
It  must  be  added,  however,  that  these  fragments  agree 
well  with  what  we  read  in  Luke.  The  account  of  the 
Last  Supper,  as  Paul  gives  it,  is  identical,  save  for  a 
few  details  of  small  importance,  with  that  of  the  third 
Gospel.  Luke,  without  doubt,  carefully  avoids  all 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  141 

that  might  offend  the  Judeo-Christian  party,  and 
awaken  controversies  which  he  desires  to  put  to  rest ; 
he  is  as  respectful  to  the  Apostles  as  he  can  be ;  he 
fears,  however,  that  they  will  assume  a  too  exclusive 
position.  His  policy,  in  this  respect,  has  inspired  him 
with  the  boldest  of  ideas.  By  the  side  of  the  Twelve 
he  creates,  of  his  own  authority,  seventy  disciples,  to 
whom  Jesus  gives  a  mission  which  in  the  other  Gospels 
is  reserved  for  the  Twelve  alone. 

In  this  was  an  imitation  of  that  chapter  of  Numbers 
in  which  God,  in  order  to  console  Moses  under  a  burden 
which  had  become  too  heavy,  pours  out  upon  seventy 
elders  a  part  of  the  spirit  of  government  which,  until 
then,  had  been  the  gift  of  Moses  alone.  As  though 
with  the  intention  of  rendering  more  conspicuous  this 
division,  and  this  likeness  of  powers,  Luke  divides 
between  the  Twelve  and  the  Seventy  the  apostolic 
instructions  which  in  the  collections  of  Logia  form 
only  a  single  discourse  addressed  to  the  Twelve.  This 
number  of  seventy  or  seventy-two  had,  moreover,  the 
advantage  of  corresponding  with  the  number  of  the 
nations  of  the  earth,  as  the  number  twelve  answered 
to  the  tribes  of  Israel.  There  was,  indeed,  an  opinion 
that  God  had  divided  the  earth  amongst  seventy-two 
nations,  over  each  of  which  an  angel  presided.  The 
figure  was  mystical ;  besides  the  seventy  elders  of 
Moses,  there  were  seventy-one  members  of  the  Sanhe 
drim,  seventy  or  seventy-two  Greek  translators  of  the 
Bible.  The  secret  thought  which  dictated  to  Luke 
this  so  grave  addition  to  the  Gospel  text  is  thus 
evident.  It  was  necessary,  to  save  the  legitimacy  of 
the  apostolate  of  Paul,  to  present  that  apostolate  as 
parallel  to  the  powers  of  the  Twelve, — to  show  that  one 
might  be  an  Apostle  without  being  one  of  the  Twelve 
—which  was  precisely  Paul's  case.  The  Twelve,  in 
a  word,  did  not  exhaust  the  apostolate ;  the  pleni 
tude  of  their  powers  did  not  make  the  existence  of 
others  impossible,  "  and  besides,"  the  sage  disciple  of 


142  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Paul  hastens  to  add,  "  these  powers,  in  themselves,  are 
nothing ;  what  is  important  to  them,  as  to  every  other 
faithful  man,  is  to  have  their  names  written  in 
heaven."  Faith  is  everything ;  faith  is  the  gift  of 
God,  which  he  bestows  on  whom  he  will. 

From  such  a  point  of  view  the  privileges  of  the 
sons  of  Abraham  are  reduced  to  a  very  small  thing. 
Jesus,  rejected  by  his  own,  finds  his  true  family  only 
amongst  the  Gentiles.  Men  of  distant  countries,  the 
Gentiles  of  Paul,  have  accepted  him  as  king,  whilst 
his  companions,  whose  natural  sovereign  he  was,  have 
shown  him  that  they  will  none  of  him.  Woe  to  them ! 
When  the  lawful  king  shall  return,  he  will  put  them 
to  death  in  his  presence.  The  Jews  imagine  that 
because  Jesus  has  eaten  and  drunk  with  them,  and 
taught  in  their  streets,  they  will  always  enjoy  their 
privileges.  They  are  in  error.  Many  shall  come  from 
the  north,  and  from  the  south,  and  shall  sit  down 
with  Abraham,  with  Isaac,  and  with  Jacob,  and  they 
shall  lament  at  the  door.  The  lively  impression  of 
the  misfortunes  which  have  befallen  the  Jewish 
people  may  be  read  upon  every  page,  and  these  mis 
fortunes,  the  author  finds,  the  nation  has  merited 
through  not  having  understood  Jesus  and  the  mission 
with  which  he  was  charged  for  Jerusalem.  In  the 
genealogy  Luke  avoids  tracing  the  descent  of  Jesus 
from  the  kings  of  Judah.  From  David  to  Salathiel 
the  descent  is  through  collaterals. 

Other  and  less  open  signs  discover  a  favourable 
intention  towards  Paul.  It  is  not  unquestionably 
merely  by  chance  that,  after  having  described  how 
Peter  was  the  first  to  recognise  Jesus  as  the  Messiah, 
the  author  does  not  give  the  famous  words,  "  Thou 
art  Peter,  and  upon  this  rock  I  will  build  my 
Church ; "  words  which  were  already  taking  their 
place  in  the  tradition.  The  story  of  the  Canaanitish 
woman,  which  the  author  had  undoubtedly  read  in 
Mark,  is  omitted  because  of  the  harsh  words  which 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  143 

it  contains,  and  for  which  the  pitiful  ending  is  no 
sufficient  compensation.  The  parable  of  the  tares, 
which  appears  to  have  been  imagined  against  Paul, 
that  untoward  sower  who  came  after  the  authorised 
sowers  and  made  a  mingled  harvest  out  of  a  pure  one, 
is  also  neglected.  Another  passage,  where  we  think 
we  may  see  an  insult  to  the  Christians  who  shake 
off  the  bondage  of  the  Law,  is  retorted,  and  becomes 
an  attack  on  the  Judeo-Christians.  The  rigour  of 
the  principles  of  Paul  upon  the  apostolic  spirit,  is 
pushed  even  further  than  in  Matthew,  and  what  is 
equally  important,  is  that  precepts  addressed  else 
where  to  the  little  group  of  missionaries  are  here 
applied  to  the  whole  body  of  the  faithful.  "  If  any 
man  come  to  me  and  hate  not  his  father  and  mother, 
and  wife  and  children,  and  brethren  and  sisters,  yea 
and  his  own  life  also,  he  cannot  be  my  disciple." 
"  Whoever  he  be  of  you  that  f  orsaketh  not  all  that 
he  hath,  he  cannot  be  my  disciple."  And  after  these 
sacrifices  he  says  yet  again,  "  We  are  unprofitable 
servants ;  we  have  done  that  which  it  was  our  duty 
to  do."  Between  the  Apostle  and  Jesus  there  is  no 
difference.  He  who  hears  the  Apostle  hears  Jesus  ; 
he  who  despises  the  Apostle  despises  Jesus  and  de 
spises  also  him  that  hath  sent  him. 

The  same  exaltation  may  be  remarked  in  all  that 
relates  to  poverty.  Luke  hates  riches,  regards  the 
simple  attachment  to  property  as  an  evil.  When 
Jesus  came  into  the  world  there  was  no  room  for 
him  in  the  inn ;  he  was  born  in  the  midst  of  the 
simplest  of  beings,  sheep  and  oxen.  His  first  wor 
shippers  were  shepherds.  All  his  life  he  was  poor. 
It  is  absurd  to  save,  for  the  rich  man  can  carry 
nothing  away  with  him.  The  disciple  of  Jesus  has 
nothing  to  do  with  the  goods  of  this  world :  he  must 
renounce  all  that  he  possesses.  The  happy  man  is 
the  poor  man ;  the  rich  man  is  always  guilty :  hell 
is  his  certain  fate.  So  the  poverty  of  Jesus  was 


144  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

absolute.  The  Kingdom  of  God  will  be  the  festival 
of  the  poor ;  a  shifting  of  the  social  strata,  an  acces 
sion  of  new  classes,  will  take  place.  With  the  other 
Evangelists  the  persons  who  are  substituted  for  the 
original  guests  are  people  gathered  out  of  the  high 
ways,  the  first  comers ;  with  Luke  they  are  the  poor, 
the  halt,  the  lame,  the  blind,  all  who  have  been  the 
sport  of  fortune.  In  this  new  kingdom  it  will  be 
better  to  have  made  friends  amongst  the  poor,  even 
by  injustice,  than  to  have  been  correctly  economical. 
It  is  not  the  rich  who  should  be  invited  to  dinners, 
it  should  be  the  poor  ;  and  the  reward  shall  be  paid 
at  the  resurrection  of  the  just — that  is  to  say,  in  the 
reign  of  a  thousand  years.  Alms  are  a  supreme  pre 
cept;  alms  are  strong  enough  to  purify  impure  things; 
they  are  greater  than  the  Law  itself. 

The  doctrine  of  Luke  is,  it  will  be  seen,  pure 
Ebionism — the  glorification  of  poverty.  According  to 
the  Ebionites,  Satan  is  king  of  this  world,  and  he 
gives  its  good  things  to  his  fellows.  Jesus  is  the 
prince  of  the  world  to  come.  To  participate  in  the 
good  things  of  the  diabolical  world  is  equivalent  to 
exclusion  from  the  other.  Satan  is  the  sworn  enemy 
of  Christians  and  of  Jesus  ;  the  world,  its  princes  and 
its  rich  men,  are  his  allies  in  the  work  of  opposition 
to  the  kingdom  of  Jesus.  The  demonology  of  Luke  is 
material  and  bizarre.  His  miracle-mongering  has 
something  of  the  crude  materialism  of  Mark :  it 
terrifies  the  spectators.  Luke  does  not  know  in  this 
way  the  softened  tones  of  Matthew. 

An  admirable  popular  sentiment,  a  fine  and  touch 
ing  poetry,  the  clear  and  pure  sound  of  a  silvery  soul, 
something  removed  from  earth!  iness  and  exquisite  in 
tone,  prevent  us  from  dreaming  of  these  blemishes, 
these  many  failures  of  logic,  these  singular  contradic 
tions.  The  judge  and  the  importunate  widow,  the 
friend  with  the  three  loaves,  the  unfaithful  steward, 
the  prodigal  son,  the  pardoned  woman  that  was  a 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  145 

sinner,  many  of  the  combinations  proper  to  Luke  at 
first  appear  to  positive  minds  little  conformable  to 
scholastic  reason  and  to  a  strict  morality ;  but  these 
apparent  weaknesses,  which  are  like  the  amiable  im 
perfections  of  a  woman's  thought,  are  a  feature  of 
truth  the  more,  and  may  well  recall  the  tone  of 
emotion,  soon  expiring,  soon  breathless,  the  altogether 
womanly  movement  of  the  words  of  Jesus,  ruled  by 
image  and  by  sentiment  much  more  than  by  reason. 
It  is,  above  all,  in  the  stories  of  the  childhood  and  of 
the  Passion  that  we  find  a  divine  art.  These  delicious 
episodes  of  the  cradle,  of  the  shepherds,  of  the  angel 
who  announces  great  joy  to  the  lowly,  of  heaven 
descending  upon  earth  amongst  the  poor  to  sing  the 
song  of  peace  on  earth  to  men  of  good  will ;  then  the 
old  man,  worthy  personification  of  ancient  Israel, 
whose  part  is  finished,  but  who  considers  himself 
happy  in  that  he  has  lived  his  life,  since  his  eyes  have 
seen  the  glory  of  his  people  and  the  light  revealed  to 
all  nations ;  and  that  widow  of  eighty  who  dies  con 
soled  ;  and  the  Canticles,  so  pure,  so  gentle — Magnificat, 
Gloria  in  Excelsis,  Nunc  Dimittis,  Benedicts — which 
will  soon  serve  as  the  basis  of  a  new  liturgy  ;  all  that 
exquisite  pastoral  traced  with  a  delicate  outline  on 
the  forefront  of  Christianity — all  that  is  assuredly  the 
work  of  Luke.  Never  was  sweeter  cantilena  invented 
to  put  to  sleep  the  sorrows  of  poor  humanity. 

The  taste  which  carried  Luke  towards  pious  narra 
tives  naturally  inclined  him  to  create  for  John  the 
Baptist  a  childhood  like  that  of  Jesus.  Elizabeth  and 
Zecharias  long  barren,  the  vision  of  the  priest  at  the 
hour  of  incense,  the  visit  of  the  two  mothers,  the 
Canticle  of  the  father  of  John  the  Baptist,  were  as  the 
propylcca  before  the  porch,  imitated  from  the  porch 
itself,  and  reproducing  its  principal  lines.  There  is  no 
necessity  for  denying  that  Luke  may  have  found  in 
the  documents  of  which  he  made  use  the  germs  of 
these  exquisite  narratives  which  have  been  one  of  the 

K 


146  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

principal  sources  of  Christian  art.  In  fact,  the  style  of 
the  childhoods  of  Luke,  truncated,  full  of  Hebraisms, 
is  scarcely  that  of  a  prologue.  Moreover,  this  part  of 
the  work  is  more  Jewish  than  the  rest:  John  the 
Baptist  is  of  sacerdotal  origin ;  the  rites  of  the  purifi 
cation,  and  of  circumcision,  are  carefully  accomplished ; 
the  family  of  Jesus  go  on  a  pilgrimage  every  year; 
many  anecdotes  are  altogether  in  the  Jewish  taste. 
A  remarkable  fact  is  that  the  part  of  Mary — nothing 
in  Mark — grows  little  by  little  in  proportion  as  we 
get  further  from  Judea,  and  as  Joseph  loses  his  pater 
nal  character.  The  legend  wants  her,  and  allows  it 
self  to  be  led  away  to  speak  of  her  at  length.  It 
can  only  be  imagined  that  the  woman  whom  God 
has  chosen  to  impregnate  by  the  Spirit  must  be  no 
ordinary  woman  ;  she  it  is  who  serves  as  the  guarantee 
for  whole  chapters  of  the  Gospel  history;  who  has 
created  for  herself  in  the  Church  a  position  which  has 
become  more  important  from  day  to  day. 

Very  beautiful,  and  also  very  unhistoric,  are  the 
narratives  proper  to  the  third  Gospel  of  the  Passion, 
death,  and  resurrection  of  Jesus.  In  this  part  of  his 
book,  Luke  almost  abandons  his  original  Mark,  and 
follows  other  texts.  Hence  we  have  a  narrative  even 
more  legendary  in  character  than  that  of  Matthew. 
Everything  is  exaggerated.  At  Gethsernane,  Luke 
adds  the  angel,  the  sweating  of  blood,  the  curing  of 
the  amputated  ear  of  Malchus.  The  appearance  be 
fore  Herod  Antipas  is  entirely  of  his  invention.  The 
beautiful  episode  of  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  in 
tended  to  present  the  crowd  as  innocent  of  the  death 
of  Jesus,  and  to  throw  all  the  odium  of  it  upon  the 
great  men  and  their  chiefs,  the  conversion  of  one  of 
the  malefactors,  the  prayer  of  Jesus  for  his  execu 
tioners,  drawn  from  Isaiah  liii.  12,  are  deliberate 
additions.  For  the  sublime  cry  of  despair,  Eli,  eli, 
lama  sabachthani,  which  was  no  longer  in  harmony 
with  the  ideas  of  the  Divinity  of  Jesus  which  were 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  147 

growing  up,  he  substitutes  a  calmer  text,  "  Father,  into 
thy  hands  I  commend  my  spirit."  Finally  the  life  of 
Jesus  after  his  resurrection  is  related  on  an  altogether 
artificial  plan,  conformable  in  part  to  that  of  the 
Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  according  to  which  that  life 
beyond  the  tomb  lasted  but  for  one  day,  and  was 
brought  to  a  close  by  an  ascension  which  Matthew 
and  Mark  altogether  ignore. 

The  Gospel  of  Luke  is  then  an  amended  Gospel, 
completed  and  strongly  impressed  with  legend.  Like 
the  pseudo-Matthew,  Luke  corrects  Mark,  foreseeing 
objections,  effacing  real  or  apparent  contradictions, 
suppressing  more  or  less  difficult  features,  and  vulgar 
exaggerated  or  insignificant  details.  What  he  does 
not  understand,  he  suppresses  or  turns  with  infinite 
skill.  He  adds  touching  and  delicate  details.  He 
invents  little,  but  he  modifies  much.  The  aesthetic 
transformations  which  he  creates  are  surprising.  The 
picture  which  he  has  drawn  of  Mary  and  her  sister 
Martha,  is  a  marvellous  thing :  no  pen  has  ever  traced 
ten  more  charming  lines.  His  arrangement  of  the 
woman  with  the  alabaster  box  of  ointment  is  not  less 
exquisite.  The  episode  of  the  disciples  at  Emmaus,  is 
one  of  the  finest  and  most  delicately-shaded  in  any 
language. 

The  Gospel  of  Luke  is  the  most  literary  of  the 
Gospels.  Everything  in  it  reveals  a  large  and  gentle 
mind,  wise,  moderate,  sober,  and  rational,  even  in  the 
midst  of  unreason.  His  exaggerations,  his  impro 
babilities,  his  inconsequences,  are  somewhat  of  the 
nature  of  parables,  and  give  its  charm  to  it.  Matthew 
rounds  off  the  somewhat  harsh  outlines  of  Mark ; 
Luke  does  more — he  writes  and  shows  a  true  under 
standing  of  the  art  of  composition.  His  book  is  a 
beautiful  narrative  well  followed  up,  at  once  Hebraic 
and  Hellenistic,  uniting  the  emotion  of  the  drama  with 
the  serenity  of  the  idyll.  Everyone  there  smiles, 
weeps,  sings ;  everywhere  there  are  tears  and  canticles  ; 


148  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

it  is  the  hymn  of  the  new  people,  the  hosannah  of 
the  little  ones  and  the  humble  introduced  into  the 
kingdom  of  God.  A  spirit  of  the  holy  childhood,  of 
joy,  of  fervour,  the  evangelic  sentiment  in  its  origin 
ality,  spreads  over  the  whole  legend  a  colouring  of  an 
incomparable  sweetness.  Never  was  writer  less  sec 
tarian.  Never  a  reproach,  never  a  harsh  word  for 
the  old  excluded  people ;  is  not  their  exclusion  pun 
ishment  enough  ?  It  is  the  most  beautiful  book  there 
is.  The  pleasure  that  the  author  must  have  had  in 
writing  it  will  never  be  sufficiently  understood. 

The  historical  value  of  the  third  Gospel  is  certainly 
less  than  that  of  the  two  first.  Nevertheless,  one 
remarkable  fact  which  proves  that  the  so-called 
synoptical  Gospels  really  contain  an  echo  of  the  words 
of  Jesus,  results  from  the  comparison  of  the  Gospel  of 
Luke  with  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  On  both  sides . 
the  author  is  the  same.  Yet  when  we  compare  the 
discourses  of  Jesus  in  the  Gospels  with  the  discourses 
of  the  Apostles  in  the  Acts,  the  difference  is  absolute ; 
here  the  charm  of  the  most  utter  simplicity,  there 
(I  should  say  in  the  discourses  of  the  Acts,  especially 
towards  the  last  chapters)  a  certain  rhetoric,  at  times 
cold  enough.  Whence  can  this  difference  arise  ? 
Evidently  because  in  the  second  case  Luke  makes  the 
discourses '  himself,  while  in  the  first  he  follows  a 
tradition.  The  words  of  Jesus  were  written  before 
Luke ;  those  of  the  Apostles  were  not.  A  considerable 
inference  may  be  drawn  from  the  account  of  the  Last 
Supper  in  the  First  Epistle  of  St  Paul  to  the  Corin 
thians.  The  most  anciently  written  Gospel  text  that 
there  is  may  be  found  here  (the  First  Epistle  to  the 
Corinthians  is  of  the  year  57.)  Now  this  text  coin 
cides  absolutely  with  that  of  Luke.  Luke  then  has 
his  own  value,  even  when  he  is  separated  from  Mark 
and  Matthew. 

Luke  marks  the  last  degree  of  deliberate  revision  at 
which  the  Gospel  tradition  may  arrive.     After  him 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  149 

we  have  no  more  than  the  apocryphal  Gospel  based 
upon  pure  amplification  and  cb  priori  supposition, 
without  the  use  of  any  new  documents.  We  shall  see 
later  how  the  texts  of  the  kind  of  Mark,  of  Luke, 
and  of  the  pseudo-Matthew  were  still  insufficient  for 
Christian  piety,  and  how  a  new  Gospel  came  into 
existence  which  had  the  pretension  of  surpassing 
them.  We  shall  have,  above  all  things,  to  explain 
why  none  of  the  Gospel  texts  succeeded  in  suppress 
ing  the  others,  and  how  the  Christian  Church  exposed 
itself  by  its  very  good  faith  to  the  formidable  objec 
tions  which  sprang  out  of  their  diversities. 


CHAPTEK    XIV. 

THE   DOMITIAN    PERSECUTION. 

THE  monstrosities  of  the  "  bald  Nero  "  made  frightful 
progress.  He  reached  madness,  but  a  sombre,  deter 
mined  madness.  Until  now  there  had  been  intervals 
in  his  paroxysms  ;  now  it  was  a  continuous  frenzy. 
Wickedness  mingled  with  a  feverish  rage,  which  ap 
pears  to  be  one  of  the  fruits  of  the  Roman  climate, 
the  sensation  of  becoming  ridiculous  through  his 
military  failures,  and  by  the  lying  triumphs  which  he 
had  ordered,  filled  him  with  an  implacable  hatred  for 
every  honest  and  sensible  man.  He  might  have  been 
called  a  vampire  feeding  greedily  upon  the  carcase  of 
expiring  humanity ;  an  open  war  was  declared  against 
all  virtue.  To  write  the  biography  of  a  great  man 
was  a  crime ;  it  seemed  as  though  there  was  a  wish 
to  abolish  the  human  intellect,  and  to  take  away  the 
voice  from  conscience.  Everything  that  was  illus 
trious  trembled  ;  the  world  was  full  of  murders  -and 


150  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

exiles.  It  must  be  said,  to  the  honour  of  our  poor 
humanity,  that  it  went  through  this  trial  without 
bending.  Philosophy  recognised  her  position,  and 
strengthened  herself  more  than  ever  in  this  struggle 
against  torment;  there  were  heroic  wives,  devoted 
husbands,  constant  sons-in-law,  faithful  slaves.  The 
family  of  Thrasea  and  Barea  Soranus,  was  always  in 
the  front  rank  of  the  virtuous  opposition.  Helvidius 
Priscus  (the  son),  Arulenus  Rusticus,  Junius  Mauricus, 
Senecio,  Pomponia  Gratilla,  Fannia,  a  whole  family 
of  great  and  strong  souls,  resisted  without  hope. 
Epictetus  repeated  every  day  in  his  grave  voice, 
"Stand  up  and  abstain.  Suffering,  thou  wilt  never 
make  me  agree  that  thou  art  an  ill.  Anytus  and 
Melitus  may  kill  me ;  they  cannot  injure  me." 

It  was  a  very  honourable  thing  for  philosophy  and 
for  Christianity  that  under  Domitian,  as  under  Nero, 
they  should  have  been  persecuted  in  company.  As 
Tertullian  says,  what  such  monsters  condemned  must 
have  had  something  of  good  in  it.  It  is  the  topstone 
of  wickedness  in  a  government  when  it  does  not 
permit  the  good  to  live  even  under  its  most  resigned 
form.  The  name  of  philosopher  implied  thenceforward 
a  profession  of  ascetic  practices,  a  special  kind  of  life, 
a  cloak.  This  race  of  secular  monks,  protesting  by 
their  renunciation  against  the  vanities  of  the  world, 
were  during  the  first  century  the  greatest  enemies  of 
Caesarism.  Philosophy,  let  us  say  it  to  its  glory, 
does  not  readily  lend  its  support  to  the  basenesses  of 
humanity,  and  to  the  sad  consequences  which  that 
baseness  entails  in  politics.  Heirs  of  the  liberal  spirit 
of  Greece,  the  Stoics  of  the  Roman  epoch  dreamed  of 
virtuous  democracies  in  a  time  which  suited  only  with 
tyranny.  The  politicians  whose  principle  it  is  to  shut 
themselves  up  within  limitations  as  far  as  possible, 
had  naturally  a  strong  antipathy  to  such  a  way  of 
looking  at  things.  Tiberius  had  been  wont  to  hold 
the  philosophers  in  aversion.  Nero  (in  66)  drove 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  151 

away  these  importunates,  whose  presence  was  a  per 
petual  reproach  to  his  life.  Vespasian  (in  74)  had 
better  reasons  for  doing  the  same  thing.  His  young 
dynasty  was  sapped  every  day  by  the  republican 
spirit  which  Stoicism  fostered;  he  did  but  defend 
himself  by  taking  precautions  against  his  most  mortal 
enemies. 

Nothing  more  than  his  own  personal  wickedness 
was  necessary  to  induce  Domitian  to  persecute  the 
sages.  He  had  early  entertained  a  hatred  for  men  of 
letters:  every  thought  was  a  condemnation  of  his 
crimes  and  of  his  mediocrity.  In  his  later  days  he 
could  not  suffer  them.  A  decree  of  the  senate 
drove  the  philosophers  from  Rome  and  from  Italy. 
Epictetus,  Dionysius  Chrysostom,  Artemidorus,  de 
parted.  The  courageous  Sulpicia  dared  to  raise  his 
voice  on  behalf  of  the  banished,  and  to  address  pro 
phetic  menaces  to  Domitian.  Pliny,  the  younger, 
escaped  almost  by  a  miracle  from  the  punishment 
which  his  distinction  and  his  virtue  merited.  The 
treatise  Octavius  composed  about  this  time  contains 
cruel  outbursts  of  indignation  and  despair : — 

Urbe  est  nostra  mitior  Aulis 
Et  Taurorum  barbara  tellus  ; 
Hospitis  illic  caede  litatur 
Numen  superum  ;  civis  gaudet 

Roma  cruore. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  the  Jews  and  the  Chris 
tians  should  have  suffered  from  the  recoil  of  these 
redoubtable  terrors.  One  circumstance  rendered  war 
inevitable :  Domitian,  imitating  the  madness  of  Cali 
gula,  wished  to  receive  divine  honours.  The  road  to 
the  Capitol  was  crowded  with  herds  which  were  taken 
to  his  statue  to  be  sacrificed  there :  the  form  of  the 
letters  from  his  Chancery  commenced  with  Dominus 
et  Dens  nosier.  We  must  read  the  monstrous  pre 
face  which  Quintilian,  one  of  the  master  spirits  of 
the  age,  puts  at  the  head  of  one  of  his  volumes,  on  the 


1 52  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

day  following  that  on  which  Domitian  had  charged 
him  with  the  education  of  his  adopted  heirs,  the  sons 
of  Flavius  Clemens : — "  And  now  it  would  be  not 
to  understand  the  honour  of  the  celestial  apprecia 
tions,  to  remain  below  my  task.  What  care  the 
morals  require  if  they  are  to  obtain  the  approval  of 
the  most  holy  of  censors !  What  attention  I  shall 
have  to  give  to  the  studies  not  to  disappoint  the  ex 
pectations  of  a  prince  so  eminent  for  eloquence  as  for 
everything  else!  One  is  not  astonished  that  the  poets, 
after  having  invoked  the  Muses  at  the  outset,  renew 
their  vows  when  they  arrive  at  difficult  passages  of 
their  tasks  ...  So  also  I  shall  be  pardoned  for  call 
ing  all  the  gods  to  my  help,  and  in  the  first  place  he 
who  more  than  any  other  divinity  shows  himself 
propitious  to  our  studies.  May  he  inspire  me  with 
the  genius  which  the  functions  to  which  he  has  called 
me  require  ;  may  he  always  assist  me  ;  may  he  make 
me  what  he  has  believed  me." 

Such  is  the  tone  adopted  by  a  man  who  was  "pious" 
in  the  fashion  of  his  times.  Domitian,  like  all  hypo 
critical  sovereigns,  showed  himself  a  severe  upholder 
of  the  old  worship.  The  word  impietas  especially 
during  his  reign  had  generally  a  political  signification, 
and  was  synonymous  with  l&se  majeste.  Religious 
indifference  and  tyranny  had  reached  such  a  point 
that  the  Emperor  was  the  only  god  whose  majesty 
was  dreaded.  To  love  the  Emperor  was  piety ;  to 
be  suspected  of  opposition  or  even  of  coldness  was 
impiety.  The  word  was  not  from  that  suspected  of 
having  lost  its  religious  sense.  The  love  of  the 
Emperor,  in  fact,  implied  the  respectful  adoption  of 
a  whole  sacred  rhetoric  which  no  sensible  man  could 
any  longer  accept  as  serious.  That  man  was  a  revolu 
tionary  who  did  not  bow  before  these  absurdities, 
which  had  become  part  of  the  routine  of  the  state ; 
now  the  revolutionary  was  the  impious  man.  The 
Empire  thus  came  from  it  to  a  sort  of  orthodoxy,  to 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  153 

an  official  pedagogy  as  in  China.  To  admit  what  the 
Emperor  wished  with  a  sort  of  loyalism  like  that 
which  the  English  affect  towards  their  sovereign  and 
their  Established  Church,  this  was  what  was  called 
religio,  and  gained  for  a  man  the  title  of  pius. 

In  such  a  condition  of  the  language  and  of  minds, 
Jewish  and  Christian  monotheism  must  have  appeared 
a  supreme  impiety.  The  religion  of  the  Jew  and  of 
the  Christian  attached  itself  to  a  supreme  God,  the 
worship  of  whom  was  a  robbery  of  the  profane  god. 
To  worship  God  was  to  give  a  rival  to  the  Emperor ; 
to  worship  other  gods  than  those  of  whom  the  Em 
peror  was  the  legal  patron,  constituted  a  yet  worse 
insult.  The  Christians,  or  rather  the  pious  Jews, 
believed  themselves  obliged  to  make  a  more  or  less  evi 
dent  sign  of  protest  when  passing  before  the  temples ; 
at  least  they  refrained  absolutely  from  the  kiss 
which  it  was  the  custom  of  pious  Pagans  to  wave  to 
the  sacred  edifice  in  passing  before  it.  Christianity, 
by  its  cosmopolitan  and  revolutionary  principle,  was 
certainly  "  the  enemy  of  the  gods,  of  the  emperors, 
of  the  laws,  of  morals,  of  all  nature."  The  best  of 
the  emperors  will  not  always  know  how  to  disen 
tangle  this  sophism,  and,  without  knowing  it,  almost 
without  wishing  it,  will  be  persecutors.  A  narrow  and 
wicked  spirit,  like  that  of  Domitian,  became  such 
with  pedantry  and  even  with  a  sort  of  voluptuousness. 

The  Roman  policy  had  always  made  in  religious 
legislation  a  fundamental  difference.  Roman  states 
men  saw  no  harm  in  a  provincial  practising  his 
religion  in  his  own  country  without  any  spirit  of 
proselytism.  When  this  same  provincial  wished  to 
worship  in  his  own  way  in  Italy,  and,  above  all,  in 
Rome,  the  matter  became  more  delicate  ;  the  eyes  of 
the  true  Roman  were  offended  by  the  spectacle  of 
fantastic  ceremonies,  and  from  time  to  time  the  police 
come  to  sweep  out  what  these  aristocrats  regarded  as 
ignominies.  The  foreign  religions  were  besides  ex- 


154  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

tremely  attractive  to  the  lower  classes,  and  it  was 
regarded  as  a  necessity  of  state  to  keep  them  within 
due  limits.  But  what  was  held  to  be  altogether  grave 
was  that  Roman  citizens,  persons  of  importance,  should 
abandon  the  religion  of  Rome  for  Oriental  supersti 
tions.  That  was  a  crime  against  the  state.  The 
Roman  was  yet  the  basis  of  the  Empire.  Now  the 
Roman  was  not  complete  without  the  Roman  religion; 
for  him  to  go  over  to  a  foreign  religion  was  to  be 
guilty  of  treason  to  his  country.  Thus  a  Roman 
citizen  could  never  be  initiated  into  Druidism. 
Domitian,  who  aspired  to  the  character  of  a  restorer 
of  the  worship  of  the  Latin  gods,  would  not  lose  so 
fine  an  opportunity  of  delivering  himself  to  his 
supreme  joy,  which  was  to  punish. 

We  know  with  certainty  in  effect,  that  a  great 
number  of  persons  having  embraced  Jewish  customs 
(the  Christians  were  frequently  placed  in  this  cate 
gory)  were  brought  to  judgment  under  the  accusation 
of  impiety  or  atheism.  As  under  Nero,  calumnies 
uttered  by  false  brethren  were  perhaps  the  cause  of 
the  evil.  Some  were  condemned  to  death ;  others 
were  exiled  or  deprived  of  their  goods.  There  were 
some  apostacies.  In  the  year  95  Flavius  Clemens 
was  Consul.  In  the  last  days  of  his  Consulate 
Domitian  put  him  to  death  on  the  slightest  suspicion, 
coming  from  the  basest  informers.  These  suspicions 
were  assuredly  political,  but  the  pretext  was  religion. 
Clemens  had,  without  doubt,  manifested  little  zeal  for 
the  Pagan  forms  with  which  every  civil  act  in  Rome 
was  accompanied:  possibly  he  had  abstained  from 
some  ceremony  regarded  as  of  capital  importance. 
Nothing  more  was  required  to  justify  the  issue  of  a 
charge  of  impiety  against  him  and  against  Flavia 
Domitilla.  Clemens  was  put  to  death.  As  to  Flavia 
Domitilla,  she  was  exiled  to  the  island  of  Pandataria, 
which  had  already  been  the  scene  of  the  exile  of  Julia, 
the  daughter  of  Augustus,  of  Agrippina,  the  wife  of 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  155 

Germanicus,  of  Octavia,  the  wife  of  Nero.  This  was 
the  crime  for  which  Domitian  paid  most  dearly. 
Domitilla,  whatever  was  the  decree  of  her  initiation 
into  Christianity,  was  a  Roman  woman.  To  avenge 
her  husband,  to  save  her  children,  compromised  by 
the  caprices  of  a  fantastic  monster,  appeared  to  be 
a  duty.  From  Pandataria  she  continued  to  main 
tain  relations  with  the  numerous  body  of  slaves  and 
freedmen  whom  she  had  at  Rome,  and  who  appear 
to  have  been  strongly  attached  to  her. 

Of  all  the  victims  of  the  persecution  of  Domitian, 
we  know  one  only  by  name — that  of  Flavius  Clemens. 
The  ill-will  of  the  Government  appears  to  have  been 
directed  far  more  against  the  Romans  who  were 
attracted  to  Judaism  or  to  Christianity  than  against 
the  Jews  and  Oriental  Christians  established  in  Rome. 
It  does  not  appear  that  any  of  the  presbyteri  or  episcopi 
of  the  Church  suffered  martyrdom.  Among  the 
Christians  who  suffered,  none  appear  to  have  been 
delivered  to  the  beasts  in  the  amphitheatre,  for  almost 
all  belonged  to  what  were  relatively  the  upper 
classes  of  society.  As  under  Nero,  Rome  was  the 
principal  scene  of  these  violences ;  there  were,  how 
ever,  troubles  in  the  provinces.  Some  Christians 
faltered  and  left  the  Church,  where  for  the  moment 
they  had  found  consolation  for  their  souls,  but  where 
it  was  too  hard  to  remain.  Others,  however,  were 
heroic  in  charity,  spent  their  goods  to  feed  the  saints, 
and  took  upon  themselves  the  chains  of  those  whom 
they  judged  to  be  more  valuable  to  the  Church  than 
themselves. 

The  year  95  was  not,  it  may  be  owned,  as  solemn  a 
time  for  the  Church  as  the  year  64,  but  it  had  its 
importance.  It  was  like  a  second  consecration  of 
Rome.  After  an  interval  of  thirty-one  years  the 
maddest  and  wickedest  of  men  appeared  to  lay  him 
self  out  for  the  destruction  of  the  Church  of  Jesus, 
and  in  reality  strengthened  it  so  that  the  apologists 


156  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

could  put  forth  this  specious  argument,  "  All  monsters 
have  hated  us ;  therefore  we  are  the  true." 

It  was  probably  the  information  which  Domitian 
had  of  this  remark  upon  Judeo-Christianity  which 
told  him  of  the  rumours  which  circulated  concerning 
the  continued  existence  of  descendants  of  the  ancient 
dynasty  of  Judah.  The  imagination  of  the  Agadists 
gave  itself  the  rein  on  this  subject,  and  attention, 
which  for  centuries  had  been  diverted  from  the  family 
of  David,  was  now  strongly  attracted  to  it.  Domitian 
took  umbrage  at  this,  and  commanded  all  who  bore 
that  name  to  be  put  to  death ;  but  soon  it  was  pointed 
out  to  him  that  amongst  these  supposed  descendants 
of  the  antique  royal  race  of  Jerusalem  there  were 
people  whose  inoffensive  character  ought  assuredly  to 
place  them  beyond  suspicion.  There  were  the  grand 
sons  of  Jude,  the  brother  of  Jesus,  peaceably  retired 
in  Batanea.  The  defiant  Emperor  had  besides  heard 
tell  of  the  coming  triumph  of  Christ;  all  that  dis 
quieted  him.  An  evocatus  came  to  seek  out  the  holy 
people  in  Syria ;  they  were  two ;  they  were  taken  to 
the  Emperor.  Domitian  asked  them  first  if  they  were 
the  descendants  of  David.  They  answered  that  they 
were.  The  Emperor  then  questioned  them  as  to  their 
means  of  living.  "Between  us,"  they  said,  "we 
possess  only  9000  denarii,  of  which  each  of  us  takes 
half.  And  that  property  we  possess  not  in  money 
but  in  the  form  of  a  piece  of  land  of  some  thirty 
acres  upon  which  we  pay  the  taxes,  and  we  live  by 
the  labour  of  our  hands."  Then  they  showed  their 
hands  covered  with  callosities,  and  hardened,  and  red 
with  toil.  Domitian  questioned  them  concerning 
Christ  and  his  kingdom ;  his  future  appearance,  and 
the  times  and  places  of  his  appearance.  They 
answered  that  his  kingdom  was  not  of  this  world ; 
that  it  was  celestial,  angelic ;  that  it  would  be  revealed 
at  the  end  of  time,  when  Christ  should  come  in  his 
glory  to  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead,  and  render  to 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  157 

each  man  according  to  his  works.  Domitiau  could 
feel  only  contempt  for  such  simplicity ;  he  set  at 
liberty  the  two  grand-nephews  of  Jesus.  It  appears 
that  that  simple  idealism  completely  reassured  him  as 
to  the  political  dangers  of  Christianity,  and  that  he 
gave  orders  to  cease  the  persecution  of  these  dreamers. 

Certain  indications  in  effect  lead  to  the  belief  that 
Domitian  towards  the  end  of  his  life  relaxed  his 
severities.  It  is,  however,  impossible  to  be  certain  in 
this  matter  ;  for  other  witnesses  lead  us  to  think  that 
the  situation  of  the  Church  was  improved  only  after 
the  advent  of  Nerva.  At  the  moment  when  Clemens 
wrote  his  letter,  the  fire  appears  to  have  diminished. 
It  was  like  the  morrow  of  a  battle  ;  they  count  those 
who  have  fallen,  those  who  are  still  in  chains  are 
pitied  ;  but  they  are  far  from  believing  that  all  is 
over.  God  is  entreated  to  defeat  the  perverse  designs 
of  the  Gentiles,  and  to  deliver  his  people  from  those 
who  hate  them  without  a  cause. 

The  persecution  of  Domitian  struck  at  Jews  and 
Christians  alike.  The  Flavian  house  thus  put  the 
topstone  to  its  crimes,  and  became  for  the  two  branches 
of  the  house  of  Israel  the  most  flagrant  representation 
of  impiety.  It  is  not  impossible  that  Josephus  may 
have  fallen  a  victim  to  the  last  fury  of  the  dynasty 
which  he  had  nattered.  After  the  year  93  or  94  we 
hear  no  more  of  him.  The  works  which  he  con 
templated  in  93  were  not  written.  In  that  year  his 
life  had  been  in  danger  through  the  curse  of  the 
times — the  informers.  Twice  he  escaped  the  danger, 
and  his  accusers  were  even  punished  ;  but  it  was  the 
abominable  habit  of  Domitian  in  such  a  case  to  revoke 
the  acquittal  which  he  had  pronounced,  and,  after 
having  chastised  the  informer,  to  slay  the  accused. 
The  frightful  rage  for  murder  which  Domitian  showed 
in  95  and  96  against  everyone  connected  with  the 
Jewish  world  and  family,  scarcely  permits  it  to  be 
believed  that  he  would  have  allowed  a  man  to  go 


158  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

unharmed  who  had  spoken  of  Titus  in  a  tone  of 
panegyric  (a  crime  in  his  eyes  the  most  unpardonable 
of  all),  and  had  praised  himself  only  casually.  The 
favour  of  Domitia  whom  he  detested,  and  whom  he 
had  resolved  to  put  to  death,  was,  besides,  a  sufficient 
grievance.  Josephus  in  96  was  only  59.  If  he  had 
lived  under  the  tolerant  reign  of  Nerva,  he  would 
have  continued  his  writings,  and  probably  explained 
some  of  the  insinuations  which  the  fear  of  the  tyrant 
had  imposed. 

Have  we  a  monument  of  these  sombre  months  of 
terror,  where  all  the  worshippers  of  the  true  God 
dreamed  only  of  martyrdom,  in  the  discourse  "  on  the 
Empire  of  Reason,"  which  bears  in  the  MSS.  the  name 
of  Josephus  ?  The  thoughts,  at  least,  are  very  much 
those  of  the  times  in  which  we  are.  A  strong  soul  is 
mistress  of  the  body  which  she  animates,  and  allows 
herself  to  be  conquered  only  by  the  most  cruel  punish 
ments.  The  author  proves  his  position  by  the 
examples  of  Eleazer  and  of  the  mother  who,  during 
the  persecution  of  Antiochus  Epiphanius,  courageously 
endured  death  with  her  seven  sons — histories  which 
may  also  be  found  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  chapters  of 
the  Second  Book  of  Maccabees. 

Notwithstanding  the  declamatory  tone,  and  certain 
ornaments  which  recall  a  little  too  strongly  the  lesson 
of  philosophy,  the  book  contains  noble  doctrines. 
God  embodies  in  himself  the  eternal  order  which  is 
made  manifest  to  man  by  reason ;  reason  is  the  law  of 
life;  duty  consists  in  preferring  it  to  the  passions. 
As  in  the  Second  Book  of  Maccabees,  the  idea  of  future 
rewards  and  punishments  is  altogether  spiritual.  The 
righteous  dead  live  to  God  for  God  in  the  sight  of  God, 
Zuffi  rudtw.  God  as  the  author  is  at  the  same  time  the 
absolute  God  of  philosophy,  and  the  national  God  of 
Israel.  The  Jew  ought  to  die  for  his  Law,  first,  because 
it  is  the  Law  of  his  fathers,  then  because  it  is  divine 
and  true.  The  meats  forbidden  by  the  Law  have 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  159 

been  forbidden  because  they  are  injurious  to  man ;  in 
any  case,  to  break  the  Law  in  small  things  is  as 
culpable  as  to  do  so  in  great,  since  in  the  two  cases 
the  authority  of  reason  is  equally  misunderstood.  It 
is  easy  to  see  how  such  a  way  of  looking  at  things 
connects  that  of  Josephus  and  of  the  Jewish  philoso 
phers.  From  the  wrath  which  breaks  forth  in  every 
page  against  tyrants,  and  from  the  images  of  tortures 
which  haunt  the  mind  of  the  author,  the  book 
evidently  dates  from  the  time  of  the  last  outbreak  of 
Domitian's  fury.  It  is  by  no  means  impossible  that 
the  composition  of  this  noble  writing  may  have  been 
the  consolation  of  the  last  days  of  Josephus,  when, 
almost  certain  of  dying  under  punishment,  he  sought 
to  gather  together  all  the  reasons  that  a  wise  man 
might  find  for  not  fearing  death. 

The  book  succeeded  amongst  the  Christians ;  under 
the  title  of  Fourth  Book  of  Maccabees  it  was  almost 
received  into  the  canon ;  many  Greek  manuscripts  of 
the  Old  Testament  contain  it.  Less  fortunate,  how 
ever,  than  the  Book  of  Judith,  it  was  not  able  to  keep 
its  place ;  the  Second  Book  of  Maccabees  afforded  no 
sufficient  reason  for  placing  it  at  its  side.  The  interest 
ing  point  for  us  is  that  we  may  there  see  the  first 
type  of  a  species  of  literature  which  was  later  much 
cultivated, — exhortations  to  martyrdom,  in  which  the 
author  exalts  to  encourage  the  sufferers  the  example 
of  feeble  beings  who  have  shown  themselves  heroic, 
or  still  better  of  these  Acta  martyrum,  now  pieces 
of  rhetoric  having  edification  as  their  aid,  proceeding 
by  oratorical  amplification,  without  any  care  for  histo 
rical  truth,  and  finding  in  the  hideous  details  of  the 
antique  the  ferments  of  a  sombre  voluptuousness  and 
the  means  of  emotion. 

An  indistinct  echo  of  all  these  events  may  be  found 
in  the  Jewish  traditions.  In  the  month  of  September 
or  October  four  elders  of  Judea,  Rabbi  Gamaliel,  pa 
triarch  of  the  tribunal  of  Jabneh ;  Rabbi  Eleazar  ben 


160  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Azariah ;  Rabbi  Joshua  ;  Rabbi  Aquiba,  later  so  cele 
brated,  appeared  at  Rome.  The  journey  is  described 
in  detail :  every  evening,  because  of  the  season,  they 
anchored  in  some  port;  on  the  day  of  the  Feast  of 
Tabernacles  the  Rabbins  found  the  means  to  erect  on 
the  bridge  of  the  boat  a  hut  of  foliage,  which  the  wind 
carried  away  the  next  day ;  the  time  of  the  navigation 
was  occupied  in  discussing  the  manner  of  paying  title, 
and  of  supplying  the  place  of  the  loulab  (palm-branch 
with  myrtle,  used  at  this  feast)  in  a  country  where 
there  were  no  palm  trees.  At  a  hundred  and  twenty 
miles  from  the  city  the  travellers  heard  a  hollow 
murmur  ;  it  was  the  sound  of  the  Capitol.  All  then 
shed  tears.  Aquiba  alone  burst  into  laughter.  "  Why 
do  you  not  weep,"  said  the  Rabbins,  "  at  seeing  how 
happy  and  tranquil  are  the  idolators  who  sacrifice  to 
false  gods,  while  the  sanctuary  of  our  God  has  been 
consumed  by  fire,  and  serves  as  a  den  for  the  beasts  of 
the  field  ? "  "  Well,"  said  Aquiba,  "  it  is-  that  which 
makes  me  laugh.  If  God  grants  so  many  good  things 
to  those  who  offend  him,  what  destiny  awaits  those 
who  do  his  will,  and  to  whom  the  kingdom  belongs  ?  " 
Whilst  these  four  elders  were  at  Rome  the  senate 
of  the  Emperor  decreed  the  extermination  of  the 
Jews  throughout  the  world.  A  senator,  a  pious  man 
(Clemenes  ?)  reveals  this  redoubtable  secret  to  Gama 
liel.  The  wife  of  the  senator,  even  more  pious  than 
he  (Domitilla  ?  ?)  advises  him  to  kill  himself  by  suck 
ing  a  poison  which  he  keeps  in  his  ring,  which  will 
save  the  Jews  (how  one  does  not  see).  Later  on,  the 
conviction  spread  that  this  senator  was  circumcised, 
or,  according  to  the  figurative  expression,  "  that  the 
vessel  had  not  quitted  the  port  without  paying  the 
impost."  According  to  another  account,  the  Cassar, 
enemy  of  the  Jews,  said  to  the  great  of  his  empire : 
"  If  one  has  an  ulcer  on  the  foot,  should  he  cut  off  his 
foot  or  keep  it  at  the  risk  of  suffering  ? "  All  were 
for  amputation,  except  Katia  ben  Shalom.  This  last 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  161 

was  put  to  death  by  order  of  the  Emperor  and  died 
whilst  saying,  "  I  am  a  ship  which  has  paid  its  taxes  ; 
I  may  set  sail." 

There  are  plenty  of  vague  images  here  and 
memories  of  half  sane  people.  Some  of  the  con 
troversies  of  the  four  doctors  at  Rome  are  reported. 
"  If  God  disapproves  idolatry,"  they  were  asked,  "  why 
does  he  not  destroy  it  ? "  "But  God  must  then  destroy 
the  sun,  moon,  and  stars."  "No;  he  might  destroy 
useless  idols  and  leave  the  useful  ones."  "  But  that 
would  at  once  make  those  things  divine  which  he  has 
not  destroyed.  The  world  goes  its  own  way.  The 
stolen  seed  grows  like  any  other;  the  unchaste  woman 
is  not  sterile  because  the  child  which  shall  be  born  of 
her  is  a  bastard."  In  preaching,  one  of  the  four 
travellers  utters  this  thought:  "God  is  not  like 
earthly  kings,  who  make  laws,  and  do  not  themselves 
observe  them."  A  Min  (a  Judeo-Christian  ?)  heard 
these  words,  and  on  coming  out  of  the  hall  said  to  the 
doctor,  "  Why  does  not  God  observe  the  Sabbath  ; 
the  world  goes  on  just  as  usual  on  Saturday  ? "  "  Is 
it  not  lawful  on  the  Sabbath  day  to  move  whatever  is 
in  one's  house  ? "  "  Yes,"  said  the  Min.  "  Well,  then, 
the  whole  world  is  the  house  of  God." 


CHAPTER  XV. 

CLEMENS   ROMANUS — PROGRESS  OF  THE   PRESBYTERIATE. 

THE  most  correct  lists  of  the  Bishops  o£  Rome,  forcing 
a  little  the  signification  of  the  word  bishop,  for  times 
so  remote  place  after  Anenclet  a  certain  Clement, 
who  from  the  similarity  of  his  name  and  the  nearness 
of  his  time  has  frequently  been  confounded  with 

L 


1G2  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Flavius  Clemens.  The  name  is  not  rare  in  the  Judeo- 
Christian  world.  We  may  in  strictness  suppose  a 
relationship  of  patron  and  client  between  our  Clement 
and  Flavius  Clemens.  But  we  must  absolutely  set 
aside  both  the  theory  of  certain  modern  critics 
who  insist  on  seeing  in  Bishop  Clement  only  a 
fictitious  personage,  a  double  of  Flavius  Clemens, 
and  the  error  which  at  various  times  comes  to  light 
in  the  ecclesiastical  tradition,  according  to  which 
Bishop  Clement  was  a  member  of  the  Flavian  family. 
Clemens  Romanus  was  not  merely  a  real  personage, 
he  was  a  personage  of  the  first  rank,  a  true  chief  of 
the  Church,  a  bishop  before  the  Episcopate  was 
definitely  constituted ;  I  would  almost  dare  to  say 
a  pope,  if  the  word  were  not  too  great  an  anachronism 
in  this  place.  His  authority  was  recognised  as  the 
greatest  in  all  Italy,  in  Greece,  in  Macedonia,  during 
the  last  decade  of  the  first  century.  At  the  expiration 
of  the  apostolic  age  he  was  like  an  apostle,  an  epigon 
in  the  great  generation  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  one 
of  the  pillars  of  that  Church  of  Rome,  which,  after  the 
destruction  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem,  became  more 
and  more  the  centre  of  Christianity. 

Everything  leads  to  the  belief  that  Clement  was  of 
Jewish  origin.  His  familiarity  with  the  Bible,  the 
turn  of  style  in  certain  passages  of  his  Epistle,  the 
use  which  he  makes  of  the  Book  of  Judith  and  of 
apocryphal  writings  such  as  the  assumption  of  Moses, 
do  not  agree  with  the  idea  of  a  converted  Pagan. 
On  the  other  hand,  he  appears  to  be  little  of  a 
Hebraiser.  It  appears  then  that  he  was  born  in 
Rome  of  one  of  those  Jewish  families  which  had 
inhabited  the  capital  of  the  world  for  many  genera 
tions.  His  knowledge  of  cosmography  and  of  profane 
history  presuppose  a  careful  education.  It  is  admitted 
that  he  had  been  in  relation  with  the  Apostles,  especi 
ally  with  Peter,  though  on  this  point  the  proof  is 
perhaps  hardly  decisive.  What  is  indubitable  is  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  163 

high  rank  which  he  held  in  the  spiritual  hierarchy 
of  the  Church  of  his  time,  and  the  unequalled  credit 
which  he  enjoyed.  His  approval  made  law.  All 
parties  claimed  him,  and  wished  to  shelter  themselves 
under  his  authority.  A  thick  veil  hides  his  private 
opinions  from  us ;  his  Epistle  is  a  fine  neutral  frag 
ment  with  which  the  disciples  of  Paul  and  the  dis 
ciples  of  Peter  might  equally  content  themselves. 
It  is  probable  that  he  was  one  of  the  most  energetic 
agents  in  the  great  work  which  was  about  to  be 
accomplished,  I  mean  the  posthumous  reconciliation  of 
Peter  and  Paul,  and  the  fusion  of  the  two  parties, 
without  the  union  of  which  the  work  of  Christ  must 
have  perished. 

The  extreme  importance  at  which  Clement  had 
arrived  results,  above  all  things,  from  the  vast  apocry 
phal  literature  which  is  attributed  to  him.  When, 
towards  the  year  140,  an  attempt  was  made  to  gather 
together  into  one  body  of  writing,  clothed  with  an 
ecclesiastical  character,  the  Judeo-Christian  traditions 
concerning  Peter  and  his  apostolate,  Clement  was 
chosen  as  the  supposed  author  of  the  work.  When 
it  was  desired  to  codify  the  ancient  ecclesiastical 
customs,  and  to  make  the  collection  thus  formed  a 
Corpus  of  "  Apostolic  Constitutions,"  it  was  Clement 
who  guaranteed  that  apocryphal  work.  Other  writ 
ings,  all  having  more  or  less  connection  with  the 
establishment  of  a  canon  law,  were  equally  attributed 
to  him.  The  fabricator  of  apocryphas  endeavours 
to  give  weight  to  his  forgeries.  The  name  which 
he  puts  at  the  head  of  his  compositions  is  always 
that  of  a  celebrity.  The  sanction  of  Clement  thus 
appears  to  us  as  the  highest  which  can  be  imagined 
in  the  second  century  to  recommend  a  book.  Thus  in 
the  Pastor  of  the  psuedo-Hermas,  Clement's  special 
function  is  assigned  as  being  that  of  sending  the 
books  newly  issued  in  Rome  to  the  other  Churches, 
and  of  causing  them  to  be  accepted.  His  supposed 


164  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

literature,  whether  he  must  be  taken  as  assuming 
personal  responsibility  for  it  or  not,  is  a  literature  of 
authority,  inculcating  on  every  page  the  hierarchy, 
obedience  to  the  priests,  to  the  bishops.  Every  phrase 
which  is  attributed  to  him  is  a  law,  a  decretal. 
The  right  of  speaking  to  the  Universal  Church  is 
freely  accorded  to  him.  He  is  the  first  typical 
"  Pope "  whom  ecclesiastical  history  presents.  His 
lofty  personality,  increased  yet  more  by  legend,  was, 
after  that  of  Peter,  the  holiest  image  of  Christian 
Rome.  His  venerable  face  was  for  succeeding  ages 
that  of  a  grave  and  gentle  legislator,  a  perpetual 
preacher  of  submission  and  respect. 

Clement  passed  through  the  persecution  of  Domi- 
tian  without  suffering  from  it.  When  the  severities 
abated,  the  Church  of  Rome  renewed  its  relations 
with  the  outer  world.  Already  the  idea  of  a  certain 
primacy  of  that  Church  began  to  make  itself  felt. 
The  right  of  advising  the  Churches  and  of  adjusting 
their  differences  was  accorded  to  it.  Such  privileges, 
it  may  at  least  be  believed,  were  accorded  to  Peter 
and  to  his  immediate  disciples.  Now,  a  closer  and 
closer  bond  was  established  between  St  Peter  and 
Rome.  Grave  dissensions  had  torn  the  Church  of 
Corinth.  That  Church  had  scarcely  changed  since 
the  days  of  St  Paul.  There  was  the  same  spirit  of 
pride,  of  disputatiousness,  of  frivolity.  We  feel  that 
the  principal  opposition  to  the  hierarchy  dwelt  in  this 
Greek  spirit,  always  mobile,  frivolous,  undisciplined, 
not  knowing  how  to  reduce  a  crowd  to  the  condition 
of  a  flock.  The  women,  the  children,  were  in  full 
rebellion.  The  transcendental  doctors  imagined  that 
they  possessed  concerning  everything  deep  significa 
tions,  mystical  secrets,  analogous  to  the  gift  of  tongues 
and  the  discerning  of  spirits.  Those  who  were  honoured 
with  these  supernatural  gifts  despised  the  elders  and 
aspired  to  replace  them.  Corinth  had  a  respectable 
presbyteriate,  but  one  which  never  aimed  at  an  exalted 


TfiE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  165 

mysticism.  The  illuminati  pretended  to  throw  it 
into  the  shade,  and  to  put  themselves  into  its  place ; 
some  of  the  elders  were  even  deprived.  The  struggle 
of  the  established  hierarchy  and  of  personal  relations 
began,  and  the  conflict  filled  all  the  history  of  the 
Church,  the  privileged  soul  finding  it  wrong  that,  in 
spite  of  the  favours  with  which  he  had  been  honoured, 
a  homely  clergy,  strangers  to  the  spiritual  life,  should 
govern  it  officially.  Not  without  a  certain  likeness 
to  Protestantism,  the  rebels  of  Corinth  formed  them 
selves  into  a  separate  Church,  or  at  least  distributed 
the  Eucharist  in  other  than  consecrated  places.  The 
Eucharist  had  always  been  a  stumbling  block  to 
the  Church  of  Corinth.  That  Church  had  its  rich 
and  its  poor;  it  accommodated  itself  with  especial 
difficulty  to  the  mystery  of  equality.  At  last 
the  innovators,  proud  to  excess  of  their  exalted 
virtue,  raised  chastity  to  the  point  of  depreciating 
marriage.  This  was,  as  will  be  seen,  the  heresy 
of  individual  mysticism  maintaining  the  rights  of 
the  spirit  against  authority,  pretending  to  raise  itself 
above  the  level  of  the  faithful,  and  of  the  ordinary 
clergy,  in  the  name  of  its  direct  relations  with  the 
Divinity. 

The  Roman  Church,  consulted  on  these  internal 
troubles,  answered  with  admirable  good  sense.  The 
Roman  Church  was  then  above  all  things  the  Church 
of  order,  of  subordination,  of  rule.  Its  fundamental 
principle  was  that  humility  and  submission  were  of 
more  value  than  the  most  sublime  of  gifts.  The 
Epistle  addressed  to  the  Church  of  Corinth  was 
anonymous,  but  one  of  the  most  ancient  traditions 
has  it  that  Clement's  was  the  pen  which  wrote  it. 
Three  of  the  most  considerable  of  the  elders — 
Claudius  Ephebus,  Valerius  Biton,  and  Fortunatus — 
were  charged  to  carry  the  letter,  and  received  full 
powers  from  the  Church  at  Rome  to  brimr  about  n 
reconciliation. 


166  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

THE  CHURCH  OF  GOD  ABIDING  IN  ROME  TO  THE  UHURCH  OF 
GOD  IN  CORINTH,  TO  THE  ELECT  SANCTIFIED  BY  THE  WILL 
OF  GOD  AND  OF  OUR  LORD  JESUS  CHRIST,  GRACE  AND 
PEACE  BE  UPON  YOU  IN  ABUNDANCE  FROM  GOD  ALMIGHTY 
BY  JESUS  CHRIST. 

The  misfortunes,  the  unforeseen  catastrophes  which  have 
fallen  upon  us,  blow  upon  blow,  have,  brethren,  been  the  reason 
that  we  occupied  ourselves  but  slowly  with  the  questions  which 
you  have  addressed  to  us,  dear  brethren,  touching  the  impious 
and  detestable  revolt,  cursed  of  the  elect  of  God,  which  a  small 
number  of  insolent  and  daring  persons  have  raised  up  and  carried 
to  such  a  point  of  extravagance,  that  your  name  so  famous,  so 
venerable,  and  so  beloved  of  all,  has  suffered  great  injury.  Who 
was  he  who  having  lived  among  you  did  not  esteem  your  virtue 
and  the  firmness  of  your  faith  ?  Who  did  not  admire  the  wis 
dom  and  the  Christian  moderation  of  your  piety  ?  Who  did  not 
publish  the  largeness  of  your  hospitality  ?  Who  did  not  esteem 
you  happy  in  the  perfection  and  soundness  of  your  knowledge  ? 
You  did  all  things  without  acceptation  of  persons,  and  you 
walked  according  to  the  laws  of  God,  obedient  to  your  leaders. 
You  rendered  due  honour  to  the  elders,  you  warned  the  young 
men  to  be  grave  and  sober,  and  the  women  to  act  in  all  things 
with  a  pure  and  chaste  conscience,  loving  their  husbands  as  they 
ought  to  do,  dwelling  in  the  rule  of  submission,  applying  them 
selves  to  the  government  of  their  houses  with  great  modesty. 

You  were  all  humble-minded,  free .  from  boastings,  disposed 
rather  to  submit  yourselves  than  to  cause  others  to  submit  to 
you, — to  give  than  to  receive.  Content  with  the  sacraments  of 
Christ,  and  applying  yourselves  carefully  to  his  word,  you  kept 
it  in  your  hearts,  and  had  always  his  sufferings  before  your  eyes. 
Thus  you  rejoiced  in  the  sweetness  of  a  profound  peace  ;  you  had 
an  insatiable  desire  to  do  good,  and  the  Holy  Ghost  was  fully 
poured  out  upon  you.  Fitted  with  good-will,  with  zeal,  and  with 
an  holy  confidence,  you  stretched  forth  your  hands  towards  Al 
mighty  God,  praying  for  pardon  for  your  involuntary  sins. 
You  strove  day  and  night  for  all  the  community,  so  that  the 
number  of  the  elect  of  God  was  saved  by  the  force  of  piety  and 
of  conscience.  You  were  sincere  and  innocent,  without,  resent 
ment  of  injuries.  All  rebellion,  all  divisions  you  held  in  horror. 
You  wept  over  the  fall  of  your  neighbours  ;  you  esteemed  their 
faults  as  your  own.  A  virtuous  and  respectable  life  was  your 
adornment,  and  you  did  all  things  in  the  fear  of  God  ;  his  com 
mandments  were  written  upon  the  tables  of  your  hearts,  you 
were  in  glory  and  abundance,  and  in  you  was  accomplished  that 
which  was  written  : — "  The  well-beloved  hath  eaten  and  drunk  ; 
he  has  been  in  abundance  ;  he  has  waxed  fat  and  kicked." 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  167 

(Deut.  xxxii.  15.)  Hence  have  come  jealousies  and  hatred 
disputes  and  sedition,  persecution  and  disorder,  war  and  capti 
vity.  Thus  the  vilest  persons  have  been  raised  above  the  most 
worthy  ;  the  foolish  against  the  wise  ;  the  young  against  the  old. 
Thus  justice  and  peace  have  been  driven  away  ;  since  the  fear 
of  God  has  fallen  off,  since  the  faith  is  darkened,  since  all  will 
not  follow  the  laws,  nor  govern  themselves  according  to  the 
maxims  of  Jesus  Christ,  but  follow  their  own  evil  desires, 
abandoning  themselves  to  unjust  and  impious  jealousies,  by 
which  death  first  came  into  the  world. 

After  having  quoted  many  sad  examples  of  jealousy, 
taken  from  the  Old  Testament,  he  adds : — 

But  let  us  leave  here  these  ancient  examples  and  come  to  the 
strong  men  who  have  lately  fought.  Let  us  take  the  illustrious 
examples  of  ovr  own  generation.  It  was  through  jealousies  and 
discord  that  the  great  men  who  were  the  pillars  of  the  Church 
have  been  persecuted,  and  have  fought  to  the  death.  Let  us 
place  before  our  eyes  the  holy  Apostles,  Peter,  for  example,  who, 
through  an  unjust  jealousy  suffered  not  once  or  twice  but  many 
times,  and  who,  having  thus  accomplished  his  martyrdom,  has 
gone  to  the  place  of  glory  which  was  due  to  him.  It  was  through 
jealousy  and  discord  that  Paul  has  shown  how  far  patience  can 
be  carried  ;  seven  times  in  chains,  banished,  stoned,  and  after 
having  been  the  herald  of  the  Truth  in  the  east  and  in  the  west, 
he  has  received  the  noble  reward  of  his  faith,  after  having 
taught  justice  to  the  whole  world  and  being  come  to  the  very 
extremity  of  west.  Having  thus  accomplished  his  martyrdom 
before  the  earthly  power,  he  was  delivered  from  this  world,  and 
has  gone  to  that  holy  place,  giving  to  all  of  us  a  great  example 
of  patience.  To  those  men  whose  life  has  been  holy  has  been 
joined  a  great  company  of  the  elect,  who,  always  through  jealousy, 
have  endured  many  insults  and  torments,  leaving  amongst 
us  an  illustrious  example.  It  was  finally  pursued  by  jealousy 
that  the  poor  women,  the  Danaides  and  the  Dirces,  after  having 
suffered  terrible  and  monstrous  indignities,  have  reached  the 
goal  in  the  sacred  course  of  faith,  and  have  received  a  noble 
recompense,  feeble  in  body  though  they  were. 

Order  and  obedience  are  the  supreme  law  of  the 
Church. 

It  is  better  to  displease  imprudent  and  senseless  men  who 
raise  themselves  up  and  who  glorify  themselves  through  pride 
in  their  discourses,  than  to  displease  God.  Let  us  respect  our 


168  THE  SECOND  CHTtLSTIAN  GENERATION. 

superiors,  honour  the  elders,  instruct  the  young  in  the  fear  of 
God,  chasten  our  wives  for  their  good.  Let  the  amiable  habit 
of  chastity  display  itself  in  their  conduct :  let  them  show  a 
simple  and  true  gentleness  ;  let  them  show  by  their  silence  that 
they  know  how  to  rule  their  tongues, — that,  instead  of  allowing 
their  hearts  to  be  carried  away  by  their  inclinations,  they 
testify  with  holiness  to  an  equal  friendship  for  all  who  fear 
God.  .  .  .  Let  us  consider  the  soldiers  who  serve  under  our 
sovereigns ;  with  what  order,  what  punctuality,  what  submis 
sion  do  they  obey.  All  are  not  prefects,  nor  tribunes,  nor  cen 
turions,  but  each  in  his  rank  obeys  the  orders  of  the  Emperor 
and  of  the  chiefs.  The  great  cannot  exist  without  the  small,  nor 
the  small  without  the  great.  In  everything  there  is  a  mixture 
of  diverse  elements,  and  it  is  because  of  that  mixture  that  things 
goon.  Let  us  take  our  bodies  for  an  exam  pie.  The  head  without 
the  feet  is  nothing ;  the  feet  are  nothing  without  the  head. 
The  smallest  of  our  organs  are  necessary,  and  serve  the  whole 
body ;  all  work  together  and  obey  one  same  principle  of  sub 
ordination  for  the  preservation  of  all.  Let  each  then  submit  to 
his  neighbour  according  to  the  order  in  which  he  has  been 
placed  by  the  grace  of  Christ  Jesus.  Let  not  the  strong  neglect 
the  weak,  let  the  weak  respect  the  strong  ;  let  the  rich  be 
generous  to  the  poor,  and  the  poor  thank  God  for  having  given 
him  one  to  supply  his  needs.  Let  the  wise  man  show  his  wis 
dom  not  by  discourses,  but  by  good  works ;  let  not  the  humble 
bear  witness  to  himself,  let  him  leave  that  care  to  others.  Let 
him  who  preserves  the  purity  of  the  flesh  not  exalt  himself 
therefore,  seeing  that  he  has  from  another  the  gift  of  contin-' 
ence. 

The  Divine  Service  ought  to  be  celebrated  in  the 
places  and  at  the  hours  fixed  by  the  ordained 
ministers,  as  in  the  Temple  of  Jerusalem.  All  power, 
all  ecclesiastical  rule,  comes  from  God. 

The  Apostles  have  evangelised  us  on  the  part  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  and  Jesus  Christ  had  received  his  mission  from 
God.  Christ  has  been  sent  by  God,  and  the  Apostles  have  been 
sent  by  Christ.  The  two  things  have  then  been  regularly  done 
by  the  will  of  God.  Provided  with  instruction  from  the  Master, 
persuaded  by  the  resurrection  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
strengthened  in  the  faith  in  the  Word  of  God  by  the  confirma 
tion  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  Apostles  went  out  preaching  the 
approach  of  the  Kingdom  of  God.  Preaching  thus  alike  in  the 
country  and  in  the  cities,  they  chose  those  who  had  been  the 
first-fruits  of  their  apostolate,  and  after  having  proved  them  by 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  169 

the  Spirit,  established  them  Episcopi  and  Diaconi  of  those  who 
believe.  And  this  was  no  novelty,  for  the  Scripture  had  long 
spoken  of  Episcopi  and  Diaconi,  since  it  saith  in  one  place,  "  I 
will  establish  their  Episcopi  on  the  foundations  of  justice  and 
their  Diaconi  on  the  bases  of  faith"  (Isa.  Ix.  17).  Our  Apostles, 
enlightened  by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  knew  perfectly  that  there 
would  be  competition  for  the  title  of  Episcopos,  This  is  why 
they  conferred  that  title  in  their  perfect  prescience  on  those 
whom  we  have  named  and  prescribed,  that  after  their  death 
other  approved  men  should  assume  their  functions.  These  then 
who  have  been  established  by  the  Apostles  or  afterwards  by 
other  excellent  men  with  the  consent  of  all  the  Church,  and  who 
have  served  the  flock  of  Jesus  Christ  without  reproach,  humbly, 
peaceably,  honourably,  to  whom  all  have  borne  good  testimony 
during  a  long  time,  we  do  not  think  it  just  to  cast  out  of  the 
ministry,  for  we  could  not  without  grave,  fault  eject  from  the 
Episcopate  those  who  worthily  present  the  sacred  offerings. 
Happy  are  the  elders  who  have  finished  their  career  before  us 
and  are  dead  in  holiness,  and  with  fruit  !  They  at  least  have 
no  fear  lest  any  should  come  and  drive  them  from  the  place  to 
which  they  have  been  called.  "We  see,  in  a  word,  that  you  have 
deprived  some  who  lived  well  in  the  ministry,  of  which  office 
they  acquitted  themselves  without  reproach  and  with  honour. 

Have  we  not  the  same  God,  the  same  Christ,  the  same  Spirit 
of  Grace  poured  out  upon  us  ?  Why  shall  we  tear  away,  why 
shall  we  cut  off,  the  members  of  Christ  ?  Why  should  we  make 
war  upon  our  own  body,  and  come  to  such  a  point  of  madness  as 
to  forget  that  we  are  all  members  one  of  another  ?  Your  schism 
has  driven  away  many  persons,  it  has  discouraged  others,  it  has 
cast  certain  into  doubt,  and  afflicted  all  of  us  ;  nevertheless,  your 
rebellion  continues.  Take  the  Epistle  of  the  blessed  Paul  the 
Apostle.  What  is  the  first  thing  of  which  he  writes  to  you  at 
the  beginning  of  his  Gospel  ?  Certainly  the  Spirit  of  Truth  dic 
tated  to  him  what  he  commanded  you  touching  Cephas,  Apollos, 
and  himself.  Then  there  were  divisions  amongst  you,  but  those 
divisions  were  less  guilty  than  the  divisions  of  to-day.  Your 
choice  was  divided  amongst  authorised  Apostles  and  a  man 
whom  they  had  approved.  Now  consider  who  are  those  who 
have  led  you  astray,  and  have  injured  that  reputation  for  fra 
ternal  love  for  which  you  were  venerated.  It  is  shameful,  my 
beloved,  it  is  very  shameful  and  unworthy  of  Christian  piety  to 
hear  it  said  that  that  Church  of  Corinth,  so  firm,  so  ancient,  is  in 
revolt  against  its  elders  because  of  one  or  two  persons.  And 
this  report  has  come  not  only  to  us,  but  to  those  who  hold  us  in 
but  little  goodwill,  so  that  the  name  of  the  Lord  is  blasphemed 
through  your  imprudence,  and  you  create  perils  for  yourselves. 
.  Such  a  faithful  one  is  specially  gifted  to  explain  the  secrets 


170  THE  GOSPELS  ANt> 

of  the  gnose  (tongues);  he  has  the  wisdom  to  discern  the  discourse  ; 
he  is  pure  in  his  actions,  let  him  humiliate  himself  so  that  he 
may  be  greater,  let  him  seek  the  common  good  before  his  own. 

The  best  thing  the  authors  of  these  troubles  can  do 
is  to  go  away. 

Is  there  amongst  you  anyone  who  is  generous,  tender,  and 
charitable,  let  him  say,  "  If  I  am  the  cause  of  the  rebellion,  the 
quarrel,  the  schisms,  I  will  retire,  I  will  go  where  you  will,  I 
will  do  what  the  majority  order,  I  ask  only  one  thing,  which  is, 
that  the  flock  of  Christ  may  be  at  peace  with  the  elders  who 
have  been  established."  He  who  will  thus  use  himself  will 
acquire  a  great  glory  in  the  Lord,  and  will  be  made  welcome 
wherever  he  may  go.  "The  earth  is  the  Lord's  and  all  that 
therein  is."  See  what  they  have  done,  and  what  they  yet  will 
do,  who  do  the  will  of  God,  which  never  leads  to  repentance. 

Kings  and  pagan  chiefs  have  braved  death  in  time 
of  pestilence,  to  save  their  fellow-citizens  ;  others  have 
exiled  themselves  to  put  an  end  to  civil  war.  "  We 
know  that  many  amongst  us  have  delivered  themselves 
to  chains,  that  they  might  deliver  others."  If  those 
who  have  caused  the  revolt  recognise  their  errors, 
it  is  not  to  us,  it  is  to  God,  to  whom  they  will  yield. 
All  ought  to  receive  with  joy  the  correction  of  the 
Church. 

You  then  who  have  begun  the  rebellion,  submit  yourselves 
to  the  elders,  and  receive  the  correction  in  the  spirit  of  penitence, 
bending  the  knees  of  your  hearts.  Learn  to  submit  yourselves, 
renouncing  the  vain  and  insolent  boldness  of  your  tongues  ;  for 
it  is  better  that  you  should  be  small  but  esteemed  in  the  flock 
of  Christ,  than  that  you  should  keep  up  the  appearance  of  superi 
ority,  and  be  deprived  of  your  hopes  in  Christ. 

The  submission  which  is  due  to  the  bishops  and 
elders,  the  Christian  owes  to  the  powers  of  the  earth. 
At  the  moment  of  the  most  diabolical  atrocities  of 
Nero,  we  heard  Paul  and  Peter  declare  that  the 
power  of  this  monster  came  from  God.  Clement,  in 
the  very  days  when  Domitian  was  guilty  of  the 
greatest  cruelties  against  the  Church,  and  against  the 
human  race,  held  him  equally  as  being  the  lieutenant 


THE  SECONt)  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  171 

of  God.     In  a  prayer  which  he  addresses  to  God,  he 
thus  expresses  himself : — 

It  is  them,  supreme  Master,  who  by  thy  great  and  unspeak 
able  power  hast  given  to  our  sovereigns  and  to  those  who  govern 
us  upon  earth  the  power  of  royalty.  Knowing  the  glory  and  the 
honour  which  thou  hast  distributed  to  them,  we  submit  our 
selves  to  them,  thus  avoiding  placing  ourselves  in  contradiction 
with  thy  will.  Give  to  them,  0  Lord,  health,  peace,  concord, 
stability,  that  they  may  exercise  without  hindrance  the  sove 
reignty  which  thou  has  confided  to  them. .  For  it  is  thou, 
Heavenly  Master,  King  of  the  Worlds,  who  hast  given  to  the 
children  of  men  the  glory,  and  the  honour,  and  the  power  over 
all  that  there  is  on  the  surface  of  the  earth.  Direct,  O  Lord  ! 
their  wills  for  good,  and  according  to  that  which  is  pleasing  to 
thee,  so  that  exercising  in  peace,  with  gentleness  and  piety,  the 
power  which  thou  has  given,  they  may  find  thee  propitious. 

Such  is  this  document,  a  remarkable  monument  of 
the  practical  wisdom  of  the  Church  of  Rome,  of  its 
profound  policy,  of  its  spirit  of  government.  Peter 
and  Paul  are  there  more  and  more  reconciled;  both 
are  right;  the  dispute  about  Law  and  works  is  pacified; 
the  vague  expressions  "our  apostles,"  "our  pillars," 
mask  the  memory  of  past  struggles.  Although  a 
warm  admirer  of  Paul,  the  author  is  profoundly  a  Jew. 
Jesus  for  him  is  simply  "  the  child  beloved  of  God  ; " 
"the  great  High  Priest,"  "the  chief  of  Christians." 
Far  from  breaking  with  Judaism,  he  preserves  in  its 
integrity  the  privilege  of  Israel ;  only  a  new  chosen 
people  amongst  the  Gentiles  is  joined  with  Israel.  All 
the  antique  prescriptions  preserve  their  force,  even 
though  they  have  ceased  to  bear  their  original  mean 
ing.  Whilst  Paul  abrogates,  Clement  preserves  and 
transforms.  What  he  desires  above  all  things  is 
concord,  uniformity,  rule,  order  in  the  Church  as  in 
nature,  and  in  the  Roman  Empire.  Let  everyone  obey 
in  his  rank :  this  is  the  order  of  the  world.  The 
small  cannot  exist  without  the  great,  nor  the  great 
without  the  small ;  the  life  of  the  body  is  the  result 
of  the  common  action  of  all  the  members.  Obedience 
is  then  the  summing-up,  the  synonym  of  the  word 


172  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

duty.  The  inequality  of  men,  the  subordination  of 
one  to  the  other,  is  the  law  of  God. 

The  history  of  the  ecclesiastical  hierarchy  is  the 
history  of  a  triple  abdication,  the  community  of  the 
faithful  remitting  first  all  its  powers  to  the  hands  of 
the  elders  or  presbyteri ;  the  presbyteral  body  joining 
in  a  single  personage,  who  is  the  episcopos ;  then  the 
episcopi  effacing  themselves  in  the  presence  of  one  of 
them,  who  is  pope.  This  last  process,  if  we  may  so 
describe  it,  was  effected  only  in  our  own  days.  The 
creation  of  the  Episcopate  is  the  work  of  the  second 
century.  The  absorption  of  the  Church  by  the  pres 
byteri  was  accomplished  before  the  end  of  the  first. 
In  the  Epistle  of  Clement  of  Rome  it  is  not  yet  the 
episcopate,  it  is  the  presbytery,  which  is  in  question. 
Not  a  trace  of  a  presbyteros  superior  to  his  fellows  is 
to  be  found.  But  the  author  proclaims  aloud  that  the 
presbyteriate,  the  clergy,  are  before  the  people.  The 
Apostles,  in  establishing  Churches,  have  chosen,  by  the 
inspiration  of  the  Spirit,  "  the  bishops  and  deacons  of 
future  believers."  The  powers  emanating  from  the 
Apostles  have  been  transmitted  by  a  regular  succession. 
No  Church  has  a  right  to  deprive  its  elders.  The 
privilege  of  riches  counts  for  nothing  in  the  Church. 
In  the  same  way,  those  who  are  favoured  with  mystical 
gifts  ought  to  be  the  most  submissive. 

The  great  problem  is  approached :  who  form  the 
Church  ?  Is  it  the  people  ?  or  the  clergy  ?  or  the 
inspired?  The  question  had  already  been  asked  in 
the  time  of  St  Paul,  who  solved  it  in  the  right  way  by 
mutual  charity.  Our  Epistle  defines  the  question  in 
a  purely  Catholic  sense.  The  apostolic  title  is  every 
thing  ;  the  right  of  the  people  is  reduced  to  nothing. 
It  may  then  be  said  that  Catholicism  had  its  origin  in 
Rome,  since  the  Church  of  Rome  traced  out  its  first 
rule.  Precedence  does  not  belong  to  spiritual  gifts,  to 
science,  to  distinction ;  it  belongs  to  the  hierarchy,  to 
the  powers  transmitted  by  the  channel  of  canonical 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  173 

ordination,  which  stretches  back  to  the  apostolate  in 
an  unbroken  chain.  We  feel  that  a  free  Church  such 
as  Jesus  had  conceived,  and  as  St  Paul  still  admitted, 
was  an  anarchical  utopia,  which  could  not  be  looked 
for  in  the  future.  With  gospel  liberty  there  would 
have  been  disorder:  it  was  not  seen  that  with  the 
hierarchy  would  come  uniformity  and  death. 

From  the  literary  point  of  view  the  Epistle  of 
Clement  is  somewhat  weak  and  soft.  It  is  the  first 
monument  of  that  prolix  style,  charged  with  super 
latives,  smelling  of  the  preacher,  which  to  this  day 
remains  that  of  the  Papal  Bulls.  The  imitation  of  St 
Paul  is  palpable ;  the  author  is  governed  by  his 
memories  of  the  sacred  Scriptures.  Almost  every  line 
contains  an  allusion  to  the  writings  of  the  Old 
Testament.  Clement  shows  himself  singularly  pre 
occupied  with  the  new  Bible,  which  is  in  course  of 
formation.  The  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  which  was 
a  sort  of  inheritance  of  the  Church  of  Rome,  evidently 
formed  his  habitual  reading ;  we  may  say  the  same  of 
the  other  great  Epistles  of  St  Paul.  His  allusions 
to  the  Gospel  texts  appear  to  be  divided  between 
Matthew,  Mark,  and  Luke ;  we  might  almost  say  that 
he  had  the  same  Gospel  matter  as  we,  but  distributed 
without  doubt  otherwise  than  as  we  have  it.  The 
allusions  to  the  Epistles  of  James  and  Peter  are 
doubtful.  But  the  allusions  to  the  Jewish  apocryphas, 
to  which  Clement  accords  the  same  authority  as  to 
the  writings  of  the  Old  Testament,  are  striking :  Judith 
an  apocrypha  of  Ezekiel,  the  assumption  of  Moses, 
perhaps  also  the  prayer  of  Manasseh.  Like  the 
Apostle  Jude,  Clement  admitted  into  the  Bible  all 
those  recent  products  of  Jewish  imagination  or  passion, 
inferior  though  they  are  to  the  old  Hebrew  literature, 
but  more  fitted  than  this  last  of  pleasing  at  the  time, 
by  their  tone  of  pathetic  eloquence  and  of  lively 
piety. 

The  Epistle  of  Clement  attained  besides  the  object 


174  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

for  which  it  had  been  written.  Order  was  re 
established  in  the  Church  of  Corinth.  The  lofty 
pretensions  of  the  spiritual  doctors  were  abated. 
Such  was  the  ardent  faith  of  these  little  conventicles, 
that  they  submitted  to  the  greatest  humiliations 
rather  than  quit  the  Church.  But  the  work  had  a 
success  which  extended  far  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
Church  of  Corinth.  There  has  been  no  writing  more 
imitated,  more  quoted.  Polycarpus,  or  the  author  of 
the  Epistle  attributed  to  him,  the  author  of  the  apocry 
phal  Epistles  of  Ignatius,  the  author  of  the  fragment 
falsely  called  the  Second  Epistle  of  Clement,  borrow 
from  it  as  from  a  document  known  almost  by  heart. 
The  treatise  was  read  in  the  Churches  like  inspired 
Scripture.  It  took  its  place  amongst  the  additions 
to  the  Canon  of  the  New  Testament.  In  one  of  the 
most  ancient  manuscripts  of  the  Bible  (the  Codex 
Alexandrinus),  it  is  found  at  the  end  of  the  books  of 
the  new  alliance,  and  as  one  of  them. 

The  trace  left  at  Rome  by  Bishop  Clement  was 
profound  from  the  most  ancient  times ;  a  Church 
consecrated  his  memory  in  the  valley  between  the 
Coelius  and  the  Esquiline,  in  the  district  where,  accord 
ing  to  tradition,  the  paternal  house  was  placed,  and 
where  others,  through  a  feeling  of  secular  hesitation, 
wished  to  recall  the  memory  of  Flavius  Clemens. 
We  shall  see  him  later  become  the  hero  of  a  surpris 
ing  romance,  very  popular  in  Rome,  and  entitled  "  the 
Recognitions,"  because  his  father,  his  mother,  and  his 
brothers,  bewailed  as  dead,  are  found  again,  and  recog 
nise  each  other.  With  him  was  associated  a  certain 
Urapte,  charged  together  with  him  with  the  govern 
ment  and  teaching  of  widows  and  orphans.  In  the 
half  light  in  which  he  remains  enveloped,  and,  as  it 
were,  lost  in  the  luminous  haze  of  a  fine  historic 
distance,  Clement  is  one  of  the  great  figures  of  nascent 
Christianity.  Some  vague  rays  come  only  out  of  the 
mystery  which  surrounds  him ;  one  might  call  him  a 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  175 

saint's  head  in  an  old  half -effaced  fresco  of  Giotto,  still 
recognisable  by  its  golden  aureole  and  by  some  vague 
tints  of  a  pure  and  gentle  light. 


CHAPTER    XVI 

END  OF  THE  FLAVII — NERVA — RECRUDESCENCE  OF 
THE  APOCALYPSES. 

THE  death  of  Domitian  followed  closely  upon  that 
of  Flavius  and  the  persecution  of  the  Christians. 
There  were  between  these  events  relations  which  are 
hardly  to  be  explained.  "  He  had  been  able,"  says 
Juvenal,  "  to  deprive  Rome  with  impunity  of  her 
most  illustrious  souls,  without  anyone  arming  him 
self  to  avenge  them,  but  he  perished  when  he  became 
terrible  to  the  cobblers.  Behold  what  lost  a  man 
stained  with  the  blood  of  the  Lamia!"  It  seems 
probable  that  Domitilla  and  Flavius  Clemens  entered 
into  the  plot.  Domitilla  may  have  been  recalled  from 
Pandataria  in  the  last  months  of  Domitian.  There 
was,  however,  a  general  conspiracy  around  the  mon 
ster.  Domitian  felt  it,  and,  like  all  egotists,  he  was 
very  exigent  as  to  the  fidelity  of  others.  He  caused 
Epaphroditus  to  be  put  to  death  for  having  helped 
Nero  to  kill  himself,  in  order  to  show  what  crime 
the  freedman  commits  who  raises  his  hand  against 
his  master,  even  with  a  good  intention.  Domitia  his 
wife,  all  the  people  of  his  household,  trembled,  and 
resolved  to  anticipate  the  blow  which  threatened 
them.  With  them  was  associated  Stephanus,  a  freed 
man  of  Domitilla,  and  steward  of  her  household. 
As  he  was  very  robust,  he  offered  himself  for  the 
attack,  body  to  body.  On  the  18th  September,  to- 


]  76  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

wards  eleven  o'clock  in  the  morning,  Stephanus,  with 
his  arm  in  a  sling,  presented  himself  to  hand  to  the 
Emperor  a  memorial  on  a  conspiracy  which  he  pre 
tended  to  have  discovered.  The  chamberlain  Par- 
thenius,  who  was  in  the  plot,  admitted  him,  and  closed 
the  door.  Whilst  Domitian  read  with  attention,  Ste 
phanus  drew  a  dagger  from  his  bandage  and  stabbed 
him  in  the  groin.  Domitian  had  time  to  cry  to  the 
little  page  who  attended  to  the  altar  of  the  Lares  to 
give  him  the  sword  which  was  under  his  pillow  and 
to  call  for  help.  The  boy  ran  to  the  bed's  head,  but 
found  only  the  hilt.  Parthenius  had  foreseen  all,  and 
had  closed  up  the  ways  of  escape.  The  struggle  was 
sufficiently  long.  Domitian  sought  to  draw  the  dagger 
from  the  wound,  and  then  with  his  fingers  half  cut 
off  he  tore  at  the  eyes  of  the  murderer,  and  succeeded 
in  throwing  him  to  the  ground  and  placing  himself 
upon  him.  Parthenius  then  caused  the  other  con 
spirators  to  enter,  who  finished  off  the  wretch.  It 
was  time ;  the  guards  arrived  an  instant  later,  and 
slew  Stephanus. 

The  soldiers,  whom  Domitian  had  covered  with 
shame  but  whose  pay  he  had  increased,  wished  to 
avenge  him,  and  proclaimed  him  Divus.  The  senate 
was  sufficiently  strong  to  prevent  this  last  ignominy. 
It  caused  all  his  statues  to  be  broken  or  melted, 
his  name  to  be  effaced  from  the  inscriptions,  and  his 
triumphal  arches  to  be  thrown  down.  It  was  ordered 
that  he  should  be  buried  like  a  gladiator ;  but  his 
nurse  succeeded  in  carrying  away  his  corpse,  and 
in  secretly  uniting  his  ashes  to  those  of  the  other 
members  of  his  family  in  the  temple  of  the  gen* 
Flavia. 

This  house,  raised  up  by  the  chance  of  the  revolu 
tions  to  such  strange  destinies,  fell  thenceforward 
into  great  discredit.  The  persons  of  merit  and  virtue 
whom  it  yet  contained  were  forgotten.  The  proud 
nristocracy,  honest  and  of  high  nobility,  who  were 


THE  SECOND  CHlUSTlAN  GENERATION.  177 

about  to  reign  could  only  feel  the  profoundest  aver 
sion  for  the  relics  of  a  middle-class  family  whose 
last  chief  had  been  the  object  of  their  just  execration. 
During  the  whole  of  the  second  century  nothing  is 
heard  of  any  Mavius.  Flavia  Domitilla  ended  her 
life  in  obscurity.  It  is  not  known  what  became  of 
her  two  sons,  whom  Domitian  had  intended  for  the 
Empire.  One  indication  leads  to  the  belief  that  the 
posterity  of  Domitilla  continued  until  the  end  of 
the  third  century.  That  house  always  preserved,  it 
would  appear,  an  attachment  to  Christianity.  Its 
family  sepulchre,  situated  on  the  Via  Ardeatina,  be 
came  one  of  the  most  ancient  Christian  catacombs. 
It  is  distinguished  from  all  the  others  by  its  spacious 
approaches  ;  its  vestibule  in  the  classical  style,  fully 
open  to  the  public  road ;  the  size  of  its  principal  hall, 
destined  for  the  reception  of  the  sarcophagi ;  the 
elegance  and  the  altogether  profane  character  of  the 
decorative  paintings  on  the  vault  of  this  hall.  If  one 
holds  to  the  frontispiece,  everything  recalls  Pompeii, 
or,  still  better,  the  Villa  of  Livy,  ad  gallinas  albas, 
in  the  Flaminian  Way.  In  proportion  as  one  descends 
the  underground  temple  (hypogea)  the  aspect  grows 
more  and  more  Christian.  It  is  then  quite  conceiv 
able  that  this  beautiful  sepulchre  may  have  received 
its  first  consecration  from  Domitilla,  whose  family 
must  have  been  in  a  great  part  Christian.  In  the 
third  century  the  approaches  were  enlarged  and  a 
collegiate  schola  was  constructed,  designed  probably 
for  agapes  or  sacred  feasts. 

The  circumstances  which  brought  the  old  Nerva  to 
the  Empire  are  obscure.  The  conspirators  who  killed 
the  tyrant  had,  without  doubt,  a  preponderating  share 
in  the  choice.  A  reaction  against  the  abominations  of 
the  preceding  reign  was  inevitable ;  the  conspirators, 
however,  having  taken  part  in  the  principal  events  of 
the  reign,  did  not  want  too  strong  a  reaction.  Nerva 
was  an  excellent  man,  but  reserved,  timid,  and  carry- 

M 


178  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

ing  the  taste  for  half  measures  almost  to  excess.  The 
army  desired  the  punishment  of  the  murderers  of 
Domitian  ;  the  honest  party  in  the  Senate  wished  for 
the  punishment  of  those  who  had  been  the  ministers 
of  the  crimes  of  the  last  government.  Dragged  about 
between  these  opposing  requirements,  Nerva  often 
appeared  weak.  One  day  at  his  table  were  found 
united  the  illustrious  Junius  Mauricius,  who  had 
risked  his  life  for  liberty,  and  the  ignoble  Veientus, 
one  of  the  men  who  had  done  the  greatest  evil  under 
Domitian.  The  conversation  fell  upon  Catullus 
Messalinus,  the  most  abhorred  of  the  informers: — 
"  What  would  this  Catullus  do  if  he  were  alive  ? " 
said  Nerva.  "  Faith,"  cried  Mauricius,  at  the  end  of 
his  patience,  "  he  would  dine  with  us." 

All  the  good  that  could  be  done  without  breaking 
with  the  evil,  Nerva  did.  Progress  was  never  loved 
more  sincerely ;  a  remarkable  spirit  of  humanity,  of 
gentleness,  entered  into  the  government  and  even  into 
the  legislation.  The  Senate  regained  its  authority. 
Men  of  sense  thought  the  problem  of  the  times,  the 
alliance  of  the  aristocracy  with  liberty,  definitely 
resolved.  The  mania  for  religious  persecution,  which 
had  been  one  of  the  saddest  features  of  the  reign 
of  Domitian,  absolutely  disappeared.  Nerva  caused 
those  who  were  under  the  weight  of  accusations  of 
this  kind  to  be  absolved,  and  recalled  the  banished. 
It  was  forbidden  to  prosecute  anyone  for  the  mere 
practice  of  Jewish  customs  ;  prosecutions  for  impiety 
were  suppressed  ;  the  informers  were  punished.  The 
.fiscus  jiidaicus,  as  we  have  seen,  afforded  scope  for 
much  injustice.  People  who  did  not  owe  it  were 
made  to  pay ;  in  order  to  ascertain  the  quality  of 
persons  liable  to  it,  they  were  subjected  to  disgusting 
inquiries.  Measures  were  taken  to  prevent  the  re 
vival  of  similar  abuses,  and  a  special  coinage  (nsci 
IVDAICI  CALVMNIA  SVBLATA)  recalled  the  memory  of 
that  measure. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  179 

All  the  families  of  Israel  thus  enjoyed  a  relative 
calm  after  a  cruel  storm.  They  breathed.  For  some 
years  the  Church  of  Rome  was  more  happy  and  more 
flourishing  than  she  had  ever  been.  The  apocalyptic 
ideas  resumed  their  course ;  it  was  believed  that  God 
had  fixed  the  time  of  his  coming  upon  earth  for  the 
moment  when  the  number  of  the  elect  reached  a 
certain  figure ;  every  day  they  rejoiced  to  see  that 
number  increase.  The  belief  in  the  return  of  Nero 
had  not  disappeared.  Nero,  if  he  had  lived,  would 
have  been  sixty,  which  was  a  great  age  for  the  part 
which  was  destined  for  him ;  but  the  imagination 
reasons  little ;  besides  Nero,  the  Antichrist  became 
day  by  day  a  more  ideal  personage,  placed  altogether 
without  the  conditions  of  the  natural  life.  For  a  long 
time  people  continued  to  speak  of  his  return,  even 
when  it  was  obvious  that  he  could  no  longer  be  alive. 

The  Jews  were  more  ardent  and  more  sombre  than 
ever.  It  appears  that  it  was  a  law  of  religious  con 
science  with  this  people  to  pour  forth  in  each  of  the 
great  crises  which  tore  the  Roman  Empire  one  of  those 
allegorical  compositions  in  which  the  rein  was  given 
to  prognostications  of  the  future.  The  situation  of 
the  year  97  in  many  ways  resembled  that  of  the  year 
68.  Natural  prodigies  appeared  to  multiply.  The  fall 
of  the  Flavii  made  almost  as  much  impression  as  the 
disappearance  of  the  house  of  Julius.  The  Jews  be 
lieved  that  the  existence  of  the  Empire  was  again  in 
question.  The  two  catastrophes  had  been  preceded 
by  sanguinary  madnesses,  and  were  followed  by  civil 
troubles,  which  caused  doubts  as  to  the  vital  powers 
of  a  state  so  agitated.  During  this  eclipse  of  the 
Roman  power,  the  imagination  of  the  Messianists 
again  took  the  field ;  the  eccentric  speculations  as  to 
the  end  of  the  Empire  and  the  end  of  time  resumed 
their  course. 

The  Apocalypse  of  the  reign  of  Nerva  appeared, 
according  to  the  custom  of  compositions  of  this  kind, 


180  THE  GOSPfeLS  ANt) 

under  a  fictitious  name,  that  of  Esdras.  This  writer 
began  by  becoming  very  celebrated.  An  exaggerated 
part  was  attributed  to  him  in  the  reconstitution  of 
the  sacred  books.  The  forger  for  his  purpose  wanted 
besides  a  personage  who  had  been  contemporary  with 
a  situation  of  the  Jewish  people  analogous  to  that 
through  which  they  were  passing.  The  work  appears 
to  have  been  originally  written  in  that  Greek  full  of 
Hebraisms  which  had  already  been  the  language 
of  the  Apocalypse  of  John.  The  original  is  lost,  but 
from  the  Greek  text  translations  were  made  into 
Latin,  Syriac,  Armenian,  Ethopian,  and  Arabic  which 
have  preserved  to  us  this  precious  document,  and  have 
allowed  us  to  restore  its  first  state.  It  is  a  sufficiently 
fine  piece  of  writing,  of  a  truly  Hebrew  taste,  com 
posed  by  a  Pharisee  probably  at  Rome.  Christians 
read  it  with  avidity,  and  it  was  unnecessary  to  do  more 
than  retouch  one  or  two  passages  to  turn  it  into  a 
very  edifying  Christian  book. 

The  author  may  in  many  ways  be  considered  the 
last  prophet  of  Israel.  The  work  is  divided  into 
seven  sections,  for  the  most  part  affecting  the  form  of 
a  dialogue  between  Esdras,  a  supposed  exile  to 
Babylon,  and  the  angel  Uriel ;  but  it  is  easy  to  see 
behind  the  biblical  personage  the  ardent  Jew  of  the 
Flavian  epoch,  full  of  rage  because  of  the  destruction 
of  the  Temple  by  Titus.  The  memory  of  these  dark 
days  of  the  year  70  rises  in  his  soul  like  the  smoke  of 
the  pit,  and  fills  it  with  holy  wrath.  How  far  are  we, 
with  this  fiery  zealot,  from  a  Josephus  who  treats  the 
defenders  of  J  erusalem  as  scoundrels  ?  Here  is  a  verit 
able  Jew  who  is  sorry  not  to  have  been  with  those 
who  perished  in  the  fire  of  the  Temple.  The  Revolu 
tion  of  Judea,  according  to  him,  was  not  an  insanity. 
Those  who  defended  Jerusalem  to  the  uttermost, 
those  assassins  whom  the  moderates  sacrificed  and 
regarded  as  alone  responsible  for  the  misfortunes  of 
the  nations — those  assassins  were  saints.  Their  fate 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  181 

was   enviable ;   they  will  be   the  great   men  of  the 
future. 

Never  did  Israelite,  more  pious,  more  penetrated 
with  the  sufferings  of  Zion,  pour  out  his  prayers  and 
tears  before  Jehovah.  A  profound  doubt,  the  great 
doubt  of  the  Jews,  rent  him, — the  same  which  de 
voured  the  Psalmist  when  he  "  saw  the  ungodly  in 
prosperity."  Israel  are  the  chosen  people.  God  has 
promised  happiness  to  them  if  they  observe  the  Law. 
Without  having  fulfilled  that  condition  in  all  its 
rigour,  what  would  be  beyond  human  strength, 
Israel  is  better  than  other  nations.  In  any  c/ise,  he 
has  never  observed  the  Law  more  scrupulously  than 
in  these  last  times.  Why,  then,  is  Israel  the  most  un 
fortunate  of  peoples ;  and  more  just  he  is  the  more 
unfortunate  ?  The  author  sees  clearly  that  the  old 
materialistic  solutions  of  this  problem  cannot  be 
accepted.  Thus  is  his  soul  troubled  even  to  death. 

Lord,  Master  Universal,  he  cries,  of  all  the  forests  of  the 
earth,  and  of  all  the  trees  that  are  found  therein,  thou  hast 
chosen  a  vine ;  of  all  the  countries  of  the  world,  thou  hast 
chosen  a  province ;  of  all  the  flowers  of  the  world,  thou  hast 
chosen  a  lily  ;  of  all  the  wilderness  of  water,  thou  hast  chosen 
a  brook ;  amongst  all  the  cities,  thou  hast  sanctified  Sion  ;  of 
all  the  birds,  thou  hast  dedicated  a  dove  to  thyself ;  and  of  all 
created  beasts,  thou  wouldest  take  only  a  lamb  for  thyself, 
thus  out  of  all  the  people  on  the  face  of  the  earth  thou  hast 
adopted  one  only,  and  to  that  beloved  people  thou  hast  given  a 
Law  which  all  admire.  And  now,  Lord,  what  has  he  done  that 
thou  should est  deliver  thine  only  One  to  profanations,  that  up 
on  the  root  of  thy  choice  thou  hast  grafted  other  plants,  that 
thou  hast  dispersed  thy  dear  ones  in  the  midst  of  the  nations, 
those  who  deny  thee  crowd  upon  the  feet  of  the  faithful.  If 
thou  hast  come  to  hate  thy  people,  it  must  be  so  !  But  at 
least  punish  them  with  thine  own  hands,  and  lay  not  this  task 
upon  the  unfaithful. 

Thou  hast  said  that  it  is  for  us  that  thou  hast  created  the 
world  ;  that  the  other  nations  born  of  Adam  are  in  thine  eyes 
but  vile  spittle  (sic).  .  .  .  And  now,  Lord,  behold  these  nations, 
thus  treated  as  nothing,  rule  over  us  and  trample  us  under  foot. 
And  we  thy  people,  we  whom  thou  hast  called  thy  first-born, 
thy  only  Son,  we  the  objects  of  thy  jealousy,  we  are  delivered 


182  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

unto  their  hands.  If  the  world  has  been  created  for  us,  why 
do  we  not  at  least  possess  an  heritage  ?  How  long,  O  Lord,  how 
long  !  .  .  . 

Sion  is  a  desert,  Babylon  is  happy.  Is  this  just  ?  Sion  has 
sinned  much.  She  may  have,  but  is  Babylon  more  innocent? 
I  believed  so  until  I  came  here,  but  since  I  came,  what  do  I  see  ? 
Such  impieties  that  I  marvel  that  thou  bearest  them,  after  hav 
ing  destroyed  Sion  for  so  much  less  iniquity.  What  nation  has 
known  thee  save  only  Israel  ?  What  tribe  has  believed  in  thee 
save  only  that  of  Jacob  ?  And  who  has  been  less  rewarded  ? 
Amongst  the  nations  I  have  seen  them  flourishing  and  unmind 
ful  of  thy  commandments.  Weigh  in  the  balance  what  we 
have  done,  and  what  they  do.  Amongst  us  I  confess  there  are 
few  faithful  ones,  but  amongst  them  there  are  none  at  all.  Now 
they  enjoy  a  profound  peace,  and  we,  our  life  is  the  life  of  a 
fugitive  grasshopper  ;  we  pass  our  days  in  fear  and  anguish.  It 
had  been  better  for  us  never  to  have  been  born  than  to  be  tor 
mented  thus  without  knowing  in  what  our  guilt  consists.  ,  .  . 
Oh,  that  we  had  been  burned  in  the  fires  of  Sion  !  We  are  not 
better  than  those  who  perished  there  ! 

The  angel  Uriel,  the  interlocutor  of  Esdras,  eludes 
as  best  he  can  the  inflexible  logic  of  this  protestation. 
The  mysteries  of  God  are  so  profound  !  The  mind  of 
man  is  so  limited !  Pressed  with  questions,  Uriel 
escapes  by  a  Messianic  theory  like  that  of  the  Chris 
tians.  The  Messiah,  son  of  God,  but  simple  man,  is  on 
the  eve  of  appearing  in  Zion  in  glory,  in  company 
with  those  who  have  not  tasted  death,  that  is  to  say, 
with  Moses,  Enoch,  Elias,  and  Esdras  himself.  He 
will  recall  the  ten  tribes  from  the  "  land  of  Arzareth  " 
(foreign  country).  He  will  fight  a  great  fight  against 
the  wicked;  after  having  conquered  them,  he  will 
reign  four  hundred  years  upon  the  earth  with  his 
elect.  At  the  end  of  that  time,  the  Messiah  will  die, 
and  all  the  living  will  die  with  him.  The  world  will 
return  to  its  primitive  silence  for  seven  days.  Then  a 
new  world  will  appear,  and  the  general  resurrection 
wiD  take  place.  The  Most  High  will  appear  upon  his 
throne,  and  will  proceed  to  a  definitive  judgment. 

The  particular  turn  which  Jewish  Messianism 
tended  to  take,  clearly  appears  here.  Instead  of  an 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  183 

eternal  reign,  of  which  the  old  prophets  dreamed,  for 
the  posterity  of  David,  and  which  the  Messianists 
after  the  pseudo-Daniel  transferred  to  their  ideal 
king,  we  arrive  at  the  notion  of  a  Messianic  kingdom 
as  having  a  limited  duration.  We  have  seen  the 
author  of  the  Christian  Apocalypse  fix  that  date  at  a 
thousand  years.  Pseudo-Esdras  contents  himself  with 
four  hundred  years.  The  most  diverse  opinions  were 
current  on  that  subject  amongst  the  Jews.  Pseudo- 
Baruch,  without  specifying  the  limit,  says  distinctly 
that  the  Messianic  reign  will  last  only  as  long  as  the 
perishable  earth.  The  judgment  of  the  world  from 
that  point  of  view  is  distinguished  from  the  advent  of 
the  Messianic  kingdom,  and  the  presidency  is  given  to 
the  Most  High  alone  and  not  to  the  Messiah.  Then 
the  conception  of  the  Eternal  Messiah  inaugurating  an 
endless  reign,  and  judging  the  world,  carries  him  away 
altogether,  and  becomes  the  essential  and  distinctive 
feature  of  Christianity. 

Such  a  theory  raises  a  question  with  which  we  have 
already  seen  St  Paul  and  his  faithful  greatly  con 
cerned.  In  such  a  conception  there  is  an  enormous 
difference  between  the  fate  of  those  who  are  alive  at 
the  appearance  of  the  Messiah,  and  those  who  have 
died  beforehand.  Our  seer  even  asks  himself  a  ques 
tion  which  is  odd  enough,  but  certainly  logical : — 
Why  did  not  God  make  all  men  alive  at  the  same 
time  ?  He  gets  out  of  the  difficulty  by  the  hypothesis 
of  provisional  "  depots "  (promptuaria)  where  the 
souls  of  departed  saints  are  held  in  reserve  until  the 
judgment.  At  the  great  day  the  depots  will  be 
opened,  so  that  the  contemporaries  of  the  appearance 
of  the  Messiah  shall  have  only  one  advantage  over  the 
others — that  of  having  enjoyed  the  reign  of  four 
hundred  years.  In  comparison  with  eternity,  that  is 
a  very  small  matter,  and  the  author  thinks  himself 
justified  in  maintaining  that  there  will  be  no  point  or 
privilege, — the  first  and  the  last  will  be  all  equals  in 


184  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  Day  of  Judgment.  Naturally,  the  souls  of  the 
just,  confined  in  a  sort  of  prison,  feel  some  impatience, 
and  often  say  :  "  Until  what  time  is  this  to  continue  ? 
When  will  be  the  day  of  the  harvest  ? "  The  angel 
Jeromiel  answers  them,  "  When  the  number  of  those 
like  unto  you  is  complete  ? "  The  time  is  coming. 
As  the  bowels  of  a  woman  nine  months  pregnant 
cannot  contain  the  fruit  which  they  bear,  so  the 
depots  of  Sheol,  too  full  in  some  sense,  hasten  to 
render  up  the  souls  which  they  contain.  The  total 
duration  of  the  universe  is  divided  into  twelve  parts  ; 
ten  parts  and  a  half  of  that  period  have  gone  by ; 
The  world  is  approaching  its  end  with  an  incredible 
rapidity.  The  human  race  is  decaying  fast;  the 
stature  of  man  dwindles ;  like  the  children  born  of 
old  parents,  our  races  have  no  longer  the  vigour  of 
the  earlier  ages.  "  The  age  has  lost  its  youth,  and 
time  begins  to  grow  old." 

The  signs  of  the  last  days  are  those  which  we  have 
enumerated  twenty  times.  The  trumpet  shall  sound. 
The  order  of  Nature  will  be  reversed ;  blood  shall 
flow  from  wood,  and  the  stones  shall  speak.  Enoch 
and  Elias  will  appear  to  convert  man.  Men  must 
hasten  to  die,  and  are  as  nothing  compared,  with  those 
that  are  to  come.  The  more  the  world  is  weakened 
by  old  age,  the  more  wicked  it  will  become.  Truth 
will  withdraw  day  by  day  from  the  earth ;  good  shall 
seem  to  be  exiled. 

The  small  number  of  the  elect  is  the  dominant 
thought  of  our  sombre  dreamer.  The  entrance  to 
eternal  life  is  like  a  narrow  strait  between  two  seas, 
like  a  narrow  and  slippery  passage  which  gives  access 
to  a  city ;  on  the  right  there  is  a  precipice  of  tire, 
on  the  left  a  sea  without  bottom  ;  a  single  man  can 
scarcely  hold  himself  there.  But  the  sea  into  which 
one  enters  is  also  immense,  and  the  city  is  full  of 
every  good  thing.  There  is  in  this  world  more  silver 
than  gold,  more  copper  than  silver,  more  iron  than 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  185 

copper.  The  elect  are  the  gold  ;  the  rarer  things  are, 
the  more  precious  they  are.  The  elect  are  the  adorn 
ments  of  God ;  those  adornments  would  be  valueless 
if  they  were  common.  God  is  not  grieved  by  the 
multitude  of  those  who  perish.  Unhappy  ones ! 
they  exist  no  longer  than  a  puff  of  smoke  or  a  flame ; 
they  are  burned,  they  are  dead.  We  may  see  how 
deeply  rooted  in  Judaism  the  atrocious  doctrines  of 
election  and  of  predestination  had  already  become — 
doctrines  which  a  little  later  were  to  cause  such  cruel 
tortures  to  so  many  devout  souls.  These  frightful 
severities  to  which  all  the  schools  of  thought  which 
deal  in  damnation  are  accustomed,  at  times  revolts 
the  pious  sentiment  of  the  author.  He  allows  him 
self  to  exclaim  : — 

Oh  Earth  !  what  hast  thou  done  in  giving  birth  to  so  many 
beings  destined  to  perdition  ?  It  had  been  better  had  we  no 
existence,  rather  than  that  we  should  exist  only  to  be  tortured  ! 
Let  humanity  weep  !  let  the  beasts  of  the  field  rejoice  !  The 
condition  of  these  last  is  better  than  ours  ;  they  do  not  expect 
the  Judgment  ;  they  have  no  punishment  to  fear  ;  after  death, 
there  is  nothing  for  them.  Of  what  use  is  life  to  us,  since  we 
owe  to  it  an  eternity  of  torments  ?  Better  annihilation  than  the 
prospect  of  judgment. 

The  Eternal  God  answers  that  intelligence  has  been 
given  to  man  that  he  may  be  without  excuse  in  the 
Day  of  Judgment  and  that  he  has  nothing  to  reply. 

The  author  plunges  more  and  more  deeply  into 
strange  questions,  which  raise  formidable  dogmas. 
Can  it  be  that  from  the  moment  that  one  draws  his 
last  breath  that  he  is  damned  and  tortured,  or  will  an 
interval  pass,  during  which  the  soul  is  in  repose  until 
the  Judgment  ?  According  to  the  author,  the  fate  of 
each  man  is  fixed  at  death.  The  wicked,  excluded 
from  the  place  of  departed  spirits,  are  in  the  condi 
tion  of  wandering  souls,  tormented  provisionally  with 
seven  punishments,  of  which  the  two  principal  are 
seeing  the  happiness  enjoyed  by  those  in  the  asylum 


186  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  just  souls,  and  to  assist  in  the  preparations  for  the 
punishment  reserved  for  themselves.  The  just,  guarded 
in  their  liinbo  by  angels,  enjoy  seven  joys,  of  which 
the  most  agreeable  is  that  of  seeing  the  sufferings  of 
the  wicked,  and  the  tortures  which  await  them.  The 
soul  of  the  author,  pitiful  at  bottom,  protests  against 
the  monstrosities  of  his  theology.  "  The  just  at  least," 
asks  Esdras,  "  may  not  they  pray  for  the  damned, — 
the  son  for  his  father,  the  brother  for  his  brother, 
the  friend  for  his  friend  ? "  The  answer  is  terrible. 
"  Just  as  in  the  present  life  the  father  cannot  be  the 
substitute  for  the  son,  nor  the  son  for  the  father,  the 
master  for  his  slave,  nor  the  friend  for  his  friend,  to 
be  sick,  to  sleep,  to  eat,  to  be  cured  in  his  place ;  so  in 
that  day  no  one  can  interfere  for  another,  each  shall 
bear  his  own  justice  or  his  own  injustice."  Esdras 
adduces  in  vain  the  examples  of  Abraham,  and  of 
other  holy  persons  who  have  prayed  for  their  brethren. 
The  Day  of  Judgment  will  be  the  first  of  a  definite 
state,  where  the  triumph  of  justice  will  be  such  that 
the  righteous  himself  cannot  pity  the  damned.  As 
suredly  we  agree  with  the  author  when  he  exclaims 
after  these  responses,  supposed  to  be  divine, — 

I  have  already  said,  and  I  say  again, — "  Better  were  it  for  us 
that  Adam  had  not  been  created  upon  the  earth.  At  least  after 
having  placed  him  there  God  should  have  prevented  him  from 
doing  evil.  What  advantage  is  it  for  man  to  pass  his  life  in 
sadness  and  in  misery,  when  after  his  death  he  can  expect  nothing 
else  than  punishments  and  torments  ?  Oh,  Adam  !  how  enormous 
was  thy  crime  !  By  sinning  thou  didst  lose  thyself  and  hast 
dragged  down  in  thy  fall  all  the  men  of  whom  thou  wert  the 
father.  And  of  what  value  is  immortality  to  us  if  we  have  done 
only  deeds  worthy  of  death  ?" 

Pseudo-Esdras  admits  liberty  ;  but  liberty  has  but  a 
small  right  of  existence  in  a  system  which  makes  so 
cardinal  a  point  of  predestination.  It  is  for  Israel 
that  the  world  was  created ;  the  rest  of  the  human 
race  are  damned. 

now,  Lord,  I  pray  not  for  all  men  (thou  knowest  better 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENEKATION.  187 

than  I  what  concerns  them),  but  I  will  entreat  thee  on  behalf 
of  thy  people  ;  of  thy  heritage  ;  of  the  perpetual  source  of  my 
tears.  .  .  . 

Inquire  of  the  earth  and  she  will  tell  thee  that  it  is  to  her  that 
the  right  of  weeping  belongs.  All  those  who  are  born  or  who 
will  be  born  come  out  of  the  earth  ;  yet  almost  all  of  them 
hasten  to  destruction,  and  the  greater  part  of  them  are  destined 
to  perish  !  .  .  . 

Disquiet  not  thyself  because  of  the  great  number  of  those 
who  must  perish,  for  they  also  having  received  liberty  have 
scoffed  at  the  Most  High,  have  rejected  his  holy  law,  have 
trampled  his  just  ones  under  foot,  and  have  said  in  their  hearts 
"  There  is  no  God."  So  whilst  ye  enjoy  the  rewards  that  have 
b'een  promised,  they  will  partake  of  the  thirst  and  the  torments 
which  have  been  prepared  for  them.  It  is  not  that  God  hath 
desired  the  destruction  of  men  ;  but  the  men  who  are  the  work 
of  his  hands  have  denied  the  name  of  their  Maker,  and  have 
been  ungrateful  to  him  who  has  given  them  life.  .  .  . 

I  have  reserved  to  myself  a  grape  of  the  bunch,  a  plant  from 
the  forest.  Let  the  multitude  then  perish  who  have  been  born 
in  vain,  if  only  I  may  keep  my  single  grape,  my  plant  that  I 
have  tended  with  so  much  care  !  .  .  . 

A  special  vision  is  designed,  as  in  almost  all  apoca 
lypses,  to  give  in  an  enigmatic  fashion  the  philosophy 
of  contemporary  history,  and  as  usual  also  the  date 
of  the  book  may  be  precisely  arrived  at  from  it.  An 
immense  eagle  (the  eagle  is  the  symbol  of  the  Roman 
Empire  in  Daniel)  extends  its  wings  over  all  the 
earth  and  holds  it  in  its  grip.  It  has  six  pairs  of 
great  wings,  four  pairs  of  pinions  or  opposing  wings, 
and  three  heads.  The  six  pairs  of  great  wings  are  six 
Emperors.  The  second  amongst  them  reigns  for  so 
long  that  none  of  those  who  succeed  him  reach  half 
the  number  of  his  years.  This  is  obviously  Augustus. 
and  the  six  Emperors  referred  to  are  the  six  Emperors 
of  the  house  of  Julius — Csesar,  Augustus,  Tiberius, 
Caligula,  Claudius,  Nero,  masters  of  the  East  and  of 
the  West.  The  four  pinions  or  opposing  wings  are  the 
four  usurpers  or  Anti-Caesars — Galba,  Otho,  Vitellius, 
Nerva,  who,  according  to  the  author,  must  not  be  con 
sidered  as  true  Emperors.  The  reigns  of  the  three 
first  An ti- Caesars  are  periods  of  trouble,  during  which. 


188  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

we  may  believe  that  the  Empire  is  at  an  end ;  but  the 
Empire  rises  again,  though  not  as  she  was  at  the  first. 
The  three  heads  (the  Flavii)  represent  this  new  resus 
citated  Empire.  The  three  heads  always  act  together, 
make  many  innovations,  surpass  the  Julii  in  tyranny, 
put  the  topstone  to  the  impieties  of  the  Empire  of  the 
Eagle  (by  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem),  and  mark 
the  end.  The  middle  head  (Vespasian)  is  the  great 
est;  all  the  three  devour  the  pinions  (Galba,  Otho, 
Vitellius),  who  aspire  to  reign.  The  middle  head 
dies  ;  the  two  others  (Titus  and  Domitian)  reign  ;  but 
the  head  on  the  right  devours  that  on  the  left  (an 
evident  allusion  to  the  popular  belief  as  to  the 
fratricide  of  Domitian) ;  the  head  on  the  right,  after 
having  killed  the  other,  is  killed  in  its  turn  ;  only  the 
great  head  dies  in  its  bed ;  but  not  without  cruel 
torments  (an  allusion  to  the  Rabbinical  fables  as  to 
the  maladies  by  which  Vespasian  expiated  his  crimes 
towards  the  Jewish  nation). 

Then  comes  the  turn  of  the  last  pair  of  pinions, 
that  is  to  say,  of  Nerva,  the  usurper,  who  succeeded, 
the  right  hand  head  (Domitian)  and  is  with  regard  to 
Flavius  in  the  same  relation  as  Galba,  Otho,  and 
Vitellius  were  with  Julius.  The  last  reign  is  short 
and  full  of  trouble  ;  it  is  less  a  reign  than  an  arrange 
ment  made  by  God  to  bring  about  the  end  of  the 
world.  In  fact,  after  some  moments,  according  to  our 
visionary,  the  last  Anti-Caesar  (Nerva)  disappears  ;  the 
body  of  the  eagle  takes  fire,  and  all  the  earth  is 
stricken  with  astonishment.  The  end  of  the  profane 
world  arrives,  and  the  Messiah  comes  to  overwhelm 
the  Roman  Empire  with  the  bitterest  reproaches. 

Thou  hast  reigned  over  the  world  by  terror  and  not  by  truth  ; 
thou  hast  crushed  the  poor ;  thou  hast  persecuted  peaceable  people ; 
thou  hast  hated  the  just ;  thou  hast  loved  the  liars ;  thou  hast 
broken  down  the  walls  of  those  who  have  done  thee  no  wrong. 
Thy  violences  have  gone  up  before  the  throne  of  the  Eternal 
God,  and  thy  pride  has  reached  even  unto  the  Almighty.  The 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  189 

Most  High  hath  regarded  his  table  of  the  times  and  hast  seen 
that  the  measure  is  full  and  that  the  moment  has  arrived. 
Wherefore  thou  shall  disappear,  O  Eagle  !  thou  and  thy  horri 
ble  wings  and  thy  accursed  pinions,  thy  perverse  heads  and 
thy  detestable  claws  and  all  thy  wicked  body,  so  that  the  earth 
may  breathe  again,  may  live  again,  delivered  from  tyranny, 
and  may  begin  to  hope  once  more  in  the  justice  and  mercy  of 
him  who  has  done  it. 

The  Romans  will  then  be  judged  ;  judged  living,  and 
exterminated  on  the  spot.  Then  the  Jewish  people 
will  breathe.  God  will  preserve  them  in  joy  until  the 
Day  of  Judgment. 

It  will  scarcely  be  doubted  after  this  that  the 
author  wrote  during  the  reign  of  Nerva,  a  reign 
which  appeared  without  solidity  or  future,  because  of 
the  age  and  of  the  weakness  of  the  sovereign,  until 
the  adoption  of  Trajan  (end  of  97).  The  author  of 
the  Apocalypse  of  Esdras,  like  the  author  of  the 
Apocalypse  of  John,  ignorant  of  real  politics,  believes 
that  the  Empire  which  he  hates,  and  the  infinite  re 
sources  of  which  he  does  not  see,  is  approaching  the 
end  of  its  career.  The  authors  of  the  two  Revelations, 
passionately  Jewish,  clap  their  hands  in  advance  over 
the  ruin  of  their  enemy.  We  shall  see  the  same  hopes 
renewed  after  the  reverses  of  Trajan  in  Mesopotamia. 
Always  on  the  look  out  for  the  moments  of  weak 
ness  on  the  part  of  the  Empire,  the  Jewish  party,  at 
the  appearance  of  any  black  spot  on  the  horizon, 
break  out  in  advance  into  shouts  of  triumph,  and 
applaud,  by  anticipation.  The  hope  of  a  Jewish 
Empire  succeeding  to  the  Roman  Empire,  still  filled 
these  burning  souls  whom  the  frightful  massacres  of 
the  year  70  had  not  crushed.  The  author  of  the 
Apocalypse  of  Esdras  had  perhaps  in  his  youth  fought 
in  Judea  ;  sometimes  he  appears  to  regret  that  he  did 
not  find  his  death.  We  see  that  the  fire  is  not  extinct, 
that  it  still  lives  in  the  ashes,  and  that  before  abandon 
ing  all  hope,  Israel  will  tempt  her  fortune  more  than 
once.  The  Jewish  revolts  under  Trajan  and  Adrian 


190  I'HE  GOSPELS  AND 

will  answer  to  this  enthusiastic  cry.  The  extermi 
nation  of  Bether  will  be  required  to  bring  to  reason 
the  new  generation  of  revolutionaries  who  have  risen 
from  the  ashes  of  70. 

The  fate  of  the  Apocalypse  of  Esdras  was  as  strange 
as  the  work  itself.  Like  the  Book  of  Judith  and 
the  discourse  upon  the  Empire  of  Reason,  it  was 
neglected  by  the  Jews,  in  whose  eyes  every  book 
written  in  Greek  became  at  once  a  foreign  book ;  but 
immediately  upon  its  appearance  it  was  eagerly 
adopted  by  the  Christians,  and  accepted  as  a  book  of 
the  Canon  of  the  Old  Testament,  really  written  by 
Esdras.  The  author  of  the  Epistle  attributed  to  St 
Barnabas,  the  author  of  the  apocryphal  epistle  which 
is  called  the  Second  of  Peter,  certainly  read  it.  The 
false  Herman  appears  to  imitate  its  plan,  order,  use  of 
visions,  and  turn  of  dialogue.  Clement  of  Alexandria 
makes  a  great  show  of  it.  The  Greek  Church,  depart 
ing  further  and  further  from  Judeo-Christianity, 
abandons  it,  and  allows  the  original  to  be  lost.  The 
Latin  Church  is  divided.  The  learned  doctors,  such 
as  St  Jerome,  see  the  apocryphal  character  of  the 
whole  composition,  and  reject  it  with  disdain,  whilst 
St  Ambrose  makes  more  use  of  it  than  of  no  matter 
what  other  holy  book,  and  distinguishes  it  in  no  way 
from  the  revealed  Scriptures.  Vigilance  detects  there 
the  germ  of  its  heresy  as  to  the  uselessness  of  prayers 
for  the  dead.  The  Liturgy  borrows  from  it.  Roger 
Bacon  quotes  it  with  respect.  Christopher  Columbus 
finds  in  it  arguments  for  the  existence  of  another  world. 
The  enthusiasts  of  the  sixteenth  century  nourish  them 
selves  upon  it.  Antoinette  Bourignon,  the  illumine'e, 
sees  in  it  the  most  beautiful  of  the  holy  books. 

In  reality,  few  books  have  furnished  so  many 
elements  of  Christian  theology  as  this  anti-Christian 
work.  Limbo,  original  sin,  the  small  number  of  the 
elect,  the  eternity  of  the  pains  of  hell,  the  punishment 
by  fire,  the  free  choice  of  God,  have  there  found  their 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  191 

Crudest  expression.  If  the  terrors  of  death  have  been 
greatly  aggravated  by  Christianity,  it  is  upon  books 
like  this  that  the  responsibility  must  rest.  The 
sombre  office,  so  full  of  grandiose  dreams,  which  the 
Church  recites  over  the  coffins,  appears  to  have  been 
inspired  by  the  visions,  or,  if  you  choose,  by  the 
nightmares  of  Esdras.  Christian  iconography  itself, 
borrowed  much  from  these  bizarre  pages,  in  all  that 
relates  to  the  representation  of  the  state  of  the  dead. 
The  Byzantine  mosaics,  and  the  miniatures  which 
offer  representations  of  the  Last  Judgment,  seem  to  be 
based  upon  the  description  which  our  author  gives  of 
the  place  of  departed  spirits.  From  its  assertions 
principally  is  derived  the  idea  that  Esdras  recom- 
posed  the  lost  Scriptures.  The  angel  Uriel  owes  to 
him  his  place  in  Christian  art.  The  addition  of  this 
new  celestial  personage  to  Michael,.  Gabriel,  and 
Raphael  gives  to  the  four  corners  of  the  Throne  of 
God,  and  consequently  to  the  four  cardinal  points, 
their  respective  guardians.  The  Council  of  Trent, 
whilst  excluding  from  the  Latin  Canon  the  book  so 
much  admired  by  the  Early  Fathers,  did  not  forbid  it 
to  be  reprinted  at  the  end  of  the  editions  of  the 
Vulgate,  in  a  different  character. 

If  anything  proves  the  promptitude  with  which 
the  false  prophecy  of  Esdras  was  received  by  the 
Christians,  it  is  the  use  which  was  made  of  it  in  the 
little  treatise  of  Alexandrian  exegesis,  imitated  from 
the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  to  which  the  name  of 
Barnabas  was  attached  from  a  very  early  date.  The 
author  of  this  treatise  cites  the  false  Esdras  as  he 
quotes  Daniel,  Enoch,  and  the  old  prophets.  One 
feature  of  Esdras  is  especially  striking — the  wood 
from  which  the  blood  flows — in  which  is  naturally 
seen  the  image  of  the  Cross.  Now  everything  leads 
us  to  believe  that  the  treatise  attributed  to  Barnabas 
was  composed,  like  the  Apocalypse  of  Esdras,  in  the 
reign  of  Nerva.  The  writer  applies,  or  rather  alters 


192  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

to  make  applicable  to  his  time,  a  prophecy  of  Daniel 
concerning  ten  reigns  (Caesar,  Augustus,  Tiberius, 
Caligula,  Claudius,  Nero,  Galba,  Otho,  Vespasian, 
Titus),  and  a  little  king  (Nerva),  who  shall  humiliate 
the  three  (Flavius),  reduced  to  one  (Domitian),  who 
have  preceded  him. 

The  facility  with  which  the  author  has  been  able 
to  adopt  the  prophecy  of  the  false  Esdras,  is  so  much 
the  more  singular,  since  few  Christian  doctors  express 
as  energetically  as  he  the  necessity  for  an  absolute 
separation  from  Judaism.  The  Gnostics  in  this  respect 
have  said  nothing  stronger.  The  author  presents 
himself  to  us  as  an  ex-Jew,  well  versed  in  the  Ritual, 
the  agada,  and  the  rabbinical  disquisitions,  but 
strongly  opposed  to  the  religion  which  he  has  left. 
Circumcision  appears  to  him  to  have  always  been  a 
mistake  of  the  Jews — a  misunderstanding  into  which 
they  have  been  betrayed  by  some  perverse  genius. 
The  Temple  itself  was  a  mistake ;  the  worship  which 
was  practised  in  it  was  almost  idolatrous ;  it  rested 
wholly  upon  the  Pagan  idea  that  God  could  be  shut 
up  in  a  house.  The  Temple  destroyed  through  the 
fault  of  the  Jews,  would  never  be  re-erected ;  the  true 
Temple  is  that  spiritual  house  which  is  raised  in  the 
hearts  of  Christians.  Judaism,  in  general,  has  been 
only  an  aberration,  the  work  of  a  bad  angel,  who  has 
led  the  Jews  in  opposition  to  the  commands  of  God. 
What  the  author  fears  most  is  lest  the  Christian 
should  have  only  the  air  of  a  Jewish  proselyte.  All 
has  been  changed  by  Jesus,  even  the  Sabbath.  The 
Sabbath  formerly  represented  the  end  of  the  world ; 
transplanted  to  the  first  day  of  the  week,  it  represents, 
by  the  joy  with  which  it  is  celebrated,  the  opening  of 
a  new  world  inaugurated  by  the  resurrection  and 
ascension  of  Jesus  Christ.  Sacrifices  and  the  Law  are 
alike  at  an  end.  The  whole  of  the  Old  Testament 
was  but  a  symbol.  The  cross  of  Jesus  solves  all  pro 
blems  ;  the  author  finds  it  everywhere,  by  means  of 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  193 

bizarre  ghematrioth.  The  Passion  of  Jesus  is  the 
propitiatory  sacrifice  of  which  others  were  merely  the 
image.  The  taste  which  Egypt,  ancient  Egypt  and 
Jewish  Egypt,  had  for  allegories,  appears  to  revive 
in  these  explanations,  wherein  it  is  impossible  to  see 
anything  besides  arbitrary  turns.  Like  all  the  readers 
of  the  apocalypses,  the  author  believed  that  he  was  on 
the  eve  of  the  Judgment.  The  times  are  evil ;  Satan 
has  all  power  over  earthly  matters  ;  but  the  day  is  not 
far  distant  when  he  and  his  will  alike  perish.  "  The 
Lord  is  at  hand  with  his  recompense." 

The  scenes  of  disorder  which  followed  each  other 
from  day  to  day  in  the  Empire  gave,  moreover,  only 
too  much  reason  for  the  sombre  predictions  of  the 
pseudo-Esdras  and  the  pretended  Barnabas.  The 
reign  of  the  feeble  old  man  whom  all  parties  had 
agreed  to  put  into  power,  in  the  hours  of  surprise 
which  followed  the  death  of  Domitian,  was  an  agony. 
The  timidity  with  which  he  was  reproached  was 
really  sagacity.  Nerva  felt  that  the  army  always 
regretted  Domitian,  and  bore  only  with  impatience 
the  domination  of  the  civil  element.  Honest  men 
were  in  power,  but  the  reign  of  honest  men,  when  it 
is  not  supported  by  an  army,  is  always  Veak.  A 
terrible  incident  showed  the  depth  of  the  evil. 
About  the  27th  October  97  the  Praetorians,  having 
found  a  leader  in  Casperius  ^Elianus,  besieged  the 
palace,  demanding  with  loud  cries  the  punishment 
of  those  who  had  slain  Domitian.  Nerva's  some 
what  soft  temperament  was  not  suited  to  such 
scenes.  He  virtuously  offered  his  own  life,  but  he 
could  not  prevent  the  massacre  of  Parthenius  and 
of  those  who  had  made  him  Emperor.  The  day  was 
decisive,  and  saved  the  Republic.  Nerva,  like  a  wise 
man,  understood  that  he  ought  to  associate  with  him 
self  a  young  captain  whose  energy  should  supply 
what  he  was  deficient  in.  He  had  relations,  but, 
attentive  only  to  the  good  of  the  state,  he  sought 

N 


194  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  worthiest.  The  Liberal  party  counted  amongst 
its  members  an  admirable  soldier,  Trajan,  who  then 
commanded  upon  the  Rhine  at  Cologne.  Nerva  chose 
him.  This  great  act  of  political  virtue  assured  the 
victory  of  the  Liberals,  which  had  remained  always 
doubtful  since  the  death  of  Domitian.  The  true  law 
of  Caesarism,  adoption,  was  found.  The  military  were 
bridled.  Logic  required  that  a  Septimus  Severus,  with 
his  detestable  maxim,  "  Please  the  soldier ;  mock 
at  the  rest,"  should  succeed  Domitian.  Thanks  to 
Trajan,  the  catastrophe  of  history  was  adjourned  and 
retarded  for  a  century.  The  evil  was  conquered, 
not  for  a  thousand  years,  as  John  believed,  nor  even 
for  four  hundred  years,  as  the  pseudo-Esdras  dreamed, 
but  for  a  hundred  years — which  is  much. 


CHAPTER   XVII. 

TRAJAN — THE  GOOD  AND  GREAT  EMPERORS. 

THE  adoption  of  Trajan  assured  to  civilised  humanity 
after  cruel  trials  a  century  of  happiness.  The  Empire 
was  saved.  The  malignant  predictions  of  the  apoca 
lypse  makers  were  completely  contradicted.  The 
world  still  desired  to  live :  the  Empire,  in  spite  of  the 
fall  of  the  Julii  and  the  Flavii,  found  in  its  strong  mili 
tary  organisation  resources  which  the  superficial  pro 
vincials  never  suspected.  Trajan,  whom  the  choice  of 
Nerva  was  to  carry  to  the  Imperial  throne,  was  a  very 
great  man,  a  true  Roman,  master  of  himself,  cool  in 
command,  of  a  grave  and  dignified  bearing.  He  had 
certainly  less  political  genius  than  a  Caesar,  an 
Augustus,  a  Tiberius,  but  he  was  their  superior  in 
justice  and  in  goodness,  while  in  military  talent,  he 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  195 

was  the  equal  of  Caesar.  He  made  no  profession  of 
philosophy  like  Marcus  Aurelius,  but  he  equalled  him 
in  practical  wisdom  and  benevolence.  His  firm  faith 
in  Liberalism  never  faltered ;  he  showed,  by  an 
illustrious  example,  that  the  heroically  optimist  party 
which  makes  us  admit  that  men  are  good  when  they 
are  not  proved  to  be  bad,  may  be  reconciled  with  the 
firmness  of  a  sovereign.  Surprising  thing !  this  world 
of  idealogues  and  of  men  of  opposition,  whom  the 
death  of  Domitian  carried  into  power,  knew  how  to 
govern.  He  frankly  reconciled  himself  to  the  neces 
sity,  and  it  was  then  seen  how  excellent  a  thing  is  a 
monarchy  made  by  converted  Republicans.  The  old 
Virginius  Rufus,  the  great  citizen  who  had  dreamed 
all  his  life  of  a  Republic,  and  who  did  all  that  he 
could  to  get  it  proclaimed  at  the  death  of  Nero  as  it 
had  been  at  the  death  of  Caligula,  Virginius  illus 
trious  for  having  many  times  refused  the  Empire,  was 
completely  won  over,  and  served  as  a  centre  for  that 
distinguished  society.  The  Radical  party  renounced 
its  dream,  and  admitted  that  if  the  principate  and 
liberty  had  until  then  been  irreconcilable,  the  happi 
ness  of  the  times  had  made  such  a  miracle  easy. 

Galba  had  been  the  first  to  recognise  that  combina 
tion  of  apparently  contradictory  elements.  Nerva 
and  Trajan  realised  it.  The  Empire  with  them  became 
Republican,  or  rather  the  Emperor  was  the  first  and 
only  Republican  in  the  Empire.  The  great  men  who 
are  praised  in  the  world  which  surrounds  the  sovereign 
are  Thrasea,  Helvidius,  Senecion,  Cato,  Brutus,  the 
Greek  heroes  who  expelled  the  tyrants  from  their 
country.  Therein  lies  the  explanation  of  the  fact  that 
after  the  year  98  nothing  more  is  heard  of  protests 
against  the  principate.  The  philosophers  who  had 
been  until  then  in  some  sort  the  soul  of  the  Radical 
opposition,  and  whose  attitude  had  been  so  hostile 
under  the  Flavii,  suddenly  held  their  peace  :  they  were 
satisfied.  Between  the  new  regime  and  philosophy 


196  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

there  was  an  intimate  alliance.  It  must  be  said  that 
never  in  the  government  of  human  affairs  was  to  be 
seen  a  group  of  men  so  worthy  to  preside.  There  were 
Pliny,  Tacitus,  Virginius  Rufus,  Junius  Mauricus, 
Gratilla,  Fannia,  noble  men,  chaste  women,  all  having 
been  persecuted  by  Domitian,  all  lamenting  some 
relation,  some  friend,  victim  of  the  abhorred  reign. 

The  age  of  monsters  had  gone  by.  That  haughty 
race  of  the  Julii,  and  the  families  which  were  allied  to 
them,  had  unfolded  before  the  world  the  strangest 
spectacle  of  folly,  grandeur,  and  perversity.  Hence 
forward  the  bitterness  of  the  Roman  blood  appears 
exhausted.  Rome  has  sweated  away  all  her  malice. 
It  is  the  peculiarity  of  an  aristocracy  which  has  lived 
its  life  without  restraint,  to  become  in  its  old  age 
rigid,  orthodox,  puritan.  The  Roman  nobility,  the 
most  terrible  that  ever  existed,  is  now  distinguished 
chiefly  by  refinements,  extremes  of  virtue,  delicacy, 
modesty. 

This  transformation  was  in  a  great  measure  the 
work  of  Greece.  The  Greek  school]  naster  had  suc 
ceeded  in  making  himself  accepted  by  the  Roman 
noblesse,  by  dint  of  submitting  to  its  pride,  its  coarse 
ness,  its  contempt  for  matters  of  mind.  In  the  time 
of  Julius  Caesar,  Sextius,  the  father,  brought  from 
Athens  to  Rome  the  proud  moral  discipline  of 
Stoicism,  the  examination  of  conscience,  asceticism, 
abstinence,  love  of  poverty.  After  him,  Sextius,  the 
son,  Sohon  of  Alexandria,  Attala,  Demetrius  the  cynic, 
Metronax,  Claranus,  Fabianus,  Seneca,  gave  the  model 
of  an  active  and  practical  philosophy,  employing  all 
means — preaching,  direction  of  conscience — for  the 
propagation  of  virtue.  The  noble  struggle  of  the 
philosophers  against  Nero  and  Domitian,  their  banish 
ments,  their  punishments,  had  all  ended  in  making 
them  dear  to  the  best  Roman  society.  Their  credit 
continues  increasing  until  the  time  of  Marcus  Aurelius, 
under  whom  they  reigned.  The  strength  of  a  party  is 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  197 

always  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  its  martyrs. 
Philosophy  had  had  its  own.  It,  like  everything  else 
that  was  noble,  had  suffered  from  the  abominable 
governments  under  which  it  had  existed ;  it  profited 
by  the  moral  reaction  provoked  by  the  excess  of  evil. 
Then  arose  an  idea  dear  to  rhetoricians ;  the  tyrant, 
born  enemy  of  philosophy ;  philosophy,  the  born 
enemy  of  tyrants.  All  the  masters  of  the  Antonines 
are  full  of  this  idea ;  the  good  Marcus  Aurelius  passed 
his  youth  in  declaiming  against  the  tyrants;  the 
horror  for  Nero  and  for  those  Emperors  whom  Pliny 
the  Elder  called  "  the  firebrands  of  the  human  race," 
fills  the  literature  of  the  time.  Trajan  had  always  for 
philosophers  the  greatest  regard  and  the  most  delicate 
attentions.  Between  Greek  discipline  and  Roman 
pride  the  alliance  is  henceforward  intimate.  "To 
live  as  beseems  a  Roman  and  a  man,"  is  the  dream 
of  everyone  who  respects  himself ;  Marcus  Aurelius 
is  not  yet  born,  but  he  is  here  morally  ;  the  spiri 
tual  matrix  from  which  he  will  issue,  is  completely 
constructed. 

Ancient  philosophy  assuredly  had  days  of  greater 
originality,  but  it  had  never  penetrated  life  and 
society  more  deeply.  The  differences  of  the  schools 
were  almost  effaced  ;  general  systems  were  abandoned ; 
a  superficial  eclecticism,  such  as  men  of  the  world  like 
when  they  are  anxious  to  do  well,  was  the  fashion. 
The  philosophy  became  oratorical,  literary  preaching 
tending  more  towards  moral  amelioration  than  to 
the  satisfaction  of  curiosity.  A  host  of  persons 
made  it  their  rule  and  even  the  law  of  their  ex 
terior  life.  Musonius  Rufus  and  Artemidorus  were 
true  confessors  of  their  faith,  heroes  of  stoical  virtue. 
Euphrates  of  Tyre  offered  the  ideal  of  the  gentleman 
philosopher,  his  person  had  a  great  charm,  his  manners 
were  of  the  rarest  distinction.  Dion  Chrysostom 
created  a  series  of  lectures  akin  to  sermons,  and 
obtained  immense  successes,  without  ever  falling  short 


198  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  the  most  elevated  tone.  The  good  Plutarch  wrote 
for  the  future,  Morality  in  Action,  of  good  sense,  of 
honesty,  and  imagined  that  Greek  antiquity,  gentle 
and  paternal,  little  resembling  the  true  (which  was 
resplendent  with  beauty,  liberty,  and  genius),  but 
better  suited  than  the  true  to  the  necessities  of  educa 
tion.  Epictetus  himself  had  the  words  of  eternity, 
and  took  his  place  by  the  side  of  Jesus,  not  upon 
the  golden  mountains  of  Galilee,  enlightened  by  the 
sun  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  but  in  the  ideal  world 
of  perfect  virtue.  Without  a  resurrection,  without 
a  chimerical  Tabor,  without  a  kingdom  of  God,  he 
preached  self-sacrifice,  renunciation,  abnegation.  He 
was  the  sublime  snow  point  which  humanity  con 
templates  with  a  sort  of  terror  on  its  horizon ;  Jesus 
had  the  more  lovable  part  of  God  amongst  men — a 
smile,  gaiety,  forgiveness  of  sins  were  permitted 
to  him. 

Literature,  on  its  side,  having  become  all  at  once 
grave  and  worthy,  exhibits  an  immense  progress  in 
the  manners  of  good  society.  Quintilian  already,  in 
the  worst  days  of  the  reign  of  Domitian,  had  laid  out 
the  code  of  oratorical  probity  which  ought  to  be  in 
such  perfect  accord  with  our  greatest  minds  of  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries,  Rollin,  M.M. 
de  Port  Royal.  Now  literary  honesty  never  goes  alone ; 
it  is  only  serious  ages  that  can  have  a  serious  litera 
ture.  Tacitus  wrote  history  with  a  high  aristocratic 
sense,  which  did  not  save  him  from  errors  of  detail,  but 
which  inspired  him  with  those  outbursts  of  virtuous 
passion  which  have  made  of  him  for  all  eternity 
the  spectre  of  tyrants.  Suetonius  prepared  himself, 
by  labours  of  solid  erudition,  for  his  part  of  exact  and 
impartial  biographer.  Pliny,  a  man  of  good  birth, 
liberal,  humane,  charitable,  refined,  founds  schools 
and  public  libraries ;  he  might  be  a  Frenchman  of 
the  most  amiable  society  of  the  eighteenth  century. 
Juvenal,  sincere  in  declamation,  and  moral  in  his 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  1  99 

painting  of  vice,  has  fine  accents  of  humanity,  and 
preserves,  notwithstanding  the  stains  on  his  life,  a 
sentiment  of  Roman  pride.  It  was  like  a  tardy 
flowering  of  the  beautiful  intellectual  culture,  created 
by  the  collaboration  of  the  Greek  and  the  Italian 
genius.  That  culture  was  already  stricken  with 
death  at  the  root ;  but  before  dying,  it  produced  a 
last  crop  of  leaves  and  flowers. 

The  world  is  then  at  last  to  be  governed  by  reason. 
Philosophy  will  enjoy  for  a  hundred  years  the  right 
which  it  is  credited  with  of  rendering  people  happy. 
A  great  number  of  excellent  laws,  forming  the  best 
part  of  the  Roman  law,  are  of  this  date.  Public  as 
sistance  begins ;  children  are,  above  all,  the  object  of 
the  solicitude  of  the  State.  A  real  moral  sentiment 
animates  the  government ;  never  before  the  eighteenth 
century  was  so  much  done  for  the  amelioration  of  the 
condition  of  the  human  race.  The  Emperor  is  a  god 
accomplishing  his  journey  upon  earth,  and  signalising 
his  passage  by  benefits. 

Such  a  system  must,  of  course,  differ  greatly  from 
what  we  consider  as  essentially  a  Liberal  government. 
We  should  seek  vainly  for  any  trace  of  parliamentary 
or  representative  institutions :  the  state  of  the  world 
was  incompatible  with  such  things.  The  opinion  of 
the  politicians  of  the  time  is  that  power  belongs,  by  a 
sort  of  natural  delegation,  to  honest,  sensible,  moderate 
men.  That  designation  was  made  by  the  fatum; 
when  it  was  once  accepted,  the  Emperor  governs  the 
Empire  as  the  ram  conducts  his  troop,  and  the  bull 
his  herd.  By  the  side  of  this  a  language  altogether 
Republican.  With  the  best  faith  in  the  world  these 
excellent  sovereigns  thought  that  they  would  be  able 
to  realise  a  State  founded  upon  the  natural  equality 
of  all  citizens,  a  royalty  having  as  its  basis  respect 
for  liberty.  Liberty,  justice,  respect  for  opponents, 
were  their  fundamental  maxims.  But  these  words, 
borrowed  from  the  history  of  the  Greek  Republics, 


200  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

where  letters  were  cultivated,  had  but  little  meaning 
in  the  real  society  of  the  time.  Civil  equality  did  not 
exist.  The  difference  between  rich  and  poor  was 
written  in  the  law,  the  Roman  or  Italiote  aristocracy 
preserved  all  its  privileges ;  the  Senate,  re-established 
in  its  rights  and  dignity  by  Nerva,  remained  as  much 
walled  in  as  it  had  ever  been ;  the  cursus  honorum 
was  the  exclusive  privilege  of  the  nobility.  The  good 
Roman  families  have  reconquered  their  exclusive 
predominance  in  politics :  outside  of  them,  it  does  not 
happen. 

The  victory  of  these  families  was  assuredly  a  just 
victory,  for  under  the  odious  reigns  of  Nero  and 
Domitian  they  had  given  an  asylum  to  virtue,  to  self- 
respect,  to  the  instinct  of  reasonable  command,  to  good 
literary  and  philosophical  education ;  but  these  same 
families,  as  usually  happens,  formed  a  very  closely- 
enclosed  world.  The  advent  of  Nerva  and  Trajan, 
which  was  the  work  of  an  aristocratic,  Liberal-Con 
servative  party,  put  an  end  to  two  things — barrack 
troubles,  and  the  importance  of  the  Orientals,  the 
domestics,  and  favourites  of  the  Emperors.  The 
freedmen,  people  of  Egypt  and  Syria,  will  no  longer 
be  able  to  trouble  all  that  is  best  in  Rome.  These 
wretches,  who  made  themselves  masters  by  their  guilty 
complaisances  in  the  reigns  of  Caligula,  Claudius,  and 
Nero,  who  had  even  been  the  counsellors  and  the 
confidants  of  the  debaucheries  of  Titus  before  his 
accession,  fell  into  contempt.  The  irritation  which 
the  Romans  felt  at  the  honours  decreed  to  a  Herod 
Agrippa,  to  a  Tiberius  Alexander,  was  not  again  felt 
after  the  fall  of  Flavius.  The  Senate  increased  as 
much  in  power ;  but  the  action  of  the  provinces  was 
lessened ;  the  attempts  to  break  the  ice  of  the  official 
world  were  almost  reduced  to  impotence. 

Hellenism  did  not  suffer ;  for  it  knew  by  its  supple 
ness  or  by  its  high  distinction  how  to  make  itself 
acceptable  to  the  best  of  the  Roman  world. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  201 

Judaism  and  Christianity  suffered  for  it.  We  have 
seen  on  two  occasions  in  the  first  century,  under  Nero 
and  under  the  Flavii,  Jews  and  Christians  approach 
the  house  of  the  Emperor,  and  exercise  considerable 
influence  there.  From  Nerva  to  Commodus  they 
were  a  thousand  leagues  apart.  For  one  thing,  the 
Jews  had  no  nobility;  the  worldly  Jews,  like  the 
Herodians,  the  Tiberius  Alexanders,  were  dead  ;  every 
Jew  is  henceforward  d  fanatic  separated  from  the 
rest  of  the  world  by  an  abyss  of  contempt.  A  mass 
of  impurities,  ineptitudes,  absurdities — that  is  what 
Mosaism  was  for  the  most  enlightened  men  of  the 
time.  The  Jews  appeared  to  be  at  the  same  time 
superstitious  and  irreligious;  atheists  devoted  to  the 
most  vulgar  beliefs.  Their  religion  appeared  like 
a  world  turned  upside  down,  a  defiance  of  reason,  a 
pledge  to  contradict  in  everything  the  customs  of 
other  people.  Travestied  in  a  grotesque  fashion,  their 
history  served  a  theme  for  endless  pleasantries ;  it 
was  generally  thought  to  be  a  form  of  the  worship  of 
Bacchus.  "  Antiochus,"  it  was  said,  "  tried  in  vain  to 
improve  this  detestable  race."  One  accusation  especi 
ally — that  of  hating  all  who  were  not  of  them,  was 
murderous,  for  it  was  based  upon  specious  motives 
of  a  kind  to  mislead  public  opinion.  Still  more  dan 
gerous  was  the  idea  according  to  which  the  proselyte 
who  attached  himself  to  Mosaism  learned  as  his  first 
lesson  to  despise  the  gods,  to  cast  off  every  patriotic 
sentiment,  to  forget  parents,  children,  and  friends. 
Their  benevolence,  it  was  said,  was  but  egotism  ;  their 
morality  only  apparent ;  amongst  them  everything  is 
permitted. 

Trajan,  Adrian,  Antonine,  Marcus  Aurelius,  held 
themselves  in  this  way  with  regard  to  Judaism  and 
to  Christianity  in  a  sort  of  haughty  isolation.  They 
did  not  know  it ;  they  did  not  care  to  study  it. 
Tacitus,  who  wrote  for  the  great  world,  speaks  of  the 
Jews  as  an  exotic  curiosity,  totally  ignored  by  those 


202  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

to  whom  he  addresses  himself,  and  his  errors  are 
surprising.  The  exclusive  confidence  of  these  noble 
minds  in  the  Roman  discipline  rendered  them  care 
less  of  a  doctrine  which  presented  itself  to  them  as 
foreign  and  absurd.  History  ought  to  speak  only 
with  respect  of  honest  and  courageous  politicians 
who  lifted  the  world  out  of  the  mire  into  which  it 
had  been  cast  by  the  last  Julius  and  the  last  Flavius ; 
but  they  had  imperfections  which  were  really  the  re 
sult  of  their  qualities.  They  were  aristocrats,  men  of 
traditions,  of  the  race  of  English  Tories,  drawing  their 
strength  from  their  very  prejudices.  They  were 
profoundly  Roman.  Persuaded  that  no  man  who 
is  not  rich  or  well-born  can  possibly  be  an  honest 
man,  they  did  not  feel  for  the  foreign  doctrines  that 
weakness  which  the  Flavii,  men  of  lower  birth,  could 
not  avoid.  Their  surroundings,  the  society  which  rose 
into  power  along  with  them — Tacitus,  Pliny — have 
the  same  contempt  for  the  barbarous  doctrines.  A 
ditch  seems  to  have  been  dug  during  the-whole  of  the 
second  century  between  Christianity  and  the  special 
world.  The  four  great  and  good  Emperors  are  clearly 
hostile  to  it,  and  it  is  under  the  monster  Commodus 
that  we  find  once  more,  as  under  Claudius,  under 
Nero,  and  under  the  Flavii,  "  Christians  of  the  House 
of  Caesar."  The  defects  of  these  virtuous  Emperors 
are  those  of  the  Romans  themselves, — too  much  con 
fidence  in  the  Latin  tradition,  a  disagreeable  obstinacy 
in  not  admitting  honour  out  of  Rome,  much  pride  and 
harshness  towards  the  humble,  the  poor,  foreigners, 
Syrians,  and  for  all  the  people  whom  Augustus  disdain 
fully  called  "  the  Greeks,"  and  to  whom  he  permitted 
adulations  forbidden  to  the  Italiots.  These  outcasts 
took  their  revenge,  showing  that  they  also  have  their 
nobility  and  are  capable  of  virtue. 

The  question  of  liberty  is  thus  raised  as  it  has  never 
been  raised  before  in  any  of  the  republics  of  antiquity. 
The  ancient  city,  which  was  only  an  enlarged  family, 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  203 

could  have  only  one  religion,  that  of  the  city  itself ; 
that  religion  was  almost  always  the  worship  of  mythi 
cal  founders,  of  the  very  idea  of  the  city.  When  it 
was  not  practised,  the  idea  of  the  city  was  excluded. 
Such  a  religion  was  logical  even  when  it  was  intoler 
ant  ;  but  Alexander  had  been  unreasonable.  Anti- 
ochus  Epiphanes  was  so  in  the  highest  degree,  in 
wishing  to  persecute  to  the  profit  of  a  particular 
religion,  since  their  States  resulting  from  conquest 
formed  various  cities  whose  political  existence  had 
been  suppressed.  Cassar,  with  his  marvellous  lucidity 
of  mind,  understood  that.  Then  the  narrow  idea 
of  the  Roman  city  regained  the  ascendency,  feebly 
and  by  short  intermissions  in  the  first  century,  in  a 
manner  much  followed  in  the  second.  Already  under 
Tiberius,  a  Valerius  Maximus,  maker  of  indifferent 
books,  and  a  dishonest  man,  preached  the  religion 
with  an  astonishing  air  of  conviction.  We  have  seen 
even  Domitian  extend  a  powerful  protection  to  the 
Latin  religion,  attempt  a  sort  of  union  of  "  the  throne 
and  the  altar."  All  that  sprang  out  of  a  sentiment 
analogous  to  that  which  attaches  to  the  Catholicism 
of  our  own  days,  a  host  of  people  who  believe  very 
little,  but  who  are  convinced  that  this  worship  is  the 
religion  of  France.  Martial  and  Statius,  gazetteers 
of  the  scandalous  chronicle  of  the  times,  who  at 
heart  regret  the  fine  times  of  Nero,  become  grave 
and  religious,  applaud  the  censorship  of  manners, 
preach  respect  for  authority.  Social  and  political 
crises  usually  have  the  effect  of  provoking  political 
reactions  of  this  kind.  Society  in  peril  attaches  it 
self  where  it  can.  A  threatened  world  ranges  itself 
in  order  of  battle ;  convinced  that  every  thought 
turns  to  evil,  becomes  timid,  holds  its  breath  as  it 
were,  since  it  fears  that  every  movement  may  over 
throw  the  frail  edifice  which  serves  it  as  shelter. 

Trajan  and  his  successors  scarcely  cared  to  renew 
the  sad  excess  of  sneaking  hypocrisy  which  charac- 


204  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

terised  the  reign  of  Domitian.  Yet  these  princes 
and  their  surroundings  showed  themselves  very  Con 
servative  in  religion.  They  saw  salvation  only  in 
the  old  Roman  spirit.  Marcus  Aurelius,  philosopher 
though  he  was,  is  in  no  way  exempt  from  supersti 
tion.  He  is  a  rigid  observer  of  the  official  religion. 
The  brotherhood  of  the  Salii  had  no  more  devout 
member.  He  affected  to  imitate  Numa,  from  whom 
he  claimed  to  be  descended,  and  maintained  with 
severity  the  laws  which  forbade  foreign  religions. 
Devotions  on  the  eve  of  death !  The  day  when  one 
holds  most  to  these  memories  is  the  day  that  in  which 
they  go  astray.  How  much  injury  has  accrued  to 
the  House  of  Bourbon  through  thinking  too  much  of 
St  Louis,  and  claiming  to  be  descended  from  Cloris 
and  Charlemagne ! 

To  that  strong  preference  for  the  national  worship 
was  joined,  with  the  great  emperors  of  the  second 
century,  the  fear  of  the  heteria,  ccetus  iUiciti,  or 
associations  which  might  become  factions  in  the  cities. 
A  simple  body  of  firemen  were  suspected.  Too  many 
people  at  a  family  festivity  disquieted  the  authorities. 
Trajan  required  that  the  invitations  should  be  limited 
and  given  by  name.  Even  the  associations  ad  sus- 
tinendam  tenuiorium  inopiam  were  permitted  only 
in  the  cities  which  had  special  charters  for  the  purpose. 
In  that  matter  Trajan  followed  the  tradition  of  all  the 
great  Emperors  after  Caesar.  It  is  impossible  that 
such  measures  could  have  appeared  necessary  to  such 
great  men  if  they  had  not  been  justified  in  some 
respects.  But  the  administrative  spirit  of  the  second 
century  was  carried  to  excess.  Instead  of  practising 
public  benevolence,  as  the  State  had  begun  to  do,  how 
much  better  it  would  have  been  to  leave  the  associa 
tions  free  to  exercise  it !  These  associations  aspired 
to  spring  up  in  all  parts :  the  State  was  full  of  injustice 
and  harshness  for  them.  It  wanted  peace  at  any 
price,  but  peace,  when  it  is  based  by  authority  on  the 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  205 

suppression  of  private  effort,  is  more  prejudicial  to 
society  than  the  very  troubles  of  which  it  is  desired 
to  get  rid  by  the  sacrifice  of  all  liberty. 

In  that  lies  the  cause  of  that  phenomenon,  in  itself 
so  singular,  of  Christianity  being  found  worse  under 
the  wise  administration  of  the  great  emperors  of  the 
second  century  than  under  the  furious  rage  with 
which  the  scoundrels  of  the  first  attacked  it.  The 
violences  of  Nero,  of  Domitian,  lasted  only  a  few 
weeks  or  months ;  they  were  either  passing  acts  of 
brutality  or  else  the  results  of  annoyances  springing  out 
of  a  fantastic  and  shady  policy.  In  the  interval 
which  passed  between  the  appearance  of  Christianity 
and  the  accession  of  Trajan,  never  once  do  we  find  the 
criminal  law  put  in  force  against  Christians.  Legis 
lation  on  the  subject  of  the  illicit  colleges  already 
existed  in  part,  but  it  was  never  applied  with  so  much 
rigour  as  was  done  later.  On  the  contrary,  the  very 
legal  but  very  governmental  rule  (as  we  should  say 
nowadays)  of  the  Trajans  and  the  Antonines,  will  be 
more  oppressive  to  Christianity  than  the  ferocity  and 
the  wickedness  of  the  tyrants.  These  great  Conser 
vatives  of  things  Roman  will  perceive,  not  without 
reason,  a  serious  danger  to  the  Empire  in  that  too  firm 
faith  in  a  kingdom  of  God  which  is  the  inversion  of 
existing  society.  The  theocratic  element  which  under 
lies  Judaism  and  Christianity  alike  terrifies  them. 
They  see  indistinctly  but  certainly  what  the  Decii, 
the  Aurelians,  the  Diocletians  will  see  more  clearly 
after  them,  all  the  restorers  of  the  Empire  failing 
in  the  third  century, — that  a  choice  must  be  made 
between  the  Empire  and  the  Church, — that  full  liberty 
of  the  Church  means  the  end  of  the  Empire.  They 
struggle  as  a  matter  of  duty ;  they  allow  a  harsh  law 
to  be  applied,  since  it  is  the  condition  of  the  existence 
of  society  in  their  time.  Thus  a  fair  understanding 
with  Christianity  was  much  more  remote  than  under 
Nero  or  under  Flavius.  Public  men  had  felt  the 


206  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

danger,  and  stood  on  guard.  Stoicism  had  grown 
more  rigid ;  the  world  was  no  longer  for  tender  souls 
full  of  feminine  sentiments  like  Virgil.  The  disciples 
of  Jesus  have  now  to  deal  with  stern  men,  inflexible 
doctrinaires,  men  sure  of  being  right,  capable  of  being 
systematically  harsh,  since  they  can  give  proof  of 
acting  only  for  the  good  of  the  State,  and  of  saying, 
with  an  imperturbable  gentleness,  "  What  is  not  use 
ful  to  the  swarm  is  no  more  useful  to  the  bee." 

Assuredly,  according  to  our  ideas,  Trajan  and  Marcus 
Aurelius  would  have  done  better  had  they  been 
Liberals  altogether,  had  they  fully  conceded  the  right 
of  association,  of  recognising  corporations  as  being 
capable  of  holding  property ;  free,  in  case  of  schism,  to 
divide  the  property  of  the  corporation  amongst  the 
members,  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  adherents  to 
each  party.  This  last  point  would  have  been  sufficient 
to  get  rid  of  all  danger.  Already  in  the  third  century 
it  is  the  Empire  which  maintains  the  unity  of  the 
Church  in  making  it  a  rule  that  he  shall  be  regarded 
as  the  true  bishop  of  a  church  in  any  city  who 
corresponds  with  the  Bishop  of  Rome,  and  is  recog 
nised  by  him.  What  would  have  happened  in  the 
fourth,  in  the  midst  of  those  embittered  struggles  with 
Arianism  ?  Numberless  and  irremediable  schisms. 
The  emperors,  and  then  the  barbarian  kings,  alone 
could  put  an  end  to  the  matter  by  limiting  the 
question  of  orthodoxy  to  "who  was  the  canonical 
bishop  ? "  Corporations  not  connected  with  the  State 
are  never  very  formidable  to  the  State,  when  the 
State  remains  really  neutral,  does  not  assume  the 
office  of  judge  of  the  denominations,  and  in  the  legal 
proceedings  before  it  for  the  possession  of  goods, 
observes  the  rule  of  dividing  the  capital  in  strict 
proportion  to  numbers.  Thus  all  associations  which 
might  become  dangerous  to  the  peace  of  the  State  may 
readily  be  dissolved;  division  will  reduce  them  to 
dust.  The  authority  of  the  State  alone  can  cause 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  207 

schisms  in  bodies  of  this  kind  to  cease  ;  the  neutrality 
of  the  State  renders  them  incurable.  The  Liberal 
system  is  the  surest  solvent  of  too  powerful  associa 
tions,  as  has  been  proved  on  many  occasions.  But 
Trajan  and  Marcus  Aurelius  did  not  know  this. 
Their  error  in  this  as  in  so  many  other  points  where 
we  find  their  legislative  work  defective,  was  one  which 
centuries  alone  could  correct. 

Permanent  persecution  by  the  State.  Such,  then,  is 
in  brief  the  story  of  the  era  which  is  now  opening  for 
Christianity.  It  has  been  thought  sometimes  that 
there  was  a  special  edict  in  these  terms : — Non  licet 
esse  Christianas,  which  served  as  basis  for  all  the  pro 
ceedings  against  the  Christians.  It  is  possible,  but  it 
is  not  necessary,  to  suppose  that  there  was.  Christians 
were,  by  the  very  fact  of  their  existence,  in  conflict 
with  the  laws  concerning  association.  They  were 
guilty  of  sacrilege,  of  Use  majeste,  of  nightly  meet 
ings.  They  could  not  render  to  the  Emperor  the 
honours  which  a  loyal  subject  should.  Now  the  crime 
of  lese  majeste  was  punished  with  the  most  cruel 
tortures :  no  one  accused  of  the  crime  was  exempt 
from  the  torture.  And  there  was  that  sombre  cate 
gory  of  flagitia  nomini  cohcerentia,  crimes  which  it 
was  not  necessary  to  prove,  which  the  name  of 
Christian  alone  was  supposed  to  be  sufficient  to  prove 
a  priori,  and  which  entailed  the  character  of  hostis 
publicus.  Such  crimes  were  officially  prosecuted. 
Such,  in  particular,  was  the  crime  of  arson,  constantly 
kept  in  mind  by  the  remembrance  of  64,  and  also  by 
the  persistence  with  which  the  apocalypses  returned 
to  the  idea  of  a  final  conflagration.  To  this  was 
joined  the  constant  suspicion  of  secret  infamies,  of 
nightly  meetings,  of  guilty  commerce  with  women, 
young  girls,  and  children.  From  thence  to  judge  the 
Christians  capable  of  every  crime  and  to  attribute  to 
them  all  misdeeds,  was  but  one  step,  and  that  step  the 
crowd  rather  than  the  magistracy  took  every  day. 


208  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

When  to  all  this  is  added  the  terrible  discretion 
which  was  left  to  the  judges,  especially  in  the  choice 
of  punishment,  and  it  will  be  understood  how,  without 
exceptional  laws,  without  special  legislation,  it  was 
possible  to  produce  the  desolating  spectacle  which  the 
history  of  the  Roman  Empire  presents  at  its  best 
periods.  The  law  may  be  applied  with  greater  or  less 
rigour,  but  it  is  still  the  law.  This  condition  of  things 
will  last  like  a  low  and  slow  fever  throughout  the 
second  century,  with  intervals  of  exasperation  and 
remission  in  the  third.  It  will  end  only  with  the 
terrible  outburst  of  the  first  years  of  the  fourth 
century,  and  will  be  definitely  closed  by  the  edict  of 
Milan  of  313.  Every  revival  of  the  Roman  spirit  will 
be  a  redoubling  of  persecution.  The  emperors  who, 
on  divers  occasions  in  the  fourth  century,  undertook 
to  restore  the  Empire,  are  the  persecutors.  The 
tolerant  emperors — Alexander,  Severus,  Philip — are 
those  who  have  no  Roman  blood  in  their  veins,  and 
who  sacrifice  Latin  traditions  to  the  cosmopolitanism 
of  the  East 

Venerate  the  Divine  in  all  things  and  everywhere,  accord 
ing  to  the  usages  of  the  nation,  and  force  others  to  honour  him. 
Hate  and  punish  the  partisans  of  foreign  ceremonies,  not  merely 
out  of  respect  for  the  gods,  but  especially  because  those  who 
introduce  new  divinities  thereby  spread  the  taste  for  foreign 
customs,  which  leads  to  conjurations,  to  coalitions  to  associations, 
things  which  agree  in  no  way  with  the  Monarchy.  Neither 
permit  any  man  to  profess  at  atheism  or  magic.  Divination  is 
necessary  ;  let  augurs  and  auspices  be  officially  named,  therefore, 
to  whom  those  who  wish  to  consult  them  may  address  them 
selves,  but  let  there  be  no  free  magicians,  for  such  persons, 
mixing  some  truths  with  many  lies,  may  urge  the  citizens  to 
rebellion.  The  same  thing  may  be  said  of  many  of  those  who 
call  themselves  philosophers ;  beware  of  them  ;  they  only  do 
mischief  to  private  persons  and  to  the  peoples. 

It  was  in  such  terms  that  a  statesman  of  the 
generation  which  followed  the  Antonines  summed  up 
their  religious  policy.  As  in  a  time  nearer  to  our 
own,  the  State  thought  itself  to  be  displaying  immense 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  209 

ability  when  it  made  use  o£  superstition  as  a  means  of 
government.  The  municipalities  enjoyed  the  same 
right  by  delegation.  Religion  was  only  a  simple  affair 
of  the  police, — a  system  of  absolute  isolation,  where 
every  movement  is  repressed,  where  every  individual 
act  is  accounted  dangerous,  where  the  isolated  indi 
vidual,  without  a  religious  bond  with  other  men,  is  no 
more  than  a  purely  official  being,  placed  between  a 
family  reduced  to  the  paltriest  proportions  and  a 
state  too  great  to  be  a  country,  to  form  the  mind,  to 
make  the  heart  beat ;  such  was  the  ideal  which  was 
dreamed  of.  Everything  that  was  thought  capable  of 
affecting  men,  of  producing  emotion,  was  a  crime 
which  was  to  be  prevented  by  death  or  exile.  It  was 
in  this  way  that  the  Roman  Empire  killed  the  antique 
life,  killed  the  soul,  killed  science,  formed  that  school 
of  heavy  and  restricted  minds,  of  narrow  politics, 
which,  under  the  pretence  of  abolishing  superstition, 
brought  about  in  reality  the  triumph  of  theocracy. 

A  great  intellectual  decline  was  the  result  of  these 
efforts  to  restore  a  faith  which  no  one  held.  A  sort  of 
commonplaceness  spread  itself  over  beliefs,  and  took 
away  from  them  everything  that  was  serious.  Free 
thinkers,  innumerable  in  the  century  before  and  the 
century  after  Jesus  Christ,  diminished  in  numbers  and 
disappeared.  The  easy  tone  of  the  great  Latin  litera 
ture  was  lost,  and  gave  place  to  a  heavy  credulity. 
Science  extinguished  itself  from  day  to  day.  After 
the  death  of  Seneca  it  could  hardly  be  said  that  there 
was  a  single  savant  who  was  altogether  a  rationalist. 
Pliny  the  elder  is  curious,  but  is  no  critic.  Tacitus, 
Pliny  the  younger,  Suetonius,  avoid  all  expression  of 
opinion  on  the  inanity  of  the  most  ridiculous  imagina 
tion.  Pliny  the  younger  believes  in  childish  ghost 
stories.  Epictetus  desires  to  practise  the  established 
religion.  Even  a  writer  as  frivolous  as  Apuleius 
believes  himself,  when  the  gods  are  in  question, 
obliged  to  take  the  tone  of  a  rigid  Conservative.  A 

0 


210  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

single  man  about  the  middle  of  this  century  appears 
altogether  free  from  supernatural  beliefs — Lucan. 
The  scientific  spirit  which  is  the  negation  of  the 
supernatural,  exists  no  longer  save  amongst  an  ex 
tremely  small  number;  superstition  invades  every 
thing,  enervates  all  reason. 

Whilst  religion  was  corrupting  philosophy,  philo 
sophy  sought  for  apparent  reconciliations  with  the 
supernatural.  A  foolish  and  hollow  theology,  mixed 
with  imposture,  came  into  fashion.  Apuleius  will  soon 
call  the  philosophers  "the  priests  of  all  the  gods." 
Alexander  of  Abonotica  will  found  a  religion  upon 
conjuring  tricks.  Religious  quackery,  miracle-monger- 
ing,  relieved  by  a  false  varnish  of  philosophy,  became 
the  fashion.  Apollonius  of  Tyana  afforded  the  first 
example  of  it,  although  it  would  be  difficult  to  say 
who  this  singular  personage  was  in  reality,  It  was  at 
a  later  date  that  he  was  imagined  to  be  a  religious 
revealer,  a  sort  of  philosophical  demi-god.  Such  was 
the  promptitude  of  the  decadence  of  the  human  mind 
that  a  wretched  theurgist  who,  in  the  time  of  Trajan, 
would  hardly  have  been  accepted  by  the  Gapers  of 
Asia  Minor,  became  a  hundred  years  afterwards, 
thanks  to  shameless  writers,  who  used  him  to  amuse 
a  public  fallen  altogether  into  credulity,  a  personage 
of  the  first  order,  a  divine  incarnation  whom  they 
dared  to  compare  with  Jesus. 

Public  instruction  obtained  from  the  emperors  much 
more  attention  than  under  the  Csesars  and  even  under 
the  Flavii ;  but  there  was  no  question  of  literature ; 
the  grand  discipline  of  the  mind  which  comes  especi 
ally  from  science  will  obtain  from  these  professors 
but  little  profit.  Philosophy  was  specially  favoured 
by  Antoninus  and  Marcus  Aurelius ;  but  philosophy, 
which  is  the  supreme  object  of  life,  which  includes 
everything  else,  can  scarcely  be  taught  by  the  State. 
In  any  case,  that  instruction  affected  the  people  very 
little.  It  was  something  abstract  and  elevated,  some« 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  211 

thing  which  passed  over  their  heads,  and  as,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  Temple  gave  nothing  of  that  moral 
teaching  which  the  Church  has  more  recently  dis 
pensed,  the  lower  classes  stagnated  in  a  deplorable 
condition  of  abandonment.  All  this  implies  no 
reproach  upon  the  great  emperors  who  did  not  suc 
ceed  in  the  impossible  task  of  saving  the  ancient 
civilisation.  Time  failed  them.  One  evening,  after  hav 
ing  endured  during  the  day  the  assault  of  declaimers 
who  promised  him  an  infinite  glory  if  he  converted 
the  world  to  philosophy,  Marcus  Aurelius  wrote  upon 
his  tablets  the  following  reflection,  for  his  own  use 
only : — "  The  universal  cause  is  a  torrent  which  draws 
all  things  with  it.  How  simple  are  these  pretended 
politicians  who  imagine  that  they  can  manage  affairs 
by  the  maxims  of  philosophy.  They  are  children 
who  are  babbling  still.  Do  not  hope  that  there  will 
ever  be  a  Republic  of  Plato ;  content  thyself  with 
small  improvements,  and  if  thou  succeedest,  do  not 
imagine  that  that  will  be  a  small  thing.  Who  can 
in  effect  change  the  inward  dispositions  of  men  ? 
And  without  the  change  of  hearts  and  of  opinions,  of 
what  avail  is  all  the  rest  ?  Thou  wilt  never  do  more 
than  make  slaves  and  hypocrites.  The  work  of  phil 
osophy  is  a  simple  and  a  modest  thing :  far  from 
us  be  all  this  pretentious  gibberish?"  Ah!  honest 
man ! 

To  sum  up  !  Notwithstanding  all  its  defects,  society 
in  the  second  century  was  making  progress.  There 
was  intellectual  decadence  but  moral  improvement,  as 
appears  to  be  the  case  in  our  own  days  in  the  upper 
ranks  of  French  society.  The  ideas  of  charity,  of 
assistance  to  the  poor,  of  disgust  at  the  (gladiatorial) 
spectacles,  increased  everywhere.  So  much  did  this 
excellent  spirit  preside  over  the  destinies  of  the 
Empire,  that  at  the  death  of  Marcus  Aurelius  Christi 
anity  seemed  to  be  brought  to  a  standstill.  It  pressed 
forward,  on  the  contrary,  with  an  irresistible  move- 


212  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

ment  when  in  the  third  century  the  noble  maxims  of 
the  Antonlnes  were  forgotten.  As  we  have  already 
said,  Nerva,  Trajan,  Adrian,  Antoninus,  Marcus 
Aurelius,  prolonged  the  life  of  the  emperors  for  a 
hundred  years  ;  we  may  almost  say  that  they  retarded 
the  advance  of  Christianity  for  the  same  time.  The 
progress  which  Christianity  made  in  the  first  and  in 
the  third  centuries  was  gigantic  as  compared  with 
that  of  the  second.  In  the  second  century,  Chris 
tianity  was  confronted  by  a  great  force,  that  of  prac 
tical  philosophy  labouring  rationally  for  the  ameliora 
tion  of  human  society.  From  the  time  of  Commodus, 
individual  egotism,  and  what  may  be  called  the 
egotism  of  the  State,  left  no  place  for  ideal  aspirations 
except  in  the  Church.  The  Church  thus  became  the 
asylum  of  all  the  heart  and  soul ;  shortly  after,  civil 
and  political  life  concentrated  themselves  equally 
within  it. 


CHAPTEK    XVIII. 

EPHESUS — THE  OLD  AGE  OF  JOHN — CERINTHUS — 
DOCETISM. 

DOUBT,  which  is  never  absent  from  this  history,  be 
comes  always  an  opaque  cloud  when  it  is  a  question 
of  Ephesus  and  of  the  dark  passions  which  agitated 
it.  We  have  admitted  as  probable  the  traditional 
opinion,  according  to  which  the  Apostle  John,  surviv 
ing  the  majority  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus,  having 
escaped  from  the  storms  of  Rome  and  Judea  succes 
sively,  took  refuge  in  Ephesus,  and  there  lived  to  an 
advanced  age,  surrounded  with  the  respect  of  all  the 
Churches  of  Asia.  Irenseus,  without  doubt,  on  the 


TfiE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  Si  3 

authority  of  Polycarp,  affirming  that  the  old  Apostle 
lived  until  the  reign  of  Trajan,  appears  to  us  to 
have  even  heard  him.  If  these  facts  are  true,  they 
must  have  had  grave  consequences.  The  memory  of 
the  punishment  which  John  had  escaped  at  Rome, 
caused  him  to  be  classed  amongst  the  martyrs  even 
during  his  lifetime,  in  the  same  way  as  his  brother 
James.  In  connecting  the  words  in  which  Jesus  had 
announced  that  the  generation  which  listened  to  him 
should  not  pass  away  before  his  appearance  in  the 
clouds,  with  the  great  age  which  the  only  surviving 
Apostle  of  Jesus  had  attained,  the  logical  idea  that 
that  disciple  should  never  die  was  arrived  at — that 
is  to  say,  that  he  would  see  the  inauguration  of  the 
Kingdom  of  God  without  first  tasting  death.  John 
related,  or  allowed  it  to  be  believed,  that  Jesus  after 
his  resurrection  had  had  on  that  subject  an  enig 
matical  conversation  with  Peter.  Hence  resulted  for 
John,  in  his  very  lifetime,  a  sort  of  marvellous  halo. 
Legend  began  to  deal  with  him  even  before  the  grave 
received  him. 

The  old  Apostle,  in  these  last  years  veiled  in  mys 
tery,  appears  to  have  been  much  beset.  Miracles 
and  even  resurrections  from  the  dead  were  ascribed 
to  him.  A  circle  of  disciples  gathered  around  him. 
What  passed  in  that  private  ccenaculum?  What 
traditions  were  elaborated  there  ?  What  stories  did 
the  old  man  tell  ?  Did  he  not  soften  in  his  last  days 
the  strong  antipathy  which  he  had  always  shown  to 
the  disciples  of  Paul  ?  In  his  narratives  did  he  not 
seek,  as  happened  more  than  once  in  the  lifetime  of 
Jesus,  to  ascribe  to  himself  the  first  place  by  the 
side  of  his  Master,  to  put  himself  nearest  to  His 
heart?  Did  some  of  the  doctrines  which  were  de 
scribed  later  as  Johannian  begin  already  to  be  dis 
cussed  between  the  aged  and  weary  master  and  the 
young  arid  bright  spirits  in  search  of  novelties,  seeking 
perhaps  to  persuade  the  old  man  that  he  had  always 


214  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

had  on  his  own  account  the  ideas  which  they  sug 
gested  ?  We  do  not  know ;  and  here  is  one  of  the 
gravest  difficulties  which  encompass  the  origin  of 
hristianity.  This  time,  in  effect,  it  is  not  only  the 
exaggeration  and  the  uncertainty  of  the  legends  of 
which  we  have  to  complain.  There  was  probably  in 
the  bosom  of  that  delusive  Church  of  Ephesus  a  dis 
position  towards  dissimulation  and  pious  frauds  which 
has  made  the  task  of  the  critic  who  is  called  upon  to 
disentangle  such  confusion,  singularly  difficult. 

Philo,  at  about  the  time  when  Jesus  lived,  had  de 
veloped  a  philosophy  of  Judaism,  which,  although  pre 
pared  by  previous  speculations  of  Israelitish  thinkers, 
took  under  his  pen  only  a  definite  form.  The  basis 
of  that  philosophy  was  a  sort  of  abstract  metaphysic, 
introducing  into  the  one  God  various  hypostases,  and 
making  of  the  Divine  Reason  (in  Greek  Logos,  in 
Syro-Chaldaic  Memera)  a  sort  of  distinct  principle 
from  the  Eternal  Father.  Egypt  and  Phoenicia  al 
ready  knew  of  similar  doublings  of  one  same  God. 
The  Hermetic  Books  were  later  to  erect  the  theology 
of  the  hypostases  into  a  philosophy  parallel  to  that 
of  Christianity.  Jesus  appears  to  have  been  left  out 
of  these  speculations,  which,  had  he  known  of  them, 
would  have  had  few  charms  for  his  poetic  imagina 
tion  and  his  loving  heart.  His  school,  on  the  con 
trary,  was,  so  to  speak,  besieged  by  it ;  Apollos  was 
perhaps  no  stranger  to  it.  St  Paul,  in  the  latter  part 
of  his  life,  appears  to  have  allowed  himself  to  be 
greatly  preoccupied  with  it.  The  apocalypse  gives 
us  the  mysterious  name  of  its  triumphant  Aoyog  rov 
&sou.  Judeo-Christianity,  faithful  to  the  spirit  of 
orthodox  Judaism,  did  not  allow  such  ideas  to  enter 
their  midst,  save  in  the  most  limited  fashion.  But 
when  the  Churches  out  of  Syria  were  more  and  more 
detached  from  Judaism,  the  invasion  of  the  new  spirit 
was  accomplished  with  an  irresistible  forced  Jesus, 
who  at  first  had  been  for  his  hearers  only  as  a  pro- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  215 

phet,  a  Son  of  God,  in  whom  the  most  exalted  had 
seen  the  Messiah  or  that  Son  of  Man  whom  the 
pseudo-Daniel  had  shown  as  the  brilliant  centre  of 
future  apparitions,  became  now  the  Logos,  the  Reason, 
the  Word  of  God.  Ephesus  appears  to  have  been  the 
place  where  this  fashion  of  regarding  the  part  of 
Jesus  took  the  deepest  root,  and  from  which  it  spread 
over  the  Christian  world. 

It  is  not  in  effect  with  the  Apostle  John  alone  that 
tradition  connects  the  solemn  promulgation  of  this 
novel  dogma.  Around  John  tradition  shows  us  his 
doctrine  raising  storms,  troubling  consciences,  provok 
ing  schisms  and  anathemas.  About  the  time  at  which 
we  have  arrived,  there  appeared  at  Ephesus,  coming 
from  Alexandria  like  another  Apollos,  a  man  who 
appears,  after  a  generation,  to  have  had  many  points 
of  likeness  with  this  last.  The  man  in  question  was 
Cerinthus,  which  others  call  Merinthas,  without  its 
being  possible  to  know  what  mystery  is  hidden  under 
that  assonance.  Like  Apollus,  Cerinthus  was  born  a 
Jew,  and  before  becoming  acquainted  with  Christianity 
had  been  imbued  with  the  Judeo-Alexanclrine  philo 
sophy.  He  embraced  the  faith  of  Jesus  in  a  manner 
altogether  different  from  that  of  the  good  Israelites 
who  believed  the  kingdom  of  God  realised  in  the 
Idyll  of  Nazareth,  and  of  the  pious  Pagans,  whom  a 
secret  attraction  drew  towards  that  mitigated  form  of 
Judaism.  His  mind,  besides,  appears  to  have  had  little 
fixity,  and  to  have  been  willingly  carried  from  one 
extreme  to  the  other.  Sometimes  his  conceptions 
approached  those  of  the  Ebionites;  sometimes  they 
inclined  to  millenarianism ;  sometimes  they  floated  in 
pure  gnosticism,  or  presented  an  analogy  with  those 
of  Philo.  The  creator  of  the  world  and  the  author  of 
the  Jewish  law — the  God  of  Israel,  in  short — was  not 
the  Eternal  Father ;  he  was  an  angel,  a  sort  of  demi 
god,  subordinated  to  the  great  and  Almighty  God. 
The  spirit  of  this  great  God,  long  unknown  to  the 


U6  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

world,  has  been  revealed  only  in  Jesus.  The  Gospel 
of  Cerinthus  was  the  Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  without 
doubt  translated  into  Greek.  One  of  the  characteristic 
features  of  the  Gospel  was  the  account  of  the  baptism 
of  Jesus,  after  which  a  divine  spirit,  the  spirit  of 
prophecy,  at  that  solemn  moment  descended  upon 
Jesus,  and  raised  him  to  a  dignity  which  he  had  not 
previously  had.  Cerinthus  thought  that  even  until 
his  baptism  Jesus  was  simply  a  man,  the  most  just 
and  the  most  wise  of  men  it  is  true ;  by  his  baptism, 
the  spirit  of  the  omnipotent  God  came  to  dwell  in 
him.  The  mission  of  Jesus  thus  become  the  Christ, 
was  to  reveal  the  Supreme  God  by  his  preaching  and 
his  miracles  ;  but  it  was  not  true  in  that  way  of  seeing 
him  that  the  Christ  had  suffered  upon  the  Cross; 
before  the  Passion,  the  Christ,  impassible  by  nature, 
separated  himself  from  the  man  Jesus ;  he  alone  was 
crucified,  died  and  rose  again.  At  other  times 
Cerinthus  denied  even  the  Resurrection,  and  pre 
tended  that  Jesus  would  rise  again  with  all  the  world 
at  the  Day  of  Judgment. 

That  doctrine,  which  we  have  already  found  at 
least  in  germ  amongst  many  of  the  families  of  the 
Ebionim,  whose  propaganda  was  carried  on  beyond  the 
Jordan  in  Asia,  and  which  in  fifty  years  Narcion  and 
the  Gnostics  would  take  up  with  greater  vigour, 
appeared  a  frightful  scandal  to  the  Christian  con 
science.  In  separating  from  Jesus  the  fantastic  being 
called  Christos,  it  did  nothing  less  than  divide  the 
person  of  Jesus,  carrying  off  all  personality  from  the 
most  beautiful  part  of  his  active  life,  since  the  Christ 
found  himself  to  have  been  in  him  only  as  something 
foreign  and  impersonal  to  him.  It  was  thought  in 
deed  that  the  friends  of  Jesus,  those  who  had  seen 
and  loved  him,  child,  young  man,  martyr,  corpse, 
would  be  indignant.  The  memories  presented  Jesus 
to  them  as  amiable  as  God,  from  one  moment  to 
'mother ;  they  wished  that  he  should  be  adopted  and 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION  217 

revered  altogether.  John,  it  would  seem,  rejected  the 
doctrines  of  Cerinthus  with  wrath.  His  fidelity  to  a 
childish  affection  might  alone  excuse  certain  fanatical 
traits  which  are  attributed  to  him,  and  which,  besides, 
appear  to  have  been  not  out  of  keeping  with  his 
habitual  character.  One  day  on  entering  the  bath  at 
Ephesus,  and  perceiving  Cerinthus,  he  exclaimed: — 
"  Let  us  fly ;  the  building  will  fall  in,  since  Cerinthus, 
the  enemy  of  the  truth,  is  there ! "  These  violent 
hatreds  produce  sectaries.  He  who  loves  much,  hates 
much. 

On  all  sides  the  difficulty  of  reconciling  the  two 
parts  of  Jesus,  of  causing  to  co-exist  in  the  same 
being  the  wise  man  and  the  Christ,  produced  imagi 
nations  like  those  which  excited  the  wrath  of  John. 
Docetism  was,  if  we  may  so  express  it,  the  heresy 
of  the  time.  Many  could  not  admit  that  the  Christ 
had  been  crucified  and  laid  in  the  tomb.  Some  like 
Cerinthus  admitted  a  sort  of  intermittance  in  the 
divine  work  of  Jesus;  others  supposed  that  the 
body  of  Jesus  had  been  fantastic,  that  all  his  material 
life,  above  all,  his  life  of  suffering,  had  been  but 
apparitional.  These  imaginations  came  from  the 
opinion,  very  wide  spread  at  that  period,  that  matter 
is  a  fall,  a  degradation  of  the  spirit ;  that  the  material 
manifestation  is  the  degradation  of  the  idea.  The 
Gospel  history  is  thus  volatilised  as  it  were  into 
something  impalpable.  It  is  curious  that  Islamism, 
which  is  only  a  sort  of  Arab  prolongation  of  Judeo- 
Christianity,  should  have  adopted  this  idea  about 
Jesus.  At  Jerusalem,  in  particular,  the  Mussulmans 
have  always  denied  absolutely  that  Isa  died  upon 
Golgotha;  they  pretend  that  someone  like  him  was 
crucified  in  his  stead.  The  supposed  place  of  the 
Ascension  upon  the  Mount  of  Olives  is  for  the 
Shaykhs  the  true  Holy  Place  of  Jerusalem  con- 
nected  with  Isa,  for  it  is  there  that  the  impassible. 
Messiah,  born  of  the  sacred  breath  and  not  of  the 


218  THE  GOSPELS  ANft 

flesh,  appeared  for  the  last  time  united  to  the  appear 
ance  which  he  had  chosen. 

Whatever  he  may  have  been,  Cerinthus  became  in 
the  Christian  tradition  a  sort  of  Simon  Magus,  a 
personage  almost  fabulous,  the  typical  representative 
of  Docetic  Christianity,  brother  of  Ebionite  and 
Judeo-Christian  Christianity.  As  Simon  Magus  was 
the  sworn  enemy  of  Peter,  Cerinthus  was  considered 
to  be  the  bitter  opponent  of  Paul.  He  was  put  on 
the  same  footing  as  Ebion ;  there  was  soon  a  habit 
of  not  separating  them,  and  as  Ebion  was  the  ab 
stract  personification  of  the  Judeo-Christian-speaking 
Hebrew,  Cerinthus  became  a  sort  of  generic  word 
to  designate  Judeo  -  Christianity  -  speaking  Greek. 
Phrases  like  the  following  were  coined : — "  Who  dares 
to  reproach  Peter  with  having  admitted  Pagans  into 
the  Church  ?  Who  showered  insults  upon  Paul  ? 
Who  provoked  a  sedition  against  Titus  the  uncir- 
cumcised  ?  It  was  Ebion :  it  was  Cerinthus " — 
phrases  which,  taken  literally,  cause  it  to  be  supposed 
that  Cerinthus  had  had  a  part  in  Jerusalem  in  the 
earliest  ages  of  the  Church.  As  Cerinthus  has  left  no 
writings,  the  ecclesiastical  tradition  went  on  in  all 
that  concerned  him  from  one  inexactitude  to  another. 
In  this  tissue  of  contradictions  there  is  not  one  word 
of  truth.  Cerinthus  was  really  the  first  heretic,  the 
author  of  a  doctrine  destined  to  remain  a  dead  branch 
in  the  great  tree  of  the  Christian  doctrine.  In  oppos 
ing  itself  to  him,  in  denying  his  claims,  the  Christian 
Church  made  the  greatest  step  towards  the  constitu 
tion  of  an  orthodox  faith. 

By  these  struggles,  and  these  contradictions  in 
effect,  Christian  theology  developed  itself.  The  person 
of  Jesus,  and  the  singular  combination  of  man,  and 
the  Divinity  that  were  believed  to  exist  in  him,  formed 
the  basis  of  these  speculations.  We  shall  see  gnosti 
cism  come  to  light  in  a  current  of  like  ideas,  and  seek 
in  its  turn  to  decompose  the  unity  of  the  Christ ;  but 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  2l9 

the  orthodox  Church  will  be  steady  in  repelling  such 
conceptions ;  the  existence  of  Christianity,  founded 
upon  the  reality  of  the  personal  action  of  Jesus,  was 
at  this  price. 

John,  without  doubt,  consoled  himself  for  these 
aberrations,  the  fruits  of  a  mind  strange  to  the  Gali 
lean  tradition,  by  the  fidelity  and  affection  with 
which  his  disciples  surrounded  him.  In  the  first  rank 
was  a  young  Asiatic,  named  Polycarp,  who  must  have 
been  about  thirty  years  of  age  during  the  extreme 
old  age  of  John,  and  who  appears  to  have  been  con 
verted  to  the  faith  in  Christ  in  his  infancy.  The 
extreme  respect  which  he  had  for  the  Apostle  made 
him  look  upon  him  with  the  curious  eye  of  youth,  in 
which  everything  enlarges  and  transforms  itself.  The 
living  image  of  this  old  man  had  fixed  itself  in  his 
mind,  and  throughout  his  life  he  spoke  of  it  as  of  a 
glimpse  of  the  Divine  world.  It  was  at  Smyrna  that 
he  was  chiefly  active,  and  it  is  not  impossible  that  -he 
had  been  selected  by  John  to  preside  over  the  already 
ancient  Church  in  that  city,  as  Irenaeus  has  it. 

Thanks  to  Polycarp,  the  memory  of  John  remained 
in  Asia,  and  consequently  at  Lyons,  and  amongst  the 
Gauls,  a  living  tradition.  Everything  that  Polycarp 
said  of  the  Lord,  of  his  doctrine,  and  of  his  miracles, 
connected  him  as  having  received  it  from  the  eye 
witnesses  of  the  Life  of  Jesus.  He  was  accustomed 
to  express  himself  thus: — "This  I  have  from  the 
Apostles."  ..."  I  who  have  been  taught  by  the 
Apostles,  and  who  have  lived  with  many  of  those  who 
have  seen  the  Christ."  This  way  of  speaking  caused 
it  to  be  supposed  that  Polycarp  had  known  other 
Apostles  besides  John — Philip,  for  example.  It  is, 
however,  more  probable  that  there  was  some  hyper 
bole  here.  The  expression  "the  Apostles,"  without 
doubt  means  John,  who  might  besides  be  accompanied 
by  many  unknown  Galilean  disciples.  We  may  also 
understand  thereby,  if  we  choose,  Presbyteros  Joannes 


220  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

and  Aristion,  who,  according  to  certain  texts,  would 
have  been  the  immediate  disciples  of  the  Lord.  As  to 
Caius,  Diotrephes,  Demetrius,  and  the  pious  Cyria 
whom  the  Epistles  of  the  Presbyteros  present  as 
making  part  of  the  Ephesian  circle,  it  would  be  to 
risk  by  dwelling  too  strongly  on  these  names,  dis 
cussing  beings  who,  as  the  Talmud  says,  "  have  never 
been  created,"  and  who  owe  their  existence  only  to 
the  artifices  of  forgers,  or  even,  like  Cyria,  to  mis- 
und  erstandings. 

Nothing,  in  short,  is  more  doubtful  than  everything 
which  relates  to  this  homonym  of  the  Apostle,  this 
Presbyteros  Joannes,  who  only  appears  near  to  John 
in  his  later  years,  and  who,  according  to  some  tradi 
tions,  succeeded  him  in  the  presidency  of  the  Church 
of  Ephesus.  His  existence,  however,  seems  probable. 
The  title  of  Presbyteros  may  be  the  appellation  by 
which  he  was  distinguished  from  Apostolos.  After 
the  death  of  the  Apostle,  he  may  have  long  continued 
to  describe  himself  as  Presbyteros,  omitting  his  name. 
Aristion,  whom  very  ancient  information  places  by 
the  side  of  the  Presbyteros  as  a  traditionist  of  the 
highest  authority,  and  who  appears  to  have  been 
claimed  by  the  Church  of  Smyrna,  is  also  an  enigma. 
All  that  can  be  said  is  that  there  was  at  Ephesus 
a  group  of  men  who,  towards  the  end  of  the  first 
century,  gave  themselves  out  as  the  last  eye-witnesses 
of  the  Life  of  Jesus.  Papias  knew  them,  or  at  least 
came  very  near  to  them,  and  collected  their  traditions. 

We  shall  see  later  the  publication  of  a  Gospel,  of 
an  altogether  special  character,  produced  by  this  little 
circle,  which  appears  to  have  obtained  the  entire  con 
fidence  of  the  old  Apostle,  and  which  perhaps  believed 
itself  authorised  to  speak  in  his  name.  At  the  period 
at  which  we  are,  and  before  the  death  of  John,  some 
of  his  disciples,  who  appear  to  have  surrounded  him, 
and,  as  it  were,  to  have  monopolised  the  old  age  of  the 
last  survivor  of  the  Apostles,  did  they  not  seek  to 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  221 

make  use  of  the  rich  treasure  which  he  had  at  their 
disposal  ?  We  may  suppose  so  ;  we  ourselves  were 
formerly  inclined  that  way.  We  think  now  that  it  is 
more  probable  that  some  part  of  the  Gospel  which 
bears  the  name  of  John  may  have  been  written  by 
himself,  or  by  one  of  his  disciples  during  his  lifetime. 
But  we  persist  in  believing  that  John  had  a  manner 
of  his  own  of  telling  the  life  of  Jesus,  a  manner  very 
different  from  the  narratives  of  Batanea,  superior  in 
some  respects,  and  in  particular  the  parts  of  the  life 
of  Jesus  which  were  passed  in  Jerusalem  afforded 
him  more  room  for  development.  We  believe  that 
the  Apostle  John,  whose  character  appears  to  have 
been  sufficiently  personal,  and  who,  during  the  life 
time  of  Jesus,  aspired  with  his  brother  to  the  first 
place  in  the  Kingdom  of  God,  gave  himself  with  much 
simplicity  that  place  in  his  narrative.  If  he  had  read 
the  Gospels  of  Mark  or  of  Luke,  which  is  quite  pos 
sible,  he  must  have  found  that  there  was  not  sufficient 
mention  of  him,  that  the  importance  attributed  to 
him  was  not  so  great  as  he  had  had.  He  claimed  as 
is  known  to  have  been,  the  disciple  whom  Jesus 
especially  loved  ;  he  wished  that  it  should  be  believed 
that  he  had  played  the  first  part  in  the  Gospel  drama. 
With  the  vanity  of  an  old  man  he  assumed  all  the 
importance,  and  his  long  stories  have  frequently  no 
other  object  than  that  of  showing  that  he  had  been  the 
favourite  disciple  of  Jesus, — that  at  solemn  moments 
he  had  rested  upon  his  heart, — that  Jesus  had  confided 
to  him  his  mother, — that  in  a  host  of  circumstances 
where  the  first  place  had  been  given  to  Peter,  it  really 
belonged  to  him — John.  His  great  age  gave  rise  to 
all  kinds  of  reflections,  his  longevity  passed  for  a  sign 
from  Heaven.  As,  furthermore,  his  surroundings  were 
not  distinguished  by  absolute  good  faith,  and  as  even 
a  little  charlatanism  may  have  been  mixed  up  with 
them,  we  can  imagine  what  strange  productions  might 
spring  up  in  this  nest  of  pious  intrigues  around  an 


222  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

old  man  whose  head  might  be  weak,  and  who  found 
himself  powerless  in  the  hands  of  those  who  took 
care  of  him. 

John  continued  a  strict  Jew  to  the  end,  observing 
the  Law  in  all  its  rigour ;  it  is  doubtful  whether  the 
transcendental  theories  which  began  to  be  disseminated 
as  to  the  identity  of  Jesus  with  the  Logos  can  ever 
have  been  comprehended  by  him ;  but,  as  happens  in 
schools  of  thought  in  which  the  master  attains  a  great 
age,  his  school  went  on  without  him  and  outside  of 
him,  even  whilst  pretending  to  base  itself  upon  him. 
John  appeared  fated  to  be  made  use  of  by  the  authors 
of  fictitious  pieces.  We  have  seen  how  much  there 
was  that  was  suspicious  in  the  origin  of  the  Apocalypse; 
objections  almost  equally  grave  may  be  made  to 
theories  which  maintain  the  authenticity  of  this 
singular  book,  and  which  declare  it  apocryphal.  What 
shall  be  said  of  that  other  eccentricity,  that  a  whole 
branch  of  the  ecclesiastical  tradition,  the  school  of 
Alexandria,  has  determined  not  merely  that  the 
Apocalypse  shall  not  be  John's,  but  that  it  belongs 
to  his  opponent  Cerinthus.  We  shall  find  the 
same  equivocations  surrounding  the  second  class  of 
Johannian  writings  which  will  soon  be  produced,  and 
one  thing  only  remaining  clear — that  John  cannot 
have  been  the  author  of  the  two  series  of  works  which 
bear  his  name.  One  of  the  two  series,  at  all  events, 
may  possibly  be  his ;  but  both  are  certainly  not. 

There  was  great  emotion  on  the  day  which  wit 
nessed  the  death  of  the  Apostle  in  whom  for  many 
years  had  been  summed  up  the  whole  Christian 
tradition,  and  by  whom  it  was  believed  that  there  was 
still  connection  with  Jesus,  and  with  the  beginning 
of  the  new  word.  All  the  pillars  of  the  Church  had 
disappeared.  He  whom  Jesus,  according  to  the  common 
belief,  had  promised  not  to  allow  to  taste  of  death 
until  he  came  again,  had  in  turn  gone  down  into  the 
grave.  It  was  a  cruel  deception,  and  in  order  to 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  223 

justify  the  prophecy  of  Jesus,  it  was  necessary  to  have 
recourse  to  subtleties.  It  was  not  true,  said  the 
friends  of  John,  that  Jesus  had  announced  that  his 
beloved  Apostle  should  remain  alive  until  his  reappear 
ance.  He  had  simply  said  to  Peter,  "  If  I  will  that  he 
tarry  till  I  come,  what  is  that  to  thee  ? "  a  vague 
formula  which  left  the  field  open  to  all  sorts  of 
explanations,  and  allowed  it  to  be  believed  that  John, 
like  Enoch,  Elias,  Esdras,  were  held  in  reserve  until 
the  coming  of  the  Christ.  It  was  now  in  any  case  a 
solemn  moment.  No  one  now  could  say,  "  I  have  seen 
him."  Jesus  and  the  first  years  of  the  Church  of 
Jerusalem  were  lost  in  an  obscure  past.  The  import 
ance  then  passed  to  those  who  had  known  the 
Apostles,  to  Mark  and  to  Luke,  disciples  of  Peter  and 
Paul,  to  the  daughters  of  Philip,  who  continued  his 
marvellous  gifts.  Polycarp  all  his  life  quoted  the 
connection  which  he  had  had  with  John.  Aristion 
and  Presbyteros  Johannes  lived  upon  the  same 
memories.  To  have  seen  Peter,  Andrew,  Thomas, 
Philip  became  the  leading  qualification  in  the  eyes  of 
those  who  wished  to  know  the  truth  as  to  the  appear 
ances  of  the  Christ.  Books,  as  we  have  said  twenty 
times,  counted  for  very  little;  oral  tradition  was 
everything.  The  transmission  of  the  doctrine,  and 
the  transmission  of  apostolic  powers,  were  regarded  as 
part  of  a  kind  of  delegation,  of  ordination,  of  con 
secration,  the  primary  source  of  which  was  the 
apostolic  college.  Soon  every  Church  wishes  to  show 
the  succession  of  the  men  who  made  the  chain  going- 
back  in  a  right  line  to  the  Apostles.  Ecclesiastical 
precedence  was  regarded  as  a  sort  of  inoculation  with 
spiritual  powers,  suffering  no  interruption.  The  ideas 
of  the  social  hierarchy  thus  made  rapid  progress ;  the 
episcopate  consolidated  itself  from  day  to  day. 

The  tomb  of  John  was  shown  at  Ephesus  ninety 
years  later;  it  is  probable  that  upon  this  venerable 
monument  was  raised  the  basilica  which  afterwards 


224  THE  GOSPELS  ANL 

became  celebrated,  and  the  site  of  which  appears  to 
have  been  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  present  citadel 
of  Aia  Solouk.  By  the  side  of  the  tomb  of  the 
Apostle  was  to  be  seen  in  the  third  century  a  second 
tomb,  which  was  also  attributed  to  a  person  named 
John,  whence  resulted  great  confusion.  We  shall 
have  to  speak  of  it  again. 


CHAPTER    XIX. 

LUKE,   THE  FIRST   HISTORIAN   OF   CHRISTIANITY. 

WITH  John  disappeared  the  last  man  of  the  strange 
generation  which  had  believed  itself  to  have  seen 
God  upon  the  earth,  and  had  hoped  not  to  die.  It 
was  about  the  same  time  that  that  charming  book 
appeared  which  has  preserved  to  us  across  the  mists 
of  legends  the  image  of  the  age  of  gold.  Luke,  or 
whoever  the  author  of  the  third  Gospel  may  have 
been,  undertook  that  task,  which  was  congenial  to  his 
refined  soul,  to  his  pure  and  gentle  talents.  The  pre 
faces  which  stand  at  the  head  of  the  third  Gospel 
and  at  the  head  of  the  Acts  appear  at  the  first  glance 
to  indicate  that  Luke  conceived  his  work  as  consist 
ing  of  two  books,  one  of  which  contained  the  Life  of 
Jesus,  the  other  the  history  of  the  Apostles  as  he  had 
known  them.  There  are,  however,  strong  reasons  for 
believing  that  the  compilation  of  the  two  works  was 
separated  by  some  interval.  The  preface  to  the 
Gospel  does  not  necessarily  imply  the  intention  of 
composing  the  Acts.  It  may  be  that  Luke  added  this 
second  book  to  his  work  only  at  the  end  of  several 
years,  and  at  the  request  of  persons  with  whom  the 
first  book  had  had  so  much  success. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  225 

This  hypothesis  is  supported  by  the  part  which  the 
author  has  taken  in  the  first  lines  of  the  Acts  rela 
tive  to  the  ascension  of  Jesus.  In  the  other  Gospels 
the  period  of  the  apparitions  of  Jesus  fades  away  little 
by  little,  without  any  definite  end.  The  imagination 
comes  to  desire  a  final  catastrophe  ;  a  definite  way 
of  escaping  from  a  state  of  things  which  could  not 
continue  indefinitely.  This  myth,  the  completion  of 
the  legend  of  Jesus,  was  slowly  and  painfully  evolved. 
The  author  of  the  apocalypse  in  69  certainly  be 
lieved  in  the  Ascension.  Jesus,  according  to  him, 
is  carried  up  into  heaven  and  placed  by  the  throne  of 
God.  In  the  same  book  the  two  prophets  copied  from 
Jesus,  killed  like  him,  rise  after  three  and  a  half 
days ;  after  their  resurrection,  they  ascend  to  heaven 
in  a  cloud  in  the  sight  of  their  enemies.  Luke,  in  his 
Gospel,  leaves  the  matter  in  suspense,  but  at  the 
beginning  of  the  Acts  he  relates,  with  all  desirable 
accompaniments,  the  crowning  event  of  the  life  of 
Jesus.  He  knows  even  how  long  the  life  of  Jesus 
lasted  beyond  the  tomb.  It  was  forty  days,  a  remark 
able  coincidence  with  the  apocalypse  of  Esdras. 
Luke  at  Rome  may  have  been  one  of  the  earliest 
readers  of  this  document,  which  must  have  made  a 
profound  impression  upon  him.  The  spirit  of  the 
Acts  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  third  Gospel :  gentle 
ness,  tolerance,  conciliation,  sympathy  with  the 
humble,  aversion  from  the  proud.  The  author  is 
certainly  he  who  wrote,  "  Peace  to  men  of  good  will." 
We  have  explained  elsewhere  the  singular  distortions 
which  these  excellent  intentions  have  made  him  give 
to  historic  accuracy,  and  how  his  book  is  the  first 
document  of  the  mind  of  the  Roman  Church,  indiffer 
ent  to  facts  and  dominated  in  all  things  by  the  official 
tendencies.  Luke  is  the  founder  of  that  eternal 
fiction  which  is  called  ecclesiastical  history,  with  its 
insipidity,  its  habit  of  smoothing  off  all  angles,  its 
foolishly  sanctified  turns.  The  a  priori  of  a  Church 

p 


226  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

always  wise,  always  moderate,  is  the  basis  of  his 
narrative.  The  principal  point  for  him  is  to  show 
that  the  disciples  of  Paul  are  the  disciples  not  of  an 
intruder  but  of  an  apostle  like  the  others  who  has 
been  in  perfect  communion  with  the  others.  The  rest 
is  of  small  consequence  to  him.  Everything  passes  as 
in  an  idyll.  Peter  was  at  heart  of  Paul's  opinion ; 
Paul  was  of  the  opinion  of  Peter.  An  inspired  assembly 
has  seen  all  the  members  of  the  apostolic  college 
united  in  the  same  thought.  The  first  Pagan  bap 
tism  was  performed  by  Peter  ;  Paul,  on  the  other  hand, 
submitted  to  the  legal  prescriptions,  and  observed  them 
publicly  at  Jerusalem.  All  frank  expression  of  a 
decided  opinion  is  repugnant  to  this  prudent  narrator. 
The  Jews  are  treated  as  false  witnesses  because  they 
quote  an  authentic  statement  of  Jesus,  and  attribute 
to  the  Founder  of  Christianity  an  intention  of  bring 
ing  about  changes  in  Mosaism.  According  to  the 
occasion,  Christianity  is  nothing  else  than  Judaism,  or 
else  it  is  quite  a  different  thing.  When  the  Jew  bows 
before  Jesus,  his  privilege  is  loudly  recognised.  Luke 
then  has  the  most  unctuous  words  for  these  elders  of 
the  family  who  must  be  reconciled  with  the  younger 
brothers.  But  that  does  not  prevent  him  from  insist 
ing  complacently  on  the  Pagans  who  have  been  con 
verted,  or  from  opposing  them  to  the  hardened  Jew, 
uncircumcised  of  heart.  He  may  see  that  at  bottom 
his  sympathies  are  with  the  former.  He  greatly 
prefers  the  Pagans  who  are  Christians  in  spirit,  the 
centurions  who  love  the  Jews,  the  plebeians  who 
avow  their  humility.  Return  to  God,  faith  in  Jesus, 
— these  are  matters  which  equalise  all  differences, 
extinguish  all  rivalries.  It  is  the  doctrine  of  Paul  set 
free  from  those  rudenesses  which  fill  the  life  of  the 
Apostle  with  bitterness  and  disgust. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  historical  value,  two 
parts,  absolutely  distinct,  ought  to  be  made  in  the  Acts, 
according  to  which  Luke  relates  the  facts  of  the  life 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  227 

of  Paul,  of  which  he  had  personal  knowledge,  or  as  he 
presents  to  us  the  accepted  theory  of  his  times  as  to 
the  first  years  of  the  Church  at  Jerusalem.  The  first 
years  were  like  a  distant  mirage,  full  of  illusions. 
Luke  was  as  ill-placed  as  possible  to  understand  that 
world  which  has  disappeared.  All  that  had  happened 
during  the  years  which  followed  the  death  of  Jesus, 
was  regarded  as  symbolical  and  mysterious.  Across 
that  deceiving  vapour,  everything  became  sacramental. 
Thus  were  formed,  besides  the  myth  of  the  Ascension 
of  Jesus,  the  narrative  of  the  descent  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  which  was  connected  with  the  day  of  the 
Feast  of  Pentecost,  the  exaggerated  ideas  of  the  com 
munity  of  goods  in  the  Primitive  Church,  the  terrible 
legend  of  Ananias  and  Sapphira,  the  fancies  which 
were  indulged  in  as  to  the  altogether  hierarchical 
character  of  the  College  of  the  Twelve,  the  contradic 
tions  as  to  the  gift  of  tongues,  the  effect  of  which  was 
to  transform  into  a  public  miracle  a  spiritual  pheno 
menon  of  the  interior  of  the  Churches.  All  that  re 
lates  to  the  institution  of  the  Seven,  the  conversion  of 
Cornelius,  the  Council  of  Jerusalem,  and  the  decrees 
which  are  supposed  to  have  been  issued  from  thence  by 
a  common  consent,  arise  out  of  the  same  tendency.  It 
'  is  now  very  difficult  to  discover  in  these  curious  pages 
the  truth  of  the  legend  or  even  of  the  myth.  As  the 
desire  of  finding  a  Gospel  basis  for  all  the  dogmas  and 
the  institutions  which  were  hatched  out  every  day 
had  encumbered  the  life  of  Jesus  with  fabulous 
anecdotes,  so  the  desire  of  finding  for  these  same 
institutions,  for  these  same  dogmas,  an  apostolic  .basis, 
charged  the  history  of  the  first  years  of  the  Church 
at  Jerusalem,  with  a  host  of  narratives  conceived  a 
priori.  To  write  history  ad  narrandum,  non  ad 
probandum,  is  a  feat  of  disinterested  curiosity  of 
which  there  is  no  example  in  the  creative  periods 
of  the  faith. 

We  have  had  too  many  occasions  to  show  in  detail 


228  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

the  principles  which  govern  the  narrative  of  Luke,  to 
be  compelled  to  revert  to  them  here.  The  reunion  of 
the  two  parties  into  which  the  Church  of  Jesus  was 
divided,  is  its  principal  object.  Rome  was  the  point 
where  that  supreme  work  was  accomplished.  Clemens 
Romanus  had  already  preluded  it.  He  had  probably 
never  seen  either  Peter  or  Paul.  His  great  practical 
sense  showed  him  that  the  safety  of  the  Christian 
Church  required  the  reconcilation  of  its  two  founders. 
Did  he  inspire  St  Luke,  who  appears  to  have  been  in 
communication  with  him,  or  did  these  two  pious  souls 
fall  spontaneously  into  agreement  as  to  the  direction 
which  it  was  desirable  to  give  to  Christian  opinion  ? 
We  do  not  know,  for  want  of  documents.  What  we  do 
know  is  that  it  was  a  Roman  work.  Rome  possessed 
two  Churches,  one  coming  from  Peter,  and  one  from 
Paul.  To  those  numerous  converts  who  came  to 
Jesus,  some  by  way  of  the  school  of  Peter,  and  others 
by  way  of  the  school  of  Paul,  and  who  were  tempted 
to  cry  out,  "  What !  are  there  then  two  Christs  ? "  it 
was  necessary  to  be  able  to  say,  "  No.  Peter  and  Paul 
are  in  perfect  agreement.  The  Christianity  of  the 
one  is  the  Christianity  of  the  other."  Perhaps  a 
slight  colouring  was  on  this  account  imported  into  the 
Gospel  legend  of  the  miraculous  Draught  of  Fishes. 
According  to  the  account  of  Luke,  the  nets  of  Peter 
were  not  able  to  contain  the  multitude  of  fishes 
which  were  anxious  to  be  captured ;  Peter  is  obliged 
to  make  signs  to  his  collaborators  to  come  to  his 
aid ;  a  second  ship  (Paul  and  his  friends)  is  filled  in 
the  sajne  way  as  the  first,  and  the  haul  of  the  king 
dom  of  God  is  super-abundant. 

Something  analogous  to  this  may  be  found  in  what 
happened  about  the  time  of  the  Revolution,  in.  the 
party  which  undertook  to  restore  the  worship  of 
the  French  Revolution.  Amongst  the  heroes  of  the 
Revolution,  the  struggles  had  been  ardent  and  bitter ; 
there  was  hatred  even  to  the  death.  But  twenty-five 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  229 

years  afterwards  nothing  remained  of  all  that  but 
a  great  neutral  result.  It  was  forgotten  that  the 
Girondins,  Dantcu,  Robespierre,  had  cut  off  each 
other's  heads.  Save  for  some  few  and  rare  excep 
tions,  there  were  no  longer  any  partisans  of  the  Giron 
dins,  of  Danton,  or  of  Robespierre ;  all  were  partisans 
of  what  was  considered  their  common  work — that  is 
to  say,  the  Revolution.  In  the  same  Pantheon  were 
placed  as  brethren  men  who  had  proscribed  each 
other.  In  great  historical  movements  there  is  the 
moment  of  exaltation  when  men  associated  in.  view 
of  a  common  work  separate  from  each  other  or  kill 
each  other  for  a  shade  of  difference ;  then  comes  the 
moment  of  reconciliation,  when  it  is  sought  to  prove 
that  these  apparent  enemies  understood  each  other 
and  laboured  for  the  same  end.  At  the  end  of  a 
certain  time,  out  of  all  these  disagreements  comes 
forth  a  single  doctrine,  and  a  perfect  agreement 
reigns  between  the  disciples  of  the  men  who  anathe 
matised  each  other. 

Another  essentially  Roman  feature  of  Luke,  is  one 
which  brings  him  into  closer  relation  with  Clement, 
is  his  respect  for  the  Imperial  authority,  and  the  pre 
cautions  which  he  takes  not  to  wound  it.  We  do  not 
find  amongst  these  two  writers  the  bitter  hatred  of 
Rome  which  characterises  the  authors  of  the  apoca 
lypse  and  the  Sibylline  poems.  The  author  of  the 
Acts  avoids  everything  which  could  present  Rome  as 
the  enemy  of  Christianity.  On  the  contrary,  he 
endeavours  to  show  that  on  many  occasions  they 
have  defended  Paul  and  the  Christians  against  the 
Jews.  There  is  never  an  insulting  word  for  the 
civil  magistrates.  If  he  stops  short  in  his  narrative 
at  the  arrival  of  Paul  at  Rome,  it  is  perhaps  because 
he  does  not  wish  to  be  compelled  to  relate  the  mon 
strosities  of  Nero.  Luke  does  not  admit  that  the 
Christians  may  ever  have  been  legally  compromised. 
If  Paul  had  not  appealed  to  the  Emperor,  he  might 


230  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

have  been  acquitted.  A  judicial  afterthought  in  per 
fect  agreement  with  the  era  of  Trajan  preoccupies 
him :  he  wishes  to  create  precedents,  to  show  that 
there  is  no  method  of  prosecuting  those  who  had 
been  so  often  acquitted.  Bad  processes  do  not  repel 
him.  Never  have  patience  and  optimism  been  pushed 
farther.  The  taste  for  persecution,  the  joy  of  suffer 
ings  endured  for  the  name  of  Jesus,  fill  the  soul  of 
Luke,  and  make  his  book  the  manual  par  excellence 
of  the  Christian  missionary. 

The  perfect  unity  of  the  book  scarcely  allows  us  to 
decide  whether  Luke  in  composing  it  had  under  his 
eyes  previously-written  documents,  or  if  he  was  the 
first  to  write  the  history  of  the  Apostles  from  oral 
tradition.  There  were  many  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  just 
as  there  were  many  Gospels ;  but  whilst  several  Gospels 
have  been  retained  in  the  Canon,  only  a  single  book  of 
Acts  has  been  preserved.  The  "  Preaching  of  Peter," 
the  object  of  which  was  to  present  Jerusalem  as  the 
source  of  all  Christianity,  and  Peter  as  the  centre  of 
the  Hierosolymitan  Christianity,  is  perhaps  as  ancient 
at  bottom  as  the  Acts;  but  Luke  certainly  did  not 
know  it.  It  is  gratuitous  also  to  suppose  that  Luke 
revised  and  completed,  in  the  sense  of  the  reconcilia 
tion  of  the  Judeo-Christian  with  Paul,  a  more  ancient 
document  composed  to  the  greater  glory  of  the 
Church  of  Jerusalem  and  the  Twelve.  The  design  of 
putting  Paul  on  a  level  with  the  Twelve,  and,  above 
all,  to  connect  Peter  and  Paul,  is  manifest  in  our 
author ;  but  it  appears  that  he  followed  in  his  narra 
tive  only  the  framework  of  a  long-established  oral 
tradition.  The  chiefs  of  the  Church  of  Rome  appear 
to  have  a  consecrated  manner  of  relating  the  apostolic 
history.  Luke  conformed  to  it,  adding  a  sufficiently 
detailed  memoir  of  Paul,  and  towards  the  end  some 
personal  recollections.  Like  all  the  historians  of 
antiquity,  he  did  not  deny  himself  the  use  of  a  little 
innocent  rhetoric.  At  Rome  his  Greek  education  had 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  231 

been  completed,  and  the  sentiment  of  oratorical  com 
position  in  the  Greek  manner  awoke  in  him. 

The  book  of  the  Acts,  like  the  third  Gospel  written 
for  the  Christian  society  of  Rome,  remained  for  a  long 
time  confined  to  it.  So  long  as  the  Church  developed 
herself  by  direct  tradition  and  by  internal  necessities, 
only  a  secondary  importance  was  attached  to  it,  but 
when  the  decisive  argument  in  the  discussions  relative 
to  the  ecclesiastical  organisations  was  to  remount  to 
the  primitive  Church  as  to  an  ideal,  the  book  of  the 
Acts  became  of  the  highest  authority.  It  told  of  the 
Ascension,  the  Pentecost,  the  Ccenaculum,  the  miracles 
of  the  apostolic  Word,  the  Council  of  Jerusalem.  The 
foregone  conclusions  of  Luke  imposed  themselves  upon 
history ;  and  even  to  the  penetrating  observers  of  the 
modern  criticism,  the  thirty  years  which  were  most 
fertile  in  ecclesiastical  annals,  were  known  only  by 
him.  The  material  truth  suffered  from  it,  for  that 
material  truth  Luke  scarcely  knew,  while  he  cared 
still  less  about  it ;  but  almost  as  much  as  the  Gospels, 
the  Acts  fashioned  the  future.  The  manner  in  which 
things  are  told  is  of  more  consequence  in  great  secular 
developments  than  the  manner  in  which  they  happened. 
Those  who  constructed  the  legend  of  Jesus  have  a 
part  in  the  work  of  Christianity  almost  equal  to  his ; 
that  which  made  the  legend  of  the  primitive  Church 
has  weighed  with  an  enormous  weight  in  the  creation 
of  that  spiritual  society  where  so  many  centuries  have 
found  the  repose  of  their  souls.  Multitudinis  creden- 
tium  erat  cor  unum  et  anima  una.  When  one  has 
written  that,  one  has  thrust  into  the  heart  of  humanity 
the  goad  which  never  allows  it  to  rest  until  what  may 
have  been  discovered,  and  what  has  been  seen  in 
slumber,  and  what  has  been  seen  in  dreams,  and 
touched  that  of  which  we  have  dreamed. 


232  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

CHAPTER    XX. 

SYRIAN    SECT  S — E  L  K  A  S  A  1. 

WHILST  the  Western  Churches,  yielding  more  or  less 
to  the  influence  of  the  Roman  spirit,  moved  rapidly 
towards  an  orthodox  Catholicism,  and  aspired  to  give 
to  itself  a  central  government  excluding  the  varieties 
of  the  sects,  the  Churches  of  the  Ebionim  in  Syria 
were  crumbling  away  more  and  more,  and  wasted 
themselves  in  all  sorts  of  aberrations.  The  sect  is  not 
the  Church ;  too  often,  on  the  contrary,  the  sect  eats 
away  the  Church  and  dissolves  it.  A  veritable 
Proteus,  Judeo-Christianity  engaged  itself  by  turns  in 
the  most  opposite  directions.  Notwithstanding  the 
privilege  enjoyed  by  the  Syrian  Christians  of  possess 
ing  the  members  of  the  family  of  Jesus,  and  of  attach 
ing  to  itself  a  tradition  much  closer  than  those  of  the 
Churches  of  Asia,  of  Greece,  and  of  Rome,  it  is  not  to 
be  doubted  that,  left  to  themselves,  these  little  associa 
tions  would  have  melted  away  like  a  dream  at  the 
end  of  two  or  three  hundred  years.  On  the  one  hand, 
the  exclusive  use  of  Syriac  deprived  them  of  all  fertile 
contact  with  the  works  of  Greek  genius  ;  on  the  other, 
a  host  of  Oriental  influences,  full  of  danger,  acted  upon 
them,  and  threatened  them  with  a  prompt  corruption. 
Their  imperfect  reasoning  powers  delivered  them  over 
to  the  seductions  of  the  theosophic  follies — of  Baby 
lonian,  Persian,  or  Egyptian  origin ;  which,  in  about 
forty  years,  caused  the  nascent  Christianity  that 
grave  malady  of  Gnosticism,  which  can  only  be  com 
pared  to  a  terrible  croup,  from  which  the  child  barely 
escapes  by  a  miracle. 

The  atmosphere  in  which  these  Ebionite  Churches 
of  Syria,  and  beyond  the  Jordan,  lived,  was  exceed 
ingly  disturbed.  Jewish  sects  abounded  in  these 
districts,  and  followed  an  altogether  different  course 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  233 

from  that  of  the  orthodox  doctors.  After  the 
destruction  of  Jerusalem,  Judaism,  deprived  of  the 
prophetic  spur,  had  only  two  poles  of  religious 
activity — the  Casuistic,  represented  by  the  Talmud, 
and  the  mystical  dreams  of  the  new-born  Cabbala. 
Lydda  and  Jabne-h  were  the  centres  of  the  religious 
elaboration  of  the  Talmud;  the  country  beyond 
Jordan  served  as  a  cradle  to  the  Cabbala.  The 
Essenians  were  not  dead ;  under  the  names  of  Essenes, 
Ossenes,  or  Osseens,  they  were  scarcely  to  be  distin 
guished  from  Nazarenes  or  Ebionites,  and  continued 
their  special  asceticisms  and  fastings  with  so  much 
the  more  ardour  since  the  destruction  of  the  Temple 
had  suppressed  the  ritualism  of  the  Thora.  The 
Galileans  of  Judah,  the  Gaulonite,  existed,  it  appears, 
as  a  Church  apart.  It  is  scarcely  known  what  the 
Masbotheans  were,  still  less  what  were  the  Genisti, 
the  Meristi,  and  some  other  obscure  heretics. 

The  Samaritans  were  divided  on  their  side  into  a 
crowd  of  sects,  more  or  less  connected  with  Simon 
of  Gitton.  Cleobius,  Menander,  the  Gorotheans,  the 
Sebueans,  are  already  Gnostics :  the  Cabbalistic 
mysticism  ran  high  amongst  them.  The  absence  of 
all  authority  still  permitted  the  gravest  confusions. 
The  Samaritan  sects  which  swarmed  by  the  side  of 
the  Church  sometimes  entered  within  its  limits  or 
sought  to  force  their  way  in.  We  may  connect  with 
these  times  the  book  of  the  Grand  Exposition  attri 
buted  to  Simon  of  Gitton.  Menander  and  Capharateus 
had  succeeded  to  all  the  ambitions  of  Simon.  He, 
like  his  master,  imagined  that  he  possessed  the  supreme 
virtue  hidden  from  the  rest  of  men.  Between  God 
and  the  creation  he  placed  an  innumerable  world  of 
angels,  over  whom  magic  had  all  power.  Of  that 
magic  he  pretended  to  know  the  profoundest  secrets. 
It  appears  that  he  baptised  in  his  own  name.  This 
baptism  conferred  the  right  to  the  resurrection  and 
to  immortality.  It  was  at  Antioch  that  Menander 


234  tHE  GOSPELS  AND 

reckoned  the  greatest  number  of  followers.  His 
disciples  sought,  as  it  would  seem,  to  usurp  the  name 
of  Christians,  but  the  Christians  vigorously  repulsed 
them  and  gave  them  the  name  of  Menandrians.  It 
was  the  same  with  certain  Simonian  sectaries  named 
Eutychites,  worshippers  of  Eons,  against  whom  were 
brought  the  gravest  accusations. 

Another  Samaritan,  Dositheus  or  Dosthai,  played 
the  part  of  a  sort  of  Christ,  of  Son  of  God,  and  sought 
to  pass  himself  off  as  the  great  prophet  equal  to 
Moses  of  whom  the  promise  might  be  read  in 
Deuteronomy  (xviii.  15),  and  in  these  feverish  times 
he  was  constantly  expected.  Essenism,  with  its 
tendency  to  multiply  angels,  was  at  the  root  of  all 
these  aberrations ;  the  Messiah  himself  was  no  more 
than  an  angel,  and  Jesus,  in  the  Churches  placed  under 
that  influence,  risked  the  loss  of  his  beautiful  title  of 
Son  of  God,  to  become  only  a  great  angel — an  Eon  of 
the  first  rank. 

The  intimate  connection  which  existed  between 
Christians  and  the  mass  of  Israel,  the  want  of  direc 
tion  which  characterised  the  trans-Jordanic  Churches, 
caused  each  of  these  sects  to  have  its  counterpart  in 
the  Church  of  Jesus.  We  do  not  well  understand 
what  Hegesippus  endeavours  to  say  when  he  traces 
for  the  Church  of  Jerusalem  a  period  of  absolute 
virginity,  finishing  about  the  time  at  which  we  now 
are,  and  when  he  attributes  all  the  evil  of  the  time 
which  followed  to  a  certain  Trebuthis,  who,  out  of 
spite  at  not  having  been  named  bishop,  infected  the 
Church  with  errors  borrowed  from  seven  Jewish  sects. 
What  is  true  is  that  in  the  lost  provinces  of  the  East 
strange  alliances  were  produced.  Sometimes  even 
the  mania  for  incoherent  mixtures  did  not  stop  at 
the  limits  of  Judaism ;  the  religions  of  Upper  Asia 
furnished  more  than  one  element  to  the  cauldron  in 
which  the  most  discordant  elements  fermented  to 
gether.  Baptism  is  a  rite  originally  from  the  region 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  235 

of  the  Lower  Euphrates ;  but  baptism  was  the  most 
common  feature  amongst  the  Jewish  sects  which 
sought  to  free  themselves  from  the  Temple  and  the 
priests  at  Jerusalem.  John  the  Baptist  still  had 
disciples.  The  Essenians,  the  Ebionites,  were  almost 
al]  given  to  ablutions.  After  the  destruction  of  the 
Temple,  baptism  gained  greater  strength.  The  sectaries 
plunged  into  water  every  day  and  on  any  excuse. 
We  heard  about  the  year  80  accounts  which  appeared 
to  come  from  this  sect.  Under  Trajan,  the  fashion  of 
baptism  redoubled.  This  growing  favour  was  due  in 
part  to  the  influence  of  a  certain  Elkasai,  who  we 
may  suppose  to  have  been  in  many  ways  the  imitator 
of  John  the  Baptist  and  of  Jesus. 

This  Elkasai  appears  to  have  been  an  Essene  of  the 
country  beyond  Jordan.  He  had,  perhaps,  resided  in 
Babylonia,  whence  he  pretended  to  have  brought  the 
book  of  his  revelation.  He  raised  his  prophetic  stand 
ard  in  the  third  year  of  the  reign  of  Trajan,  preaching 
repentance,  and  a  new  baptism  more  efficacious  than 
all  these  which  had  preceded  it,  capable,  in  a  word,  of 
washing  away  the  most  enormous  sins.  He  presented, 
as  a  proof  of  his  divine  mission,  a  bizarre  apocalypse, 
probably  written  in  Syriac,  which  he  sought  to  sur 
round  with  a  charlatanesque  mystery,  by  representing 
it  as  having  come  down  from  heaven  at  Sera,  the 
capital  of  the  fabulous  country  of  the  Serans,  beyond 
Parthia.  A  gigantic  angel,  thirty-two  leagues  in 
height,  representing  the  Son  of  God,  there  played  the 
part  of  revealer;  by  his  side,  a  female  angel  of  the 
same  height,  the  Holy  Spirit,  appeared  like  a  statue 
in  the  clouds  between  two  mountains.  Elkasai,  now 
the  depositary  of  the  book,  transmits  it  to  a  certain 
Sobiaii.  Some  fragments  of  this  strange  document  are 
known  to  us.  Nothing  there  rises  above  the  level  of 
a  vulgar  mystifier,  who  wishes  to  make  his  fortune 
with  pretended  formulas  of  expiation  and  ridiculous 
mummeries.  Magic  formulas  composed  of  Syriac 


236  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

phrases  read  backwards,  puerile  predictions  as  to 
lucky  and  unlucky  days,  mad  medicine  of  exorcisms 
and  sortileges,  prescriptions  against  devils  and  dogs, 
astrological  predictions — such  is  the  Gospel  of  Elkasai. 
Like  all  the  makers  of  apocalypses,  he  announced 
catastrophes  for  the  Roman  Empire,  the  date  of  which 
he  fixed  for  the  sixth  year  after  Trajan. 

Was  Elkasai  really  Christian?  It  has  sometimes 
been  doubted.  He  spoke  often  about  the  Messiah,  but 
he  equivocated  concerning  Jesus.  It  may  be  imagined 
that,  walking  in  the  footsteps  of  Simon  of  Gitton, 
Elkasai  knew  and  copied  Christianity.  Like  Mahomet, 
at  a  later  period,  he  adopted  Jesus  as  a  divine  person 
age.  The  Ebionites  were  the  only  Christians  with 
whom  he  had  relations ;  for  his  Christology  is  dis 
tinctly  that  of  Nbion.  By  its  example,  he  maintained 
the  Law,  circumcision,  the  Sabbath,  rejected  the  ancient 
prophets,  hated  Paul,  abstained  from  flesh,  and  turned 
towards  Jerusalem  in  prayer.  His  disciples  appear 
to  have  approached  Buddhism  ;  they  admitted  many 
Christs,  passing  one  into  the  others  by  a  sort  of  trans 
migration,  or  rather  a  single  Christ  incarnating  him 
self  and  appearing  in  the  world  at  intervals.  Jesus 
was  one  of  these  apparitions,  Adam  having  been  the 
first.  These  dreams  make  one  think  of  the  avatars  of 
Vishnu  and  the  successive  lives  of  Krishna. 

We  feel  in  all  this  the  crude  syncretism  of  a  sectary 
very  like  Mahomet,  who  coolly  jumbles  together  and 
confounds  the  ideas  which  he  gleans  from  right  and 
left  according  to  his  caprice  or  interest.  The  most 
recognisable  influence  is  that  of  Persian  naturalism 
and  the  Babylonian  Cabbala.  The  Elkasaites  adored 
water  as  the  source  of  life,  and  detested  fire.  Their 
baptism  administered,  "  in  the  name  of  the  Most  High 
God,  and  in  the  name  of  the  Son,  the  great  King," 
effaced  all  sins  and  cured  all  sickness,  when  to  it  was 
ioined  the  invocation  of  seven  mysterious  witnesses, 
the  heaven,  water,  the  holy  spirits,  the  angels  of 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  237 

prayer,  oil,  salt,  earth.  From  the  Essenes  Elkasai 
borrowed  fasting,  the  horror  of  bloody  sacrifices.  The 
privilege  of  announcing  the  future  and  of  healing  the 
sick  by  magical  operations,  was  also  a  pretension  of 
the  Essenes.  But  the  morals  of  Elkasai  resembled 
those  of  these  good  Cenobites  as  little  as  might  be. 
He  reproved  virginity,  and,  to  avoid  persecution,  he 
allowed  the  simulation  of  idolatry,  even  to  denying 
with  the  mouth  the  faith  professed. 

These  doctrines  were  more  or  less  adopted  by  all 
the  Ebionite  sects.  The  living  impress  of  them  may 
be  found  in  the  pseudo-Clementine  narratives,  the 
work  of  the  Ebionites  at  Rome,  and  vague  reflections 
of  them  in  the  epistle  falsely  attributed  to  John. 
The  book  of  Elkasai  was,  however,  not  known  by  the 
Greek  and  Latin  Churches  until  the  third  century, 
and  had  amongst  them  no  success.  It  was,  on  the 
other  hand,  adopted  with  enthusiasm  by  the  Osseans, 
the  Nazarenes,  and  the  Ebionites  of  the  East.  All 
the  region  beyond  Jordan,  Perea,  Moab,  Iturea,  the 
country  of  the  Nabatheans,  the  banks  of  the  Dead 
Sea  towards  Arnon,  were  filled  with  these  sectaries. 
Later  they  were  called  Samseans,  an  expression  of 
obscure  meaning.  In  the  fourth  century  the  fanaticism 
of  the  sect  was  such  that  people  caused  themselves  to 
be  killed  for  the  family  of  Elkasai.  His  family,  in 
fact,  still  existed  and  carried  on  its  vulgar  charlatanry. 
Two  women,  Marthous  and  Marthana,  who  claimed 
descent  from  him,  were  almost  worshipped ;  the  dust 
of  their  feet,  their  spittle,  were  treated  as  relics.  In 
Arabia,  the  Elkasaites,  like  the  Ebionites  and  the 
Judeo-Christians  in  general,  lived  close  to  Islam  and 
were  confounded  with  it.  The  theory  of  Mahomet  as 
to  Jesus  is  scarcely  separable  from  that  of  Elkasai. 
The  idea  of  the  Kibla,  or  direction  for  prayer,  perhaps 
comes  from  the  trans-Jordanic  sectaries. 

It  is  impossible  to  insist  too  strongly  on  the  point 
that  before  the  great  schism  of  the  Greek  and  Latin 


238  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Churches,  equally  orthodox  and  Catholic,  there  had 
been  another  schism — an  Oriental,  a  Syrian  schism,  if 
we  may  so  explain  it — which  put  out  of  the  pale  of 
Christianity,  or,  more  exactly,  left  upon  its  confines 
a  whole  world  of  Judeo-Christian  or  Ebionite  sects, 
in  no  way  Catholic  (Essenians,  Osseans,  Samseans, 
Jesseans,  Elkasaites),  in  whose  midst  Mahomet  learned 
Christianity,  and  of  which  Islam  was  the  result.  A 
proof,  in  some  sort  still  a  living  proof,  of  this  great 
fact,  is  the  name  of  Nazarenes,  which  Mussulmans  have 
always  given  to  Christians.  Another  proof  that  the 
Christianity  of  Mahomet  was  Ebionism  of  Nazarism 
is  that  obstinate  docetism  which  has  caused  it  to  be 
believed  by  the  Mussulmans  of  all  times  that  Jesus 
was  not  crucified  in  person, — that  a  ghost  alone  suf 
fered  in  his  place.  We  might  fancy  that  we  heard 
Cerinthus,  or  some  of  the  Gnostics  so  energetically 
opposed  by  Irenaeus. 

The  Syriac  name  of  these  various  sects  of  Baptists 
was  Sabiin,  the  exact  equivalent  of  "  baptisers."  This 
is  the  origin  of  the  name  of  Sabiens  which  serves 
even  now  to  designate  the  Mendaites,  the  Nazarenes, 
or  Christians  of  St  John,  who  drag  out  their  poor 
existence  in  the  marshy  district  of  Wasith  and  of 
Howeysa,  not  far  from  the  confluence  of  the  Tigris 
and  of  the  Euphrates.  In  the  seventh  century 
Mahomet  treated  them  with  a  special  consideration. 
In  the  tenth  the  Arab  polygraphs  called  them  El- 
mogtasileh,  "  those  who  bathed."  The  first  Europeans 
who  knew  them  took  them  for  disciples  of  John  the 
Baptist,  who  had  quitted  the  banks  of  the  Jordan 
before  receiving  the  preaching  of  Jesus.  It  is  hardly 
possible  to  doubt  the  identity  of  these  sectaries  with 
the  Elkasaites,  when  we  find  them  calling  their 
founder  El  hasih,  and,  above  all,  when  we  study  their 
doctrines,  which  are  a  sort  of  Judeo-Babyloniaii 
Gnosticism  analogous  in  many  ways  to  that  of 
Elkasai.  The  use  of  ablutions,  the  taste  for  astrology, 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  239 

the  habit  of  ascribing  books  to  Adam  as  the  first  of 
revelators,  the  qualities  attributed  to  angels,  a  sort  of 
naturalism  and  of  belief  in  the  magical  virtue  of  the 
elements,  the  horror  of  celibacy,  are  so  many  features 
common  to  the  Elkasaites  and  to  the  sectaries  of 
Bassora. 

Like  Elkasa'i  the  Mendaites  believed  in  water  as  the 
principle  of  life ;  fire  as  a  principle  of  darkness  and 
destruction.  Although  they  lived  far  from  the  Jordan, 
that  stream  is  always  the  baptismal  stream.  Their 
antipathy  for  Jerusalem  and  Judaism,  the  dislike 
which  they  manifested  for  Jesus  and  for  Christianity, 
did  not  prevent  their  organisation  of  bishops,  priests, 
and  faithful  from  recalling  in  all  respects  the  organisa 
tion  of  Christianity,  or  their  liturgy  from  being  copied 
from  that  of  a  Church,  and  bordering  upon  true 
Sacraments.  Their  books  do  not  appear  to  be  very 
ancient,  but  they  seem  to  have  replaced  older  ones. 
Of  this  number  was  perhaps  the  Apocalypse  or 
Penitence  of  Adam,,  a  singular  book  about  the 
celestial  liturgies  for  every  hour  of  the  day  and  night, 
and  upon  the  sacramental  acts  which  belong  to  each. 

Does  Mendaism  come  from  a  single  source — Essenism 
and  Jewish  baptism  ?  Certainly  not.  In  many  respects 
a  branch  of  the  Babylonian  religion  may  be  seen  in  it, 
that  religion  may  have  entered  into  close  alliance  with 
a  Judeo-Christian  sect,  itself  already  impressed  with 
Babylonish  ideas.  The  unbridled  syncretism  which 
has  always  been  the  rule  with  Oriental  sects,  renders 
an  exact  analysis  of  such  monstrosities  impossible. 
The  ulterior  relations  of  the  Sabiens  with  Manicheism 
remain  very  obscure.  All  that  can  be  said  is  that 
Elkasaism  lasts  even  in  our  own  days,  and  represents 
alone  in  the  marshes  of  Bassora  the  Judeo-Christian 
sects  which  formerly  flourished  beyond  Jordan. 

The  family  of  Jesus  which  still  survived  in  Syria 
was  undoubtedly  opposed  to  these  unhealthy  dreams. 
About  the  time  we  are  considering,  the  last  nephews 


240  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  the  Galilean  founder  died  out,  surrounded  with  the 
most  profound  respect  by  the  trans-Jordanic  com 
munities,  but  almost  forgotten  by  the  other  Churches. 
After  their  appearance  before  Domitian,  the  sons  of 
Jude,  returned  to  Batanea,  were  considered  martyrs. 
They  were  placed  at  the  head  of  the  Churches,  and 
they  enjoyed  a  preponderating  authority  until  their 
death;  under  Trajan.  The  sons  of  Cleophas  during 
this  time  appear  to  have  continued  to  bear  the  title 
of  presidents  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem.  To  Simeon, 
son  of  Cleophas,  had  succeeded  his  nephew  Judah,  son 
of  James,  to  whom  appears  to  have  succeeded  another 
Simeon,  the  great-grandson  of  Cleophas. 

An  important  political  event  occurred  in  the 
year  105,  in  Syria,  which  had  grave  consequences  for 
the  future  of  Christianity.  The  Nabathean  king 
dom,  which,  until  then,  had  remained  independent, 
bordered  Palestine  on  the  east  and  included  the 
cities  of  Petra,  of  Bostra,  and  in  fact,  if  not  in  law, 
the  city  of  Damascus,  was  destroyed  by  Cornelius 
Palma,  and  became  the  Roman  province  of  Arabia. 
About  the  same  time  the  little  royalties  feudatory  to 
the  Empire  which  until  then  were  maintained  in 
Syria,  the  Herods,  the  Soemi  of  Edessa,  the  little 
sovereign  of  Chalcis,  of  Arbila,  the  Solencides  of  the 
Comagena,  had  disappeared.  The  Roman  domination 
then  assumed  in  the  East  a  regularity  which  it  had 
never  had  before.  Beyond  its  frontiers  there  was 
only  the  inaccessible  desert.  The  trans-Jordanic 
world  which  until  then  entered  into  the  Empire  only 
by  its  most  westerly  parts,  was  there  swallowed  up 
wholly.  Palmyra,  which  so  far  had  given  to  Rome 
only  auxiliaries,  entered  altogether  into  the  Roman 
domination.  The  entire  field  of  Christian  work  is 
henceforward  submitted  to  Rome,  and  is  about  to 
enjoy  the  absolute  repose  which  the  end  of  the  pre 
occupations  of  local  patriotism  brings  about.  All  the 
East  adopted  Roman  manners ;  the  cities  until  then 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  24 1 

Oriental  were  rebuilt  according  to  the  rules  of  con 
temporary  art.  The  prophecies  of  the  Jewish  apo 
calypses  were  not  fulfilled.  The  Empire  was  at  the 
height  of  its  power ;  one  single  government  extended 
from  York  to  Assouan,  from  Gibraltar  to  the  Car 
pathians  and  to  the  Syrian  desert.  The  follies  of 
Caligula  and  of  Nero,  the  wickedness  of  Tiberius 
and  Domitian,  were  forgotten.  In  that  immense  area 
there  was  only  one  natural  protestation — that  of  the 
Jews ;  all  bent  without  murmuring  before  the  great 
est  force  which  had  ever  been  seen  in  the  world  until 
then. 


CHAPTER    XXI 

TRAJAN  AS  A  PERSECUTOR — LETTER  OF  PLINY. 

IN  a  multitude  of  ways  this  force  was  benevolent 
There  were  many  countries,  and,  in  consequence,  many 
wars.  With  the  reforms  which  might  be  hoped  for 
from  the  excellent  statesmen  who  were  at  the  head  of 
affairs,  the  aims  of  humanity  seemed  to  be  attained. 
We  have  already  shown  how  that  species  of  golden 
age  of  the  Liberals,  that  government  of  the  wisest 
and  most  honest  men  was  hard, — worse,  in  a  sense, 
than  that  of  Nero  and  Domitian.  Cold,  correct, 
moderate  statesmen,  knowing  only  the  law,  applying 
it  even  with  indulgence,  could  not  fail  to  be  perse 
cutors  ;  for  the  law  was  a  persecutor ;  it  did  not 
permit  what  the  Church  of  Jesus  regarded  as  of  the 
very  essence  of  its  divine  institution. 

Everything  proves,  in  fact,  that  Trajan  was  the  first 
systematic  persecutor  of  Christianity.  The  proceed 
ings  against  the  Christians,  without  being  very  fre- 

Q 


242  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

quent,  took  place  many  times  under  his  reign.  His 
political  principles,  his  zeal  for  the  official  religion,  his 
aversion  for  everything  that  resembled  a  secret  society, 
involved  him  in  it.  He  was  equally  urged  forward  by 
public  opinion.  Outbreaks  against  the  Christians 
were  not  rare.  The  government,  whilst  satisfying  its 
own  suspicions,  acquired  by  its  severities  against  the 
calumniated  sect  a  varnish  of  popularity.  The  riots 
and  the  persecutions  which  followed  them,  were  alto 
gether  local  in  character.  There  was  not  under  Trajan 
what  under  Decius  and  Diocletian  was  called  a  general 
persecution,  but  the  condition  of  the  Church  was  un 
stable  and  unequal.  It  was  dependent  upon  caprices, 
and  such  caprices  as  came  from  the  crowd  were 
usually  more  to  be  feared  than  those  of  the  agents  of 
authority.  Amongst  the  agents  of  authority  them 
selves,  the  most  enlightened — Tacitus,  for  example, 
and  Suetonius — nourished  the  most  deeply-rooted 
prejudices  against  "  the  new  superstition."  Tacitus 
regards  it  as  the  first  duty  of  a  good  statesman  to 
stifle  at  the  same  time  both  Judaism  and  Christianity, 
"  melancholy  offshoots  of  the  same  stalk." 

That  becomes  manifest  in  a  very  sensible  manner 
when  one  of  the  most  honest,  the  most  upright,  the 
most  educated,  the  most  liberal  men  of  the  time  found 
himself  brought  by  his  duties  into  the  presence  of  the 
problem  which  was  coming  to  the  front,  and  was 
beginning  to  embarrass  the  best  minds.  Pliny  was 
named  in  the  year  111  Imperial  Legate  Extraordinary 
in  the  provinces  of  Bithynia  and  Pontus,  that  is  to 
say,  in  all  the  north  of  Asia  Minor.  This  country 
had  until  then  been  governed  by  annual  pro-consuls, 
senators  drawn  by  lot,  who  had  administered  it  with 
the  greatest  negligence.  In  some  respects  liberty  had 
gained  thereby.  Shut  off  from  high  political  ques 
tions,  these  administrators  of  a  day  occupied  them 
selves  less  than  they  might  have  done  with  the  future 
of  the  Empire.  The  public  treasury  had  fallen  into  a 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  243 

state  of  extreme  dilapidation ;  finances  and  the  public 
works  of  the  province  were  in  a  pitiable  state ;  but 
whilst  they  were  occupied  in  amusing  or  enriching 
themselves,  these  governors  had  left  the  country  to 
follow  its  own  instincts  at  will.  Disorder,  as  often 
happens,  had  profited  by  liberty. 

The  official  religion  had  to  sustain  it  only  the 
support  which  it  received  from  the  Empire :  aban 
doned  to  itself  by  those  indifferent  prefects,  it  had 
fallen  altogether  into  disrepute.  In  certain  districts, 
the  temples  were  in  ruins.  The  professional  and 
religious  associations,  the  heteries,  which  were  so 
strongly  to  the  taste  of  Asia  Minor,  had  been  infinitely 
developed;  Christianity,  profiting  by  the  facilities 
offered  by  the  officials  charged  with  its  suppression, 
gained  in  all  districts.  We  have  seen  that  Asia  and 
Galatia  were  the  places  where  in  all  the  world  the 
new  religion  had  found  the  greatest  favour.  Thence 
it  had  made  surprising  progress  towards  the  Black 
Sea.  Manners  were  altogether  changed.  Meats 
offered  to  idols,  which  were  one  of  the  sources  of  the 
provision  of  the  markets,  could  not  be  sold.  The  firm 
knot  of  faithful  might  not  be  very  numerous,  but 
around  it  sympathetic  crowds  were  grouped,  half 
initiated,  inconstant,  capable  of  hiding  their  faith  at 
the  appearance  of  danger,  but  at  bottom  not  detaching 
themselves  from  it.  There  were  in  those  corporate 
conversions  fashionable  enthusiasms,  gusts  of  wind 
which  from  time  to  time  carried  to  the  Church,  and 
took  away  from  it,  waves  of  unstable  populations,  but 
the  courage  of  the  leaders  was  superior  to  all  trials ; 
their  hatred  of  idolatry  led  them  to  brave  everything 
to  maintain  the  point  of  honour  of  the  faith  which 
they  had  embraced. 

Pliny,  a  perfectly  honest  man  and  scrupulous 
executor  of  the  Imperial  orders,  was  soon  at  work  to 
bring  back  to  the  provinces  which  had  been  entrusted 
to  him  both  order  and  law.  Experience  was  wanting 


244  THE  GOSPELS 

to  him ;  he  was  rather  an  amiable  man  of  letters  than 
an  able  administrator ;  in  almost  all  matters  of 
business  he  was  in  the  habit  of  consulting  directly 
with  the  Emperor.  Trajan  answered  him,  letter  for 
letter,  and  that  precious  correspondence  has  been 
preserved  to  us.  Upon  the  daily  orders  of  the 
Emperor  everything  was  watched  over,  reformed ;  he 
required  authorisations  for  the  smallest  matters.  A 
formal  edict  suppressed  the  heteries  ;  the  most  inoffen 
sive  corporations  were  dissolved.  It  was  the  custom  in 
Bithynia  to  celebrate  certain  family  events  and  local 
festivities  by  great  assemblies  in  which  a  thousand 
persons  might  be  gathered.  They  were  suppressed. 
Liberty,  which  in  most  cases  slips  into  the  world  in  a 
surreptitious  fashion  only,  was  reduced  to  almost 
nothing. 

It  was  inevitable  that  the  Christian  Churches 
should  be  attacked  by  a  meticulous  policy  which  saw 
everywhere  the  spectre  of  the  heteries,  and  disquieted 
itself  over  a  society  of  five  hundred  workmen  insti 
tuted  by  authority  to  act  as  firemen.  Pliny  often 
met  on  his  path  innocent  sectaries,  the  danger  of 
whom  he  did  not  readily  see.  In  the  different  stages 
of  his  career  as  an  advocate  and  magistrate  he  had 
never  been  concerned  in  any  proceedings  against  the 
Christians.  Denunciations  now  multiplied  daily ; 
arrests  must  follow.  The  Imperial  Legate,  following 
the  summary  procedure  of  the  justice  of  the  time, 
made  some  examples-,  he  decided  to  send  to  Rome 
those  who  were  Roman  citizens ;  he  put  two 
deaconesses  to  the  torture.  All  that  he  discovered 
appeared  to  him  childish.  He  wished  to  shut  his 
eyes,  but  the  laws  of  the  Empire  were  absolute ;  the 
informations  passed  all  measure ;  he  found  himself  in 
the  way  to  put  the  entire  country  under  arrest. 

It  was  at  Amisus,  on  the  border  of  the  Black  Sea,  in 
the  autumn  of  the  year  112,  that  this  difficulty  be 
came  a  dominant  care  for  him.  It  is  probable  that 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  245 

the  last  incidents  which  disturbed  him  had  taken 
place  at  Amastris,  a  city  which  in  the  second  century 
was  the  centre  of  Christianity  in  Pontus.  Pliny, 
according  to  custom,  wrote  of  it  to  the  Emperor : — 

I  consider  it  my  duty,  sire,  to  refer  to  you  all  matters  on 
which  I  have  doubts.  Who  can  direct  my  hesitations  or  in 
struct  my  ignorance  better  than  you  ?  I  have  never  taken  part 
in  any  proceedings  against  the  Christians,  hence  I  know  not 
whether  I  ought  to  punish  or  to  hunt  them  out,  nor  how  far  I 
ought  to  go.  For  example,  I  do  not  know  if  I  ought  to  make 
any  distinction  of  age,  or  if  in  such  a  matter  there  ought  to  be 
no  difference  between  youth  and  ripe  age  ;  if  I  must  pardon  up 
on  repentance,  or  if  he  who  has  become  altogether  a  Christian 
ought  to  profit  by  ceasing  to  be  one ;  if  it  is  the  name  itself 
apart  from  all  crime  that  should  be  punished,  or  the  crimes 
which  are  inseparable  from  the  name.  In  the  meantime,  the 
course  which  I  have  adopted  with  regard  to  all  those  who  have 
been  brought  before  me  as  Christians,  has  been  to  inquire  first 
if  they  are  Christians ;  those  who  have  avowed  themselves  to 
be  such,  I  have  interrogated  a  second  time  ;  a  third  time  threat 
ening  them  with  punishment ;  those  who  have  persisted,  I  have 
sent  to  death  ;  one  point  in  effect  beyond  all  doubt  for  me  being 
that,  whether  the  fact  admitted  be  criminal  or  not,  that  in 
flexible  obstinacy  and  persistency  deserved  to  be  punished. 
There  are  some  other  unhappy  persons  attacked  with  the  same 
madness,  who,  in  view  of  their  rank  as  Roman  citizens,  I  have 
directed  to  be  sent  to  Rome.  Then  in  the  course  of  the  process 
the  crime  as  generally  happens,  branching  out  widely,  many 
species  of  it  are  presented.  An  anonymous  libel  has  been  de 
posited  containing  many  names.  Those  who  have  denied  that 
they  either  were  or  had  been  Christians,  I  have  thought  it  right 
to  release,  when  after  me  they  have  invoked  the  gods,  when  they 
have  offered  incense  and  wine  to  your  image,  with  which  I  have 
supplemented  the  statues  of  the  divinities,  and  when,  moreover, 
they  have  cursed  Christus,  all  which  things  I  am  assured  they 
could  not  be  forced  to  do  if  they  were  Christians.  Others  named 
by  the  informer  have  said  that  they  were  Christians,  and  imme 
diately  have  denied  that  they  were,  avowing  that  they  had  been, 
but  asserting  that  they  had  ceased  to  be,  some  for  three  years, 
some  for  still  longer,  others  for  as  many  as  twenty  years.  All 
these  also  have  paid  honour  to  your  image,  and  to  the  statues  of 
the  gods,  and  have  cursed  Christ.  Now  these  affirm  that  all  their 
offence  or  all  their  error  was  confined  to  meeting  habitually  on 
fixed  days  before  sunrise  to  sing  together  alternately  (?  anti- 
phonically)  a  hymn  to  Christus  as  God,  and  to  swear  not  to  such 


246  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

and  such  certain  crimes,  but  not  to  commit  thefts,  highway  rob 
bery,  adultery,  not  fail  to  keep  sworn  faith,  not  to  refuse  to 
restore  a  pledge  ;  that  that  done  they  used  to  retire,  then  to  meet 
together  again  to  take  a  meal,  but  an  ordinary  and  perfectly  in 
nocent  meal ;  that  even  that  had  ceased,  since  by  your  orders  I 
had  forbidden  the  hateries.  That  made  it  necessary  in  my  eyes 
to  proceed  to  discover  the  truth  by  the  torture  of  two  servants, 
of  those  whom  they  call  deaconesses.  I  found  nothing  but  an 
evil,  unmeasured  superstition.  So,  suspending  the  inquiry,  I 
resolved  to  consult  you.  The  business  has  appeared  to  me  to 
require  that  I  should  do  so,  especially  because  of  the  number  of 
those  who  are  in  peril.  A  great  number  of  persons  in  effect,  of 
every  age,  of  every  condition,  of  both  sexes,  are  called  to  justice 
or  will  be ;  it  is  not  only  in  the  cities,  but  in  the  towns  and  in 
the  rural  districts  that  the  contagion  of  this  superstition  has 
spread.  I  think  that  it  may  yet  be  stopped  and  remedied. 
Already  it  is  reported  that  the  temples  which  were  almost 
abandoned,  have  begun  to  be  frequented  once  more,  that  the 
solemn  festivals  which  had  long  been  interrupted,  have  recom 
menced,  and  that  the  flesh  of  victims  ("  meats  offered  to  idols  ") 
is  again  exposed,  though  the  buyers  have  been  few.  From  which 
it  may  readily  be  believed  how  great  a  number  of  men  may  be 
reclaimed  if  a  place  of  repentance  be  left  open. 

Trajan  answered : — 

Thou  hast  followed  the  path  thou  should'st  have  taken,  my 
clear  Secundus,  in  examining  the  cases  of  those  who  have  been 
brought  before  thy  tribunal  as  Christians.  In  such  a  matter  it 
is  impossible  to  devise  a  fixed  rule  for  all  cases.  They  should 
not  be  sought  out.  If  they  are  denounced  and  are  convicted, 
they  must  be  punished  in  such  a  way,  however,  that  he  who 
denies  that  he  is  a  Christian,  and  who  proves  his  words  by  his 
acts, — that  is  to  say,  by  addressing  his  supplications  to  our  gods, 
shall  obtain  pardon  as  a  reward  for  his  repentance,  whatever 
may  have  been  the  suspicions  which  weigh  upon  him  for  the 
past.  As  for  anonymous  denunciations,  we  must  not  take  ac 
count  of  the  species  of  accusation  which  is  brought,  for  this 
concerns  a  detestable  example  which  is  no  longer  of  our  time. 

No  more  misunderstandings  !  To  be  a  Christian,  is 
to  be  in  disagreement  with  the  law,  is  to  merit  death ' 
From  Trajan's  time  Christianity  is  a  crime  against 
the  State.  Some  tolerant  Emperors  of  the  third 
century  will  alone  consent  to  shut  their  eyes  and 
allow  men  to  be  Christians  if  they  chose.  A  good 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  247 

administration,  according  to  the  most  benevolent  ideas 
of  the  Emperors,  ought  not  to  try  to  find  too  many 
criminals  ;  it  does  not  encourage  informers,  but  it 
encourages  apostacy  by  pardoning  renegades.  To 
teach,  to  advise,  to  reward  the  most  immoral  acts, 
that  which  most  lowers  a  man  in  his  own  eyes, 
appears  wholly  natural.  Here  is  the  error  into  which 
one  of  the  best  governments  that  ever  existed  has 
allowed  itself  to  be  drawn,  because  it  has  touched 
matters  of  conscience,  and  has  preserved  the  old 
principle  of  the  State  religion,  a  principle  which  was 
natural  enough  in  the  small  cities  of  antiquity,  which 
were  only  an  extension  of  the  family,  but  dangerous 
in  a  great  Empire  composed  of  parts  having  neither 
the  same  history  nor  the  same  moral  needs. 

It  is  equally  evident  from  these  invaluable  docu 
ments  that  Christians  were  not  persecuted  as  Jews,  as 
has  been  the  case  under  Domitian.  They  are  perse 
cuted  as  Christians.  There  is  no  longer  any  confusion 
in  the  judicial  world,  though  in  the  world  outside  it 
still  existed.  Judaism  was  not  a  crime :  it  had  even 
outside  its  days  of  revolt,  its  guarantees,  and  privi 
leges.  Strange  thing  !  Judaism,  which  revolted  thrice 
against  the  Empire  with  a  nameless  fury,  was  never 
officially  persecuted ;  the  evil  treatment  which  the 
Jews  endured  are,  like  those  of  the  Rayahs  in 
Mahometan  countries,  the  consequence  of  a  subor 
dinate  position,  not  a  legal  punishment ;  very  rarely, 
in  the  second  and  third  century,  because  he  will  not 
sacrifice  to  idols  or  to  the  image  of  the  Emperor. 
More  than  once  even  we  find  the  Jews  protected  by 
the  administration  against  the  Christians.  On  the 
contrary,  Christianity,  which  was  never  in  revolt,  was 
in  reality  outside  the  law.  Judaism  had,  if  it  may 
be  so  expressed,  its  Concordat  with  the  Empire ; 
Christianity  had  none.  The  Roman  policy  felt  that 
Christianity  was  the  white  ant  which  was  eating 
away  the  heart  of  antique  society.  Judaism  did  not 


248  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

aspire  to  penetrate  the  Empire ;  it  dreamed  of  its 
supernatural  overthrow ;  in  its  hours  of  insanity  it 
took  arms,  killed  everyone,  struck  blindly,  then,  like 
a  raving  madman,  allowed  itself  to  be  chained  after 
its  paroxysm,  whilst  Christianity  continued  its  work 
slowly,  gently.  Humble  and  modest  in  appearance,  it 
had  a  boundless  ambition ;  between  it  and  the  Empire 
the  struggle  was  to  the  death. 

Trajan's  answer  to  Pliny  was  not  a  law ;  but  it 
supposed  laws  and  fixed  the  interpretation  of  them. 
The  temperaments  indicated  by  the  wise  Emperor 
should  have  been  of  small  consequence.  It  was  too 
easy  to  find  pretexts,  for  the  ill-will  with  which 
Christians  were  regarded  to  find  itself  hampered.  A 
signed  denunciation  relating  to  an  ostensible  act  was 
all  that  was  necessary.  Now  the  attitude  of  a  Chris 
tian  in  passing  before  temples,  his  questions  in  the 
markets  as  to  the  origin  of  the  meats  he  found  there ; 
his  absence  from  public  festivals,  pointed  him  out 
at  once.  Thus  local  persecutions  never  ceased.  It 
was  less  the  Emperors  than  the  Pro-Consuls  who 
persecuted.  All  depended  upon  the  good  or  the  ill- 
will  of  the  governors,  and  the  good-will  was  rare. 
The  time  had  gone  by  when  the  Roman  aristocracy 
would  receive  these  exotic  novelties  with  a  sort 
of  benevolent  curiosity.  It  had  now  but  a  cold 
disdain  for  the  follies  it  declined  out  of  pure  modera 
tion  and  pity  for  human  weaknesses  to  suppress  at 
a  moment's  notice.  The  people,  on  the  other  hand, 
showed  themselves  fanatical  enough.  He  who  never 
sacrificed,  or  who,  in  passing  before  a  sacred  edifice, 
did  not  waft  it  a  kiss  of  adoration,  went  in  danger  of 
his  life. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  249 

CHAPTER    XXII. 

IGNATIUS    OF    ANTIOCH. 

ANTIOCH  had  its  part,  and  a  very  violent  one,  in  those 
cruel  measures  which  proved  to  be  so  absolutely 
inefficacious.  The  Church  of  Antioch,  or,  at  least,  the 
fraction  of  that  Church  which  attached  itself  to  St 
Paul,  had  at  this  moment  a  chief,  regarded  with  the 
most  profound  respect,  who  was  called  Ignatius. 
This  name  is  probably  the  Latin  equivalent  of  the 
Syriac  name  Nourana.  The  reputation  of  Ignatius 
had  spread  through  all  the  Churches,  especially  in 
Asia  Minor.  Under  circumstances  which  are  un 
known  to  us,  probably  as  the  result  of  some  popular 
movement,  he  was  arrested,  condemned  to  death,  and, 
as  he  was  not  a  Roman  citizen,  ordered  to  be  taken  to 
Rome  to  be  delivered  to  the  beasts  in  the  amphi 
theatre.  For  that  fate  the  noblest  victims  were 
reserved,  men  worthy  to  be  shown  to  the  Roman 
people.  The  journey  of  this  courageous  confessor 
from  Antioch  to  Rome  along  the  coasts  of  Asia, 
Macedonia,  and  Greece  was  a  sort  of  triumphal  pro 
gress.  The  Churches  of  the  cities  at  which  he 
touched  flocked  around  him,  asking  for  his  counsels. 
He,  on  his  part,  wrote  letters  full  of  instruction,  to 
which  his  position,  like  that  of  St  Paul,  prisoner  of 
Jesus  Christ,  gave  the  highest  authority.  At  Smyrna, 
in  particular,  Ignatius  found  himself  in  communica 
tion  with  all  the  Churches  of  Asia.  Polycarp,  Bishop 
of  Smyrna,  saw  him,  and  retained  a  profound  memory 
of  him.  Ignatius  had  from  that  place  an  extensive 
correspondence :  his  letters  were  received  with  almost 
as  much  respect  as  the  apostolic  writings.  Sur 
rounded  by  couriers  of  a  sacred  character,  who  came 
and  went,  he  was  more  like  a  powerful  personage 
than  a  prisoner.  The  spectacle  impressed  the  very 


250  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Pagans,  and  served  as  the  foundation  for  a  curious 
romance  which  has  been  handed  down  to  us. 

Almost  the  whole  of  the  authentic  epistles  of 
Ignatius  appear  to  have  been  lost.  Those  which  we 
possess  under  his  name  addressed  to  the  Ephesians, 
to  the  Maghesians,  to  the  Tralliens,  to  the  Phila- 
delphians,  to  the  Smyrniotes,  to  Polycarp,  are  apocry 
phal.  The  four  first  were  written  from  Smyrna ;  the 
two  last  from  Alexandria-Troas.  The  six  works  are 
more  or  less  feeble  reproductions  of  the  same  original. 
Genius  and  individuality  are  absolutely  wanting. 
But  it  appears  that  amongst  the  letters  which  Ignatius 
wrote  from  Smyrna,  there  was  one  addressed  to  the 
faithful  at  Rome,  after  the  manner  of  St  Paul.  This 
piece,  such  as  we  have  it,  impressed  all  ecclesiastical 
antiquity.  Irenseus,  Origen,  and  Eusebius  cite  it  and 
admire  it.  Its  style  has  a  harsh  and  pronounced 
flavour,  something  strong  and  popular ;  pleasantry  is 
pushed  even  to  playing  upon  words;  as  a  matter 
of  taste,  certain  points  are  urged  with  a  shocking 
exaggeration,  but  the  liveliest  faith,  the  most  ardent 
thirst  for  death,  have  never  inspired  such  passionate 
accents.  The  enthusiasm  of  the  martyr  who  for  six 
hundred  years  was  the  dominant  spirit  of  Chris 
tendom,  has  received  from  the  author  of  this  extra 
ordinary  fragment,  whoever  he  may  be,  its  most 
exalted  expressions. 

After  many  prayers  I  am  permitted  to  see  your  holy  faces  ; 
I  have  even  obtained  more  than  I  asked  ;  for  if  God  give  me 
grace  to  endure  to  the  end,  I  hope  that  I  shall  embrace  you  as 
the  prisoner  of  Jesus  Christ.  The  business  has  begun  well, 
seeing  that  nothing  prevents  me  from  awaiting  the  lot  which 
has  been  appointed  to  me.  Verily  it  is  for  you  that  I  am  con 
cerned.  1  fear  lest  your  affection  should  be  hurtful  to  me. 
You  would  risk  nothing,  but  I  should  lose  God  himself  if  you 
succeed  in  saving  me  .  .  .  Never  again  shall  I  find  such  an 
opportunity,  and  you,  if  you  will  have  the  charity  to  remain 
quiet,  never  will  you  have  taken  part  in  a  better  work.  If  you 
keep  silence,  in  short,  I  shall  belong  to  God  ;  if  you  love  my 
flesh,  I  shall  again  be  cast  into  the  conflict.  Let  me  suffer  whilst 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  251 

the  altar  is  ready,  so  that,  united  in  chorus  by  love,  you  may 
sing  to  the  Father  in  Christ  Jesus, — "  Oh,  great  goodness  of  God 
who  hath  deigned  to  bring  the  Bishop  of  Syria  from  the  rising 
to  the  going  down  of  the  sun  ! "  It  is  good  to  lie  down  from 
the  world  with  God  that  we  may  rise  with  him. 

You  have  never  done  evil  to  any  ;  why  then  begin  to-day  ? 
You  have  been  masters  to  so  many  others  !  I  ask  but  one  thing  ; 
do  what  you  teach,  what  you  prescribe.  Ask  only  for  me  strength 
from  within  and  from  without,  so  that  I  may  be  not  only 
called  Christian  but  really  a  Christian,  when  I  shall  have  passed 
away  from  this  world.  Nothing  that  is  visible  is  good.  What 
thou  seest  is  temporal.  What  thou  seest  not  is  eternal.  Our 
God,  Jesus  Christ,  existing  in  his  father,  appears  no  more. 
Christianity  is  not  only  a  work  of  silence  ;  it  becomes  a  work  of 
splendour  when  it  is  hated  of  the  world. 

I  write  to  the  Churches  :  I  inform  all  that  I  am  assured  of 
dying  for  God,  if  you  do  not  prevent  me.  I  beg  you  not  to 
prove  yourselves  by  your  intemperate  goodness  my  worst 
enemies.  Let  me  be  the  food  of  beasts,  thanks  to  whom  it  shall 
be  given  me  to  enjoy  God  ;  I  am  the  wheat  of  God,  I  must  be 
ground  by  the  teeth  of  beasts  that  I  may  be  found  the  pure  bread 
of  Christ.  Rejoice  therefore  that  they  shall  be  my  tomb,  and 
that  nothing  shall  be  left  of  my  body, — that  my  funeral  shall 
thus  cost  no  man  aught.  Then  shall  I  be  truly  the  disciple  of 
Christ,  when  the  world  shall  see  my  body  no  more. 

From  Syria  to  Rome,  upon  land,  upon  sea,  by  day  and  by 
night,  I  fight  already  against  the  "beasts,  chained  as  I  am  to  ten 
leopards  (I  speak  of  the  soldiers  who  guard  me,  and  who  show 
themselves  the  more  cruel  the  more  good  is  done  to  them). 
Thanks  to  their  ill-treatment,  I  am  formed,  "but  I  am  not 
thereby  justified."  I  shall  gain,  I  assure  you,  when  I  find  my 
self  face  to  face  with  the  beasts  which  await  me.  I  hope  to 
meet  them  in  good  temper  ;  if  needs  be,  I  will  caress  them  with 
my  hands,  that  they  may  devour  me  alone,  and  that  they  may 
not,  as  they  have  done  to  some,  show  themselves  afraid  to  touch 
me.  If  they  do  it  unwillingly,  I  will  force  them. 

Forgive  me.  I  know  which  is  best  for  me.  It  is  now  that  I 
begin  to  be  a  true  disciple.  No  !  no  power,  visible  or  invisible, 
shall  prevent  me  from  rejoicing  in  Jesus  Christ.  Fire  and  cross  ; 
troops  of  beasts  ;  broken  bones  ;  limbs  lopped  off ;  crushing  of 
the  whole  body,  all  the  punishments  of  the  devil,  may  fall  upon 
me,  if  only  I  may  rejoice  in  Jesus  Christ  .  .  .  My  love  has  been 
crucified,  and  there  is  no  longer  in  me  ardour  for  the  material 
part ;  there  is  within  me  only  a  living  water  which  murmurs 
and  says  to  me,  "  Come  to  the  Father."  I  take  pleasure  no 
longer  in  corruptible  food,  nor  in  the  joys  of  this  life.  I  desire 
the  bread  of  God,  the  bread  of  life,  which  is  the  flesh  of  Jesus 


252  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  born  in  the  end  of  time,  of  the  race  of 
David,  and  of  Abraham  ;  and  I  desire  to  drink  his  blood,  which 
is  incorruptible  love  and  life  eternal. 

Sixty  years  after  the  death  of  Ignatius,  the  charac 
teristic  phrase  of  this  fragment,  "  I  am  the  wheat  of 
God,"  was  traditional  in  the  Church,  and  was  repeated 
to  sustain  the  courage  of  martyrs.  Perhaps  this  was 
a  matter  of  oral  tradition ;  perhaps  also  the  letter  is 
authentic  at  bottom — I  mean  as  to  those  energetic 
phrases  by  which  Ignatius  expressed  his  desire  to 
suffer,  and  his  love  for  Jesus.  In  the  authentic  nar 
rative  of  the  martyrdom  of  Poly  carp  (155),  there  are, 
it  would  appear,  allusions  to  the  very  text  of  that 
Epistle  to  the  Romans  which  we  now  possess.  Ignatius 
becomes  thus  the  great  master  of  martyrdom,  the 
exciter  to  enthusiasm  for  death  for  Jesus.  His  letters, 
true  or  superstitious,  were  the  collection  from  which 
might  be  drawn  striking  expressions  and  exalted 
sentiments.  The  deacon  Stephen  had  by  his  heroism 
sanctified  the  Diaconate  and  the  ecclesiastical  minis 
tries  ;  with  still  great  splendour  the  Bishop  of  Antioch 
surrounded  with  an  aureole,  the  functions  of  the 
Episcopate.  It  was  not  without  reason  that  writings 
were  attributed  to  him  in  which  those  functions  were 
hyperbolically  depicted.  Ignatius  was  really  the 
patron  saint  of  the  Episcopate,  the  creator  of  the 
privilege  of  the  chiefs  of  the  Church,  the  first  victim 
of  their  redoubtable  duties. 

The  most  curious  thing  is  that  this  history,  told 
more  recently  by  one  of  the  most  intelligent  writers 
of  the  age  by  Lucian,  inspired  him  with  the  principal 
features  of  his  little  picture  of  manners,  entitled  "  Of 
the  Death  of  Peregrinus."  It  is  scarcely  to  be  doubted 
that  Lucian  borrowed  from  the  narratives  of  Ignatius 
the  passages  in  which  he  represents  his  charlatan 
playing  the  part  of  Bishop  and  Confessor,  chained 
in  Syria,  shipped  for  Italy,  surrounded  by  the  faithful 
with  cares  and  attentions,  receiving  from  all  parts 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  253 

deputations  of  ministers  sent  to  console  him.  Pere- 
grinus,  like  Ignatius,  addresses  from  his  captivity  to  the 
celebrated  towns  which  he  finds  upon  his  way,  letters 
full  of  counsels  and  of  exhortations  that  they  should 
observe  the  laws;  he  institutes,  in  view  of  these 
messages,  missions  clothed  with  a  religious  character  ; 
finally  he  appears  before  the  Emperor,  and  defies  his 
power,  with  an  audacity  which  Lucian  finds  impertin 
ent,  but  which  the  admirers  of  the  fanatic  represent 
as  a  movement  of  holy  liberty. 

In  the  Church  the  memory  of  Ignatius  was  especi 
ally  exalted  by  the  partisans  of  St  Paul.  To  have 
seen  Ignatius  was  a  favour  almost  as  great  as  to  have 
seen  St  Paul.  The  high  authority  of  the  martyr  was 
one  of  the  reasons  which  contributed  to  the  success  of 
this  group,  whose  right  to  exist  in  the  Church  of  Jesus 
was  still  so  greatly  contested.  Towards  the  year  170, 
a  disciple  of  St  Paul,  zealous  for  the  establishment  of 
episcopal  authority,  conceived  the  project,  in  imitation 
of  the  pastoral  epistles  attributed  to  the  Apostle,  of 
composing,  under  the  name  of  Ignatius,  a  series  of 
epistles  designed  to  inculcate  an  anti-Jewish  concep 
tion  of  Christianity,  as  well  as  ideas  of  strict  hierarchy 
and  Catholic  orthodoxy  in  opposition  to  the  errors  of 
the  Docetists  and  of  certain  Gnostic  sects.  These 
writings,  which  it  was  desired  should  be  regarded  as 
having  been  collected  by  Polycarp,  were  accepted  with 
enthusiasm,  and  had  in  the  constitution  of  discipline 
and  dogma  a  commanding  influence. 

By  the  side  of  Ignatius  we  may  see,  in  the  oldest 
documents,  two  persons  figure  who  appear  to  have 
been  associated  with  him,  Zozimus  and  Rufus. 
Ignatius  does  not  appear  to  have  had  travelling 
companions  ;  Zozimus  and  Rufus  were  perhaps  persons 
well  known  in  the  ecclesiastical  circles  of  Greece  and 
of  Asia,  and  recommended  by  their  high  devotion  to 
the  Church  of  Christ. 

About   the  same  time  another  martyr  may  have 


254  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

suffered,  to  whom  his  title  of  head  of  the  Church  of 
Jerusalem  and  his  relationship  with  Jesus  gave  great 
notoriety.  I  mean  Simeon,  son,  or  rather  great-grand 
son,  of  Cleophas.  The  opinion  decided  amongst  the 
Christians,  and  probably  accepted  by  those  around 
them,  according  to  which  Jesus  had  been  of  the  race 
of  David,  attributed  this  title  to  all  his  blood-relations. 
Now  in  the  state  of  effervescence  in  which  Palestine 
was,  such  a  title  could  not  be  borne  without  risk. 
Already  under  Domitian  we  have  seen  the  Roman 
authority  entertain  apprehensions  apropos  of  the  pre 
tensions  avowed  by  the  sons  of  Jude.  Under  Trajan 
the  same  disquietude  came  to  light.  The  descend 
ants  of  Cleophas,  who  presided  over  the  Church  of 
Jerusalem,  were  too  modest  to  boast  much  of  a  descent 
which  non-Christians  might  perhaps  have  disputed, 
but  they  could  not  hide  it  from  the  affiliated  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus;  from  those  heretics — Ebionites, 
Essenes,  Elkasaites — some  of  whom  were  hardly  Chris 
tians.  A  denunciation  was  addressed  by  some  of  those 
sectaries  to  the  Roman  authority,  and  Simeon,  son  of 
Cleophas,  was  brought  to  judgment.  The  Consular 
Legate  of  Judea  at  this  moment  was  Tiberius  Claudius 
Atticus,  who  appears  to  have  been  the  father  of  the 
celebrated  Herod  Atticus.  He  was  an  obscure 
Athenian,  whom  the  discovery  of  an  immense  treasure 
had  suddenly  enriched,  and  who  by  his  fortune  had 
succeeded  in  obtaining  the  title  of  surrogate  consul. 
He  showed  himself,  in  the  circumstances  of  this  case, 
extremely  cruel.  During  many  days  he  tortured  the 
unhappy  Simeon,  without  doubt  to  force  him  to  reveal 
pretended  secrets.  Atticus  and  his  assessors  admired 
his  courage,  but  he  finished  by  crucifying  him. 
Hegesippus,  from  whom  we  have  these  details,  assures 
us  that  the  accusers  of  Simeon  were  themselves  con 
vinced  that  they  were  of  the  race  of  David,  and 
perished  with  him.  We  ought  not  to  be  too  much 
surprised  by  such  denunciations.  We  have  already 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  255 

seen  that  the  internal  rivalries  of  the  Jewish  and 
Christian  sects  had  the  greatest  share  in  the  persecu 
tion  of  the  year  64,  or  at  least  in  the  deaths  of  the 
Apostles  Peter  and  Paul. 

Rome  at  that  period  appears  to  have  had  no 
martyrs.  Among  the  Presbyteri  and  Episcopi  who 
governed  that  capital  Church  are  reckoned  Evarestes, 
Alexander,  and  Xystus,  who  appear  to  have  died  in 
peace. 


CHAPTER    XXIII. 

END  OF  TRAJAN — REVOLT  OF  THE  JEWS. 

TRAJAN,  the  conqueror  of  the  Dacii,  adorned  with  all 
the  triumphs,  arrived  at  the  highest  degree  of  power 
which  man  had  until  then  attained,  revolved,  notwith 
standing  his  sixty  years,  boundless  projects  with 
regard  to  the  East.  The  limit  of  the  Empire  in  Syria 
and  in  Asia  Minor  was  as  yet  but  ill-assured.  The 
recent  destruction  of  the  Nabathean  kingdom  post 
poned  for  centuries  all  danger  from  the  Arabs.  But 
the  kingdom  of  Armenia,  although  in  law  vassal  to 
the  Romans,  constantly  inclined  towards  the  Parthian 
alliance.  In  the  Dacian  war,  the  Arsacides  had  had 
relations  with  Decebalus.  The  Parthian  Empire, 
master  of  Mesopotamia,  menaced  Antioch,  and  created, 
for  provinces  incapable  of  defending  themselves,  a 
perpetual  danger.  An  Eastern  expedition,  having  for 
its  object  the  annexation  to  the  Empire  of  Armenia, 
Osrohenia  and  Mygdonia,  countries  which  in  effect, 
after  the  campaigns  of  Lucius  Verus  and  of  Septimius 
Severus,  belonged  to  the  Empire,  would  have  been 
reasonable.  But  Trajan  did  not  take  sufficient 


256  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

account  of  the  state  of  the  East.  He  did  not  see  that 
beyond  Syria,  Armenia,  and  the  north  of  Mesapo- 
tamia,  which  it  is  easy  to  make  the  rampart  of 
Western  civilisation,  extends  the  ancient  East ; 
traversed  by  nomadic  tribes,  containing,  side  by  side 
with  the  cities,  indocile  populations,  amongst  which 
it  is  impossible  to  establish  order  after  the  European 
fashion.  This  East  has  never  been  conquered  by 
civilisation  in  a  durable  manner ;  even  Greece  reigned 
there  only  in  the  most  transitory  way.  To  hew  out 
Roman  provinces  in  a  world  totally  different  in 
climate,  races,  manner  of  living,  from  what  Rome  had 
hitherto  assimilated,  was  a  veritable  chimera.  The 
Empire,  which  had  need  of  all  its  strength  against  the 
German  impulse  on  the  Rhine  and  the  Danube,  was 
about  to  prepare  upon  the  Tigris  a  struggle  not  less 
difficult,  for  supposing  that  the  Tigris  had  really 
become  in  all  its  course  a  river-frontier,  Rome  would 
not  have  had  behind  the  great  ditch  the  support  of 
the  solid  Gallic  and  Germanic  populations  of  the 
West.  Through  not  having  understood  that,  Trajan 
made  a  mistake  which  can  only  be  compared  with 
that  of  Napoleon  in  1812.  His  expedition  against 
the  Parthians  was  analogous  to  that  of  the  Russian 
campaign.  Admirably  planned  out,  the  expedition 
started  with  a  series  of  victories,  then  degenerated 
into  a  struggle  against  nature,  and  concluded  with  a 
retreat  which  cast  a  sombre  veil  over  the  end  of  a 
most  brilliant  reign. 

Trajan  left  Italy,  which  he  was  not  again  to  see,  in 
the  month  of  October  113.  He  passed  the  winter 
months  at  Antioch,  and  in  the  spring  of  114  began 
the  campaign  of  Armenia.  The  result  was  prodi 
gious  :  in  September,  Armenia  was  reduced  to  a 
Roman  province  ;  the  limits  of  the  Empire  extended 
to  the  Caucasus  and  the  Caspian  Sea.  Trajan  rested 
the  following  winter  at  Antioch. 

The  results  of  the  year  115  were  not  less  extra- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  257 

ordinary.  The  Mesopotamia  of  the  North,  with  its 
more  or  less  independent  principalities,  was  conquered 
or  subjected.  The  Tigris  was  attained.  The  Jews 
were  numerous  in  these  parts.  The  dynasty  of  the 
Izates  and  Monobazes,  always  vassal  to  the  Parthians, 
was  mistress  of  Nisibe.  As  in  70,  it  no  doubt  resisted 
the  Romans,  but  it  was  necessary  to  yield.  Trajan 
passed  the  following  winter  at  Antioch,  where,  on  the 
1 3th  December,  he  was  nearly  destroyed  in  a  frightful 
earthquake  which  destroyed  the  city,  and  from  which 
he  escaped  only  with  the  greatest  difficulty. 

The  year  116  witnessed  miracles:  the  times  of  Alex 
ander  seemed  restored.  Trajan  conquered  Adiabene, 
beyond  the  Tigris,  in  spite  of  a  vigorous  resistance. 
There  he  should  have  stopped.  Pushing  his  fortune 
to  its  limit,  Trajan  penetrated  to  the  heart  of  the 
Parthian  Empire.  The  strategy  of  the  Parthians,  like 
that  of  the  Russians  in  1813,  consisted  in  at  first  offer 
ing  no  resistance.  Trajan  marched  without  opposi 
tion  as  far  as  Babylon  ;  took  ^Esiphon,  the  western 
capital  of  the  Empire,  thence  descended  the  Tigris 
to  the  Persian  Gulf,  saw  those  distant  seas  which 
appeared  to  the  Romans  only  as  a  vision,  and  regained 
Babylon.  Then  the  black  spots  began  to  accumulate 
upon  the  horizon.  Towards  the  end  of  116  Trajan 
heard  at  Babylon  that  revolt  had  broken  out  behind 
him.  The  Jews  had  without  doubt  taken  a  great 
part  in  it.  They  were  numerous  in  Babylonia.  The 
relations  between  the  Jews  of  Palestine  and  those  of 
Babylonia  were  continual — the  doctors  passed  from 
one  country  to  the  other  with  great  facility.  A  vast 
secret  society  escaping  thus  from  all  supervision 
created  a  political  vehicle  of  the  most  active  kind. 
Trajan  confided  the  duty  of  crushing  this  dangerous 
movement  to  Lusius  Quietus,  chief  of  the  Berber 
cavalry,  who  had  placed  himself  with  his  goum  at 
the  service  of  the  Romans,  and  had  rendered  the 
greatest  services  in  the  Parthian  wars.  Quietus  re 
ft 


258  THE  GOSPELS  ANt» 

conquered  Nisibe,  Edessa ;  but  Trajan  began  to  see 
the  impossibilities  of  the  enterprise  in  which  he  was 
engaged,  and  meditated  retreat. 

Disquieting  news  reached  him,  blow  upon  blow. 
The  Jews  were  everywhere  in  revolt.  Nameless 
horrors  passed  in  Cyrenaica.  The  Jewish  fury  at 
tained  to  heights  which  had  never  yet  been  known. 
This  poor  people  again  lost  their  heads.  Perhaps 
there  was  already,  in  Africa,  a  presentiment  of  the 
revival  of  fortune  which  was  awaiting  Trajan;  it 
may  be  that  the  Jewish  rebellions  of  Gyrene,  the 
most  fanatical  of  all,  were  anticipated  on  the  faith 
of  some  prophet,  that  the  day  of  wrath  against  the 
Pagans  had  arrived,  and  that  it  was  time  to  begin  the 
Messianic  exterminations.  All  the  Jews  were  agitated 
as  under  a  demoniacal  attack.  It  was  less  a  revolt 
than  a  massacre,  with  details  of  indescribable  ferocity. 
Having  at  their  head  a  certain  Lucora,  who  enjoyed 
amongst  his  friends  the  title  of  King,  these  madmen 
set  to  work  to  butcher  Greeks  and  Romans,  eating  the 
flesh  of  those  whom  they  had  slaughtered,  making 
belts  of  their  bowels,  rubbing  themselves  with  their 
blood,  skinning  them  and  clothing  themselves  with 
the  skin.  Madmen  were  seen  sawing  unfortunate 
men  in  two  through  the  midst  of  their  bodies.  At 
other  times  the  insurgents  delivered  the  Pagans  to 
the  beasts,  in  memory  of  w.hat  they  themselves  had 
suffered,  and  forced  them  to  fight  with  each  other 
like  gladiators.  Two  hundred  and  twenty  thousand 
Cyreneans  are  believed  to  have  been  slaughtered  in 
this  way.  It  was  almost  the  entire  population :  the 
province  became  a  desert.  To  repeople  it,  Hadrian 
was  obliged  to  bring  colonists  from  other  places,  but 
the  country  never  again  flourished  as  it  had  done 
under  the  Greeks. 

From  Cyrenaica  the  epidemic  of  massacre  extended 
to  Egypt  and  to  Cyprus.  The  latter  witnessed  atro 
cities.  Under  the  leadership  of  a  certain  Artemion 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  259 

the  fanatics  destroyed  the  town  of  Salamine  and 
exterminated  the  entire  population.  The  number  of 
Cypriotes  butchered,  was  estimated  at  240,000.  The 
resentment  for  such  cruelties  was  such  that  the 
Cypriotes  decreed  the  exclusion  of  the  Jews  from 
their  island  in  perpetuity ;  even  the  Jew  cast  upon 
their  coast  by  the  act  of  God  was  put  to  death. 

In  Egypt  the  Jewish  insurrection  assumed  the  pro 
portions  of  a  veritable  war.  At  first  the  rebels  had 
fhe  advantage.  Lupus,  Prefect  of  Egypt,  was  obliged 
to  retreat.  The  alarm  in  Alexandria  was  acute.  The 
Jews,  to  fortify  themselves,  destroyed  the  Temple  of 
Nemesis  raised  by  Caesar  to  Pompey.  The  Greek 
population  succeeded,  however,  not  without  a  struggle, 
in  gaining  the  upper  hand.  All  the  Greeks  of  Lower 
Egypt  took  refuge  with  Lupus  in  the  city,  and  made 
there  a  great  entrenched  camp.  It  was  time.  The 
Cyreneans,  led  by  Lucora,  came  to  join  their  brethren 
of  Alexandria,  and  to  form  with  them  a  single  army. 
Deprived  of  the  support  of  their  Alexandrini  co-reli 
gionists,  all  killed  or  prisoners,  but  strengthened  by 
bands  from  other  parts  of  Egypt,  they  dispersed  them 
selves,  killing  and  plundering,  over  the  Thebaid.  They 
especially  sought  to  seize  the  functionaries  who  tried 
to  gain  the  cities  of  the  coast,  Alexandria  and  Pelusia. 
Appian,  the  future  historian,  then  young,  who  exer 
cised  municipal  functions  in  Alexandria,  his  country, 
was  nearly  captured  by  these  madmen.  Lower  Egypt 
was  inundated  with  blood.  The  fugitive  Pagans  found 
themselves  pursued  like  wild  beasts ;  the  deserts  by 
the  side  of  the  Isthmus  of  Suez  were  filled  with  people 
who  hid  themselves  and  endeavoured  to  come  to  an  un 
derstanding  with  the  Arabs,  so  as  to  escape  from  death. 

The  position  of  Trajan  in  Babylonia  became  more 
and  more  critical.  The  wandering  Arabs  in  the  space 
between  the  two  rivers  caused  him  much  difficulty.  The 
impregnable  stronghold  of  Hatra,  inhabited  by  a  war 
like  tribe,  stopped  him  altogether.  The  surrounding 


260  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

country  is  deserted,  unhealthy,  without  wood  or  water, 
desolated  by  mosquitoes,  exposed  to  frightful  atmo 
spheric  troubles.  Trajan  committed,  without  doubt 
from  a  sense  of  honour,  the  mistake  of  wishing  to 
reduce  it.  As  later  Septimus  Severus  and  Ardeschir 
Babek,  he  failed.  The  army  was  frightfully  wasted 
with  sickness.  The  city  was  a  great  centre  of  sun- 
worship  ;  it  was  thought  that  the  god  was  fighting  for 
his  temple;  storms  breaking  out  at  the  moment  of 
attack,  filled  the  soldiers  with  terror.  Trajan,  who 
was  already  suffering  from  the  malady  which  carried 
him  off  a  few  months  later,  raised  the  siege.  The 
retreat  was  difficult,  and  marked  by  more  than  one 
partial  disaster. 

About  the  month  of  April  117,  the  Emperor  set 
out  on  his  return  to  Antioch,  sad,  ill,  and  irritable. 
The  East  had  conquered  him  without  fighting.  All 
those  who  had  bowed  before  the  conqueror  raised 
their  heads  again.  The  results  of  three  years  of 
campaigning,  full  of  marvellous  struggles  against 
nature,  were  lost.  Trajan  had  to  begin  over  again,  if 
he  were  not  to  lose  his  reputation  for  invincibility. 
All  at  once  grave  news  came  to  prove  to  him  what 
grave  dangers  were  concealed  in  the  situation  created 
by  the  recent  reverses.  The  Jewish  revolt,  until  then 
limited  to  Cyrenaica  and  Egypt,  threatened  to  extend 
itself  through  Palestine,  Syria,  and  Mesopotamia. 
Always  on  the  watch  for  signs  of  weakness  in  the 
Roman  Empire,  the  enthusiasts  fancied  for  the  tenth 
time  that  they  saw  the  preliminary  signs  of  the  end 
of  an  abhorred  domination.  Excited  by  books  like 
Judith  and  the  apocalypse  of  Esdras.  they  believed 
that  the  day  of  Edom  was  come.  The  cries  of  joy 
which  they  had  uttered  at  the  deaths  of  Nero  and 
Domitian,  they  uttered  once  more.  The  generation 
which  had  made  the  great  Revolution  had  almost 
disappeared ;  the  new  had  learned  nothing.  These 
hard  heads,  obstinate  and  full  of  passion,  were  in- 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  261 

capable  of  enlarging  the  narrow  circle  of  iron  that  an 
inveterate  psychological  heredity  had  riveted  around 
them.  What  passed  in  Judea  is  obscure,  and  it  is  not 
proved  that  any  positive  act  of  war  or  of  massacre 
took  place  there.  From  Antioch,  where  he  resided, 
Adrian,  Governor  of  Syria,  appears  to  have  succeeded 
in  maintaining  order.  Far  from  encouraging  rebellion, 
the  doctors  of  Jabneh  had  shown,  in  the  scrupulous 
observation  of  the  Law,  a  new  way  of  arriving  at  the 
peace  of  the  soul.  Casuistry  had  in  their  hands 
become  a  plaything,  which  like  all  playthings  ought 
to  invite  much  to  patience.  As  to  Mesopotamia,  it  is 
natural  that  a  half-subdued  population  which  a  year 
before  were  in  arms,  and  amongst  whom  there  were 
not  merely  dispersed  Jews  but  Jewish  armies  and 
dynasties,  should  have  broken  out  after  the  check  of 
Hatra,  and  upon  the  first  indications  of  the  approach 
ing  death  of  Trajan.  It  appears,  besides,  that  the 
Romans  acted  with  vigour,  often  upon  mere  suspicion 
They  feared  that  the  example  of  Cyrenaica,  of  Egypt, 
and  of  Cyprus  might  be  contagious.  Before  the 
massacres  had  broken  out,  Trajan  confided  to  Lucius 
Quietus  the  duty  of  expelling  all  the  Jews  from  the 
conquered  provinces.  Quietus  went  thither  as  to  an 
expedition.  This  African,  cruel  and  pitiless,  supported 
by  light  Moorish  cavalry,  men  who  rode  bare-backed 
without  saddle  or  bridle,  went  like  the  modern  Bashi 
Bazouk,  massacring  right  and  left.  A  very  large  part 
of  the  Jewish  population  of  Mesopotamia  were  exter 
minated.  To  reward  the  services  of  Quietus,  Trajan 
detached  Palestine  from  the  province  of  Syria  for 
him,  and  created  him  Imperial  Legate,  thus  placing 
him  in  the  same  rank  as  Adrian. 

The  revolt  of  Cyrenaica,  of  Egypt,  and  of  Cyprus, 
still  continued.  Trajan  chose  one  of  his  most  dis 
tinguished  lieutenants,  Marcius  Turbo,  to  suppress  it. 
He  gave  him  a  land  and  a  sea  force,  and  numerous 
cavalry.  A  regular  war  with  many  battles  was  re- 


262  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

quired  to  put  an  end  to  these  madmen.  There  were 
regular  butcheries.  All  the  Cyrenian  Jews,  and  those 
from  Egypt  who  had  joined  them,  were  massacred. 
Alexandria — the  blockade  raised  at  last — breathed 
once  more,  but  the  destruction  of  the  city  had  been 
considerable.  One  of  the  first  acts  of  Hadrian  after 
becoming  Emperor,  was  to  repair  the  ruins  and  to 
give  himself  out  as  the  restorer. 

Such  was  this  deplorable  movement,  in  which  the 
Jews  appear  to  have  been  wrong  from  the  first,  and 
which  finished  by  ruining  them  in  the  opinion  of  the 
civilised  world.  Poor  Israel  fell  into  furious  mad 
ness.  These  horrible  cruelties,  so  far  removed  from 
the  Christian  spirit,  widened  the  ditch  of  separation 
between  Judaism  and  the  Church.  The  Christian, 
becoming  more  and  more  of  an  idealist,  consoled  him 
self  more  and  more  by  his  gentleness,  by  his  resigned 
attitude.  Israel  had  made  himself  a  cannibal,  rather 
than  allow  his  prophets  to  be  liars.  Pseudo-Esdras, 
twenty  years  before,  contented  himself  with  the 
tender  reproach  of  a  pious  soul  which  thinks  itself 
forgotten  of  God  :  now  it  is  a  question  of  killing 
everybody,  of  annihilating  the  Pagans,  that  it  may 
not  be  said  that  God  has  failed  to  keep  his  promise  to 
Jacob.  Every  great  fanaticism,  pressed  by  the  ruin 
of  its  hopes,  ends  in  madness,  and  becomes  a  peril  to 
the  reason  of  all  humanity. 

The  material  diminution  of  Judaism,  as  the  result 
of  this  inept  campaign,  was  very  considerable.  The 
number  of  those  who  perished  was  enormous.  From 
that  moment  the  Jewry  of  Gyrene  and  Egypt  almost 
disappeared.  The  powerful  community  of  Alexandria, 
which  had  been  an  essential  element  of  Oriental  life, 
was  no  longer  important.  The  great  synagogue  of 
Diapleuston,  which  passed  in  the  eyes  of  the  Jews  for 
one  of  the  wonders  of  the  world,  was  destroyed.  The 
Jewish  quarter  near  the  Lochias  became  a  field  of 
ruins  and  of  tombs. 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  263 


CHAPTER   XXIV. 

DEFINITIVE  SEPARATION  OF  THE  CHURCH  AND  THE 
SYNAGOGUE. 

FANATICISM  knows  no  repentance.  The  monstrous 
error  of  117  scarcely  left  more  than  the  recollection 
of  a  festivity  in  the  Jewish  mind.  Amongst  the 
number  of  days  when  fasting  was  forbidden,  and 
mourning  must  be  suspended,  figures  the  12th  December, 
the  iom  Traianos  or  "day  of  Trajan,"  not  because  the 
war  of  116-117  gave  reason  for  any  anniversary  of 
victory,  but  because  of  the  tragic  end  which  the  agada 
ascribed  to  the  enemy  of  Israel.  The  massacres  of 
Quietus  remained,  on  the  other  hand,  in  tradition, 
under  the  name  of  polemos  schel  Quitos.  A  progress 
of  Israel  in  the  way  of  mourning  was  attached  to  it : — 

After  the  polemos  schel  Aspasionos,  crowns  and  the  use  of 
tambourines  are  forbidden  to  bridegrooms. 

After  the  polemos  schel  Quitos,  crowns  were  forbidden  to 
brides,  and  the  teaching  of  the  Greek  language  to  one's  son  waa 
prohibited. 

After  the  last  Polemos,  the  bride  was  forbidden  to  go  out  of 
the  town  in  a  litter. 

Thus  every  folly  brought  about  a  new  sequestration, 
a  new  renunciation  of  some  part  of  life.  Whilst 
Christianity  became  more  and  more  Greek  and  Latin, 
and  its  writers  conformed  to  a  good  Hellenic  style, 
the  Jew  interdicted  the  study  of  Greek,  and  shut  him 
self  up  obstinately  in  his  unintelligible  Syro-Hebraic 
dialect.  The  root  of  all  good  intellectual  culture  is 
cut  off  for  him  for  a  thousand  years.  It  is  especially 
in  this  period  that  the  decisions  were  given  which 
present  Greek  education  as  an  impurity,  or  at  best  as 
a  frivolity. 

The  man  who  announced  himself  at  Jabneh,  and 
grew  from  day  to  day  as  the  future  chief  of  Israel, 


264  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

was  a  certain  Aquiba,  pupil  of  the  Rabbi  Tarphon,  of 
obscure  origin,  unconnected  with  the  great  families 
who  held  the  chairs  and  filled  the  great  offices  of  the 
nation.  He  was  descended  from  proselytes,  and  had 
had  a  poverty-stricken  youth.  He  was,  it  would  seem, 
a  sort  of  democrat,  full  at  first  of  a  ferocious  hatred 
against  the  doctors  in  the  midst  of  whom  he  might 
one  day  sit.  His  exegesis,  and  his  casuistry,  were  the 
height  of  subtlety.  Every  letter,  every  syllable  of 
the  Canonical  texts,  became  significant,  and  attempts 
were  made  to  draw  meanings  from  them.  Aquiba 
was  the  author  of  the  method  which,  according  to  the 
expression  of  the  Talmud,  "  from  every  feature  of  a 
letter  draws  whole  bushels  of  decision."  We  can  only 
admit  that  in  the  revealed  Code  there  was  the  least 
that  was  voluntary,  the  smallest  liberty  of  style,  or  of 
orthography.  Thus  the  particle  which  is  the  simple 
mark  of  the  objective  case,  and  which  may  be  inserted 
or  omitted  in  Hebrew,  furnished  puerile  inductions. 

This  touched  madness ;  we  are  only  two  steps  from 
the  Cabbala  and  the  Notarikon,  silly  combinations,  in 
which  the  texts  represent  no  longer  the  language  of 
humanity,  but  is  taken  for  a  divine  book  of  magic. 
In  detail  the  consultations  of  Aquiba  are  recommended 
by  their  moderation,  the  sentences  which  are  attri 
buted  to  him  have  even  the  marks  of  a  certain  liberal 
spirit.  But  a  violent  fanaticism  spoiled  all  his 
qualities.  The  greatest  contradictions  spring  up  in 
those  minds  which  are  at  once  subtle  and  uncultivated, 
whence  the  superstitious  study  of  a  solitary  text  had 
banished  the  right  sense  of  language  and  of  reason. 
Incessantly  travelling  from  synagogue  to  synagogue 
in  all  the  countries  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  perhaps 
even  amongst  the  Parthians,  Aquiba  kept  up  amongst 
his  co-religionaries  the  strange  fire  with  which  he 
himself  was  filled,  and  which  soon  became  so  melan 
choly  for  his  country. 

A  monument  of  the  mournful  sadness  of  these  times 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  265 

appears  in  the  apocalypse  of  Baruch.  The  work  is 
an  imitation  of  the  apocalypse  of  Esdras,  and,  like  it, 
is  divided  into  seven  visions.  Baruch,  secretary  to 
Jeremiah,  receives  from  God  the  order  to  remain  in 
Jerusalem,  to  assist  in  the  punishment  of  the  guilty 
city.  He  curses  the  fate  which  has  given  him  birth, 
only  that  he  may  witness  the  outrages  offered  to  his 
mother.  He  prays  God  to  spare  Israel.  But  for 
Israel,  who  wilt  praise  him  ?  Who  will  explain  his 
law  ?  Is  the  world  then  destined  to  return  to  its 
primitive  silence  ?  and  what  joy  for  the  Pagans  if 
they  are  able  to  go  into  the  countries  of  their  idols 
to  rejoice  before  them  over  the  defeats  which  they 
have  inflicted  upon  the  true  God. 

The  divine  interlocutor  answers  that  the  Jerusalem 
which  had  been  destroyed  was  not  the  Eternal  Jeru 
salem,  prepared  since  the  times  of  Paradise,  which  was 
shown  to  Adam  before  his  fall,  and  a  glimpse  of  which 
was  seen  by  Abraham  and  Moses.  It  was  not  the 
Pagans  who  destroyed  the  city ;  it  was  the  wrath  of 
God  which  annihilated  it.  An  angel  descends  from 
heaven,  carries  all  the  sacred  objects  from  the  Temple, 
and  buries  them.  The  angels  then  demolish  the  city. 
Baruch  sings  a  song  of  mourning.  He  is  indignant 
that  nature  should  continue  her  course,  that  the  earth 
smiles,  and  is  not  burned  up  by  an  eternal  midday 
sun. 

Labourers,  cease  to  sow,  and  thou,  O  Earth,  cease  to  bring 
forth  harvests ;  wherefore  dost  thou  waste  thy  wine,  O  thou 
Vine,  since  Zion  is  no  more  ?  Bridegrooms,  denounce  your  rights; 
virgins,  deck  yourselves  no  more  with  crowns  ;  women,  cease  to 
pi-ay  that  ye  may  become  mothers.  Henceforth  the  barren  shall 
rejoice,  and  the  fruitful  mothers  shall  weep  ;  for  why  bring 
forth  children  in  sorrow,  whom  ye  must  bury  with  tears  ? 
Henceforth,  speak  no  more  of  charms  ;  neither  discuss  beauty. 
Take  the  keys  of  the  sanctuary,  O  priests,  cast  them  towards 
heaven,  return  them  to  the  Lord,  and  say  to  him, — "  Preserve 
now  thine  own  house  ! "  And  ye,  O  virgins,  who  sew  your 
linen  and  your  silk  with  the  gold  of  Ophir,  hasten  and  cast  all 
into  the  fire,  that  the  flames  may  carry  all  these  things  to  him 


266  THE  GOSPELS  ANt) 

that  hath  made  them,  and  that  our  enemies  may  not  rejoice  in 
them.  Earth,  attend  !  Dust  take  heart,  to  announce  in  Sheol 
and  say  to  the  dead  :  "  Happy  are  ye  as  compared  with  our 
selves  ! " 

Pseudo-Baruch,  no  better  than  pseudo-Esdras,  can 
render  account  of  the  conduct  of  God  towards  his 
people.  Assuredly  the  turn  of  the  Gentiles  will  come. 
If  God  has  given  to  his  people  such  severe  lessons, 
what  will  he  do  with  those  who  have  turned  his 
benefits  against  him  ?  But  how  explain  the  fate  of 
so  many  of  the  just  who  have  scrupulously  observed 
the  Law  and  have  been  exterminated  ?  Why  has  not 
the  Eternal  had  pity  upon  Zion  for  their  sakes  ? 
Why  has  he  taken  account  only  of  the  wicked  ? 
"  What  hast  thou  done  with  thy  servants  ? "  cries  the 
pious  writer.  "We  can  no  longer  understand  why 
thou  art  our  Creator.  When  the  world  had  no  in 
habitants,  thou  didst  create  man  as  minister  of  thy 
works,  to  show  that  the  world  existed  only  for  man, 
and  not  man  for  the  world.  And  now,  behold,  the 
world  which  thou  hast  made  for  us  lasts,  and  we,  for 
whom  thou  hast  made  it,  disappear." 

God  answers  that  man  has  been  made  free  and 
intelligent.  If  he  has  been  punished,  it  is  only  his 
desert.  This  world  for  the  just  man  is  a  trial ;  the 
world  to  come  will  be  a  crown.  Length  of  time  is 
a  relative  matter.  Better  to  have  commenced  by 
ignominy  and  finished  with  happiness  than  to  have 
begun  in  glory  and  finished  in  shame.  Time  is, 
moreover,  pressing  on,  and  will  go  by  much  more 
quickly  in  the  future  than  in  the  past. 

"  If  man  had  but  this  life,"  answers  the  melancholy  dreamer, 
"  nothing  could  be  more  bitter  than  his  fate.  How  long  shall  the 
triumph  of  impiety  continue  ?  How  long,  O  Lord  !  wilt  thou 
leave  it  to  be  believed  that  thy  patience  is  weakness  ?  Arise  ; 
close  Shed  ;  forbid  it  henceforward  to  receive  fresh  dead  men  ; 
and  cause  limbo  to  give  up  the  souls  that  are  enclosed  therein. 
Behold  how  long  Abraham,  Isaac,  Jacob  and  the  others,  who 
sleep  in  the  earth,  have  been  waiting,  those  for  whom  thou  hast 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  267 

said  that  the  world  was  created  !     Show  thy  glory  ;  delay  it  no 
longer." 

God  contents  himself  with  saying  that  the  time 
is  fixed  and  that  the  end  is  not  far  distant.  The 
Messianic  sorrows  have  already  begun ;  but  the  signs 
of  the  catastrophe  will  be  isolated,  partial,  so  that 
men  shall  scarcely  be  able  to  see  them.  At  the 
moment  when  it  shall  be  said,  "The  Almighty  has 
forgotten  the  earth,"  when  the  despair  of  the  just 
shall  be  at  its  height,  this  shall  be  the  hour  of 
awakening.  Signs  shall  stretch  forth  over  the  whole 
universe.  Palestine  alone  shall  be  safe  from  calamity. 
Then  the  Messiah  shall  be  revealed.  Behemoth  and 
Leviathan  shall  serve  as  food  to  those  who  shall  be 
saved.  The  earth  shall  yield  up  ten  thousand  for 
one ;  a  single  stem  of  the  vine  shall  have  a  thousand 
branches  ;  every  branch  shall  bear  a  thousand  grapes, 
and  every  grape  shall  yield  a  hogshead  of  wine.  Joy 
shall  be  perfect.  In  the  morning  a  breath  shall  leave 
the  bosom  of  God,  bearing  the  perfume  of  the  most 
exquisite  flowers;  in  the  evening,  another  breath 
bearing  a  wholesome  dew.  Manna  shall  fall  from 
Heaven.  The  dead  who  sleep  in  hope  of  the  Messiah 
shall  rise.  The  receptacles  of  the  souls  of  the  just 
shall  open ;  the  multitude  of  happy  souls  shall  be  all 
of  one  mind ;  the  first  shall  rejoice  and  the  last  shall 
not  be  sad.  The  impious  shall  be  consumed  with 
rage,  seeing  that  the  moment  of  their  punishment  is 
come.  Jerusalem  shall  be  renewed,  and  crowned  for 
Eternity. 

The  Roman  Empire  then  appears  to  our  seer  like 
a  forest  which  covers  the  earth ;  the  shadow  of  the 
forest  veils  the  truth ;  all  that  there  is  of  evil  in  the 
world  hides  itself  there  and  finds  a  shelter.  It  is 
the  harshest  and  the  worst  of  all  the  Empires  which 
succeed  each  other.  The  Messianic  Kingdom,  on  the 
contrary,  is  represented  by  a  vine  under  whose  shadow 
a  sweet  and  gentle  spring  arises  which  runs  towards 


268 

the  forest.  In  approaching  this  last,  the  current 
changes  into  impetuous  waves  which  uproot  it  as 
well  as  the  mountains  which  surround  it.  The  forest 
is  carried  away,  until  there  remains  of  it  nothing 
but  a  cedar.  This  cedar  represents  the  last  Roman 
sovereign  remaining  standing  when  all  the  legions 
shall  have  been  exterminated  (according  to  us,  Trajan, 
after  his  reverses  in  Macedonia).  He  is  overthrown 
in  his  turn.  The  vine  then  says  to  him : — 

"  Is  it  not  thou,  O  Cedar  !  who  art  the  relic  of  the  forest  of 
malice  ;  who  seizest  upon  what  does  not  belong  to  thee  ;  who 
never  hast  pity  upon  that  which  is  thine  own  ;  who  wouldest 
reign  over  that  which  was  far  from  thee  ;  who  boldest  in  the 
nets  of  impiety  all  that  approacheth  thee  ;  and  who  art  proud 
as  though  thou  couldest  never  be  uprooted  ?  Behold  thine  hour 
is  come.  Go,  O  Cedar ;  share  the  fate  of  the  forest  which  has 
disappeared  before  thee,  and  let  thine  ashes  mingle  with  it." 

The  cedar  is  short,  is  cast  down  to  the  earth,  and 
fire  is  kindled.  The  chief  is  enchained  and  brought 
upon  Mount  Sion.  There  the  Messiah  convicts  him 
of  impiety,  shows  him  the  wickedness  which  has  been 
wrought  by  his  armies,  and  kills  him.  The  vine  then 
extends  itself  on  all  sides  and  covers  the  earth ;  the 
earth  reclothes  itself  with  flowers  which  never  fade. 
The  Messiah  will  reign  until  the  end  of  the  corruptible 
world.  The  wicked,  during  this  time,  shall  burn  in  a 
fire  where  none  shall  pity  them. 

Oh,  blindness  of  man,  who  will  not  discern  the 
approach  of  the  Great  Day  !  On  the  eve  of  the  event 
they  will  live  calm  and  careless.  They  will  see 
miracles  without  understanding  them ;  true  and  false 
prophecies  shall  grow  in  all  parts.  Like  pseudo- 
Esdras,  our  visionary  believes  in  the  small  number  of 
the  elect,  and  in  the  enormous  number  of  the  damned. 
"  Just  men  rejoice  in  your  sufferings  ;  for  a  day  of 
trial  here  below,  ye  shall  have  an  eternity  of  glory." 
Like  pseudo-Esdras  again  he  disquiets  himself  with 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  269 

great  na/ivett  concerning  the  physical  difficulties  of 
the  Resurrection.  In  what  form  shall  the  dead  arise? 
Will  they  keep  the  same  body  that  they  had  before  ? 
Pseudo-Baruch  does  not  hesitate.  The  earth  will 
restore  the  dead  which  have  been  entrusted  to  her,  as 
she  has  received  them.  "  She  shall  give  them  back," 
saith  God,  "as  I  have  given  them  to  her."  That  will 
be  necessary  to  convince  the  sceptical  of  the  resurrec 
tion  ;  they  must  have  ocular  evidence  of  the  identity 
of  those  whom  they  have  known. 

After  the  judgment,  a  marvellous  change  will  be 
wrought.  The  damned  shall  become  more  ugly  than 
they  were ;  the  just  shall  become  beautiful,  brilliant, 
glorious ;  their  figures  shall  be  transformed  into  a 
luminous  ideal.  The  rage  of  the  wicked  shall  be 
frightful,  seeing  those  whom  they  have  persecuted  here 
below  glorified  above  them.  They  will  be  forced  to 
assist  at  this  spectacle,  before  being  taken  away  for 
punishment.  The  just  shall  see  marvels;  the  invisible 
world  shall  be  unrolled  before  them ;  the  hidden 
times  shall  be  discovered.  No  more  old  age  ;  equal  to 
the  angels :  like  the  stars ;  they  may  change  them 
selves  into  whatever  form  they  will ;  they  will  go 
from  beauty  to  beauty,  from  glory  to  glory  ;  all  Para 
dise  shall  be  open  to  them  ;  they  shall  contemplate 
the  majesty  of  the  mystical  beasts  which  are  under 
the  throne ;  all  the  armies  of  angels  shall  await  their 
arrival.  The  first  who  enter  shall  receive  the  last, 
the  last  shall  recognise  those  whom  they  knew  to 
have  preceded  them. 

These  dreams  are  pervaded  by  some  glimpses  of 
a  sufficiently  lucid  good  sense.  More  than  pseudo- 
Esdras,  pseudo-Baruch  has  pity  on  man,  and  protests 
against  a  theology  which  has  no  bowels.  Man  has 
not  said  to  his  father,  "  Beget  me,"  nor  has  he  said  to 
Sheol,  "Open  to  receive  me."  The  individual  is 
responsible  only  for  himself ;  each  of  us  is  Adam  for 
his  own  soul.  But  fanaticism  leads  him  soon  to  the 


270  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

most  terrible  thoughts.  He  sees  rising  from  the  sea 
a  cloud  composed  alternately  of  zones  of  black  and  of 
clear  water.  These  are  the  alternations  of  faith  and 
unfaith  in  Israel.  The  angel  Ramiel,  who  explains 
these  mysteries  to  him,  has  judgments  of  the  most 
sombre  rigorism.  The  fine  epochs  are  those  in  which 
they  have  massacred  the  nations  which  sinned,  and 
burned  and  stoned  the  heterodox,  when  they  dug  up 
the  bones  of  the  wicked  to  burn  them,  when  every 
sin  against  legal  purity  was  punished  with  death. 
The  good  King  "  for  whom  the  celestial  glory  was 
created,"  is  he  who  does  not  suffer  an  uncircumcised 
man  upon  the  earth. 

After  the  spectacle  of  the  twelve  zones  a  deluge  of 
black  water  descends,  mingled  with  stenches  and  with 
fire.  It  is  the  period  of  transition  between  the  king 
dom  of  Israel  and  the  coming  of  the  Messiah — a  time 
of  abominations,  of  wars,  of  plagues,  of  earthquakes. 
The  earth  seems  to  wish  to  devour  its  inhabitants.  A 
flash  of  lightning  (the  Messiah)  sweeps  out  all,  purifies 
all,  cures  all.  The  miserable  survivors  of  the  plagues 
shall  be  given  over  to  the  Messiah,  who  will  kill  them. 
All  who  have  not  oppressed  Israel  shall  live.  Every 
nation  which  has  governed  Israel  with  violence  shall 
be  put  to  the  sword.  In  the  midst  of  these  sufferings 
the  Holy  Land  alone  shall  be  at  peace  and  shall  pro 
tect  its  people. 

Paradise  shall  then  be  realised  upon  earth ;  no 
more  pain,  no  more  suffering,  no  more  sickness,  no 
more  toil.  Animals  shall  serve  man  spontaneously. 
Men  will  still  die,  but  never  prematurely ;  women 
shall  feel  no  more  the  pangs  of  travail ;  the  harvest 
shall  be  gathered  without  effort ;  the  houses  shall  be 
built  without  fatigue.  Hatred,  injustice,  vengeance, 
calumny,  shall  disappear. 

The  people  received  the  prophecy  of  Baruch  with 
delight.  But  it  was  only  right  that  the  Jews  dis 
persed  in  distant  countries  should  not  be  deprived 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  271 

of  so  beautiful  a  revelation.  Baruch  wrote,  therefore, 
to  the  ten  tribes  and  a  half  of  the  dispersion,  a  letter 
which  he  entrusted  to  an  eagle,  and  which  is  an 
abridgment  of  the  entire  book.  There,  even  more 
clearly  than  in  the  book  itself,  may  be  seen  the  funda 
mental  idea  of  the  author,  which  is  to  bring  about  the 
return  of  the  dispersed  Jews  to  the  Holy  Land,  that 
land  alone  during  the  Messianic  crisis  being  able  to 
offer  them  an  assured  asylum.  The  day  is  approaching 
when  God  will  return  to  the  enemies  of  Israel  the 
evil  which  they  have  done  to  his  people.  The  youth 
of  the  world  is  past ;  the  vigour  of  creation  is  spent. 
The  bucket  is  near  to  the  well ;  the  ship  to  the  port ; 
the  caravan  to  the  city ;  life  to  its  end. 

We  see  the  intidel  nations  prosperous,  although  they  act  with 
impiety ;  but  their  prosperity  is  like  a  vapour.  We  see  them 
rich  although  they  act  with  iniquity  ;  but  their  riches  will  last 
them  as  long  as  a  drop  of  water.  We  see  the  solidity  of  their 
power,  although  they  resist  God  ;  but  it  is  worth  no  more  than 
spittle.  We  contemplate  their  splendour  whilst  they  do  not 
observe  the  precepts  of  the  Most  High ;  but  they  shall  vanish 
away  like  smoke.  .  .  .  Let  nothing  which  belongs  to  the  present 
time  enter  into  your  thoughts  ;  have  patience,  for  all  that  has 
been  promised  shall  happen.  We  will  not  stop  over  the  spec 
tacle  of  the  delights  which  foreign  nations  may  enjoy.  Let  us 
beware  lest  we  be  excluded  at  once  from  the  heritage  of  two 
worlds- ;  captives  here,  tortured  hereafter.  Let  us  prepare  our 
souls  that  we  may  rest  with  our  fathers  and  may  not  be  pun 
ished  with  our  enemies. 

Baruch  receives  the  assurance  that  he  will  be  taken 
to  heaven  like  Enoch  without  having  tasted  death. 
We  have  seen  that  favour  granted,  in  like  manner,  to 
Esdras,  by  the  author  of  the  apocalypse  which  is 
attributed  to  this  last. 

The  work  of  the  pseudo- Baruch,  like  that  of  the 
pseudo- Esdras,  was  as  successful  amongst  the  Chris 
tians  as  amongst  the  Jews — perhaps  even  more  so. 
The  original  Greek  was  soon  lost,  but  a  Syriac  trans 
lation  was  made  which  has  come  down  to  us.  The 
final  letter  alone,  however,  was  adapted  for  ihe  use 


272  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  the  Church.  This  letter  forms  an  integral  part  of 
the  Syriac  Bible,  at  least  amongst  the  Jacobites,  and 
lessons  are  taken  from  it  for  the  Burial  Office.  We 
have  seen  pseudo-Esdras  also  furnish  for  our  office  for 
the  dead  some  of  its  most  gloomy  thoughts.  Death, 
in  fact,  appears  to  reign  as  mistress  in  these  last 
fruits  of  the  wandering  imagination  of  Israel. 

Pseudo-Baruch  is  the  last  writer  of  the  apocryphal 
literature  of  the  Old  Testament.  The  Bible  which  he 
knew  is  the  same  as  that  which  we  perceive  behind 
the  Epistle  of  Jude  and  the  pretended  Epistle  of 
Barnabas,  that  is  to  say,  the  canonical  books  of  the 
Old  Testament.  The  author  adds,  whilst  putting  them 
on  the  same  footing,  books  recently  fabricated,  such  as 
the  Revelations  of  Moses,  the  Prayer  of  Manasseh, 
and  other  agadic  compilations.  These  works,  written 
in  a  biblical  style,  divided  into  verses,  became  a  sort  of 
supplement  to  the  Bible.  Often  even,  precisely  because 
of  their  modern  character,  such  apocryphal  productions 
had  greater  popularity  than  the  ancient  Bible,  and 
were  accepted  as  Holy  Scripture  on  the  day  of  their 
appearance,  at  least  by  the  Christians,  who  were  more 
easy  in  that  respect  than  the  Jews.  For  the  future 
there  will  be  no  more  of  these  books.  The  Jews 
compose  no  more  pasticcios  of  the  Sacred  Text ;  we 
feel  amongst  them  even  fears  and  precautions  on  this 
subject.  Hebrew  religious  poetry  of  a  later  date  seems 
to  be  expressly  written  in  a  style  which  is  not  that  of 
the  Bible. 

It  is  possible  that  the  troubles  in  Palestine,  under 
Trajan,  may  have  been  the  occasion  for  transporting 
the  Beth-din  of  Jabneh  to  Ouscha.  The  Beth-din,  as 
far  as  possible,  must  be  fixed  in  Judea ;  but  Jabneh,  a 
mixed  town,  sufficiently  large,  not  far  from  Jerusalem, 
might  become  uninhabitable  for  the  Jews  after  the 
horrible  excesses  which  they  had  committed  in  Egypt 
and  Cyprus.  Ouscha  was  an  altogether  obscure  part 
of  Galilee.  The  new  patriarchate  was  of  much  less 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  273 

importance  than  that  of  Jabneh.  The  patriarch  of 
Jabneh  was  a  prince  (nasi) ;  he  had  a  sort  of  court ; 
he  drew  a  great  prestige  from  the  pretensions  of  the 
family  of  Hillel  to  descend  from  David.  The  supreme 
council  of  the  nation  was  now  going  to  reside  in 
the  obscure  villages  of  Galilee.  "  The  institutions  of 
Ouscha" — that  is  to  say,  the  rules  which  were 
settled  by  the  doctors  of  Ouscha — had  none  the  less 
an  authority  of  the  first  order :  they  occupied  a  con 
siderable  place  in  the  history  of  the  Talmud. 

What  was  called  the  Church  of  Jerusalem  continued 
its  tranquil  existence  a  thousand  leagues  removed  from 
the  seditious  ideas  which  animated  the  nation.  A 
great  number  of  Jews  were  converted,  and  continued  to 
observe  strictly  the  prescriptions  of  the  Law.  The 
chiefs  of  that  Church  were,  moreover,  taken  from 
amongst  the  circumcised  Christians,  and  all  the 
Church,  not  to  wound  the  rigorists,  constrained  itself 
to  follow  the  Mosaic  rules.  The  list  of  these  bishops 
of  the  circumcision  is  full  of  uncertainties.  The  best- 
known  appears  to  have  been  one  named  Justus.  The 
controversy  between  the  converted  and  those  who 
persisted  in  pure  Mosaism  was  active  but  less  acri 
monious  than  after  Bar  Coziba.  A  certain  Juda  ben 
Nakouza  appears  to  have  played  an  especially  brilliant 
part.  The  Christians  endeavoured  to  prove  that  the 
Bible  did  not  exclude  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ. 
They  insisted  upon  the  word  Elohifn,  upon  the  plural 
employed  by  God  upon  several  occasions  (for  example, 
in  Genesis  i.  26),  upon  the  repetition  of  the  different 
names  of  God,  etc.  The  Jews  had  no  difficulty  in 
showing  that  the  tendencies  of  the  new  sect  were  in 
contradiction  with  the  fundamental  doctrines  of  the 
religion  of  Israel. 

In  Galilee,  the  relations  of  the  two  sects  appear 
to  have  been  friendly.  A  Judeo-Christian  of  Galilee, 
Jacob  of  Caphar-Shekaniah,  appears  about  this  time 
to  have  been  much  mixed  up  with  the  Jewish  world 

B 


274  THE  GOSPELS  AND 

of  Sephoris,  of  the  little  towns  of  the  neighbourhood. 
Not  only  did  he  converse  with  the  doctors  and  quote 
to  them  pretended  words  of  Jesus,  but  he  practised, 
like  Jaines,  the  brother  of  the  Lord,  spiritual  medicine, 
and  pretended  to  cure  the  bite  of  a  serpent  by  the 
name  of  Jesus.  Rabbi  Eliezer  was,  it  is  said,  perse 
cuted  as  inclined  to  Christianity.  Rabbi  Joshua  ben 
Hanania  died  preoccupied  with  the  new  ideas.  Chris 
tians  repeated  to  him  in  every  tone  that  God  had 
turned  away  from  the  Jewish  nation:  "No,"  he 
answered,  "His  hand  is  still  stretched  out  over  us." 
There  were  conversions  in  his  own  family.  His 
nephew  Hananiah  being  come  to  Caphar-Nahum,  "  was 
bewitched  by  the  minim  "  to  such  a  point  that  he  was 
seen  on  an  ass  on  the  Sabbath  day.  When  he  came 
to  the  house  of  his  uncle  Joshua,  he  cured  him  of  the 
sorcery  by  means  of  an  ointment,  but  insisted  upon 
his  retirement  to  Babylon.  At  another  time  the 
Talmudist  narrator  appears  to  desire  that  it  shall  be 
believed  that  amongst  Christians  infamies  existed 
like  those  which  were  laid  to  the  charge  of  the  pre 
tended  Nicholas.  Rabbi  Isaiah  of  Csesarea  included  in 
the  same  curse  the  Judeo-Christians  who  supported 
these  polemics  and  the  heretical  population  of  Caphar- 
Nahum,  the  primary  source  of  all  the  evil. 

In  general  the  minim,  especially  those  of  Caphar- 
Nahum,  passed  for  great  magicians,  and  their  successes 
were  attributed  to  spells  and  to  ocular  illusions.  We 
have  already  seen  that  until  the  third  century  at  least 
Jewish  doctors  continued  to  work  their  cures  in  the 
name  of  Jesus.  But  the  Gospel  was  cursed :  reading 
it  was  strictly  forbidden ;  the  very  name  of  Gospel 
gave  rise  to  a  play  upon  words  which  made  it  signify 
"  evident  iniquity."  A  certain  Eliza  ben  Abouyah, 
surnamed  Aher,  who  professed  a  species  of  gnostic 
Christianity,  was  for  his  former  co-religonists  the 
type  of  a  perfect  apostate.  Little  by  little  the  Judeo- 
Christians  were  placed  by  the  Jews  in  the  same  rank 


THE  SECOND  CHRISTIAN  GENERATION.  275 

as  the  Pagans,  and  much  below  the  Samaritans.  Their 
bread  and  their  wine  were  held  to  be  unclean ;  their 
means  of  cure  proscribed ;  their  books  considered  as 
repertoires  of  the  most  dangerous  magic.  Hence,  the 
Churches  of  Paul  offered  to  the  Jews  who  wished  to 
be  converted  a  more  advantageous  position  than  the 
Judeo-Christian  Churches,  exposed  as  they  were  on 
the  part  of  Judaism  to  all  the  hatred  of  which 
brothers  who  have  quarrelled  are  capable. 

The  truth  of  the  apocalyptic  image  was  striking. 
The  woman  protected  by  God,  the  Church,  had  truly 
received  two  eagles'  wings  to  fly  into  the  desert  far 
from  the  crises  of  the  world  and  from  its  sanguinary 
dramas.  There  she  grew  in  peace,  and  all  that  was 
done  against  her  turned  to  her.  The  dangers  of  her 
first  childhood  are  passed;  her  growth  is  hence 
forward  assured. 


END  OF  THE  GOSPEL& 


APPENDIX. 


THE  inaccuracy  of  the  information  furnished  by  the  Gospels 
as  to  the  material  circumstances  of  the  life  of  Jesus,  the 
dubiety  of  the  traditions  of  the  first  century,  collected  by 
Hegesippus,  the  frequent  homonyms  which  occasion  so 
much  embarrassment  in  the  history  of  the  Jews  at  all 
epochs,  render  the  questions  relating  to  the  family  of  Jesus 
almost  insoluble.  If  we  hold  by  a  passage  from  the  synoptic 
Gospels,  Matt.  xiii.  55,  56 ;  Mark  vi.  3,  Jesus  should  have 
four  brothers  and  several  sisters.  His  four  brothers  were 
called  James,  Joseph  or  Jose,  Simon,  and  Jude,  respectively. 
Two  of  these  names  figure,  in  fact,  in  all  the  ecclesiastical  and 
apostolic  ti-aditions  as  being  "  brothers  of  the  Lord."  The 
personage  of  "  James,  brother  of  the  Lord,"  is,  after  that  of 
St  Paul,  the  most  perfectly  sketched  of  any  of  the  first 
Christian  generation.  The  Epistle  of  St  Paul  to  the  Gala- 
tians,  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  the  superscriptions  of  the 
authentic  epistles,  or  those  not  ascribed  to  James  and  Jude, 
the  historian  Josephus,  the  Ebionite  legend  of  Peter,  the  old 
Judeo-Christian  historian  Hegesippus,  are  agreed  in  making 
him  the  chief  of  the  old  Judeo-Christian  Church.  The  most 
authentic  of  these  proofs,  the  passage  in  the  Epistle  to  the 
Galatians,  gives  him  distinctly  the  title  of  dfoXf  o$  rov  Kvpi'ov. 
One  Jude  appears  also  to  have  a  most  indisputable  right 
to  this  title.  The  Jude  whose  epistle  we  possess  gives  him 
self  the  title  of  afoXpog  de  'laxu(3ou.  A  person  of  the  name  of 
James,  of  sufficient  importance  to  be  taken  notice  of,  and 
who  was  given  the  authority  to  call  himself  His  brother, 
can  hardly  be  the  celebrated  James  of  the  Epistle  to  the 
Galatians,  the  Acts,  of  Josephus,  of  Hegesippus,  of  the 


278  APPENDIX. 

pseudo-Clementine  writings.  If  this  James  was  "brother 
of  the  Lord,"  Jude,  the  true  or  supposed  author  of  the 
epistle  which  forms  a  part  of  the  canon,  was  then  also  a 
brother  of  the  Lord.  Hegesippus  certainly  understood  him 
so  to  be.  This  Jude,  whose  grandson  (viuvo/)  was  sought 
out  and  presented  to  Domitian  as  the  last  representative  of 
the  race  of  David,  was,  in  the  view  of  the  antique  historian 
of  the  Church,  the  brother  of  Jesus  according  to  the  flesh. 
Several  reasons  lead  even  to  the  supposition  that  this  Jude 
was  in  his  turn  the  chief  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem.  Here 
is  then  a  second  personage  who  is  included  in  the  series  of 
the  four  names  given  by  the  synoptic  Gospels  as  those  of 
the  brothers  of  Jesus. 

Simon  and  Jose  are  not  known  otherwise  than  as  brothers 
of  the  Lord.  But  there  would  be  nothing  singular  in  the 
fact  that  two  members  of  the  family  should  remain  obscure. 
What  is  much  more  surprising  is  that  in  reconciling  other 
facts  furnished  by  the  Gospels,  Hegesippus,  and  the  oldest 
traditions  of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem,  a  family  of  cousins- 
german  of  Jesus  is  formed,  bearing  almost  the  same  names 
which  are  given  by  Matthew  (xiii.  55)  and  by  Mark  (vi.  3), 
as  those  of  the  brothers  of  Jesus. 

In  fact,  amongst  the  women  whom  the  synoptics  place 
at  the  foot  of  the  cross  of  Jesus,  and  who  testify  to  the 
resurrection,  there  is  found  one  "  Mary,"  mother  of  James 
the  Less  (6  fUKpos)  and  of  Jose  (Matt.  xvii.  56 ;  Mark  xv. 
40,  47 ;  xiv.  1 ;  Luke  xxiv.  10).  This  Mary  is  certainly 
the  same  as  the  one  whom  the  fourth  Gospel  (xix.  25) 
places  also  at  the  foot  of  the  cross,  who  is  called  Mapla,  i] 
rot  KXcaira  (which  signifies  without  doubt  "  Mary,  the  wife 
of  Clopas  "),  and  which  makes  her  a  sister  of  the  mother  of 
Jesus.  The  difficulty  which  is  thus  occasioned  by  the  two 
sisters  being  called  by  the  same  name  is  hardly  taken  into 
account  by  the  fourth  Evangelist,  who  only  once  gives  to 
the  mother  of  Jesus  the  name  of  Mary.  Be  this  as  it  may, 
we  have  already  two  cousins-german  of  Jesus  called  James 
and  Jose.  We  find,  moreover,  a  Simon,  son  of  Clopas, 
whom  Hegesippus  and  all  those  who  have  transmitted  to  us 
the  memories  of  the  primitive  Church  of  Jerusalem,  repre 
sented  as  the  second  Bishop  of  Jerusalem,  and  as  having 
been  martyred  under  Trajan.  Finally,  there  are  traces  of  a 


APPENDIX.  279 

fourth  member  of  the  family  of  Olopas  in  that  Jude,  son 
of  James,  who  appears  to  have  succeeded  Simeon  in  the  See 
of  Jerusalem.  The  family  of  Clopas  appearing  to  have 
retained  in  an  all  but  hereditary  manner  the  government  of 
the  Church  of  Jerusalem  from  Titus  to  Hadrian,  it  is  not 
too  bold  to  assume  that  the  James,  the  brother  of  this  Jude, 
was  James  the  Less,  son  of  Mary  Cleophas. 

We  have  thus  three  sons  of  Olopas  called  James,  Jose, 
Simeon,  exactly  like  the  brothers  of  Jesus  mentioned  by 
the  synoptics,  without  speaking  of  a  hypothetical  grandson 
in  whom  was  revived  the  same  identical  name.  Two  sisters 
bearing  the  same  name  was  indeed  a  very  singular  fact. 
What  is  to  be  said  of  a  case  in  which  these  two  sisters 
should  have  had  at  least  three  sons  bearing  the  same  name  1 
No  criticism  can  admit  the  possibility  of  such  a  coincidence. 
It  is  evident  that  we  shall  have  to  seek  some  solution  which 
shall  dispose  of  that  anomaly. 

The  orthodox  doctors,  since  St  Jerome,  thought  to  re 
move  the  difficulty  by  taking  it  for  granted  that  the  four 
personages  enumerated  by  Mark  and  Matthew  as  brothers 
of  Jesus  were,  in  reality,  his  cousins-german,  sons  of  Mary 
Cleophas.  But  this  is  inadmissible.  Many  other  passages 
assume  that  Jesus  had  full  brothers  and  sisters.  The 
arrangement  of  the  little  scene  recounted  by  Matthew 
(xiii.  54,  et  seq.,  and  Mark  vi.  2,  et  seq.)  is  very  signifi 
cant.  There  the  "brothers"  are  immediately  related  to 
the  "mother."  The  anecdote  (Mark  iii.  31,  et  seq.;  Matt. 
xii  46,  et  seq.)  gives  rise  to  still  less  ambiguity.  Finally 
the  whole  of  the  Jerusalemitish  tradition  distinguishes 
clearly  the  "brothers  of  the  Lord"  from  the  family  of 
Clopas.  Simeon,  son  of  Clopas,  the  second  Bishop  of  Jeru 
salem,  is  called  'avs-^/ibs  roD  turqpof.  Not  a  single  one  of 
the  a&iXpo!  rov  Kuplov  bears  after  his  name  the  addition  of 
rou  KXuva.  Notoriously  James,  brother  of  the  Lord,  was 
not  the  son  of  Clopas ;  if  he  had  been,  he  would  have  also 
been  the  brother  of  Simeon,  his  successor.  Now  Hege- 
sippus  does  not  believe  this.  When  we  read  chapters  xi. 
and  xxxii.  of  the  third  book  of  Eusebius'  Ecclesiastical 
History,  we  are  convinced  of  it.  The  chronology  will  no 
longer  permit  of  such  a  supposition.  Simeon  died  at  a  very 
old  age,  in  the  reign  of  Trajan.  James  died  in  the  year  62, 


280  APPENDIX. 

also  very  old.  The  difference  between  the  ages  of  the  two 
brothers  might  thus  have  been  forty  years  or  thereabout. 
Hence  the  theory  which  sees  the  d,8eX<poi  row  Ku^/oo  in  the 
sons  of  Clopas  is  inadmissible.  Let  it  be  added  that  in  the 
Gospel  of  the  Hebrews,  which  is  often  so  superior  to  the 
other  synoptic  texts,  Jesus  directly  calls  James  "my  brother," 
an  expression  altogether  exceptional,  and  which  people  would 
certainly  never  employ  to  a  cousin-german. 

Jesus  had  full  brothers  and  sisters.  Only  it  is  possible 
that  these  brothers  and  sisters  were  but  half-brothers  and 
half-sisters.  Were  these  brothers  and  sisters  likewise  sons 
and  daughters  of  Mary  1  This  is  improbable.  In  fact,  the 
brothers  appear  to  have  been  much  older  than  Jesus.  Now 
Jesus  was,  as  it  would  appear,  the  first-born  of  his  mother. 
Jesus,  moreover,  was,  in  his  youth,  designated  at  Nazareth 
by  the  name  of  "Son  of  Mary."  For  this  we  have  the 
most  undoubted  testimony  of  the  Gospels.  This  assumes 
that  he  was  known  for  a  long  time  as  the  only  son  of  a 
widow.  In  fact,  such  appellations  were  only  employed 
where  the  father  was  dead,  and  when  the  widow  had  no 
other  son.  Let  us  instance  the  case  of  Piero  della  Fran- 
cesca,  the  celebrated  painter.  In  fine,  the  myth  of  the 
virginity  of  Mary,  without  excluding  absolutely  the  idea 
that  Mary  may  have  had  afterwards  other  children  by 
Joseph,  or  have  been  remarried,  fits  in  better  with  the 
hypothesis  that  she  had  only  one  son. 

No  doubt,  the  legend  is  so  constructed  as  to  do  the  great 
est  violence  to  truth.  Nevertheless,  we  must  remember  that 
the  legend  now  in  question  was  elaborated  by  the  brothers 
and  cousins  of  Jesus  themselves.  Jesus,  the  sole  and  tardy 
progeny  of  the  union  of  a  young  woman  and  a  man  already 
reached  maturity,  offered  perfect  opportunity  for  the  opinions 
according  to  which  his  conception  had  been  supernatural. 
In  such  a  case,  the  divine  action  appeared  so  much  the  more 
striking  in  proportion  as  nature  seemed  the  more  impotent. 
People  take  a  pleasure  in  representing  children,  predestined 
to  great  prophetic  vocations,  as  being  born  to  old  men  or  of 
women  who  have  been  for  a  long  time  sterile — Samuel, 
John  the  Baptist,  and  Mary  herself  are  conspicuous  in 
stances.  The  author,  also,  of  the  Protovangile  of  James, 
St  Epiphanes,  etc.,  ardently  insists  upon  the  great  age  of 


APPENDIX.  281 

Joseph,  induced  thereto,  no  doubt,  by  d,  priori  motives,  yet 
guided  also  in  this  latter  by  a  just  opinion  as  to  the  cir 
cumstances  in  which  Jesus  was  born. 

These  difficulties  could  be  readily  enough  removed,  if  we 
were  to  assume  that  Joseph  had  before  been  married, 
and  had,  by  this  marriage,  sons  and  daughters,  in 
particular,  James  and  Jude.  These  two  personages,  and 
James,  at  least,  appear  to  have  been  older  than  Jesus. 
The  hostile  disposition  which  was  attributed  at  first  to  the 
brothers  of  Jesus  by  the  Gospels,  the  singular  contrast 
which  the  principles  and  the  species  of  life  led  by  James 
and  Jude,  and  those  of  Jesus  presents,  is,  in  such  a  hypo 
thesis,  somewhat  less  unaccountable  than  on  the  other 
suppositions  that  have  been  made  to  get  rid  of  these 
contradictions. 

How  could  the  sons  of  Clopas  be  cousins-german  of  Jesus  1 
They  may  have  been  by  the  same  mother,  Mary  Cleophas, 
as  the  fourth  Gospel  would  have  us  believe,  or  by  the  same 
father,  Clopas,  who  is  made  out  by  Hegisippus  to  be  a 
brother  of  Joseph,  or  on  both  sides  at  once  j  for  it  was 
actually  possible  that  the  two  brothers  may  have  married 
two  sisters.  Between  these  three  hypotheses,  the  second  is 
much  the  more  probable.  The  hypothesis  as  to  two  sisters 
bearing  the  same  name,  is  extremely  problematical.  The 
passage  in  the  fourth  Gospel  (xix.  25)  may  contain  an 
error.  Let  us  add  that,  according  to  one  interpretation,  a 
laborious  one,  it  is  true,  yet,  nevertheless,  admissible,  the 
expression  i]  a&tXpJi  T^S  /j,rirpo$  avrov  does  not  refer  to  Mapia 
T]  ToD  KXwTra,  but  to  a  distinct  nameless  personage,  such  as 
was  the  mother  of  Jesus  herself.  The  aged  Hegisippus,  so 
preoccupied  with  everything  touching  the  family  of  Jesus, 
appears  to  have  known  quite  well  the  truth  upon  this  point. 
But  how  can  we  admit  that  the  two  brothers  Joseph  and 
Clopas  had  three  or  even  four  sons  bearing  the  same  names  1 
Let  us  examine  the  list  of  the  four  brothers  of  Jesus  given 
by  the  synoptics — James,  Jude,  Simon,  Jose.  The  first  two 
have  a  well-authenticated  title  to  be  styled  brothers  of  the 
Lord ;  the  two  last,  outside  the  two  Synoptic  passages,  have 
no  valid  claim  to  it.  Just  as  in  the  case  of  the  two  names 
Simon  and  Simeon,  Jose  or  Joseph,  which  are  to  be  found 
elsewhere  in  the  list  of  the  sons  of  Clopas,  we  are  led  to 


282  APPENDIX. 

adopt  the  following  hypothesis  :  that  the  passages  in  Mark 
and  in  Matthew,  in  which  are  enumerated  the  four  brothers 
of  Jesus,  contain  an  inadvertence ;  that  as  regards  the  four 
personages  named  by  the  synoptics,  James  and  Jude  were 
indeed  brothers  of  Jesus  and  sons  of  Joseph,  but  that  Simon 
and  Jose  have  been  placed  there  by  mistake.  The  compiler 
of  that  little  writing,  like  all  the  agadists,  lays  little  store 
by  exactness  of  material  details,  and,  like  all  the  evangelical 
narrators  (except  the  fourth),  was  dominated  by  the  cadence 
of  Semitic  parallelism.  The  necessities  of  locution  may  have 
drawn  them  into  making  an  enumeration,  the  turn  of  which 
required  four  proper  names.  As  he  only  knew  two  full 
brothers  of  Jesus,  he  was,  perforce,  compelled  to  associate 
with  them  two  of  their  cousins-german.  In  fact,  it  seems 
that  Jesus  had  indeed  more  than  two  brothers.  "  Have  I 
not  the  right  to  have  a  wife,"  says  St  Paul,  "  like  the  other 
Apostles,  like  the  brothers  of  the  Lord,  like  Cephas1}" 
According  to  all  tradition,  James,  the  brother  of  the  Lord, 
was  not  married.  Jude  was  married,  but  that  was  not 
sufficient  to  justify  the  plural  used  by  St  Paul.  There 
would  need  to  have  been  a  good  many  of  these  brothers, 
seeing  that  the  exception  in  the  case  of  James  did  not 
hinder  St  Paul  from  regarding  generally  the  brothers  of 
the  Lord  as  married. 

Clopas  seems  to  have  been  younger  than  Joseph,  and  his 
eldest  son  must  have  been  younger  than  the  eldest  son  of 
the  latter.  It  is  natural  that,  if  his  name  was  James,  a 
custom  might  exist  in  the  family  of  calling  him  o  /tt/x^o'g,  in 
order  to  distinguish  him  from  his  cousin-german  of  the  same 
name.  Simeon  may  have  been  fifteen  years  younger  than 
Jesus,  and,  strictly  speaking,  died  in  the  reign  of  Trajan. 
Nevertheless,  we  prefer  to  believe  that  the  member  of 
the  Cleophas  family  martyred  under  Trajan  belonged  to 
another  generation.  Mere  data  regarding  the  age  of  James 
and  Simeon  are,  moreover,  very  uncertain.  James  must 
have  died  at  ninety-six,  and  Simeon  at  a  hundred-and- 
twenty.  This  last  assumption  is,  on  the  face  of  it,  inadmissible. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  James  had  been  ninety-six,  as  it  ia 
pretended,  in  62,  he  must  have  been  born  thirty-four  years 
before  Jesus,  which  is  a  thing  very  unlikely. 

It  remains  to  inquire  whether  any  of  these  brothers  of 


APPENDIX.  283 

cousins-german  of  Jesus  did  not  figure  in  the  lists  of  the 
Apostles  which  have  been  conserved  to  us  in  the  synoptics 
and  by  the  author  of  the  Acts.  Although  the  college  of  the 
Apostles  and  that  of  the  brothers  of  the  Lord  were  two 
distinct  groups,  it  has  nevertheless  been  considered  as  possible 
that  a  few  of  the  personages  may  have  constituted  a  part  of 
both.  Indeed  the  names  of  James,  Jude,  and  Simeon  are 
to  be  found  in  the  lists  of  the  Apostles.  James,  the  son  of 
Zebedee,  has  nothing  to  do  with  this  discussion,  no  more  than 
has  Judas  Iscariot.  But  what  are  we  to  think  of  this 
James,  son  of  Alpheus,  whom  the  four  lists  of  the  Apostles 
(Matt.  x.  2,  et  seq. ;  Mark  iii.  1 4,  et  seq. ;  Luke  v.  1 3,  et  seq. ; 
Acts  i.  13,  et  seq.)  include  in  the  number  of  the  Twelve? 
People  have  often  identified  the  name  of  'AX^a/bg  with  that 
of  KAgoT&f,  by  means  of  <skn.  This  is  indeed  a  reconcile 
ment  which  is  altogether  false.  'AXpa/bj  is  the  Hebrew 
name  -B^n,  and  KXwraj  or  KXeocra^  is  an  abbreviation  of 
KXtoKarpog.  James,  the  son  of  Alpheus,  has  not  then  the 
least  title  to  being  one  of  the  cousins-german  of  Jesus.  The 
evangelical  personnel  possessed  in  reality  four  Jameses,  one 
the  son  of  Joseph  and  brother  of  Jesus ;  another,  son  of 
Clopas ;  another,  son  of  Zebedee ;  another,  son  of  Alpheus. 

The  list  of  the  Apostles  given  by  Luke  in  his  Gospel  and 
in  the  Acts  contains  one  'lovdag  'laxcajSou,  whom  it  has  been 
attempted  to  identify  with  Jude,  brother  of  the  Lord,  by 
assuming  that  it  was  necessary  to  understand  adtXipog  between 
the  two  names.  Nothing  could  be  more  arbitrary.  This 
Judas  was  the  son  of  James,  otherwise  unknown.  The  same 
must  also  be  said  of  Simon  the  Zealot,  whom  people  have 
tried,  without  a  shadow  of  reason,  to  identity  with  the 
Simon  that  we  find  classed  (Matt.  xiii.  55;  Mark  vi.  3) 
among  the  brothers  of  Jesus. 

To  sum  up,  it  does  not  appear  that  a  single  member  of 
the  family  of  Jesus  formed  a  part  of  the  college  of  the 
Twelve.  James  himself  was  not  of  that  number.  The  only 
two  brothers  of  the  Lord  whose  names  we  are  sure  of 
knowing  were  James  and  Jude.  James  was  not  married, 
but  Jude  had  children  and  grandchildren;  the  latter  appeared 
before  Domitian  as  descendants  of  David,  and  were  presidents 
of  churches  in  Syria. 

As  for  the  sons  of  Clopas,  we  know  three  of  them,  one  of 


284  APPENDIX. 

whom  appears  to  have  had  children.  This  family  of  Clopas, 
after  the  war  of  Titus,  held  the  highest  positions  in  the 
Church  of  Jerusalem.  A  member  of  the  Clopas  family  was 
martyred  under  Trajan.  After  that,  we  hear  no  more  of  the 
descendants  of  the  brothers  of  the  Lord,  nor  of  descendant? 
of  Clopas. 


THE  EN  JO 


London  :  Printed  by  the  'temple 


A  CATALOGUE  OF  BOOKS 

ISSUED  BY 

THE  TEMPLE  COMPANY 

LONDON:  BOOKSELLER'S  ROW,  W.C. 


FOREIGN    CLASSICS. 

THE  WORKS  OF  FRANCOIS  RABELAIS. 

(UNEXPURGATED.) 
PAPER,  35.     CLOTH,  35.  6d. 

'  Beyond  a  doubt  Rabelais  was  among  the  deepest,  as  well  as  boldest, 
thinkers  of  his  age.  His  buffoonery  was  not  merely  Brutus'  rough  stick, 
which  contained  a  rod  of  gold  :  it  was  necessary  as  an  amulet  against  the 
monks  and  legates.  ...  I  could  write  a  treatise  in  praise  of  the  moral 
elevation  of  Rabelais'  work,  which  would  make  the  Church  stare,  and  the 
conventicle  groan,  and  yet  would  be  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth.  I 
class  Rabelais  with  the  great  creative  minds  of  the  world,  Shakespeare, 
Dante,  Cervantes,  etc.'  COLERIDGE. 


'  Rabelais  seems  to  have  been  the  father  of  ridicule,  a  man  of  excellent 
and  universal  learning,  as  well  as  wit.'  SIR  WILLIAM  TEMPLE. 


'  Cardinal  Duprat  was  so  enamoured  of  Rabelais'  Works,  that  he  was 
never  without  a  copy  of  them.  Wherever  he  went,  his  Rabelais  went  with 
him. 

'  Cardinal  Jean  du  Bellay  was  possessed  of  the  same  feeling ;  he  ad 
mired  Rabelais  so  much,  that  he  refused  a  learned  individual  of  the  day  a 
seat  at  his  table  because  he  had  not  read  THE  BOOK,  for  so  Rabelais' 
singular  narrative  was  called.'  VENTOUILLAC. 


THE    DECAMERON. 

By  BOCCACCIO. 

(UNEXPURGATED.) 
Paper,   35.     Cloth,  35.  6d 

'  The  stories  are  one  hundred  in  number,  and  range  from  the  highest 
pathos  to  what  must  be  called  licentiousness.     A  story  like  the  patient 

THE  TEMPLE  COMPANY,  6  Bookseller's  Row,  London,  W.C. 


Griselda,  which  international  literature  owes  to  Boccaccio,  ought  to  atone  for 
much.  Boccaccio  is  the  creator  of  those  innumerable  beautiful  types  and 
stories  which  have  become  household  words  among  civilised  nations.  No 
author  can  equal  him  in  these  contributions  to  the  store  of  international 
literature.  There  are,  indeed,  few  great  poets  who  have  not  in  some  way 
become  indebted  to  the  inexhaustible  treasures  of  Boccaccio's  greatness. 
Among  the  English  who  have  drawn  from  the  same  source,  the  list  com 
prises  Chaucer,  Lydgate,  Shakespeare,  Keats,  and  Tennyson.' — FRED. 
HEUFFER  in  Encyclopedia  Britannica. 


THE    HEPTAMERON. 

By  MAEGAEET  OF  NAVAEEE. 

(UNEXPURGATED.) 
Paper,  2s.  6d.     Cloth,  33.  6d.     Illustrated,  53. 

'  We  could  fill  pages  with  extracts  in  which  keen  satire  and  delicate  irony 
attain  a  felicitous  charm  of  expression  altogether  unsurpassable.  Such  ex 
cellencies  of  expression  as  of  thought  would  indeed  be  needed  to  sustain  the 
claim  of  the  book  as  one  of  the  leading  French  classics  of  the  sixteenth 
century.  But  its  highest  and  most  enduring  interest  appears  to  us  to  consist 
in  the  fact,  to  which  we  now  draw  attention,  that  it  is  the  chiefest  and  com- 
pletest  literary  exponent  of  the  close  of  the  French  Renaissance.' — 
Edinburgh  Review,  1888. 


MADEMOISELLE    DE    MAUPIN. 

By  THEOPHILE  GAUTIEE. 

Translated    by   an    Oxford    M.A. 
Paper,  2s.     Cloth,  35. 

'  The  Emperor  .  .  .  raised  his  head,  and  in  his  nasal  tones  said  gently 
to  the  Empress  :  "  So  you  have  read  '  Mademoiselle  de  Maupin '  ?  You 
did  not  tell  me  that  ! "  ' 

'  At  this  unexpected  interruption,  the  Empress  held  down  her  eyes,  while 
the  Emperor  laughed  behind  his  big  moustache. '—Pall  Mall  Gazette,  lith 
Oct.  1889. 

THE  TEMPLE  COMPANY,  6  Bookseller's  Row,  London,  W,C, 


MARLBOROUGH  HOUSE  SERIES, 

BY  APHRA  BEHN  (ASTREA). 

The  Fair  Jilt :   or,  the  Amours  of  Prince  Tarquin  and  Miranda. 

Oroonoko ;  or,  the  Amours  of  a  Prince. 

The  stage  how  loosely  does  Astrea  tread, 
Who  fairly  puts  her  characters  to  bed. — POPE. 

BY  ROBERT  SOUTHEY. 
The  Life  of  Lord  Nelson.    Complete,  boards,  is. ;  cloth,  is.  6d. 


Evelyn's  Diary.     Boards,  is.  ;  cloth,  is.  6d. 

BY  J.  BARRET. 
The  New  Marina.     A  powerful  Modern  English  Romance. 

BY  MRS  GERALD  CRESSWELL. 
Eighteen    Years    on    the    Sandringham    Estate;    or,   The 

Prince  of  Wales  at  Home. 
'The  Prince  and  his  Lady  Tenant— a  pretty  little  quarrel.' — Pall  Mall  Gazette. 


BY MARK. 

The  Autobiography  of  a  Nonogenarian. 

'  If  originality  were  ever  desired  by  anyone,  let  him  read  this  book.' — 

Aberdeenshire  Observer. 


BY  CALEB  GUSHING. 
The  Face  at  the  "Window.     A  Stock  Exchange  Romance. 

FRENCH  NOVELS  IN  ENGLISH. 

BY   PAUL  DE   KOCK. 

TRANSLATED    BY 

JOHN  H.  URQUHART. 

'  The  Wife,  the  Husband  and  the       I        '  The  Bride  of  the  First  Night.' 

Lover.'     (Now  ready.)  '  That  Rascal  Gustave.' 

'  The  Vampire.'  '  The  Cuckold.' 


'The  Courtesan.' 

'  Zizine  ;  or,  the  Monde.' 


;  My  Neighbour  Raymond.' 
The  Pucelle  of  Belleville.' 


'Georgette.' 

One  Shilling  Each. 

'What  a  fortunate  man,  to  be  arrested  !  Now  you  can  read  "  Paul  de 
Kock."  By  Jove,  you  are  the  most  lucky  fellow  I  know.  You  see  you 
thought  yourself  very  miserable  in  being  arrested.  'Tis  the  finest  thing  in 

THE  TEMPLE  COMPANY,  6  Bookseller's  Row,  London,  W,C. 


the  world,  for  now  you  will  read  "  MON  VOISIN  RAYMOND."    There  are 
always  two  sides  to  a  case.' — Lord Beaconsficld  ('Henrietta  Temple'}. 

'  The  English  gave  Monsieur  Paul  a  very  hearty  welcome.' — (Jerome 
Paturot,  Fraser,  1845. —  Thackeray.) 

'Generally  the  first  inquiry  made  by  Pope  Gregory  (died  1846)  of  a  new 
French  arrival  at  Rome  ran,  ' '  Well,  how  is  that  rascal  of  a  Paul  de 
Kock  ?  "  '—Jules  Janin. 


By  MARIO  UCHARD. 

"MY  UNCLE   BARBASSOU," 

Being  the  History  of  his   Turkish   Harem   bequeathed  to    his  Nephew 
in  Paris,  and  duly  chronicled  by  the  latter. 

Is. 

By  "MONK"  LEWIS. 

ROSARIO;  OR,   THE  FEMALE    MONK. 

A  Marvellous  Prodiiction.     Is.  6d.,  doth  2s. 

BY  COUNT  TOLSTOI. 

THE   KREUTZER    SONATA- 

( Unexpu  rgated. )     Is. 

CELEBRATED  CRIMES  AND  CRIMINALS. 

All  the  cases  recorded  in  this  Volume  are  published  in 
book  form  for  the  first  time. 

Madeline  Smith,  Murder  of  Francis  Saville  Kent,  the  Great  Roupell 
Forgeries,  Trial  and  Execution  of  Lord  Stourton,  Rev.  Dr  Dodd,  Captain 
John  Donellan,  Mr  and  Mrs  Manning,  Franz  Muller,  the  Great  Bullion 
Robbery  on  South- Eastern  Railway,  the  Memorable  Crystal  Palace  Frauds, 
etc.  200  pages,  Is. 

THE   TEMPLE  COMPANY,  6  Bookseller's  How,  London,  W,C,